docTradeline CD 2000
download 
Report Transcription
Tradeline CD 2000
Home & Building Control TRADELINE Catalog 2000 ® Edition for CD-ROM Table of Contents Model Number Index.................................................................................................................................................. iii Subject Index............................................................................................................................................................ viii ISO 9000.................................................................................................................................................................... xiii Home Controls and Systems Perfect Climate Contractor Program ....................................... 2 Contactors ............................................................................... 4 Defrost Controller .................................................................. 14 Electric Heat Controls............................................................ 15 Gas Burner Controls—Combination ...................................... 23 Gas Burner Controls—Pilot Accessories............................... 54 Gas Burner Controls—Ignition Controls ................................ 60 Hydronic Controls .................................................................. 74 Oil Burner Controls .............................................................. 108 Relays and Control Centers ................................................ 119 Thermostats ........................................................................ 124 Perfect Climate Comfort Center™ Control System ............. 128 Thermostats—Electronic Programmable............................. Thermostats—Electronic Non-Programmable ..................... Thermostats—Electromechanical Programmable ............... Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable ....... DoD Thermostats ................................................................ Thermostats—Easy-to-See ................................................. Thermostats—Other Electronic ........................................... Thermostats—Parts and Accessories ................................. Thermostat Guards.............................................................. Trol-A-Temp Zoning Systems.............................................. Transformers ....................................................................... Warm Air Controls ............................................................... 131 137 141 144 158 159 160 162 164 170 188 194 202 203 204 226 232 Ventilation Systems ............................................................. Ventilation Systems—Parts and Accessories...................... Commercial Air Cleaners..................................................... Commercial Air Cleaners—Accessories.............................. 241 244 247 267 272 277 281 302 313 326 351 355 367 385 Motors and Actuators—Special Purpose............................. Motors and Actuators—Parts and Accessories ................... Pressure Controllers ............................................................ Refrigeration ........................................................................ Remote Temperature Controllers ........................................ Step Controllers ................................................................... Timers.................................................................................. Variable Frequency Drives .................................................. Water and Steam Valves..................................................... 409 413 415 416 419 438 440 442 444 493 508 517 521 530 537 Pneumatic Valves/Actuators................................................ Pneumatic Air Supplies ....................................................... Pneumatic Accessories ....................................................... Pneumatic Cross Reference................................................ Pneumatic Definitions and Abbreviations ............................ Pneumatic Part Number Reference..................................... 548 560 564 571 597 600 613 623 628 629 630 Heating—Thermostatic Radiator Valves ............................. Heating—Differential Pressure Regulators.......................... Heating—Air Vents .............................................................. Heating—Accessories ......................................................... Filtration—Water Filters ....................................................... 631 644 645 649 652 664 670 671 673 674 Backflow Preventers ............................................................ Heating Expansion Tanks.................................................... Thermal Expansion Tanks ................................................... Lime Remover ..................................................................... 676 679 681 683 Indoor Air Quality Indoor Air Quality................................................................. Air Treatment System.......................................................... Residential Air Cleaners ...................................................... Residential Air Cleaners—Accessories ............................... Humidity Products ............................................................... Building Controls and Systems Auxiliary Equipment............................................................. Dampers .............................................................................. Direct Digital Control Systems............................................. Economizers........................................................................ Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors ................... Environmental Control Systems .......................................... Lighting Controls ................................................................. Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats................. Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled............................... Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted ................................ Pneumatic Controls Pneumatic Thermostats/Humidistats................................... Pneumatic Controllers ......................................................... Pneumatic Sensors ............................................................. Pneumatic Relays................................................................ Pneumatic Switches ............................................................ Pneumatic Damper Actuator ............................................... Honeywell Braukmann Plumbing—Pressure Reducing Valves................................ Plumbing—Ball Valves ........................................................ Plumbing—Y-Strainers ........................................................ Plumbing—Y-Strainers/Heating—Zone Valves, Electric ..... Heating—Thermostatic Mixing Valves................................. Honeywell Sparco Mixing Valves ...................................................................... Multiple Zone Valves ........................................................... Zone Valves ........................................................................ FlowCheck/Thermometers/Tridicator .................................. Air Eliminators ..................................................................... continued next page i Table of Contents Flame Safeguard Systems Flame Safeguard Systems .................................................. 7800 SERIES Relay Modules.............................................. 7800 SERIES Required Components ................................. 7800 SERIES Optional Components................................... 7800 SERIES Testers and Demonstrators.......................... BCS 7700 Product Selection Guides................................... BCS 7700 ............................................................................ 685 705 714 717 720 721 724 BCS 7700 Boiler Controller ................................................. Flame Amplifiers .................................................................. BCS 7700 Firing Rate Motor ............................................... BCS 7700 Pressure/Temperature Sensors ......................... BCS 7700 Optional Components ........................................ Communications .................................................................. ControLinks™ Fuel Air Control System ............................... 725 726 727 728 730 731 733 737 738 740 742 744 756 761 Ignition Transformers........................................................... Modernization and Replacement......................................... Pressure Controls/Limits ..................................................... Primary and Relay Controls................................................. Programmers ....................................................................... Test Equipment ................................................................... Commercial Hydronic Controls ............................................ 778 779 783 796 800 803 806 Flame Safeguard Controls System Selection Guide ...................................................... Amplifiers............................................................................. Auxiliary Equipment............................................................. Flame Safeguard Modutrol® IV Motors ............................... Flame Sensors .................................................................... Integrated Gas Valve Train Components ............................ Gas Valves .......................................................................... Authorized Distributors.......................................................................................................................................... 810 Training Materials ................................................................................................................................................... 811 General Information................................................................................................................................................ 817 Reference Information............................................................................................................................................ 819 ii Model Number Index MODEL FORM NO. PAGE Numerics 121708............95-6438 ........................... 803 123514............95-6438 ........................... 803 14002573-001 & -00295-7136 ................ 507 14003192-001 95-7243 ........................... 507 14003519 ...... ......................................... 564 190097............60-0432 ........................... 269 198162............63-2230 ........................... 403 203659............65-0093 ........................... 803 209599............69-1157 ........................... 246 220736............63-2228 ........................... 403 221508............62-0078 ........................... 403 23394B ...........95-2271 ........................... 169 32003487........69-1372 ........................... 246 34297A,B ...... ......................................... 169 394530 .......... ........................................... 56 4PDT-R ......... ......................................... 182 A A7184 .............66-1108 ........................... 118 A7800 .............65-0110 ........................... 720 ACMV ............ ......................................... 668 AK3470 ......... ......................................... 562 AM Series ...... ......................................... 664 AMBD ............ ......................................... 182 AMCU ............ ......................................... 668 AMPDC-CP ... ......................................... 184 AOBD ............ ......................................... 173 AOBD-CD1 .... ......................................... 178 AP400 ........... ......................................... 675 AQ475A ..........68-0217 ............................. 75 AQ675A ..........68-0218 ............................. 76 AQ775A ..........68-0218 ............................. 77 ARCD ............ ......................................... 183 ARR262 ......... ......................................... 562 ASCD ............ ......................................... 183 AT120 .............68-0054 ........................... 192 AT140 .............68-0054 ...................192, 649 AT150 .............68-0054 ........................... 192 AT150F...........68-0054 ........................... 193 AT175 .............68-0054 ........................... 192 AT175F...........68-0054 ........................... 193 AT20 ...............60-0424 ........................... 188 AT40 ...............60-0424 ........................... 188 AT72 ...............60-2254 ........................... 189 AT87 ...............60-2254 ........................... 190 AT88 ...............60-2254 ........................... 190 AT92 ...............60-2257 ........................... 191 B B100 ...............62-3026 .......... 623, 624, 627 B200 ...............62-3035 .......... 625, 626, 627 BC7000...........60-2529 ........................... 800 BC7700 ......... ......................................... 725 BCS 7700 .......63-2291 ........................... 724 BP700 ........... ......................................... 676 BP900 ........... ......................................... 676 C C437 ...............60-2320 C554 ...............60-2148 C637 ...............60-2320 C645A,B .........60-2159 C645C,D.........60-2159 C645E.............60-2159 ........................... 783 ........................... 116 ........................... 783 ........................... 785 ........................... 785 ........................... 785 MODEL FORM NO. PAGE C647 ............... 60-2530 ........................... 786 C7004 ............. 60-2028 ........................... 744 C7005 ............. 60-2033 ........................... 745 C7007 ............. 60-2024 ........................... 744 C7008 ............. 60-2024 ........................... 745 C7009 ............. 60-2024 ........................... 746 C7010 ............. 60-2030 ........................... 746 C7012 ............. 60-2398 ........................... 747 C7013 ............. 60-2031 ........................... 748 C7014 ............. 60-2031 ........................... 748 C7015 ............. 60-2306 ........................... 749 C7024 ............. 65-0156 ........................... 749 C7027 ............. 60-2026 ........................... 750 C7031 ............. 60-2217 ........................... 313 C7035 ............. 60-2026 ........................... 751 C7046 ............. 60-2350 ........................... 314 C7057 ............. 62-0074 ........................... 354 C7061 ............. 65-0223 ........................... 752 C7076 ............ ......................................... 753 C7089A .......... 69-0896 ........................... 130 C7089H .......... 69-1197 ........................... 235 C7100 ............. 60-2521 ................... 130, 314 C7130 ............. 63-2044 ........................... 315 C7150 ............. 63-2072 ........................... 307 C7189 ............. 69-0895 ........................... 130 C7232 ............ ................................. 267, 311 C7242 ............. 63-2546 ................... 267, 311 C7400 ............. 63-1143 ........................... 304 C7650 ............. 63-2499 ................... 304, 305 C7770 ............. 74-2868 ........................... 296 C7927 ............. 60-2026 ........................... 751 C815A ............ 60-2516 ........................... 157 CP980 ............ 75-7270 ........................... 508 CP981 ........... ......................................... 510 CR7075 .......... 63-2180 ........................... 354 CXL, CXS ....... 63-1285 ........................... 442 D D05 .................62-3021 .......... 613, 615, 622 D06 .................63-8736 .......... 618, 621, 622 D146 ............... 62-3019 ........................... 644 D640A ........... ......................................... 277 D641A ............ 60-2000 ........................... 277 D642 .............. ......................................... 277 D643 ............... 77-5318 ........................... 277 D896 ............... 68-0186 ............................. 78 DLA ............... ......................................... 178 DM7600.......... 63-2237 ........................... 412 DP1025 .......... 69-0881 ............................... 5 DP1030 .......... 69-0881 ............................... 5 DP1040 .......... 69-0881 ............................... 5 DP2020 .......... 69-0881 ............................... 5 DP2030 .......... 69-0881 ........................... 5, 6 DP2040 .......... 69-0881 ........................... 5, 6 DP3030 .......... 69-0881 ........................... 6, 8 DP3040 .......... 69-0881 ........................... 6, 8 DP3050 .......... 69-0881 ........................... 6, 8 DP3060 .......... 69-0881 ........................... 6, 8 DP3075 .......... 69-0881 ............................... 8 DP3090 .......... 69-0881 ............................... 8 DP4040 .......... 69-0881 ............................... 8 DPBT ............. ......................................... 179 DS05 .............. 62-3041 .......... 615, 617, 622 DS06 .............. 62-3052 ................... 619, 622 MODEL FORM NO. PAGE DS06G............ 62-3052 ........................... 621 DSP1544 ........ 63-2459 ........................... 118 DSP2672 ....... ......................................... 720 E EA122A .......... 62-3038 ................... 647, 648 EA67............... 95C-10764 ...................... 645 EA79............... 62-3034 ........................... 646 EC7810 .......... 66-1091 ........................... 706 EC7820 .......... 66-1091 ........................... 706 EC7823 .......... 66-2031 ........................... 707 EC7830 .......... 66-2041 ........................... 708 EC7850 .......... 66-2041 ........................... 708 EC7885A ........ 66-2035 ........................... 709 EC7890 .......... 66-2032 ........................... 702 EC7895 .......... 65-0205 ........................... 704 EL7305 .......... ......................................... 351 EL7315 .......... ......................................... 351 EL7316 ........... 56-6299 ........................... 352 EL7611 ........... 63-2475 ........................... 353 EL7612 ........... 63-2475 ........................... 353 EL7621 ........... 63-2475 ........................... 353 EL7628 ........... 63-2471 ........................... 352 EL7630 .......... ......................................... 353 EMM-3 ........... ......................................... 171 ER150B ......... ......................................... 242 ER200B .......... 68-3020 ........................... 242 Excel 100........ 74-2035 ........................... 285 Excel 50.......... 74-3029 ........................... 286 Excel 5000 Cabinets74-3570 .................. 301 Excel Building Supervisor74-2033 .......... 281 Excel CARE.... 74-5136 ........................... 288 Excel LonSpec™74-2976 ....................... 300 Excel LonStat ......................................... 344 Excel LonStation™74-3069 .................... 300 Excel XI581, XI58274-3551 .................... 287 Excel XI584 .... 74-3352 ........................... 287 F F111 ............... 68-0198 ........................... 247 F112 ............... 68-3022 ........................... 251 F113 ............... 68-3022 ........................... 252 F114 ............... 68-0201 ........................... 253 F115 ............... 68-0201 ........................... 254 F116 ............... 68-0200 ........................... 255 F117 .............. ......................................... 268 F118 ............... 68-0209 ........................... 258 F20 ................. 68-0122 ................... 205, 224 F25 ................. 68-0138 ................... 204, 221 F27 ................. 68-0159 ................... 204, 223 F29 ................ ................................. 205, 225 F35F ............... 68-0178 ................... 204, 217 F35R............... 68-3017 ................... 204, 219 F50E............... 68-0072 .. 205, 210, 228, 229 F50F ............... 68-0137 ................... 204, 206 F52F ............... 68-0074 ........................... 213 F57A............... 68-0083 ................... 259, 260 F57B............... 68-0083 ................... 259, 262 F74C ............. ......................................... 659 F76 ................. 68-0129 ................... 652, 655 F90 ................. 68-0103 ................... 259, 264 FADS ............. ......................................... 179 FC200, 201 ... ......................................... 673 FF06 .............. ......................................... 661 FPC ............... ......................................... 179 continued next page iii Model Number Index MODEL FORM NO. PAGE FSP1535 ........ 95-6910 ........................... 803 FSP5004 ........ 60-0219 ........................... 804 FSP5075A1.... 60-2382 ........................... 799 FSP5075A3.... 60-2382 ........................... 799 FV147 ........... .......................................... 675 FY32 .............. 62-3032 .................. 628, 629 G GoldTop FV .. .......................................... 674 GT161, 162 ... .......................................... 673 H H1008 ............ 68-0207 ........................... 239 H205 .............. 60-2301 ........................... 306 H409 .............. 60-2395 ........................... 416 H46 ................ 60-2097 ........................... 237 H49 ................ 60-2100 ........................... 236 H600 .............. 60-2089 ........................... 237 H609 .............. 60-2425 ........................... 416 H69 ................ 95-5846 ........................... 236 H7011A,B....... 74-1933 ........................... 321 H7012A,B....... 74-1868 ........................... 321 H705 .............. 63-2144 ........................... 306 H7620 ............ 62-0172 ........................... 320 H7621 ............ 62-0172 ........................... 320 H7630 ............ 62-0172 ........................... 320 H7631 ............ 62-0172 ........................... 320 H775 .............. 63-2421 ........................... 310 H808 .............. 68-2408 ........................... 238 H8808B,C ...... 68-0152 ........................... 239 H8909 ............ 69-1341 ........................... 240 H908 .............. 69-1186 ........................... 238 H915 .............. 77-6160 ........................... 272 HCRS ............ .......................................... 175 HE120 ............ 68-0190 ........................... 232 HE220 ............ 68-0191 ........................... 232 HE260 ............ 68-0191 ........................... 232 HE360 ............ 68-0194 ........................... 233 HE420 ............ 68-0192 ........................... 234 HE460 ............ 68-0192 ........................... 234 HP970 ............ 75-7195 ........................... 493 HP970 ............ 77-1003 .................. 504, 506 HP971 ............ 85-0054 ........................... 517 HR150............ 68-0171 ........................... 241 HR200............ 68-0171 ........................... 241 HV190, 196 ... .......................................... 675 L L4006 ............. 60-2104 ............................. 79 L4008 ............ ............................................ 81 L4017 ............. 60-2259 ........................... 197 L4029 ............. 60-2263 ........................... 198 L404A-D,F...... 60-2150 ........................... 789 L404T,V,W,Y.. 60-2149 ........................... 791 L4064 ............. 69-0115 ........................... 194 L4064K........... 63-2091 ........................... 272 L4068 ............. 60-2260 ........................... 198 L4069 ............. 95-5955C ......................... 197 L4079 ............. 60-2156 ........................... 793 L408 ............... 60-2158 ........................... 792 L4081 ............. 60-2105 ............................. 82 L4103 ............. 60-2344 ............................. 83 L411 ............... 60-2157 ........................... 793 L456A............. 63-2027 ........................... 430 L480B,G ......... 60-2203 ........................... 431 MODEL FORM NO. PAGE L482A............. 74-3935 ........................... 431 L6006 ............. 60-2104 ............................. 79 L6008 ............. 60-2104 ............................. 81 L604 ............... 60-2150 ........................... 789 L6068 ............. 60-2260 ........................... 199 L6076 ............. 60-2208 ........................... 273 L608 .............. .......................................... 792 L6081 ............. 60-2105 ............................. 82 L7033 ............ .......................................... 518 L8100 ............. 60-2336 ............................. 84 L8124 ............. 60-2061 ............................. 85 L8148 ............. 60-2278 ............................. 87 L8151 ............. 60-2553 ............................. 90 L91 ................. 60-2152 ........................... 788 Limex LX ....... .......................................... 683 LP907............. 75-1612 ........................... 493 LP914............. 75-5527 ........................... 518 LP915............. 75-5527 ........................... 519 LP916............. 75-5559 ........................... 494 LP920............. 75-7273 ........................... 511 M M4185 ............ 63-2187 ........................... 390 M4186 ............ 63-2187 ........................... 390 M436 .............. 60-2119 ........................... 409 M6063A.......... 95C-10887 ......................... 99 M6184 ............ 63-2188 ........................... 390 M6194 ............ 63-2188 ........................... 390 M6284 ............ 63-2188 ........................... 391 M6285 ............ 63-2188 ........................... 392 M6286 ............ 63-2188 ........................... 392 M6294 ............ 63-2188 ........................... 391 M6410 ............ 62-0100 .................. 381, 477 M6415 ............ 63-2100 .................. 307, 411 M7164 ............ 63-2197 ........................... 392 M7185 ............ 63-2199 ........................... 392 M7186 ............ 63-2199 ........................... 392 M7284A,C,Q .. 63-2477 ........................... 394 M7284A,G...... 63-2202 ........................... 393 M7285A.......... 63-2202 ........................... 393 M7285A,C,Q .. 63-2202 ........................... 394 M7286G ......... 63-2202 ........................... 393 M7294A,G,Q .. 63-2202 ........................... 393 M7405 ............ 63-2100 .................. 307, 411 M7410 ............ 62-0100 .................. 381, 477 M7415 ............ 63-2100 .................. 307, 411 M7484 ............ 63-2273 ........................... 727 M7685 ............ 63-2203 ........................... 395 M7964 ............ 63-2227 ........................... 395 M8185 ............ 63-2187 ........................... 390 M833 .............. 95-5205 ........................... 410 M835 .............. 60-2120 ........................... 410 M836 .............. 60-2119 ........................... 409 M8405 ............ 63-2100 .................. 307, 411 M8415 ............ 63-2100 .................. 307, 411 M842 .............. 71-92273 ......................... 411 M847 .............. 95C-10661 ....................... 411 M9164 ............ 63-2194 ........................... 396 M9174 ............ 63-2194 ........................... 396 M9175 ............ 63-2193 ........................... 397 M9184 ............ 63-2190 ........................... 398 M9185 ............ 63-2191 ........................... 397 M9186 ............ 63-2191 ........................... 397 M9194 ............ 63-2190 ........................... 398 MODEL FORM NO. PAGE M9484D,E,F... 63-2195 ........................... 742 M9494D ......... 63-2195 ........................... 742 MABS EZ ....... 68-0101 ........................... 171 MARD ........... .......................................... 177 MCRS ........... .......................................... 174 ML4105 .......... 63-2540 ........................... 378 ML4115 .......... 63-2540 ........................... 378 ML4195 .......... 63-2538 ........................... 377 ML6161 .......... 63-2209 ........................... 371 ML6174 .......... 62-2209 ........................... 372 ML6175 .......... 63-2495 ........................... 375 ML6184 .......... 63-2457 ........................... 373 ML6185 .......... 63-2483 ........................... 375 ML6194 .......... 63-2511 ........................... 374 ML6195 .......... 63-2537 ........................... 377 ML6275 .......... 63-2493 ........................... 375 ML6284 .......... 63-2505 ........................... 373 ML6285 .......... 63-2487 ........................... 375 ML6294 .......... 63-2511 ........................... 374 ML6295 .......... 63-2537 ........................... 377 ML6420 .......... 63-2533 ........................... 380 ML6421 .......... 63-1256 ........................... 380 ML6425 .......... 63-2516 ........................... 380 ML684 ............ 95C-10384B .................... 379 ML6874 .......... 95C-10865 ....................... 379 ML7161 .......... 63-2209 ........................... 371 ML7174 .......... 63-2209 ........................... 372 ML7275 .......... 63-2492 ........................... 375 ML7284 .......... 63-2504 ........................... 373 ML7285 .......... 63-2486 ........................... 375 ML7294 .......... 63-2513 ........................... 374 ML7295 .......... 63-2539 ........................... 377 ML7421 .......... 63-2515 ........................... 380 ML7425 .......... 63-2516 ........................... 380 ML7984 .......... 95C-10753 ....................... 379 ML7999A ....... 65-0239 ........................... 734 ML8105 .......... 63-2540 ........................... 378 ML8115 .......... 63-2540 ........................... 378 ML8175 .......... 63-2509 ........................... 375 ML8185 .......... 63-2507 ........................... 375 ML8195 .......... 63-2538 ........................... 377 ML9175 .......... 63-2503 ........................... 375 ML9184 .......... 63-2508 ........................... 373 ML9185 .......... 63-2494 ........................... 375 ML9194 .......... 63-2513 ........................... 374 MM ................ .......................................... 172 MMA ............. .......................................... 178 MOBD ........... .......................................... 177 MP516 ........... 77-9247 ........................... 538 MP909A ......... 77-9260 ........................... 539 MP909D......... 77-9870 ........................... 539 MP909E,H ..... 77-9030 ........................... 540 MP913 ........... 77-9838 ........................... 543 MP918 ........... 77-3080 ........................... 544 MP920 ........... 77-6087 ........................... 546 MP953 ........... 77-3001 ........................... 548 MP958 ........... 95-7541 ........................... 550 MPDC ........... .......................................... 184 MPFAD ......... .......................................... 183 MPFAD-MA .. .......................................... 184 MP-SRTD ..... .......................................... 184 MRP-II .......... .......................................... 185 MSTN ........... .......................................... 180 MT100C ........ .......................................... 643 continued next page iv Model Number Index MODEL FORM NO. MT110C..........62-3022 MV100 ............62-3048 MV110 ............62-3003 MV876 ............68-0129 MZ110 ............62-3025 MZ410 ............62-3025 PAGE ........................... 643 ........................... 629 ........................... 629 ........................... 654 ........................... 650 ........................... 650 P P246 ...............75-7273 ........................... 512 P455 ...............60-2153 ........................... 794 P457 ...............77-9813 ........................... 530 P606 ...............60-2155 ........................... 415 P638 ...............75-7151 ........................... 531 P643 ...............77-9607 ........................... 532 P658 ...............77-9607 ........................... 533 P7610 .............68-0214 ........................... 322 P7710 .............63-2274 ........................... 728 P7720 .............63-2275 ........................... 728 P7730 .............63-2276 ........................... 729 P7810 .............65-0207, 65-0235 ............ 795 P906 ...............60-2155 ........................... 415 P928 ...............95-2974 ........................... 794 PA404.............60-2341 ............................. 91 PC8900...........68-0173 ........................... 128 PIRR .............. ......................................... 180 PM7700A........63-2277 ........................... 725 PMT-40 ......... ......................................... 180 PowerTrack MV ....................................... 671 PowerVent PV ......................................... 676 PowerVent PV200 ................................... 678 PP902.............75-2558 ........................... 563 PP903.............75-1326 ........................... 513 PP904.............77-9606 ........................... 514 PP905.............75-5537 ........................... 519 PP97...............75-1075 ........................... 512 Q Q100...............60-2135 ...................406, 740 Q179A,B .........60-2032 ........................... 754 Q179C,D.........60-2359 ........................... 755 Q181...............60-2124 ........................... 405 Q209...............63-2226 ........................... 405 Q298B ............60-2001 ........................... 279 Q313...............60-2087 ............................. 56 Q314...............60-2075 ............................. 57 Q327...............60-2075 ............................. 57 Q340...............60-2087 ............................. 54 Q340...............69-0751 ............................. 55 Q345A ............68-0094 ............................. 69 Q347A ............60-1018 ............................. 68 Q354A ............60-0033 ............................. 68 Q379, Q382 ....60-2075 ............................. 58 Q390...............60-2087 ............................. 55 Q390...............62-3031 ........................... 649 Q473...............63-2048 ........................... 358 Q5001.............63-2425 ........................... 406 Q5055.............66-2015 ........................... 770 Q520...............60-0745 ........................... 804 Q539...............60-2246 ........................... 146 Q605...............60-2003, 63-2263 ............ 279 Q607...............60-2123 ........................... 408 Q624...............60-2049 ........................... 778 Q633...............60-2023 ........................... 121 Q651...............60-2016 ........................... 360 Q652...............63-2159 ........................... 778 MODEL FORM NO. Q667............... 60-2422 Q674............... 77-5070 Q682............... 68-0077 Q7002............. 63-2551 Q7100A,C....... 63-1264 Q7100A,C....... 68-0163 Q7130............. 63-2235 Q7130A .......... 63-2235 Q7230A .......... 63-2235 Q7300A-F ....... 63-4165 Q7330A .......... 63-2235 Q7630A .......... 63-2235 Q769............... 62-0071 Q7700............. 63-2278 Q7710............. 63-2279 Q7740A, B...... 74-2858 Q7750............. 74-2950 Q7751............. 74-2952 Q7760............. 74-2954 Q7800............. 65-0084 Q7999A .......... 65-0240 Q8205............. 68-0177 Q9200............. 74-1825 QM4520.......... 65-0211 QS7100 .......... 69-1349 QS7700 .......... 63-2284 QS7800A........ 65-0092 QS7800B........ 65-0227 QS7850 .......... 65-0171 QW700 ........... 60-2473 PAGE ........................... 329 ........................... 154 ........................... 142 ........................... 308 ........................... 348 ........................... 140 ........................... 399 ........................... 402 ........................... 402 ........................... 344 ........................... 402 ........................... 402 ........................... 309 ........................... 731 ........................... 730 ........................... 293 ........................... 289 ........................... 292 ........................... 293 ........................... 714 ........................... 733 ............................. 98 ........................... 288 ........................... 735 ............................. 92 ........................... 731 ........................... 731 ........................... 732 ........................... 731 ........................... 806 R R4140 ............. 60-2337, 60-2339, 60-2340 ... 801 R4155 ............. 60-2314 ........................... 740 R4222 ............. 60-2056 ........................... 119 R4225 ............. 60-2165 ........................... 123 R4795 ............. 60-2285 ........................... 796 R7184 ............. 69-1233 ........................... 108 R7184A,B,U .. ......................................... 108 R7184A,B,U ... 69-1233 ........................... 108 R7247 ............. 60-2358 ........................... 738 R7248 ............. 60-2357 ........................... 738 R7249 ............ ......................................... 738 R7257 ............ ......................................... 739 R7258 ............ ......................................... 739 R7259 ............ ......................................... 739 R7289 ............ ......................................... 739 R7290 ............ ......................................... 739 R7426 ............. 63-2565 ........................... 349 R7476 ............ ......................................... 738 R7747 ............. 63-2268 ........................... 726 R7748 ............. 63-2285 ........................... 726 R7749 ............. 66-2001 ........................... 726 R7795 ............. 66-2001 ................... 780, 796 R7824 ............. 65-0109 ........................... 714 R7847 ............. 65-0109 ........................... 714 R7848 ............. 65-0109 ........................... 714 R7849 ............. 65-0109 ........................... 714 R7851 ............. 65-0109 ........................... 714 R7861 ............. 65-0109 ........................... 714 R7886 ............. 65-0109 ........................... 714 R7999A,B ....... 65-0238 ........................... 733 R8182 ............. 68-0105 ........................... 112 MODEL FORM NO. PAGE R8184G .......... 68-0113 ........................... 109 R8184M.......... 68-0111 ........................... 111 R8222............. 60-2056 ........................... 119 R8225............. 60-2165 ........................... 123 R8228............. 60-2056 ........................... 119 R8229............. 60-2396 ............................. 20 R8239............. 60-1190 ........................... 122 R8246............. 60-2396 ............................. 20 R8285............. 68-0088 ........................... 121 R8330............. 60-2051 ............................. 22 R841............... 60-2004 ............................. 19 R845............... 60-2481 ............................. 97 R847............... 60-2481 ............................. 92 R8845U .......... 68-0215 ............................. 93 R8888............. 68-0176 ............................. 95 R8889............. 68-0184 ............................. 95 RA116, RA11760-2137 ........................... 117 RA832 ........... ........................................... 97 RA889A .......... 68-0216 ............................. 96 RA89 ............. ........................................... 97 RA890F .......... 60-2034 ................... 779, 797 RA890G.......... 60-2035 ................... 779, 798 RCAS ............ ......................................... 179 RDMH ........... ......................................... 180 RDMZ ............ ......................................... 180 RM7800.......... 66-2028 ........................... 713 RM7823.......... 66-2031 ........................... 707 RM7824.......... 65-0155 ........................... 703 RM7830.......... 66-2041 ........................... 708 RM7838A ....... 66-2029 ........................... 710 RM7838B ....... 66-2036 ........................... 711 RM7840 ......... ......................................... 712 RM7850.......... 66-2041 ........................... 708 RM7885.......... 66-2035 ........................... 709 RM7888.......... 65-0175 ........................... 710 RM7890A,B,C 66-2032 ........................... 702 RM7890D ....... 65-0179 ........................... 702 RM7895.......... 65-0205 ........................... 704 RM7895E,F .... 65-0179 ........................... 705 RM7896.......... 66-1090 ........................... 705 RP418 ............ 85-0065 ........................... 521 RP470 ............ 77-9852 ........................... 522 RP471 ............ 77-9848 ........................... 522 RP670 ............ 77-9851 ........................... 523 RP7517 .......... 85-0109 ........................... 529 RP818 ............ 85-0065 ........................... 521 RP913 ............ 75-7114 ........................... 524 RP920 ............ 85-0142 ........................... 515 RP922 ............ 85-0146 ........................... 525 RP970 ............ 77-9850 ........................... 526 RP971 ............ 77-9849 ........................... 526 RP972 ............ 77-9831 ........................... 527 RP973 ............ 77-9847 ........................... 527 RP975 ............ 77-9846 ........................... 528 S S1094 ............ ......................................... 294 S43 ................. 60-2187 ........................... 741 S437, S637..... 60-2186 ........................... 273 S443 ............... 60-2122 ........................... 406 S445 ............... 60-1209 ........................... 741 S483 .............. ......................................... 227 S547 ............... 95-6282 ........................... 274 S6008 ............. 69-0383 ........................... 269 continued next page v Model Number Index MODEL FORM NO. PAGE S6057............. 69-0687 ........................... 269 S637............... 60-2186 ........................... 273 S684............... 60-2277 ........................... 438 S688............... 60-2103 .................. 205, 226 S7184............. 66-1101 ........................... 115 S7760A .......... 74-2972 ........................... 299 S7800............. 65-0090 ........................... 717 S7810A .......... 65-0091 ........................... 717 S7810B .......... 65-0228 ........................... 718 S7820............. 65-0095 ........................... 718 S7830............. 65-0101 ........................... 719 S830............... 60-2022 .................. 205, 226 S8610U .......... 68-0135 ............................. 61 S87................. 68-0039 ............................. 67 S8700............. 69-1299 ............................. 66 S876............... 71-92261 ......................... 200 S89................. 68-0066 ............................. 66 S890G, H ....... 68-0070 ............................. 65 S8910U .......... 68-0161 ............................. 64 S89C,G .......... 68-0070 ............................. 65 S963............... 60-2122 ........................... 330 S963B ............ 60-2122 ........................... 274 S984............... 60-2277 ........................... 438 SDCR ............ .......................................... 181 SDMT ............ .......................................... 181 SM Series ..... .......................................... 667 SP470 ............ 77-9844 ........................... 534 SP970 ............ 77-9845 ........................... 535 SparcoMatic MX ...................................... 668 Sparco-Trol ... .......................................... 679 Sparcozone SZ ........................................ 670 SPBT ............ .......................................... 181 SPC .............. .......................................... 178 SPRD ............ .......................................... 176 SRTD ............ .......................................... 174 ST6008A,B,C . 68-3002 ........................... 440 ST7009 .......... 68-3003 ........................... 441 ST74 .............. 68-0065 ............................. 14 ST7700A ........ 63-2287 ........................... 725 ST7705 .......... 63-2257 ........................... 730 ST7800A ........ 65-0089 ........................... 716 ST82 .............. 68-0090 ........................... 120 ST9101 .......... 69-0686 ........................... 200 ST9103 .......... 69-0771 ........................... 200 ST9120 .......... 69-0644 ........................... 200 ST9141 .......... 69-0780 ........................... 200 SV9501,SV950260-1004 ........................... 60 T T100............... 62-3048 .................. 631, 636 T100............... 95C-10712 ....................... 630 T104............... 62-3004 ........................... 637 T200............... 62-3048 ........................... 631 T238............... 60-2218 ........................... 275 T4031............. 60-2177 ........................... 417 T4031C,E,F.... 63-2035 ........................... 429 T4031G,K....... 63-2033 ........................... 418 T4031H,J ....... 63-2032 ........................... 418 T4039............. 60-2241, 63-2156 ............355 T410............... 68-0145 ............................. 16 T42G-K,M-P ... 60-2229 ........................... 360 T4398............. 68-0147 ............................. 17 T451............... 63-2051 ........................... 357 T4700............. 95C-10856B ...................... 18 MODEL FORM NO. PAGE T475............... 60-2219 ........................... 806 T4800............. 68-0151 ............................. 18 T498............... 95C-10686 ......................... 17 T5086............. 63-2038 ........................... 474 T6031............. 60-2177 ........................... 417 T6031C,D....... 63-2035 ........................... 429 T6031E .......... 63-2118 ........................... 430 T6031F,G....... 63-2118 ........................... 429 T6051............. 63-1093 ........................... 358 T6052............. 63-1093 ........................... 358 T6054A .......... 60-2173 ........................... 432 T6064A,B ....... 60-2406 ........................... 432 T6064D .......... 63-2214 ........................... 433 T631A-C......... 60-2214 ........................... 361 T631F,G......... 60-2509 ........................... 362 T6381............. 95C-10758 ....................... 356 T6383............. 95C-10758 ....................... 356 T6387............. 95C-10758 ....................... 356 T641............... 63-2259 ........................... 363 T651............... 63-2051 ........................... 357 T675A,B ......... 60-2200 ........................... 426 T675F............. 602213 ............................ 428 T678............... 60-2200 ........................... 417 T678A ............ 60-2200 ........................... 426 T678B ............ 60-2207 ........................... 807 T678C ............ 60-2215 ........................... 428 T6984............. 63-1284 ........................... 363 T7022............. 77-7284 ........................... 315 T7047............. 60-2174 ........................... 316 T7067............. 60-2421 ........................... 328 T7079............. 63-2572 ........................... 425 T7080............. 63-4173 ........................... 335 T7100D,E....... 68-0163 ........................... 140 T7100F........... 63-1264 ........................... 348 T7147............. 63-4065 ........................... 348 T7200............. 63-4038 .................. 338, 365 T7300/Q7300 . 63-4165 ........................... 365 T7300A,B,C ... 63-4165 ........................... 344 T7300D-F/Q7300A-H,L63-4038 .............. 339 T7560............. 74-3097 ........................... 317 T7660............. 63-4334 ........................... 317 T7710............. 63-2288 ........................... 729 T7750............. 74-2944 ........................... 318 T775A,B,C,D.. 63-8413 ........................... 423 T775E,F,G ..... 63-2490 ........................... 423 T775J ............. 63-2248 ........................... 423 T7770............. 74-2697 ........................... 318 T7984............. 63-1284 ........................... 363 T8000 ........... .......................................... 134 T8001............. 68-0195 ........................... 134 T8034............. 68-0075 ........................... 151 T8090............. 68-0077 ........................... 141 T8095............. 69-0638 ........................... 142 T810............... 68-0050 .................. 148, 651 T8112C .......... 69-0917 ........................... 135 T8131 ........... .......................................... 176 T8131............. 69-0812 .................. 160, 176 T8131............. 69-0813 ........................... 135 T8132............. 68-0148 ........................... 135 T8132............. 69-0786 ........................... 161 T8190............. 69-0642 ........................... 141 T8205 ........... ............................................ 98 T822............... 68-0095 .......... 149, 158, 650 T827A ............ 68-0096 ........................... 150 MODEL FORM NO. PAGE T827B ............ 69-0974 ........................... 150 T834............... 68-0075 ........................... 151 T8381............. 95C-10759 ....................... 357 T8383............. 95C-10759 ....................... 357 T8387............. 95C-10759 ....................... 357 T8400 ........... .......................................... 137 T8401............. 68-0180 ........................... 137 T841A ............ 68-0051 .................. 152, 159 T8501 ........... .......................................... 139 T8511............. 68-0162 ........................... 139 T8524............. 68-0202 ........................... 139 T8600............. 68-0164 ........................... 131 T8601............. 68-0056 ........................... 175 T8601............. 68-0164 ........................... 131 T8602............. 68-0056 ........................... 175 T8602............. 68-0164 ........................... 131 T8611............. 68-0164 .................. 131, 176 T8624............. 69-0937 ........................... 131 T8700............. 68-0197 ........................... 136 T874............... 60-2485 .......... 153, 158, 167 T87F .............. 60-2222 . 144, 158, 159, 651 T915A-D,F,M,P60-2201 .......................... 434 T92................. 60-2243 ........................... 364 T921............... 60-2242 ........................... 365 T991 ............. .......................................... 808 T991A ............ 60-2196 ........................... 435 T991B ............ 60-2055 .................. 435, 807 T991E,F ......... 60-2176 .................. 435, 808 TAX ............... .......................................... 679 TAZ ................ 69-1366 ........................... 170 TD090, TD166 ......................................... 673 TDIAP502730 77-4023 ........................... 536 TDIAP520830 .......................................... 536 TDIAP521030 .......................................... 536 TEC .............. .......................................... 185 TG504 ............ 60-1214 ........................... 167 TG509 ............ 68-0104 ........................... 166 TG510 ............ 68-0104 ........................... 166 TG511 ............ 68-0104 ........................... 166 TG512 ............ 68-0104 ........................... 166 TG586 ............ 69-0575 ........................... 168 TG587 ........... .......................................... 168 TL ................. .......................................... 679 TMAC ........... .......................................... 185 TP9600 .......... 74-5594 ........................... 496 TP970 ............ 75-7134 . 497, 504, 505, 506 TP971 ............ 75-7134 ........................... 499 TP972 ............ 75-7134 ........................... 500 TP973 ............ 75-7134 ........................... 501 TP974 ............ 75-7134 ........................... 520 TP975 ............ 75-7134 ........................... 502 TP979 ............ 75-7134 ........................... 503 TRT ............... .......................................... 174 TRT-W .......... .......................................... 174 TS8095 .......... 69-0749 ........................... 142 TS810 ............ 68-0050 ........................... 148 TS8205 .......... 68-0177 ............................. 98 TS822 ............ 68-0095 .................. 149, 158 TS86A ........... .......................................... 159 TS86A ............ 69-0153 ........................... 148 TVC .............. .......................................... 185 TX Series ...... .......................................... 681 TZ-3 ............... 68-0223 ........................... 170 TZSK.............. 69-1356 ........................... 171 continued next page vi Model Number Index MODEL FORM NO. PAGE U UEC24014 ..... ......................................... 530 UV100.............69-1379 ........................... 203 V V100 ...............62-3048 ...................631, 636 V100P.............62-3006 ........................... 641 V110 ...............62-3004 ........................... 637 V135 ...............95C-10711 ...................... 630 V3350 .............63-2519 ...................444, 447 V3351 .............63-2519 ...................444, 447 V3360 .............63-2520 ...................447, 449 V3361 .............63-2520 ...................447, 449 V3450 .............63-2519 ...................444, 447 V3451 .............63-2519 ........................... 444 V3460 .............63-2520 ...................447, 449 V3461 .............63-2520 ...................447, 449 V400 ...............60-2019 ............................. 33 V4043 .............63-2133 ...................449, 451 V4044 .............63-2133 ...................449, 451 V4046 .............60-2145 ........................... 117 V4046C...........60-0112 ........................... 774 V4055 .............60-2309 ........................... 761 V4055A,B,D,E 60-2309 ........................... 765 V4055F,G .......65-0029 ........................... 766 V4062 .............60-2099 ...................761, 767 V4295 .............65-0194 ........................... 775 V48 .................60-2080 ........................... 771 V4943 .............65-0212, 65-0214 ............ 776 V4944 .............65-0214 ........................... 776 V5011 .............60-2126 .......... 447, 457, 464 V5011A,B,F,G 60-2126 ........................... 452 V5011N...........63-2548 ........................... 453 V5013 .............63-2549 .......... 449, 457, 464 V5013C...........77-5613 ........................... 455 V5013N...........63-2549 ........................... 456 V5047A...........71-92128 ......................... 472 V5051A...........60-2130 ........................... 473 V5055 .............60-2307 ...................761, 762 V5086 .............63-2038 ........................... 474 V5097 .............65-0230 ...................756, 761 V5155 .............60-2082 ............................. 43 V51E...............60-2102 ........................... 773 V5442N...........95C-10888 ........................ 99 V5852 .............63-2496 ........................... 476 V5853 .............63-2496 ........................... 476 V5862 .............63-2496 ........................... 476 V5863 .............63-2496 ........................... 476 V800 ...............60-2019 ............................. 33 V8043 ............ ......................................... 101 MODEL FORM NO. PAGE V8044 ............. 60-2133 ........................... 101 V8046C .......... 66-2008 ........................... 774 V8295 ............. 65-0194 ........................... 775 V88 .................60-2080 ........................... 771 V8943 ............. 65-0212, 65-0214 ........... 776 V8944 ............. 65-0214 ........................... 776 V9055 ............. 60-2311 ................... 761, 768 VB30A ............ 63-2535 ........................... 478 VB30B ............ 63-2536 ........................... 479 VB34A ............ 63-2535 ........................... 480 VB34B ............ 63-2536 ........................... 480 VB35A ............ 63-2535 ........................... 482 VB35B ............ 63-2536 ........................... 482 VC Series ....... 95C-10647, 95C-10646 .. 483 VF52 ............... 63-1287 ........................... 484 VF53 ............... 63-1287 ........................... 484 VH52 .............. 63-1287 ........................... 484 VH53 .............. 63-1287 ........................... 484 VP513............. 77-5219 ........................... 552 VP517............. 77-5220 ........................... 553 VP519............. 77-5218 ........................... 553 VP522............. 77-5230 ........................... 554 VP525............. 77-5260 ........................... 555 VP526............. 77-5246 ........................... 556 VP527............. 77-5262 ........................... 557 VP531............. 77-9857 ........................... 558 VR4300 .......... 69-0683 ............................. 32 VR8200 .......... 68-0046 ............................. 30 VR8300 .......... 68-0107 ............................. 27 VR8345 .......... 69-0844 ............................. 28 VS820............. 60-2019, 95-6994 ............. 33 VS8510........... 68-0203 ............................. 35 VS8520........... 68-0203 ............................. 35 VU443 ........... ......................................... 489 VU444 ........... ......................................... 489 VU53 .............. 95C-10885 ...................... 489 VU54 .............. 95C-10885 ...................... 489 VU843 ........... ......................................... 489 VU844 ........... ......................................... 489 VVCO ............ ......................................... 187 VVMA ............ ......................................... 187 VVOBD .......... ......................................... 186 VV-SRTD ...... ......................................... 186 VVT ............... ......................................... 187 VVT-HC ......... ......................................... 187 W W136 .............. 60-2179 ........................... 805 W6210 ........... ......................................... 303 W6215 ........... ......................................... 304 MODEL FORM NO. PAGE W7080 ............ 63-4179 ................... 331, 334 W7081 ............ 63-4160 ........................... 334 W7100A-E ...... 60-2507 ........................... 336 W7100G ......... 63-4145 ........................... 337 W7210 ............ 63-2528 ........................... 303 W7215 ........... ......................................... 304 W7459 ............ 63-2141 ........................... 304 W7460 ............ 63-2544 ........................... 304 W7750 ............ 74-2956 ........................... 290 W7751 ............ 74-2940 ........................... 291 W7752 ............ 74-2959 ........................... 294 W7753A.......... 74-2962 ........................... 295 W7760A.......... 74-2967 ........................... 298 W7761A.......... 74-2698 ........................... 295 W7762 ............ 74-2934 ........................... 296 W7763 ............ 74-2989 ........................... 296 W859 .............. 63-2476 ........................... 311 W8600E.......... 69-0410 ........................... 227 W8600F ......... ......................................... 227 W884 .............. 60-2289 ........................... 236 W8900 ............ 68-0173 ........................... 129 W9076 ............ 63-2093 ........................... 275 W950 .............. 60-2351 ........................... 329 W964F............ 63-2036 ........................... 809 W973 .............. 60-2428 ................... 326, 328 W974A,B ........ 60-2424 ........................... 330 X XPS Series .... ......................................... 679 Y Y100P............. 62-3006 ........................... 641 Y4140G,L,M .. ......................................... 782 Y496 .............. ......................................... 105 Y5086 ............. 63-2038 ........................... 474 Y593 .............. ......................................... 781 Y594 ............... 69-0491 ........................... 155 Y7000 ............ ......................................... 782 Y793 ............... 66-2014 ........................... 781 Y8095 ............. 69-0640 ........................... 143 Y8195 ............. 69-0640 ........................... 143 Y8610F........... 68-0102 ............................. 64 Y8610U .......... 68-0133 ............................. 64 Z ZD Series ...... ......................................... 172 ZM7850 .......... 65-0102 ........................... 732 ZM7999A........ 63-9145 ........................... 735 ZMS................ 69-1365 ........................... 170 vii Subject Index Numerics 7800 SERIES Flame Amplifier .................................. 714 Modules ......................................705–713 Components .................................. 718 Purge Card ......................................... 716 7800 SERIES OPTIONAL COMPONENTS ... 717– ....................................................... 719 7800 SERIES RELAY MODULES ...705–713 7800 SERIES REQUIRED COMPONENTS .. 714– ....................................................... 716 7800 SERIES TESTERS AND DEMONSTRATORS ............................. 720 A Accessories ............................................. 276 Combination Gas Controls ................... 44 Commercial Air Cleaners .................... 267 Contactors ................................. 9–10, 12 Dampers ............................................. 280 Direct-Coupled Actuators ................... 382 FY32 ................................................... 629 Immersion Wells ................................. 437 Line and Low Voltage Thermostat ...... 366 Motors and Actuators .................413–414 Motors and Actuators, Foot-Mounted . 404 Pneumatic ..................................564–570 Pneumatic Damper Actuator .............. 547 Pneumatic Valve Actuator .................. 551 Pressure Regulating Valves 615, 617, 621 Remote Temperature Controllers ....... 437 Residential Air Cleaner ....................... 226 Thermostat ......................................... 162 TP970/HP970 Series Accessories and Fittings ..................................... 506 V4043 and V4044 ............................... 451 V5011 and V5013 ............................... 464 V8043, V8044 ..................................... 104 Ventilation Systems ............................ 244 W7100 ................................................ 338 Zoning ........................................178–181 Actuator Damper .............................. 180, 307, 411 Pneumatic .............................538–546 Damper for Economizer ..............307, 411 Direct-Coupled Damper ...................... 367 Direct-Coupled Valve ......................... 367 Direct-Coupled, Non-Spring Return Damper ......................... 371, 372, 373, 374 Direct-Coupled, Spring Return Damper .... 375, .......................................... 377 Gas Valves .................................765, 767 Modulating Gas Valve ........................ 768 Multi-position ...................................... 184 Pneumatic Damper .....................537–547 Pneumatic Damper Actuator Torque Ratings .................................... 537 Safe Shut-off Gas Valve ..................... 766 Thermostatic ....................................... 630 Two-Position ....................................... 378 Universal Parallel-Positioning ............. 734 Valve ................................. 379, 381, 477 Electric .......................................... 380 Pneumatic .............................548–551 Zone Damper ..................................... 411 Zone Valve, Electric ........................... 629 Adapters .................................................. 309 Agricultural Controller ..... 418, 422, 428, 433 Air Cleaner Commercial Self-Contained .............................. 264 Electronic ....................................206–213 Commercial ...........................259–263 Filter ...........................................205, 224 HEPA .................................................. 225 Media ................................. 217–223, 247 Ceiling Surface Mounted .......253–254 Commercial ...........................247, 258 Monitor ............................................... 227 Portable ............................. 225, 251, 252 Return Grille ...............................213–217 Air Eliminator ...................................676, 678 AIR ELIMINATORS .........................674–677 Air Purger ................................................. 675 Air Supply for Pneumatic Control Systems 560 AIR TREATMENT SYSTEM .................... 203 Air Vents ..........................................674, 675 Automatic ........................................... 645 Heating ............................................... 647 Industrial ............................................. 646 Non-Heating ....................................... 648 AMPLIFIERS ...................................738–739 Amplifiers Flame Safeguard ........................738–739 Annunicator .............................................. 719 Anticondensate Controller ....................... 416 Aquastat Control ................... 74, 79, 82, 429 Combination ......................................... 83 Electronic .............................................. 84 Multiple Function .................................. 74 Single Function ..................................... 74 Triple Aquastat Relay ........................... 85 Triple Function Relay ........................... 90 Automatic vent ......................................... 675 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ................272–276 Auxiliary Equipment ................................. 276 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT—7800 SERIES .... 740– ....................................................... 741 B Backflow preventer .................................. 676 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS ................... 676 Backwash Controls, Automatic ................ 654 Ball Valves ...................... 623–624, 625–626 BCS 7700 ................................................ 724 BCS 7700 BOILER CONTROLLER ......... 725 BCS 7700 FIRING RATE MOTOR .......... 727 BCS 7700 OPTIONAL COMPONENTS .. 730 BCS 7700 PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE SENSORS .....................................728–729 BCS 77000 PRODUCT SELECTION GUIDE 721– ....................................................... 723 Boiler Management .................................. 724 Burner Control .................................706, 708 Burner Control System ............................ 800 Business Security System ....................... 271 C Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Sensor and Controller 267, ....................................................... 311 Cartridge Changing Tools for Thermostatic Radiator Valves ..................................... 643 Chronotherm Thermostat ........................... 18 Combination Gas Controls ...................28–53 Accessories .......................................... 44 Direct Spark ....................................23, 24 Hot Surface Ignition .............................. 23 Intermittent Pilot .............................23, 24 Line Voltage ......................................... 33 Low Voltage .......................................... 33 Millivolt ............................................33, 35 Parts ..................................................... 44 Selection Guide .................................... 25 Standing Pilot ....................................... 24 Universal Replacement ................... 27 Thermostatic ......................................... 24 Combination Gas Valves The Source ........................................... 23 Combustion System Manager Software .. 732 Commercial Air Cleaner Accessories ................................267–269 Electronic ....................................259–266 Parts 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 256, ........ 257, 259, 261, 263, 266 COMMERCIAL AIR CLEANERS .....247–269 COMMERCIAL HYDRONIC CONTROLS ..... 806– ....................................................... 809 COMMUNICATIONS .......................731–732 CONTACTORS ......................................4–13 Contactors Accessories ......................................9, 12 Deluxe PowerPro 1 and 2 pole ...................................... 5 3 pole ................................................ 6 Economy 1 and 2 pole ...................................... 8 2-pole ................................................ 6 3 and 4 pole ...................................... 8 Electric Heat ......................................... 20 Load Shed Relays and Contactors ....... 13 Replacement Parts .........................11, 12 Control Center .................................121, 122 Control Modules ......................................... 98 Control Panel ........................................... 128 ControlBus Network Interface .......................731–732 Controller Agricultural .........................418, 422, 433 Airstat ................................................. 272 Anticondensate Heater ....................... 416 Aquastat .....................................273, 429 Carbon Dioxide (CO2) ................267, 311 Constant Volume Air Handling ........... 290 Crop-Trol ............................................ 428 Dew Point ........................................... 416 Discharge Air Temperature ................ 336 Discharge Water Temperature ........... 337 Electronic Aquatrol ............................. 809 Electronic Ballast ................................ 351 Enthaply ............................................. 306 Excel 10 Unit Ventilator ...................... 295 Fan and Limit ...................................... 194 Fan and Limit Combination ................ 197 Fan Coil Unit ....................................... 294 Farm ................................................... 361 Fuel Air Ratio ...................................... 733 High Limit .....................................83, 198 Humidity .............................236–239, 272 Automatic ...................................... 239 Convertible .................................... 238 Remote ......................................... 310 Hydronic ............................................. 296 Ice-Trol ............................................... 418 Limit ....................................197, 334, 421 NEMA 4X ............................................ 362 Open Link ........................................... 288 Outdoor Bulb Temperature ................. 807 Outdoor Reset .................................... 806 Photocell ............................................. 354 Pneumatic Pressure ........................................ 512 Velocity .................................508, 510 Pressure ............................................. 415 Pressuretrol ................. 91, 788, 789, 794 Pressuretrol Limit .......................791, 793 Proportional Temperature .................. 808 Proportioning Pressure ....................... 794 Refrigeration ....................................... 431 Remote Bulb .................................81, 511 Return Air ...................................422, 432 continued next page viii Subject Index Step .................................................... 438 Temperature ..............349, 420, 421, 430 Accessories .................................. 437 Agricultural .................................... 433 Changeover .................................. 428 Pneumatic ..................................... 511 Proportional .......................... 434–435 Refrigeration ................................. 417 Remote, Electronic ............... 419, 423 Solid State .................................... 425 Thermostat ......................................... 430 Vaccuumstat ...................................... 793 Vaporstat ............................................ 792 Variable Air Volume (VAV) ................. 291 Cross Reference Ball Valves ......................................... 627 Chronotherm IV and Chronotherm III . 132 Electronic Programmable Thermostat 135 Globe Valves .............................. 469–472 Modutrol IV Motor .............................. 399 MP909 ................................................ 542 Pneumatic .................................. 571–596 Power Box .......................................... 230 Pressure Regulating Valves ............... 622 R8845U Replacement .......................... 94 RA889A Replacement ......................... 97 S8610 ................................................... 63 S8910 ............................................. 70–73 Solid State Power Supply .................. 230 Thermostatic Radiator Valves T100 Family .................................. 635 T104 Family .................................. 640 V5011 ................................................. 447 V5013 ................................................. 449 VP512 ................................................ 559 D Damper Automatic ........................................... 173 Ceiling Diffuser ................................... 183 Commercial Zone ............................... 412 Manual ............................................... 182 Moduflow ............................................ 277 Modulating ......................................... 177 Motor .......................................... 409, 410 Multi-position Fresh Air ...................... 183 Round ........................................ 173, 177 Round Diffuser ................................... 183 Square to Round ................ 174, 184, 186 Static Pressure Regulating ................ 176 Trol-A-Temp ............................... 172–186 Variable Air Volume ........................... 186 Vent Damper ........................................ 78 Damper Accessories ............................... 280 Damper Actuator ..................................... 411 for Economizers ................................. 411 Damper Actuator Torque Ratings, Pneumatic 537 Damper Linkages ............................ 178, 279 DAMPERS ....................................... 277–280 Definitions and Abbreviations Pneumatic .......................................... 597 DEFROST CONTROLLERS ..................... 14 Dew Point Controller ............................... 416 “DialSet” Pressure Regulating Valves 615, 619 Dimmer Electronic Ballast ....................... 351, 352 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS 281– 301 Direct-Coupled Damper Actuator ............ 367 Direct-Coupled Valve Actuator ................ 367 Direct-Coupled Valves and Damper Accessories .......................................... 382 Distributors 7800 Series ........................................ 810 Authorized Distributors ....................... 810 Authorized Systems ........................... 810 Boiler Control System ........................ 810 Commercial Air Quality ...................... 810 Environmental Controls ...................... 810 Perfect Climate .................................. 810 SYSNet™ ........................................... 810 DOD THERMOSTATS ............................ 158 E Economizer Actuator Damper for ........................... 307 Control Packages ....................... 304, 311 Damper Actuator for ........................... 411 Economizer System ................................ 302 ECONOMIZERS .............................. 302–312 Elapsed Time Meters .............................. 650 Electric Furnace Sequencer ...................... 22 Electric Heat Contactor ............................................. 20 Furnace Sequencer ............................. 22 Relay .............................................. 19–21 Thermostat Electronic ........................................ 18 High Performance ........................... 17 Line Voltage .................................... 18 Selection Guide .............................. 15 ELECTRIC HEAT CONTROLS ........... 15–22 Electric Heat Thermostat ..................... 15–19 Chronotherm ........................................ 18 ELECTRONIC TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY SENSOR .................... 313–325 Energy Management Timers ................... 440 Energy Recovery Fresh Air Ventilation Systems ............................................................... 242 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEMS ... 326– ...................................................... 350 Excel 5000 System Cabinets ............................................. 301 Excel 10 ............................................. 295 Excel 10 VAV ..................................... 291 Excel 10 Zone Manager ..................... 289 Excel 100 ........................................... 285 Excel 15 ..................................... 298, 299 Excel 50 ............................................. 286 Excel 500 and Excel 600 ................... 283 Excel Building Supervisor .................. 281 Excel CARE ....................................... 288 LONSPEC ............................................ 300 LONSTAT ..................................... 299, 344 LONSTATION ........................................ 300 Open Link Controller .......................... 288 Operator Terminals ............................ 287 Router ................................................ 292 Serial Interface ................................... 293 Software ............................................. 294 Ventilator Controller ........................... 295 Excel 5000 System Building Manager ..... 298 Expansion Tank ............................... 679, 681 F Fan and Limit Controls ............................ 194 Fan Controls .................................... 194, 198 Fan Manager ........................................... 120 Fan Relay ................................................ 123 Fan Timer ................................................ 246 Electronic ........................................... 200 Fan Timer Control ................................... 200 Filters, Water . 652–653, 654, 655–658, 659, 661 FILTRATION—WATER FILTERS ... 652–662 Flame Amplifier ....................................... 714 Modules ..............................................799 FLAME AMPLIFIERS ...............................726 Flame Detector Cadmium Sulfide ................................116 Infrared ...............................................749 Purple Peeper ............................ 747, 749 Ultraviolet ............................................753 Dynamic ........................................752 Minipeeper ............................ 750, 751 Solid State ............................ 747, 749 Flame Rectification Sensor ........................68 Flame Rectifier .........................................754 Flame Rectifier Pilot .................................745 Flame Rod and Holder .................... 744–746 Flame Safeguard Training Material .................................813 FLAME SAFEGUARD MODUTROL IV MOTORS ...................................... 742–743 Flame Safeguard Replacement Packages 781 FLAME SAFEGUARD SYSTEMS ... 687–701 Flame Safeguard Systems Product Selection Matrix ............ 686–701 FLAME SENSOR ............................ 744–755 Flame Simulators .....................................803 FLOWCHECK ..........................................673 FUEL AIR RATIO CONTROL SYSTEM 733– 735 Fuel Oil Pressure Switches ......................785 Furnace Sequencer ....................................22 G Gages Pneumatic ...........................................564 GAS BURNER CONTROLS—COMBINATION 23 GAS BURNER CONTROLS—IGNITION CONTROLS ...................................... 60–73 GAS BURNER CONTROLS—PILOT ACCESSORIES ................................ 54–59 Gas Heating Valves ...................................25 Gas Pilot Flame Rectifier ....................................754 Gas Pilot Safety System ............................54 GAS VALVES .................................. 761–777 Gas Valves Actuator .....................765, 766, 767, 768 Butterfly ...............................................773 Combination Gas Controls ............. 28–53 Diaphragm ..........................................771 Firing Rate ..........................................760 Heating .................................................25 Industrial .................................... 756, 762 Line Voltage ..........................................33 Low Voltage ..........................................33 Millivolt ........................................... 33, 35 Pilot .....................................................774 Solenoid ..............................................775 Solenoid Shut-Off ...............................758 Vent ....................................................759 Guard Ring Probe ....................................806 H HEATING EXPANSION TANKS ..... 679–681 Heating, Air Vents ........................... 647, 648 HEATING—ACCESSORIES ........... 649–651 HEATING—AIR VENTS .................. 645–648 HEATING—DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE REGULATORS ......................................644 HEATING—THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES .................................................630 HEATING—THERMOSTATIC RADIATOR VALVES ........................................ 631–643 HEATING—ZONE VALVES, ELECTRIC .629 Honeywell Authorized Distributors ...........810 continued next page ix Subject Index Humidifier .........................................232–234 Drum ................................................... 232 Flow-through ..............................232, 233 Steam Power ...................................... 234 Humidistat ................................................ 240 Humidity Controls Selection Guide .......... 235 HUMIDITY PRODUCTS ..................232–240 Humidity Transducer ................................ 320 HYDRONIC CONTROLS ...................74–107 Hydronic Heating Controls ....................... 112 Hydronic Systems .................................... 105 Injection and Mixing Valves ................ 104 Valve and Actuator ............................... 99 I I/O Device ................................................ 295 Igniter-Sensor ............................................ 69 Ignition System Cables .............................. 69 IGNITION TRANSFORMERS .................. 778 Ignition Transformers ............................... 778 Ignitor Solid State, Oil .................................... 115 Indicator Digital Temperature ............................ 275 Filter Flag ........................................... 226 INDOOR AIR QUALITY ........................... 202 Infrared Flame Detector ................................... 749 Remote Receiver ................................ 269 Remote Transmitter ............................ 269 Ingition Modules Direct Spark ....................................66, 67 Hot Surface .......................................... 65 Universal Hot Surface .......................... 64 INTEGRATED GAS VALVE TRAIN COMPONENTS ............................756–760 L Light Commercial Building Solution ......... 297 Building Manager ............................... 298 Command Display .............................. 299 Excel LONSPEC ................................... 300 Excel LONSTATION .............................. 300 Lighting Ceiling Sensor .................................... 352 Control Unit ........................................ 353 Control Units ....................................... 353 Electronic Ballast ........................351, 352 Electronic Ballast Dimmer .................. 351 Occupancy Sensor ............................. 353 Photocell Cadmium Sulfide ........................... 354 Controller ...................................... 354 LIGHTING CONTROLS ...................351–354 LIME REMOVER ..................................... 683 Lime Remover ......................................... 683 Limit Controller ......................................... 421 Limit Controls ........................................... 194 LINE AND LOW VOLTAGE COMMERCIAL THERMOSTATS ...........................355–366 Linkage ............................................406, 740 Modutrol IV Motor ............................... 406 LonSpec ................................................... 300 LONSTAT ...........................................299, 344 LonStation ................................................ 300 M Media Air Cleaner .................................... 247 Meter Air Quality ........................................... 268 Elapsed Time ..................................... 650 Millivolt Gas Valves .................................... 35 MIXING VALVES .............................664–669 Mixing Valves ........................................... 664 Modernization ..................................779, 782 MODERNIZATON AND REPLACEMENT ..... 779– ....................................................... 782 Module 7800 SERIES Components .................................. 718 7800 SERIES Relay ...................705–713 Boiler Controller .................................. 725 Digital Wall ......................................... 317 Economizer ................................303, 304 Economizers Interface ........................................ 308 Interface ............................................. 402 Network Interface ControlBus ....731–732 Remote Sensor and Override ............. 348 RS-232 to RS-485 Converter ............. 735 Setback/Setup .................................... 330 Wall .................................................... 318 Modutrol IV Motor ................... 385, 390–398 Cross Reference ................................ 399 Linkage ............................................... 740 Order Number Guide .......................... 389 Parts and Accessories ........................ 403 Resistor Board .................................... 403 Selection Chart ................................... 387 Monitor Air Quality ........................................... 268 Electronic Air Cleaner ......................... 227 Flame Quality ..................................... 114 Heating Equipment ............................. 227 Solid State Performance Indicator ...... 227 Motor Damper .......................................409, 410 Heat Actuated ............................... 410 Firing Rate .......................................... 727 Foot-Mounted ..................................... 385 Interface Modules ............................... 402 Modutrol IV .................................385, 742 Special Purpose .........................409–412 Zone ................................................... 410 Motors and Actuators Parts and Accessories ................413–414 MOTORS AND ACTUATORS—DIRECTCOUPLED .....................................367–384 MOTORS AND ACTUATORS—FOOTMOUNTED ....................................385–408 MOTORS AND ACTUATORS—PARTS AND ACCESSORIES ............................413–414 MOTORS AND ACTUATORS—SPECIAL PURPOSE .....................................409–412 MULTIPLE ZONE VALVES .............670–671 N NEMA Standard ....................................... 188 Network Interface Unit ............................. 731 O OIL BURNER CONTROLS ..............108–118 Oil Burner Controls ..........................109, 111 Order Number Guide ............................... 817 Butterfly Valves .................................. 488 DP Series Contactors ............................. 4 Modutrol IV Motor ............................... 389 Outdoor Temperature Compensator 75–77, 92 P Panel Logic ................................................... 328 Status ................................................. 329 Part Number Pneumatic ..................................600–611 Parts and Accessories Auxiliary Equipment ............................ 276 Combination Gas Controls ................... 44 Dampers ............................................. 280 Filters, Water ...................................... 655 Motors and Actuators .................413–414 Pressure Regulating Valves 615, 617, 621 Remote Temperature Controllers ....... 436 Thermostatic Radiator Valves ....636, 643 V5011 and V5013 ............................... 464 Perfect Climate Comfort Center ............... 128 PERFECT CLIMATE COMFORT CENTER CONTROL SYSTEM .....................128–130 Perfect Climate Comfort System ................. 2 Perfect Window Fresh Air Ventilation Systems 241 Photocell ..................................354, 746, 748 Pilot Flame Rectifier ...........................745, 754 Miniature Rectification ........................ 755 Pilot Burner ..........................................57–59 Pilot Burner Orifices ................................... 59 Pilot Module Intermittent ........................................... 62 Intermittent Pilot ................................... 60 Universal Intermittent ........................... 61 Plumbing and Heating Equipment ...613–683 PLUMBING—BALL VALVES ...........623–627 PLUMBING—PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES ........................................613–622 PLUMBING—Y-STRAINERS ..........628–629 Pneumatic Accessories Cabinet .......................................... 566 Gages ........................................... 564 Installation Materials .............567–570 Accessories and Fittings .................... 506 Aquastat Pressuretrol ......................... 530 Combination Valve and Actuator Selection Guide ....................................... 551 Damper Actuator ........................538–546 Damper Actuator Parts and Accessories . 547 Damper Actuator Torque Ratings ....... 537 Definitions and Abbreviations .....597–599 Humidistat .......................................... 493 Cover ............................................ 504 Indication and Receiver Gages .......... 564 Installation Materials ........................... 567 Load Analyzer .................................... 524 Part Number Reference .............600–611 Pneumatic/Electric Switches ......531–533 Potentiometer ..................................... 525 Pressure Controller ............................ 512 Pressure Regulator ....................512, 514 Pressuretrol ........................................ 513 Relay Averaging ...................................... 527 Capacity ........................................ 526 Reversing ...................................... 527 Snap-Acting .................................. 522 Switching ....................................... 523 Selector Relay .................................... 522 Sensor Electronic ...................................... 518 Humidity ........................................ 517 Pressure ........................................ 519 Temperature .................518, 519, 520 Switches Diverting ........................................ 534 Thermostat Cover ............................................ 504 Easy-to-See Cover ........................ 505 Thermostats ...............................493–503 Accessories ...........................506–507 Transducer ......................................... 529 continued next page x Subject Index Valve .......................................... 552–558 Air ................................................. 553 Radiator ........................................ 555 Terminal Unit ................................ 558 Water .................................... 554, 557 High Pressure ......................... 556 Valve Actuator Accessories ............... 551 Valve Actuators .......................... 548–551 PNEUMATIC ACCESSORIES ........ 564–570 PNEUMATIC AIR SUPPLIES .......... 560–563 Pneumatic Control Systems, Air Supply .. 560 PNEUMATIC CONTROLLERS ....... 508–516 PNEUMATIC CROSS REFERENCE 571–596 PNEUMATIC DAMPER ACTUATOR 537–547 PNEUMATIC DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS ......................... 597–599 PNEUMATIC RELAYS .................... 521–529 PNEUMATIC SENSORS ................. 517–520 PNEUMATIC SWITCHES ............... 530–536 PNEUMATIC THERMOSTATS/HUMIDISTATS ....................................................... 493–507 Pneumatic Valve Actuator Parts and Accessories .......................................... 551 PNEUMATIC VALVES/ACTUATORS ... 548– 559 Potentiometer .................................. 405–406 Auxiliary ............................................. 405 Manual ............................... 274, 405, 406 PRESSURE CONTROL/LIMITS ..... 783–795 PRESSURE CONTROLLERS ................. 415 Pressure Regulating Valves ............ 613–622 Pressure Regulator ................................. 512 Pressure Regulators Pneumatic .......................................... 514 Pressure Regulators, Differential ............ 644 Pressure Switches ........................... 783, 785 Pressuretrol Pneumatic .................................. 513, 530 Pressuretrol Controller .................... 789, 794 Proportional ........................................ 788 Pressuretrol Limit Controller ............ 791, 793 PRIMARY AND RELAY CONTROLS 796–799 PROGRAMMERS ........................... 800–802 Programming Controls ............................ 801 Proportional Temperature Controllers ... 434– 435 Protectorelay ........................... 109, 111, 112 Protectorelay Control ....................... 117, 797 R Receiver Infrared ............................................... 269 REFRIGERATION ........................... 416–418 Refrigeration Controller ........................... 431 Relay ....................................................... 740 Electric Heat ................................... 19–21 Fan ..................................................... 123 General Purpose ................................ 119 Heavy Duty .......................................... 92 Heavy Duty Switching ........................ 119 Hydronic Switching .............................. 97 Plate-Mounted Receptacle ................. 121 Pneumatic .................................. 521–528 Selector Pneumatic ..................................... 522 Switching .............................................. 96 Universal Switching .............................. 93 RELAYS AND CONTROL CENTERS ... 121– 123 Remote Bulb Temperature Controller ..... 511 REMOTE TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS 419–....................................................... 437 Remote Temperature Controllers Accessories ........................................ 437 Replacement Parts ............................ 436 Replacement Parts Contactors ...................................... 11, 12 Residential Air Cleaner Electronic ................................... 206–213 Media ......................................... 217–223 Parts .. 208, 212, 216, 219, 220, 222, 223 Return Grille ............................... 213–217 RESIDENTIAL AIR CLEANERS ..... 204–225 RESIDENTIAL AIR CLEANERS— ACCESSORIES ............................ 226–231 Retrofit Intermittent Pilot Gas Burner Ignition Systems .................................... 64 Return Air Controller ........................ 422, 432 S Selection Chart Direct-Coupled Damper Actuator ....... 368 Direct-Coupled Valve Actuator ........... 370 Industrial Gas Valves ......................... 761 Modutrol IV Foot-Mounted Actuators . 387 T7300 System .................................... 345 Selection Guide BCS 7700 ................................... 721–723 Combination Gas Controls ................... 25 Direct-Coupled Actuators ................... 367 Electric Heat Thermostat ..................... 15 Flame Safeguard Controls ................. 737 Humidity Controls ............................... 235 Pneumatic Valves and Actuators ....... 551 Remote Temperature Controllers ...... 419 Thermostat ......................................... 125 Selection Matrix Flame Safeguard Systems ......... 686–701 Sensor Air Temperature ................................. 307 Carbon Dioxide (CO2) ................ 267, 311 Differential Pressure .......................... 322 Discharge ........................................... 130 Discharge Air Temperature ................ 314 Duct .................................................... 296 Electronic ........................................... 316 Electronic Temperature ...................... 313 Flame Rectification .............................. 68 Humidity Duct .............................................. 321 Pneumatic ..................................... 517 Solid State .................................... 319 Humidity and Temperature ................ 321 Duct .............................................. 321 Humidity Transducer .......................... 320 Immersion .......................................... 518 Occupancy ......................................... 353 Outdoor ...................................... 130, 235 Pressure ............................................. 322 Pneumatic ..................................... 519 Solid State ............................ 728–729 Recessed Ceiling ............................... 352 Remote and Override Module ............ 348 Remote Indoor ................................... 130 Return Air Temperature ..................... 315 System Compatibility ......................... 323 Temperature ...................................... 317 Averaging ..................................... 314 Pneumatic ..................... 518–519, 520 Solid State .................................... 305 Wall Mount .................................... 315 Ultrasonic ........................................... 353 Velocity .............................................. 508 ZoneMAX ........................................... 170 Service Tool ............................................ 804 Setpoint Panels ..........................................98 SmartValve System ....................................60 Software Combustion System Manager ............732 Excel CARE ........................................288 Excel E-Vision .....................................294 Fuel Air Ratio Control System Configuration ..................................................735 LONSPEC .............................................300 LONSTATION .........................................300 Spark Generators .....................................778 Spark Igniter ...............................................68 STEP CONTROLLERS ................... 438–439 Strainers .......................................... 628–629 Subbase Wiring ..................................................714 Subbase, Wiring Fuel Air Ratio Controller .....................733 Switches Air Pressure ........................................785 Air Switch ............................................199 Auxiliary ..............................................408 Differential Pressure Pneumatic .....................................536 Fuel Oil Pressure Switches .................785 Gas/Air Pressure ................................783 Manual ................................................274 Pneumatic .................................. 530–536 Diverting ........................................534 Pneumatic/Electric ..................... 531–533 Pressure .............................................785 Sail ..................................... 226, 273, 741 Selector ...............................................269 Start-Stop Station ...............................741 System Air Treatment ......................................203 Economizer .........................................302 Sensor Compatibility ...........................323 T Tanks Domestic water system .......................681 Hydro-Pneumatic ................................679 Temperature Controller ........... 420, 421, 430 Accessories ........................................437 Agricultural ..........................................433 Changeover ........................................428 Proportional ............................... 434–435 Refrigeration .............................. 417, 418 Remote ...............................................430 Solid State .....................................425 Remote, Electronic .................... 419, 423 Selection Guide ..................................419 TEST EQUIPMENT ......................... 804–805 Test Meter ................................................805 Tester .......................................................803 Cad Cell ..............................................118 Flame Safeguard Programmer ...........804 Thermocouple .......................................56 The Source .................................................23 THERMAL EXPANSION TANKS .... 681–683 Thermistor ................................................157 Thermocouples ........................... 54–56, 649 THERMOMETER .....................................673 Thermometer ............................................673 Thermopile Generators, Replacement .......56 Thermostat Accessories Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats ...............................366 Advances Powerstealing Circuitry ......124 Chronotherm ........................ 18, 141, 142 Chronotherm IV ..................................131 continued next page xi Subject Index Double Pole Bulb ................................ 179 Electric Heat ...................................15–19 Electronic ........................................ 18 High Performance ........................... 17 Electronic Fan Coil ............................. 356 Low Voltage .................................. 357 Electronic Modulating Control ............. 363 Electronic Programmable Cross Reference 135 Electronic Thermostat and Transmitter 335 Fan Coil .............................................. 355 Floating Control Room ....................... 363 Guards ........................................164–169 Commercial ................................... 169 Locking Guards .....................167, 168 Heat Pump 131, 134, 137, 152, 153, 155, 159 Heavy Duty Line Voltage .................... 358 Light Duty Line Voltage ...................... 357 Line Voltage ....................................... 432 Electronic ........................................ 18 Low Voltage ....................... 158, 650, 651 Milk-Trol .............................................. 418 Multistage .......... 139, 152, 153, 155, 360 New Construction ............................... 160 Non-Programmable Commercial ................................... 348 Outdoor .............................................. 275 Parts and Accessories ................162–163 Powerpile ............................................ 148 Programmable Commercial .................. 338, 339, 344 Proportional ........................................ 364 Round .........................................144, 159 Round, Programmable ....................... 136 Selection Guide .................................. 125 Single Stage ...............................650, 651 Subbase ............ 142, 146, 154, 329, 358 Commercial .......... 140, 339, 344, 348 Switching ....................................... 360 Thermostat and Transmitter ..................... 328 THERMOSTAT GUARDS ................166–169 Thermostat Simulator .............................. 330 THERMOSTAT—EASY-TO-SEE ............ 159 THERMOSTAT—ELECTRONIC NONPROGRAMMABLE .......................137–140 THERMOSTAT—ELECTRONIC PROGRAMMABLE .......................131–136 Thermostatic Radiator Valves High Capacity .............................637–641 Mixing ................................................. 630 One-Pipe Steam ................................. 641 Standard Capacity ......................631–635 THERMOSTAT—OTHER ELECTRONIC 160– 161 THERMOSTATS—ELECTROMECHANICAL PROGRAMMABLE .......................141–143 THERMOSTATS—ELETROMECHANICAL NON-PROGRAMMABLE ..............144–157 TIMERS ...........................................440–441 Timers Electronic Programmable ................... 441 Energy Management .......................... 440 TP970/HP970 Series Accessories and Fittings 506 xii Training Material ...................................... 811 Books ................................................. 812 Demonstrators .................................... 814 Electronic Classroom ......................... 813 Flame Safeguard Textbook ................ 813 Reference Manual .............................. 814 Video Tapes ....................................... 811 Transducer Electronic-Pneumatic ......................... 529 Humidity ............................................. 320 Transformer ............................................. 180 Circuit Breaker .................................... 193 General Purpose ................................ 192 Ignition ................................................ 778 Internal ............................................... 403 Standard .....................................189, 190 Universal ............................................ 188 TRANSFORMERS ...........................188–193 Transformers, General Purpose .............. 649 Transmitter Infrared ............................................... 269 TRIDICATOR ........................................... 673 Tridicator .................................................. 673 TROL-A-TEMP ZONING SYSTEM ..170–187 U Ultraviolet Flame Detector ...... 747, 749, 753 Dynamic ............................................. 752 Minipeeper ..................................750, 751 Upgrade Kit, F25A to F50E ...................... 229 V Vacuumstat Controller ............................. 793 Valves 2-Way Flanged ...........................444–447 2-Way Globe ..............................452–454 3-Way ................................................. 455 3-Way Flanged ...........................447–449 3-Way Globe ...................................... 456 Accessories Combination Gas Controls .............. 44 Accessories for V5011, V5013 ........... 464 Ball ............................ 623–624, 625–626 Ball Valve Assemblies 2-Way ....................................478–479 3-Way ....................................479–480 Ball Valve/Actuator Assemblies 2-Way ....................................480–483 3-Way ....................................480–483 Butterfly ............................. 484–489, 773 Check .........................................668, 673 Combination Gas Controls .............28–53 Diaphragm Gas Valve ........................ 771 Diaphragm Gas Valves ...................... 776 Fan Coil Valves and Actuators .................... 489 Gas Diaphragm .................................... 776 Pilot ............................................... 774 Solenoid ........................................ 775 Gas Heating ......................................... 25 Gas Valves .................................759, 760 Combination Gas Controls ........28–53 Globe Double-Seated .............................. 472 Hydronic Valves and Actuators .......... 483 Industrial Gas Valves .................761–777 Injection and Mixing ............................ 104 Line Voltage Gas ................................................. 33 Linear ................................................. 476 Low Voltage ........................................ 101 Gas ................................................. 33 Magnetic ............................................. 117 Millivolt Gas ...........................................33, 35 Mixing ................................................. 667 Mixing and Diverting ........................... 664 Mixing or Diverting .............................. 668 Pneumatic ..................................552–559 Pressure Reducing ............................. 563 Pressure Regulating ...................613–622 Rebuilt Kits .................................457–463 Single-Seated ..................................... 473 Thermostatic Mixing ........................... 630 Thermostatic Radiator 474–476, 631–635, 637– ......................................... 641 Zone ...........................................101, 670 Line Voltage .................................. 449 Motorized ...................................... 671 Vaporstat Controller ................................. 792 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES .442–443 Vent Damper .............................................. 78 Ventilation Energy Recovery ................................ 242 Fresh Air ............................................. 241 VENTILATION SYSTEMS ...............241–246 VENTILATION SYSTEMS—PARTS AND ACCESSORIES ............................244–245 Versaguard Thermostat Guards .............. 166 Volume Air Volume (VAV) System .......... 291 W WARM AIR CONTROLS .................194–200 WATER AND STEAM VALVES .......444–491 Water Filters ..652–653, 654, 655–658, 659, 661 Winter Watchman .................................... 227 Z Zone Adder .............................................. 334 Zone Control Builder Paks ....................................... 105 Multizone Component Selection ......... 331 Zone Damper Actuator .............................................. 411 Commercial ........................................ 412 Zone Panel ......................................170–172 Hydronic ............................................... 95 Hydronic Circulator ............................... 95 System Kits ........................................ 171 Zone System Electronic Single Zone Component Selection .................................. 326 Zone Valve .......................................629, 670 Low Voltage ........................................ 101 Motorized ............................................ 671 ZONE VALVES ................................671–672 Zoning Accessories ................................178–181 Motor .................................................. 410 Home Control and Systems The products found in this section are primarily for use in residential and small building applications. Included are controls for various types of systems - gas, warm air, hydronic, electric heat, zoning and much more. Perfect Climate Contractor Program .......................................................................................................................... 2 Contactors.................................................................................................................................................................. 4 Defrost Controller ..................................................................................................................................................... 14 Electric Heat Controls .............................................................................................................................................. 15 Gas Burner Controls—Combination......................................................................................................................... 23 Gas Burner Controls—Pilot Accessories ................................................................................................................. 54 Home Controls and Systems Gas Burner Controls—Ignition Controls ................................................................................................................... 60 Hydronic Controls..................................................................................................................................................... 74 Oil Burner Controls................................................................................................................................................. 108 Relays and Control Centers ................................................................................................................................... 119 Thermostats ........................................................................................................................................................... 124 Perfect Climate Comfort Center™ Control System ................................................................................................ 128 Thermostats—Electronic Programmable ............................................................................................................... 131 Thermostats—Electronic Non-Programmable ....................................................................................................... 137 Thermostats—Electromechanical Programmable.................................................................................................. 141 Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable .......................................................................................... 144 DoD Thermostats ................................................................................................................................................... 158 Thermostats—Easy-to-See.................................................................................................................................... 159 Thermostats—Other Electronic .............................................................................................................................. 160 Thermostats—Parts and Accessories .................................................................................................................... 162 Thermostat Guards ................................................................................................................................................ 164 Trol-A-Temp Zoning Systems ................................................................................................................................ 170 Transformers .......................................................................................................................................................... 188 Warm Air Controls .................................................................................................................................................. 194 1 Electric Heat Controls Electric Heat Thermostat Selection Guide Honeywell electric heating thermostats provide comfort and energy savings in electric resistance baseboard and fan-forced heater applications. With Honeywell's advances in electric heat control technology, your customers can enjoy more precise temperature control and reliability. Whether your customer wants economical long-lasting control, super-sensitive high performance, or attractive styling with rugged construction—there's a Honeywell electric heat thermostat that's right for the application. Refer to the diagrams that follow the selection matrix for typical system hookups. ELECTRIC HEAT THERMOSTATS Programmable Non-programmable Better Well suited for upgrades and high-end new construction Deluxe Classic Style T498A,B • Bimetal • Electric baseboard Best Best for upgrades and high-end new construction Deluxe for upgrades and high-end new construction Deluxe Contemporary Style T4800A T4700A,B • Electronic • CoolSwitch™ • Electric baseboard and fan-forced heaters Euro-Style T410A,B • Bimetal • Electric baseboard Home Controls and Systems Good Ideal for new construction • Electronic • CoolSwitch™ • Electric baseboard and fan-forced heaters Euro-Style T4398A,B • Dual diaphragm • Electric baseboard and fan-forced heaters M16705 continued next page 15 Electric Heat Controls Electric Heat Thermostat Selection Guide continued Typical hookup for spst switching models. ELECTRIC HEATER Typical hookup for dpst switching models. WIRE CONNECTORS BLACK 2 L2 1 L1 4 BLACK BLACK ELECTRIC HEAT THERMOSTAT BLACK POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. BE SURE L1 IS CONNECTED TO HIGH VOLTAGE (HOT) SIDE OF THE LINE. 2 USE SPECIAL SERVICE CO/ALR WIRE CONNECTORS WHEN CONNECTING WITH ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS TO AVOID A POTENTIAL FIRE HAZARD. 3 BREAKS WITH TEMPERATURE SETTING DIAL IN EXTREME COUNTERCLOCKWISE POSITION; OTHERWISE THERMALLY ACTUATED. BREAKS ON TEMPERATURE RISE, MAKES ON TEMPERATURE FALL. 4 USE A SEPARATE LIMIT CONTROL IN THE APPLIANCE. 1 L2 T1 L1 (HOT) WIRE CONNECTORS 1 L2 T2 4 5 1 2 RED L1 ELECTRIC HEATER L1 (HOT) 3 T1 3 RED ELECTRIC HEAT THERMOSTAT POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. BE SURE L1 IS CONNECTED TO HIGH VOLTAGE (HOT) SIDE OF THE LINE. 2 USE SPECIAL SERVICE CO/ALR WIRE CONNECTORS WHEN CONNECTING WITH ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS TO AVOID A POTENTIAL FIRE HAZARD. 3 BREAKS WITH TEMPERATURE SETTING DIAL IN EXTREME COUNTERCLOCKWISE POSITION; OTHERWISE THERMALLY ACTUATED. BREAKS ON TEMPERATURE RISE, MAKES ON TEMPERATURE FALL. M8244A 4 BREAKS WITH TEMPERATURE SETTING DIAL IN "OFF" POSITION. IN 3-PHASE SYSTEM, SWITCH MUST BREAK NEUTRAL TO HEATER, NOT SYSTEM NEUTRAL. 5 USE A SEPARATE LIMIT CONTROL IN THE HEATING APPLIANCE. M8243A T410 Electric Heat Thermostats Economy thermostats that provide reliable line voltage control of resistive rated electric heating equipment. Snap-action switch makes heating circuit on temperature fall. • Economical. • Replace virtually any two-wire (T410A) or four-wire (T410B) line voltage wall-mounted electric heating thermostat. • Easy to install; 6 in. (150 mm) color-coded leads. • Include long-lasting Micro Switch™ mechanism. • Rugged, plastic mounting base and one-piece cover with vents. • Ideally suited to new construction applications. Temperature Ratings, Setpoint Range APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: up to 5 kW at 277V. Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Certified. CSA Performance Certified: at 16A.a a CSA 273.4A Electric Heat Thermostat Performance Certification requires the thermostat to cycle at least 3 cph at 50% duty cycle. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Noninductive Resistive: 22A at 120/208/240 Vac; 19A at 277 Vac. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: Terminals: 6 in. (150 mm) copper leadwires, suitable for connecting to aluminum wiring if approved CO/ALR solderless connectors are used. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating Range: 40 F to 80 F (5 C to 27 C). Differential: 3 F (2 C). ELEMENT TYPE: Bimetal, snap-acting switch. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-1/2 in. (115 mm) high, 2-3/4 in. (70 mm) wide, 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) deep. MOUNTING: Mounts directly on vertical 2 x 4 in. outlet box (or on 4 x 4 in. outlet box). ACCESSORIES: 272804A Range Stop and Locking Screws Assembly. Includes locking cover screws and range stops—two plastic pins to insert inside cover for field-selection of minimum and maximum temperature settings. ORDER NUMBER F C Switching Action Element Type T410A1013 40 to 80 5 to 27 Spst Bimetal, snap- Contoured cover in — acting switch contemporary Positive off; makes double line break with white. setting dial at OFF position. T410B1004 Dpst Finish NOTE: T410A, B does not include thermometer, range stops or locking cover. See Accessories. 16 Includes Electric Heat Controls T498 Electric Heat Thermostats ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Resistive: 22A at 120/208 / 240 Vac; 19A at 277 Vac. CSA Performance Ratings: T498A: 16A resistive at 120, 208, 240 and 277V. T498B: 14A resistive at 120, 208, 240 and 277V. NOTE: To maintain two cycles per hour, a minimum load of 8 amps is required. Provide line voltage control of electric heating systems. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed. Canadian Standards Association Certified. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating Range: 40 F to 80 F (5 C to 27 C). Differential: 3 F (2 C). l SUPER TRADELINE model. Temperature Ratings, Setpoint Range ORDER NUMBER F C Switching Action Includes T498A1778 40 to 80 5 to 27 Spst Range stops, locking cover and extra knob decal for recalibration. Dpst Thermometer, range stops, locking cover and extra knob decal for recalibration. T498A1810 — lT498B1512 T498B1553 Positive Off; makes double line break with setting dial at OFF position. T4398 High Performance Electric Heat Thermostats Provide precise line voltage control of resistive-rated electric heating equipment. • For control of both resistive-rated fan-forced and baseboard electric heaters. • Extremely sensitive to temperature changes. • Replace virtually all standard wall-mounted line voltage thermostats. • Color-coded leads allow easy installation. • Include long-lasting Micro Switch™ mechanism. • Rugged, plastic mounting base. • Cover thermometer indicates room temperature. • Well suited for upgrades and high-end new construction. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed. Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Listed. CSA Performance Certified at 20A.a a CSA 273.4A Electric Heat Thermostat Performance Certification requires the thermostat to cycle at least 3 cph at 50% duty cycle. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Noninductive Resistive: 22A at 120/208/240 Vac; 19A at 277 Vac. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating Range: 50 F to 80 F (10 C to 27 C). Differential: 2 F (1 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-1/2 in. (115 mm) high, 2-7/8 in. (73 mm) wide, 2-5/8 in. (67 mm) deep. ELEMENT TYPE: Vapor-filled dual diaphragm. MOUNTING: Mounts directly on vertical 2 x 4 in. outlet box, or on 4 x 4 in. outlet box. ACCESSORIES: 272804A Range Stop and Locking Screws. Includes locking cover screws and range stops—two plastic pins to insert inside cover for field-selection of minimum and maximum temperature settings. *TRADELINE models. Temperature Ratings, Setpoint Range ORDER NUMBER F C Switching Electrical Action Connections *T4398A1021 50 to 80 10 to 27 Spst *T4398B1029 Dpst 6 in. (150 mm) leadwires. Finish Includes Contoured Thermometer, range stops, locking cover. cover in Thermometer, range stops, locking cover. Makes contemporary double line break with setting dial at OFF position. white. 17 Home Controls and Systems • Easy to install; color-coded leads. • Include thermometer. • Include long-lasting Micro Switch™ mechanism; makes on temperature fall. • Rugged, plastic mounting base. • Mount on standard 2 x 4 in. outlet box or 4 x 4 in. junction box. • Select models include extra knob decal for recalibration, if necessary. ELEMENT TYPE: Bimetal. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-9/16 in. (116 mm) high, 2-7/8 in. (73 mm) wide, 1-15/16 in. (33 mm) deep above mounting plate, 15/ 16 in. (24 mm) deep below mounting plate. MOUNTING: Mounts directly on 2 x 4 in. outlet box. FINISH: Classic styling, brush gold finish ACCESSORIES: 272804A Range Stop and Locking Screws. Includes locking cover screws and range stops—two plastic pins to insert inside cover for field-selection of minimum and maximum temperature settings. For use with new style T498A,B models (manufactured after November, 1993—date coded after 9345). 272823 Blind Locking Cover and Range Stop Assembly. For use with new style T498A,B models only (manufactured after November, 1993—date coded after 9345). Electric Heat Controls New! T4700 Chronotherm™ Electronic Programmable Line Voltage Thermostat Provides line voltage electronic programmable temperature control of resistance-rated heating systems. Depending on local climate, night and day setback of space temperature can save up to 28% of the energy used to heat a controlled zone. According to the Electric Power Research Institute, precision temperature control also offers up to 12% energy saving during comfort periods compared with conventional bi-metallic electric heating thermostats. • Patented CoolSwitch™ design offers exceptionally long service life. • Full 7-day independent programming or selectable 5-1-1 programming; allows different schedules and temperature setpoints to match the homeowner’s flexible schedule. • Easy to Use Programming and Copy feature. • Digital temperature sensing and control for energy efficient precision operation. • Liquid Crystal Display. • Decorated door hides programming keys. • Temporary and permanent temperature overrides. • Suitable for electronic heaters such as baseboard and noninductiverated fan-forced heaters. • Directly replaces any two-wire (spst), 240 Vac resistive-rated line voltage electromechanical or electronic thermostat from 500W to 3800W. • Temperature setpoints (programs) are permanently held in memory (no batteries used) and retained during power outages for increased convenience. APPROVALS: CSA Certified LR1322, UL listed. Temperature Ratings Setpoint Range DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-5/16 in (84 mm) wide, 5-1/16 in. (127 mm) high, 1-5/8 in. (42 mm) deep. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating Range: -20 F to +104 F (-30 C to +40 C), 5 to 95% RH, non-condensing. Setpoint Range: 45 F to 80 F (7 C to 27 C). Factory set: 61 F (16 C). Control temperature on start-up and in HOLD mode until a program is entered. ELECTRICAL RATINGS, NON-INDUCTIVE: 16A (3800W) maximum, 2A (500W) minimum @ 240V, 60 Hz. SWITCHING:Patented CoolSwitch™ thyristor commutator with relay switching. WIRING CONNECTIONS: 6 in. (150 mm) non-polarized stranded copper leadwires, suitable for connection to aluminum wiring if approved special service CO/ALR connectors are used. PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS: Precision: ±1 F (± 0.5 C) temperature swing. Features electronic anticipation. Accuracy: ±2 F (±1 C) maximum droop with 3800W load. Conforms to NEMA Standard DC3 for scale accuracy. CSA Performance Certification @ 16A, 240 Vac. SENSING ELEMENT: Electronic thermistor. PROGRAMMING: Program selections with Up (+) and Down (–) keys. User-selectable temporary and permanent override modes. Time-of-Day, 12 hours am/pm format. Temperature scale, selectable degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius. LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY: Room temperature: 35 F to 95 F (3 C to 35 C). Setpoint temperature: displayed when (+) or (-) keys pressed. Degree symbol (°) flashes when heat is on. MEMORY BACKUP:Programs: E2PROM retains programs indefinitely. Power loss clock time retention up to 8 hours continuous. MOUNTING:Direct mounting on vertically-oriented, single-gang NEMA 2 x 3 in. flush-mount or 2 x 4 in. surface-mount electrical box, or on 4 x 4 in. box with mud ring. ORDER NUMBER F C Switching Action Sensing Element Type T4700A1016 45 to 80 7 to 27 spst T4700B1014 Electronic Thermistor dpst Electrical Connections Finish Includes 6 in. (150 mm) Non-polarized leadwires White Digital LDC Display T4800 Precision Electronic Electric Heat Thermostats • • • • • • Electronic non-programmable thermostats that provide precise, accurate control of resistive-rated electric heating equipment. • Patented CoolSwitch™ technology increases thermostat life. Solid state electronic thermistor sensing element. Senses temperature changes ±1 F. LED indicator light on cover. Two-wire design with non-polarized lead wires for easy installation. Best for high-end new construction or upgrades. Developed with assistance from the Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI), representing the electric power industry of the U.S. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed. Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Certified. CSA Performance Certified at 16A. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Noninductive Resistive: 16A at 240 Vac, 60 Hz, 2.0A minimum. continued next page 18 Electric Heat Controls T4800 continued DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-1/8 in. (80 mm) wide, 4-3/4 in. (120 mm) high, 2-5/8 in. (68 mm) deep. MOUNTING: Mounts directly on vertical 2 x 4 in. outlet box. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating Range: 40 F to 90 F (8 C to 25 C). Differential: 1 F (0.5 C). ELEMENT TYPE: Thermistor. *TRADELINE models. Temperature Ratings, Setpoint Range ORDER NUMBER F C Switching Electrical Action Connections *T4800A1015 40 to 80 5 to 25 Spst 6 in. (150 mm) leadwires Finish Includes Voltage Contoured white LED indicator. Light indicates when heat comes on. 240V R841 Electric Heating Relays R841C internal schematic and connection diagram for one relay. JUNCTION BOX Home Controls and Systems L2 1 L1 (HOT) R841D BLUE RED R841C BLACK LOAD RED Use with two-wire, 24 Vac thermostat to control electric heating equipment such as baseboard, ceiling cable and duct heaters. WHITE Operate with each cycle of the thermostat (4 to 6 cycles per hour). Each relay switches up to a 5,000W load. Contacts make and break in about 75 seconds. Mount in any position. Include 1/2 in. (13 mm) male conduit bushing. RESISTANCE HEATER APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed. Canadian Standards Association Certified. ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A): Contacts: 1 POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. M16620 R841D internal schematic and connection diagram for one relay. JUNCTION BOX 120 Vac 208/240/277 Vac Full Load 14 7 Locked Rotor 84 42 L2 1 L1 (HOT) LOAD Resistive: 22A at 120/208/240 Vac; 19A at 277 Vac. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient Range: -20 F to +150 F (-29 C to +66 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:3-7/8 in. (98 mm) heighta, 2-13/16 in. (71 mm) width and 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) depth a Height includes bracket. REMOTE 24 V TRANSFORMER RED 1 BLACK • • • • • 2-WIRE LOW VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT R841C R841D RED WHITE 2-WIRE LOW VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT DROPPING RESISTOR RESISTANCE HEATER 1 POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. M16621 *TRADELINE models. Electrical Connections Electrical Ratings Anticipator Setting ORDER NUMBER Application Voltage *R841C1201 Controls one load. With integral transformer. 208V, 60 Hz 0.2A *R841C1227 *R841D1044 Controls one load. Requires remote 24 Vac transformer. Line, Leadwire Length Low, Leadwire Length Switching Action in. mm in. mm Spst 457 7-1/2 191 18 240V, 60 Hz 24V, 60 Hz 19 Electric Heat Controls R8229 Electric Heat Relay; R8246 Electric Heat Contactor TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient Range: -40 F to +165 F (-40 C to +74 C). SWITCHING ACTION: dpst. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: R8229A Height Width Depth Model Number in. mm in. mm in. R8229A 2-3/16 56 2-3/32 53 2-1/4 57 R8246A 2-3/16 56 3-5/16 84 2-3/16 56 mm R8246A Dimensions of relay and contactor base in in. (mm in brackets). Provide conventional on-off control of heating elements and fan in an electric furnace. 1-5/8 (41) • Designed for quiet operation. • R8246A and R8229A replace over 50 Honeywell and competitive electric heat primaries, including the Honeywell R8330 Electric Furnace Sequencer. • Use on furnaces with line voltage or pilot duty limit. • Simple ON-OFF switching—readily understood and easily serviced— eliminates cold drafts on system start up. 1/4 (6) (2) 3/16 (5) (2) NOTE: R8229E and R8242E normally closed relays for use in load control systems are also available. See index for page number of R8229E and R8242E specifications and ordering information. 1-17/32 (39) APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Component Recognized. Canadian Standards Association Component Recognized. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Voltage: 24 Vac. Current Draw: 0.23A. COIL RATINGS: Pickup Voltage: 14 Vac with base mounted vertically (instantly applied voltage simulating thermostat operation). Inrush: 5.5 VA. Sealed: 5.5 VA. Dropout Voltage: 6 Vac. 5/16 (8) M16622 7/32 (6) R8229A Contact Ratings Per Pole: Second Polea Combined Inductivea and Resistive Inductive Inductive Only Voltage First Pole Resistive Only Amperes Maxb Load AFL ALR AFL ALR 120,208,240,277 25.0 26.0 6.4 18.0 7.0 35.0 480 12.5 13.6 3.2 9.0 3.5 17.5 600 10.0 10.4 2.56 7.2 2.8 14.0 a b A combined resistive and inductive load can be connected to either pole of the relay. Do not connect an inductive load to both poles. Either contact of the R8229 is rated for a 5 kW resistive load, in combination with the motor load as shown in the table. R8246A Contact Ratings Per Pole: Second Polea Combined Inductivea and Resistive Inductive Only Inductive Voltage First Pole Resistive Only Amperes Maxb Load AFL ALR AFL ALR 120,208,240,277 48.0 48.0 7.0 42.0 12.0 72.0 480 24.0 24.0 3.5 21.0 6.0 36.0 600 19.2 18.5 2.8 16.8 4.8 28.8 a b A combined resistive and inductive load can be connected to either pole of the relay and contactor. Do not connect an inductive load to both poles. Either contact of the R8246 is rated for a 10 kW resistive load, in combination with the motor load as shown in the table. continued next page 20 Electric Heat Controls R8229; R8246 continued One- or two-element wiring with R8229A relay. Three- or four-element wiring with one R8246A contactor, singlestage thermostat only. ONE OR TWO ELEMENTS THREE OR FOUR ELEMENTS R W LOW VOLT THERMOSTAT 2 R R W R W LOW VOLT THERMOSTAT FURNACE LOW VOLT TERMINAL BOARD W FURNACE LOW VOLT TERMINAL BOARD 2 1 L1 (HOT) 1 R8229 L2 4 1 6 3 L1 (HOT) R8246 L2 TRANSFORMER L2 L1 T2 T1 TRANSFORMER CIRCULATOR OR FAN MOTOR RELAY 1 2 SET ANTICIPATOR TO 0.23 AMP. CONTACTOR Temperature Ratings, Maximum ORDER NUMBER Application R8229A1005 Electric Heat Relay Switches up to two 5 kW electric 165 heat elements, plus 6.4A fan motor at 240 Vac. Several can be used together to control more than two heating elements. Replace sequencer controls which are no longer required by industry standards. a b Switches up to four 5 kW electric heat elements, plus 7.0A fan motor at 240 Vac. Several can be used together to control more than four heating elements. Replace sequencer controls which are no longer required by industry standards. 1 POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. 2 SET ANTICIPATOR TO 0.23 AMP. 3 FOR FOUR ELEMENT WIRING. M16618 lSUPER TRADELINE models. lR8246A1038 Electric Heat Contactor CIRCULATOR OR FAN MOTOR L2 POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. lR8229A1021 Electric Heat Relay 3 L1 1 L2 F C 74 Electrical Connections Mounting Male 1/4 in. (6 mm) Two screws (up to No. 10 quick-connects.b size) through holes in base, or one screw and a shear-formed tab in panel. Male 1/4 in. (6 mm) quick-connectsb plus terminal clamp screws. M16619 Includes — Universal mounting plate with mounting screws, two 12 in. (305 mm) coil leads,a two wire nuts, six 1/4 in. (6 mm) female quick-connects. Universal mounting plate with mounting screws, two 12 in. (305 mm) coil leads,a two wire nuts, six 1/4 in. (6 mm) female quick-connects. 1/4 in. (6 mm) quick-connect on one end; stripped on opposite end. Select female quick-connects with care. The use of a premium grade quick-connect, such as the AMP Premier Faston “250” series, or equivalent, is recommended. 21 Home Controls and Systems L1 1 Electric Heat Controls R8330 Electric Furnace Sequencer ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Contacts (F1, F2): Fan: Inductive Contact Ratings Vac ALR 7.2 43.2 120, 208, 240b 6.9 41.4 277 4.9 29.4 120 One control switches a fan and up to three elements on and off in sequence. • Isolated fan switch has positive interlock to assure fan is on when the element is on, and fan is off when the last element is off. • Replaces any of the ten models in our line and many competitive devices. • Combination rating on the first element switch allows replacing devices having fan and first element controlled by the same switch without rewiring furnace. • Auxiliary switch controls a second R8330 in applications with more than three elements. • Cycles ON within two minutes, OFF within four minutes. • Ten-second minimum delay between stages (make sequence and break sequence). • Timings meet EEI-NEMA and ARI 280 standards. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed. Canadian Standards Association Certified. AFL a a 1/3 hp. 3/4 hp. Anticipator Setting: 0.4A (constant). Voltage: 24 Vac, 0.4A. Pilot Duty Rating: 62.5 VA at 24 Vac; special models available with pilot duty rating of 3.5-62.5 VA on fan contacts at 24 Vac. Auxiliary Switch: 3.6 AFL; 21.6 ALR at 240 Vac; 5A resistive at 24, 120, 208, and 240 Vac; 35 VA pilot duty at 24 Vac. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating Range: -20 F to +150 F (-29 C to +66 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-1/6 (78 mm) high, 4-13/16 (122 mm) wide, 2-11/32 (60 mm) deep. b Internal schematic of R8330D furnace sequencer. AUXILIARY SWITCH HTR F1 3 5 7 F2 4 6 8 M7841 LOAD: Combined Resistive and Inductive Contact Ratings (3-4 Only) Resistive Contact Ratings (3-4, 5-6, and 7-8) Resistive Inductive Vac A kW A kW AFL ALR 208 25.0 5.2 20.8 4.3 5.5 15.0 240 25.0 6.0 20.8 5.0 5.5 15.0 277 21.7 6.0 18.0 5.0 3.6 8.6 *TRADELINE model. ORDER NUMBER Stages Switches Includes *R8330D1039 3 4 Mounting hardware, terminal adapter, replacement quick-connects, jumper leadwires. 22 Thermostats Honeywell—The Leader in Thermostats Honeywell has a tradition of leadership in temperature controls for the home. The Honeywell name means reliable performance, comfort, and convenience with energy savings. Customers are confident that they are getting the very best in temperature control when they see the Honeywell name. The most recognizable temperature control is Honeywell’s T87 The Round® Thermostat. The T87 Thermostat has been keeping homes comfortable for over 40 years. Its reliable performance, classic styling, and convenience make it the industry standard. Continuing in the tradition of being a leader in temperature controls, Honeywell offers the most complete line of thermostats while introducing innovative new products for virtually every application: conventional single-stage, multistage and heat pump systems. Over 100 years of Honeywell engineering expertise has gone into the making of our newest thermostats. The T8600 Chronotherm® IV Thermostat is the winning choice for programmable thermostats with 7-day programming flexibility, display backlighting, outdoor temperature sensing and versatile replacement capability—just five models can replace 36 existing thermostats. The T8500 Deluxe Electronic Thermostats offer all of the same conveniences as the Chronotherm® IV Thermostat—display backlighting, outdoor temperature sensing and replacement versatility— but are not programmable. The simplicity of the T8400 Electronic Thermostat, with its large digital display and attractive case, are already making it a favorite choice. Advanced Powerstealing Circuitry “Powerstealing” thermostats have become increasingly popular with contractors as a thermostat which is easy and economical to install. Honeywell’s new thermostats with Advanced Powerstealing are now available in both programmable (T8000, T8700, T8600) and non-programmable (T8400) thermostat families. “Powerstealing” electronic thermostats draw energy for operation from the heating and cooling equipment. They have several advantages over battery-powered or hardwired thermostats, while being compatible with virtually all heating and cooling systems. Unlike battery-powered thermostats, Honeywell’s new powerstealing thermostats do not require batteries to operate and still provide program backup with electronic memory. Hardwired electronic thermostats draw a consistent source of power directly from the system transformer. Because they rely directly on the heating and cooling equipment for energy, these thermostats require an extra wire to supply 24 Vac to the thermostat. This is fairly simple to do in new construction applications, but relatively difficult in retrofit situations. Powerstealing models can be installed without costly extra wiring and are a good choice for most home heating and cooling systems. 124 Powerstealing thermostats continuously draw a small amount of current from the heating or cooling system to operate. When the thermostat is not calling for heat or cool, the thermostat “steals” enough power to operate by allowing a small amount of current to flow through it into the relay coil. While older powerstealing thermostats require 10 mA to 20 mA to function, the advanced power stealing of Honeywell's thermostats require a mere 0.1 mA to 10 mA to operate. When the thermostat is calling for heat or cool, the advanced power stealing of the new thermostats require only 2.5 mA to 25 mA to operate compared to older powerstealing thermostats that required 70 mA to 120 mA for proper operation. Although powerstealing thermostats are compatible with most home heating and cooling systems, they aren’t appropriate for some applications, including millivolt systems, line voltage systems, Taco Zone Valves and other systems that open the load circuit for more than 0.5 seconds during an “ON” cycle. In most cases, though, Honeywell has a powerstealing thermostat just right for your applications. And with the part number 4074EYC, your Taco Zone Valve compatibility problems can be easily solved. Thermostats Thermostat Selection Guide The following Thermostat Selection Guide has been provided to help you quickly determine the most appropriate thermostat for your particular application. RESIDENTIAL SINGLE STAGE NON-PROGRAMMABLE ELECTRONIC ELECTRO-MECHANICAL MANUAL CHANGEOVER ECONOMY SNAP-ACTION T810C,D 1 HEAT/NO COOL OR 1 COOL/ NO HEAT STANDARD MERCURY BULB T8034C 1 HEAT 1 COOL DELUXE MERCURY BULB T87F/Q539 1 HEAT 1 COOL STANDARD MERCURY BULB T834C 1 HEAT 1 COOL AUTOMATIC/MANUAL CHANGEOVER Home Controls and Systems DELUXE MERCURY BULB T87F 1 HEAT OR 1 COOL STANDARD MERCURY BULB T822C,D 1 HEAT/NO COOL OR 1 COOL/ NO HEAT MANUAL CHANGEOVER MANUAL CHANGEOVER DELUXE ELECTRONIC T8501D T8500D HARDWIRED POWER 1 HEAT STEALING 1 COOL 1 HEAT 1 COOL STANDARD ELECTRONIC T8401C T8400C HARDWIRED POWER 1 HEAT STEALING 1 COOL 1 HEAT 1 COOL M13112 continued next page 125 Thermostats Thermostat Selection Guide continued RESIDENTIAL SINGLE STAGE PROGRAMMABLE ELECTRONIC ELECTRO-MECHANICAL MANUAL CHANGEOVER 2 PERIOD PROGRAMMING CLOCK MERCURY BULB T8090/T8095 1 HEAT OR 1 COOL DELUXE ELECTRONIC T8600D T8601D T8602D POWER HARDWIRED BATTERY STEALING 1 HEAT POWERED 1 HEAT 1 COOL 1 HEAT 1 COOL 1 COOL MERCURY BULB T8090/T8095 Q682A,B 1 HEAT 1 COOL ALSO SEE Y8095 5-2 PROGRAMMING CLOCK TIMER ROUND ELECTRONIC T8700C 1 HEAT 1 COOL MERCURY BULB T8190/T8195 Q682A,B 1 HEAT 1 COOL ALSO SEE Y8195 MERCURY BULB T8190/T8195 1 HEAT OR 1 COOL 7 DAY PROGRAMMING AUTOMATIC /MANUAL CHANGEOVER MANUAL CHANGEOVER MANUAL CHANGEOVER STANDARD ELECTRONIC T8001C T8000C HARDWIRED POWER 1 HEAT STEALING 1 COOL 1 HEAT 1 COOL ECONOMY ELECTRONIC T8112C BATTERY POWERED 1 HEAT 1 COOL T8112D BATTERY POWERED 1 HEAT 1 COOL M13111 RESIDENTIAL HEAT PUMP PROGRAMMABLE NON-PROGRAMMABLE ELECTROMECHANICAL MANUAL CHANGEOVER AUTOMATIC OR MANUAL CHANGEOVER ELECTRONIC MANUAL CHANGEOVER DELUXE MERCURY BULB Y594R,G 2 HEAT 1 COOL STANDARD MERCURY BULB T841A,B 2 HEAT 1 COOL AUTOMATIC/ MANUAL CHANGEOVER ELECTRONIC 5-2 PROGRAMMING MANUAL CHANGEOVER DELUXE ELECTRONIC T8511G HARDWIRED 2 HEAT 1 COOL STANDARD ELECTRONIC T8411R HARDWIRED 2 HEAT 1 COOL 7 DAY PROGRAMMING AUTOMATIC/ MANUAL CHANGEOVER DELUXE ELECTRONIC T8611G HARDWIRED 2 HEAT 1 COOL STANDARD ELECTRONIC T8011R HARDWIRED 2 HEAT 1 COOL M13110 continued next page 126 Thermostats Thermostat Selection Guide continued RESIDENTIAL MULTI-STAGE PROGRAMMABLE NON-PROGRAMMABLE ELECTROMECHANICAL AUTOMATIC OR MANUAL CHANGEOVER ELECTRONIC ELECTRONIC AUTOMATIC/MANUAL CHANGEOVER 7 DAY PROGRAMMING AUTOMATIC/MANUAL CHANGEOVER Home Controls and Systems DELUXE MERCURY BULB Y594D 2 HEAT 2 COOL DELUXE ELECTRONIC T8624D 2 HEAT 2 COOL DELUXE ELECTRONIC T8524D 2 HEAT 2 COOL M13108 COMMERCIAL NON-PROGRAMMABLE ELECTRONIC ELECTROMECHANICAL ELECTRONIC AUTOMATIC OR MANUAL CHANGEOVER AUTOMATIC/MANUAL CHANGEOVER DELUXE MERCURY BULB T874/Q674 UP TO 3 HEAT 2 COOL PROGRAMMABLE 7 DAY PROGRAMMING AUTOMATIC OR MANUAL CHANGEOVER 7 DAY PROGRAMMING AUTOMATIC/MANUAL CHANGEOVER DELUXE ELECTRONIC T7300D T7300E T7300F CONVEN- HEAT HEAT PUMP/ TIONAL PUMP CONVENTIONAL DELUXE ELECTRONIC T7100F T7100D T7100E CONVEN- HEAT HEAT PUMP/ TIONAL PUMP CONVENTIONAL SUBBASE Q7100C Q7100A CONVENTIONAL HEAT PUMP 3 HEAT 2 HEAT 2 COOL 2 COOL 7 DAY PROGRAMMING AUTOMATIC/MANUAL CHANGEOVER STANDARD ELECTRONIC T8621A,C,D 2 HEAT 2 COOL STANDARD ELECTRONIC T7200D T7200E CONVENTIONAL HEAT PUMP 1 HEAT 1 HEAT 1 COOL 1 COOL SUBBASE Q7300C,D Q7300A,G,L CONVENTIONAL HEAT PUMP 3 HEAT 3 HEAT 2 COOL 3 COOL M13109 127 Perfect Climate Comfort Center™ Control System Perfect Climate Comfort Center™ Control System— the comfort breakthrough of the century The Honeywell Perfect Climate Comfort Center™ Control System is the first and only home comfort control that puts it all together. Finally, one comfort center controls temperature, indoor air quality, ventilation, humidity and zoning. BREAKTHROUGH SALES Your customers have never been offered a comfort center like this one. And they will quickly understand why one comfort center control is better than several controls. In other words, you have limitless sales opportunities by being the first to offer the latest comfort control technology to your customers. Not only will your customers be more satisfied with their HVAC equipment, but you'll increase your sales of accessory products or upgrades to complement this new technology. Model Number PC8900 CONTROL PANEL The PC8900 Control Panel simplifies temperature, indoor air quality, ventilation, humidity and zoning control—giving homeowners a new comfort ideal soon to be the norm. The backlit display on this easy-touse panel provides messages that are relayed in clear phrases and in a size that is easy on the eyes. The control panel may be installed in any convenient location. Unlike other thermostats that need to be centrally located for accurate temperature control, the PC8900 is not dependent on floor plan for its temperature control. Simply install one or more optional remote temperature sensors and connect them to the Comfort Center. W8900 REMOTE MODULE The W8900 is compatible with almost any type of HVAC equipment. Located near the HVAC equipment, the W8900 allows easy installation of the Comfort Center and accessories with the wires all in one location. There are models available for a variety of applications—conventional, heat pump, or conventional with reheat. All models are field-configurable. PERFECT CLIMATE COMFORT CENTER™ CONTROL SYSTEM The Comfort Center provides 24 Vac energy saving control for a heating and cooling system, while providing reliable and precise temperature, ventilation and humidity control.Depending on your application, your system components and accessories can include the following: Name System Components PC8900A Control Panel W8900A Remote Module for conventional systems; model available with O and B terminals for zoning. W8900B Remote Module for heat pump systems. W8900C Remote Module for conventional systems with reheat. Accessories C7089A Outdoor Sensor; used to measure outdoor temperature. C7100A Discharge Sensor; used to sense temperature in discharge or return air. C7189A Remote Sensor; used for remote sensor applications. 205224A Wall Cover Plate; used when PC8900 cannot cover wall marks from old thermostat. 202689A Mounting Plate Accessory; used when C7189A cannot cover wall marks from old thermostat. PC8900 Control Panel • Requires only four wires for installation. • All system accessories wire to W8900 Remote Module. • Keyboard lockout (field-configurable) protection available. Control panel for the Perfect Climate Comfort Center™ Control System. Mounts in the living space and accurately measures and controls room temperature and humidity. Use with the W8900 Remote Module. CONSUMER BENEFITS • Automated, all-in-one comfort control. • Large, continuously lit liquid crystal display (LCD). • Seven-day (auto copy) programming. • Simultaneous display of heat and cool setpoints. • No batteries required; indefinite program retention. • Circulation fan setting improves indoor air quality. INSTALLER BENEFITS • Compatible with 99 percent of residential heating and cooling equipment. The PC8900 Control Panel can be configured in the field for: • Automatic or manual changeover. • F or C display • 12- or 24-hour clock. • Adaptive Intelligent Recovery™ or conventional recovery. • Humidity control in heating or cooling; frost control optional with outdoor sensor. • Outdoor, remote, and discharge temperature sensor available. • Fan overrun in cooling. • Ventilation control. APPROVALS: Federal Communications Commission Class B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association DC-3. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating Range: 40 F to 110 F (4 C to 43 C). Setpoint Range: 45 F to 88 F (7 C to 31 C). continued next page 128 Perfect Climate Comfort Center™ Control System PC8900 continued HUMIDITY RATINGS: Operating Range: 5 to 90% RH, noncondensing. Setting Range: Cooling: 40 to 80% RH. Heating: 10 to 80% RH. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 6-3/8 in. (162 mm) wide, 4 in. (102 mm) high, 1-5/8 in. (41 mm) deep. MOUNTING: Without remote sensor: mounts directly on the wall, in living space, using mounting screws and anchors provided. With remote sensor: mounts directly on the wall, in a closet or other convenient location, using mounting screws and anchors provided. Available only through Honeywell Perfect Climate Authorized Distributors. *TRADELINE model. ORDER NUMBER Description Display, LED *PC8900A1007 Perfect Climate Comfort Center Control System Control Panel. SYSTEM LED lights when heating or cooling equipment Terminals 1, 2, 3, 4 on PC8900 connect to W8900. is running; CHECK LED lights to alert homeowner to HVAC maintenance or service needs. Electrical Connections W8900 Remote Modules • • • • Provide humidity and ventilation control output. Compatible with most 24 Vac systems. Mount directly on the wall, near the HVAC equipment or cold air return. Select models provide humidity control with fan. APPROVALS: Federal Communications Commission Class B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association DC-3. Available only through Honeywell Perfect Climate Authorized Distributors. *TRADELINE models. Stages ORDER NUMBER Application Heating Cooling *W8900A1004 Conventional 24 Vac systems. 2 2 *W8900A1012 Conventional 24 Vac zoning systems, with O and B terminals. 2 1 *W8900B1002 24 Vac heat pump systems. 3 2 *W8900C1000 24 Vac systems with cooling humidity reheat algorithm. 2 2 129 Home Controls and Systems Mount near the equipment; the PC8900 heating, cooling, ventilation and dehumidification equipment and all additional sensors are wired to the W8900. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Input: 20 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz. Heat Pump Failure Input (L Terminal on W8900B Models): 24 Vac load, 50/60 Hz, 0.3 VA load. CO2 Monitor Input (CO2 Terminal on all W8900 Models): 24 Vac load, 50/60 Hz, 0.3 VA load. Output: Humidity Control Output Relay: 50 VA at 24 Vac. Ventilation, W1, W2, Y1, Y2, E, G, O, B, AUX, Y1/W1: 1.5A running, 3.5A inrush at 200,000 cycles (30 Vac). 1.5A running, 7.5A inrush at 100,000 cycles (30 Vac). Run: 40% power factor minimum. Inrush: 50% power factor minimum. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating Range: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C). HUMIDITY RATINGS: 5 to 90% RH, noncondensing. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 6-3/8 in. (163 mm) wide, 8-3/4 in. (222 mm) high, 2 in. (51 mm) deep. MOUNTING: Mounts directly on the wall, near HVAC equipment or cold air return, using the mounting screws and anchors provided. Perfect Climate Comfort Center™ Control System C7089 Outdoor Sensor • May be located up to 200 feet away from W8900 Remote Module. • Positive temperature coefficient thermistor sensor. • Factory calibrated; no field calibration required. Senses the outdoor temperature for display on the PC8900 Control Panel at the touch of a key. • • • • Convenience feature for homeowners. Encapsulated to protect against water and contaminants. Mounting clip allows easy sensor positioning on siding or soffit. Includes 60 in. leadwires. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating Range: -40 F to +128 F (-40 C to +53 C). HUMIDITY RATINGS: 5 to 95% RH, noncondensing. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) x 3/8 in. (10 mm) with 60 in. (1524 mm) leadwires. MOUNTING: Mounts outside of living space using locally obtained mounting hardware. Available only through Honeywell Perfect Climate Authorized Distributors. *TRADELINE model. ORDER NUMBER Description Use With *C7089A1002 Outdoor sensor used to measure outdoor temperature. PC8900 Control Panel/W8900 Remote Module *C7089B1000 Chronotherm IV and T8500 family thermostats C7100 Discharge Sensor Used to sense temperature in discharge duct. • Use to troubleshoot system operation. • Platinum positive temperature coefficient sensor. • Factory calibrated; no settings or field calibration required. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: 1/4 in. (6 mm) male quick-connect terminals. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating Range: 40 F to 150 F (4 C to 66 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 1-13/16 in. (46 mm) square. Element Insertion Length: 13-1/4 in. (336 mm). HUMIDITY RATINGS: 5 to 90% RH, noncondensing. MOUNTING: Mounts in discharge air duct, near air exchanger in a 2 x 4 in. outlet box or on a flat duct or plenum surface. The temperature sensor probe passes through a 7/8 in. knockout in the 2 x 4 in. outlet box. *TRADELINE model. Order Number Description *C7100A1015 Discharge sensor used to sense temperature in discharge duct. 3,484 ohms at 77 F (25 C) Sensor, Resistance Use With W7100, W8900 C7189 Remote Indoor Sensor • Negative temperature coefficient thermistor sensing element. • Easy to install and use. • Factory calibrated; no field calibration required. Use with PC8900 Control Panel/W8900 Remote Module in remote sensor applications. • May be used for temperature averaging between PC8900 Control Panel and C7189A Sensor for improved comfort. • Capable of remote temperature sensing and control (with PC8900 Control Panel). • Mounts in the living space up to 200 feet away from W8900 Remote Module. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating Range: 45 F to 88 F (7 C to 31 C). Setpoint Range: 40 F to 95 F (4 C to 35 C). HUMIDITY RATINGS: 95% RH, noncondensing. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 2-3/4 in. (70 mm) wide, 4-5/8 in. (117 mm) high, 1-1/8 in. (29 mm) deep. MOUNTING: Mounts directly on the wall using mounting screws and anchors provided. ACCESSORIES: 202689A Mounting Plate Accessory; used when C7189A cannot cover wall marks from old thermostat. * TRADELINE model. ORDER NUMBER Description Finish *C7189A1001 Remote indoor sensor for remote sensing applications. Premier White 130 Thermostats—Electronic Programmable T8600; T8601; T8602; T8624 Chronotherm® IV Deluxe Programmable Thermostats; T8611 Chronotherm® IV Deluxe Programmable Heat Pump Thermostats Provide electronic control of 24 Vac single-stage or multistage heating and cooling systems, including heat pump systems. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz; 20 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz. Load Ratings: 6 VA maximum at 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz. Output Relay: Fan: 0.5A Running, 2.5A Inrush. Heat: 1.5A Running, 3.5A Inrush. Cool: 1.5A Running, 7.5A Inrush. BATTERIES: T8602 models require batteries. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating: 40 F to 110 F (4 C to 43 C). Outdoor: -40 F to +120 F (-40 C to +49 C). Accuracy: ±1 F (±0.5 C). Setpoint Range: Heating: 40 F to 90 F (4.5 C to 32 C). Cooling: 45 F to 99 F (7 C to 37 C). Deadband: 3 F (1.5 C) minimum. TIMING: Minimum Off (Heat and Cool): factory setting 5 minutes; option 0 to 5 minutes. Clock Accuracy: ±1 minute per month. HUMIDITY RATINGS: 5% to 90% RH, noncondensing. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 6-1/16 in. (154 m) wide, 3-3/4 in. (95 mm) high, 1-9/16 in. (40 mm) deep. MOUNTING: Thermostat mounts on a wallplate. Wallplate mounts horizontally on wall or outlet box with two no. 6 x 32 screws (included). ACCESSORIES: C7089B Outdoor Temperature Sensors (69-1020). Universal Versaguard™ Thermostat guards. continued next page 131 Home Controls and Systems • Full seven-day program capability; different schedules and temperature setpoints may be selected for everyday to match the homeowner’s flexible schedule. • Copy key makes programming easier and faster for the installer and homeowner. • Daylight Saving Time (DST) key for quick change in and out of Daylight Saving Time. • Models available with programmable fan operation for added homeowner comfort. • Easy temporary temperature setpoint changes for current period, vacation hold (1 to 255 days) or indefinite hold adds to the homeowner comfort and energy savings. • Frequently used keys are located by the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) for quick and easy access to information. • Attractive styling complements any decor to the homeowner’s delight. • Back lighting the large display makes the LCD very easy to read. • Models available with C7089B1000 outdoor temperature sensor capability for homeowner convenience. The sensor is also more accurate than a thermometer. • Configurable features allows one model to be used to replace many different models (less inventory, no longer need to carry separate models to get these features). —°F or °C temperature display; — Automatic or manual changeover; — Electric or conventional heat fan operation; — Adjustable heating cycle rate. • Minimum off time for cooling compressors and heat pumps protects the equipment and extends the equipment life. • Easy installation, setup and system test saves installer time and increases productivity. • System test simplifies troubleshooting and saves time by overriding the time delays. • Adaptive Intelligent Recovery™ control brings the room temperature to temperature setpoint at the programmed time, maximizing comfort and energy savings. • Setpoints are permanently held in memory (no batteries used) and retained during power outages for increased installer and homeowner convenience. • Powerstealing, hardwired and battery powered models available for virtually all equipment and application needs. • Universal Versaguard™ Thermostat guards available for added security. • Adjustable range stops. Thermostats—Electronic Programmable T8600; T8601; T8602; T8624; T8611 continued *TRADELINE models. ORDER NUMBER T8600D2028 Power Application Program Changeover Method Gas, oil or electric 24 Vac Systems T8600D2069 7 day Automatic/ manual selectable Powerstealing T8601D2019 Hardwired T8602D2000 Battery Powered T8602D2018 *T8611G2002 Heat Pump Switch Positions Stages Heating Cooling System Fan 1 1 Hardwired 2 T8611G2028 *T8611M2025 3 *T8624D2004 Multi-Stage Heat-Cool 2 2 Terminal Designations Finish Y,W,G,R,RC,OT,OT, O,B HEAT- ONOFFAUTO Y,W,G,R,R C,OT,OT, O,B COOLAUTO Y,W,G,R,C,OT,OT,O,B Taupe EM. HTHEATOFFAUTOCOOL HEATOFFCOOLAUTO T8624D2012 Premier White Premier White Y,W,G,R,RC,O,B,OT,OT Taupe Y,W,G,R,RC,O,B,OT,OT Premier White Y1,W1,W2,G,E,L,R,C,O/B, OT, OT,X1, X2 Taupe Y1,W1,W2,G,E,L,R,C,O/B, OT, OT,X1,X2 Premier White R,C,Y1,Y2,W3,E,O/B,G, L,X1, X2, OT,OT Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G,R,RC,C, O,B,OT,OT Taupe Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G,R,RC,C, O,B,OT,OT Premier White Chronotherm® III, IV Thermostat Replacement Guide/ Cross Reference Difference between Chronotherm® III and Chronotherm® IV Thermostats. Feature/Function Chronotherm® III Thermostat Family Chronotherm® IV Thermostat Family Programming 5-1-1 day programming 7-day programming Changeover Automatic or manual changeover models available Automatic/manual changeover selectable Installer Configuration Field settings made via screws on the back of the thermostat Field settings made through the keyboard System switching Mechanical switch Keyboard entry Beige or Premier White color Taupe or Premier White color Fan switching Device color Cross Reference information for Chronotherm® III, Chronotherm® IV Thermostats. Model Number Description TRADELINE Replacement Comments T8600A One-stage heat conventional thermostat; system powered; system switch—none; fan switch—none. T8600A1000 Honeywell logo. T8600B One-stage heat and one-stage cool conventional thermostat; system powered. T8600B1008 TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo; system switch—HEAT-OFF; fan switch— none. T8600B1016 TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo; system switch—none; fan switch—ON-AUTO. T8600D2028 T8600D2028 Heat/cool model can be used for heat only; system selection Heat-Off-Cool-Auto; dual fuel. Heat/cool model can be used for heat only; system selection Heat-Off-Cool-Auto; fan selection On-Auto; dual fuel; no positive off. Heat/cool model can be used for heat only; system selection Heat-Off-Cool-Auto; dual fuel. continued next page 132 Thermostats—Electronic Programmable Chronotherm® III, IV Thermostat Replacement Guide/Cross Reference continued Cross Reference information for Chronotherm® III, Chronotherm® IV Thermostats. Model Number Description TRADELINE Replacement Comments T8600C One-stage heat and one-stage cool thermostat; system powered; system switch—HEAT-OFF-COOL; fan switch— ON-AUTO. T8600C1014 TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo; conventional. T8600C1162 SUPER TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo; dual fuel fan control; O and B terminals. Jumper R to RC. T8600C1212 SUPER TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo; dual fuel fan control; O and B terminals. Jumper R to RC; taupe color. T8600D One-stage heat and one-stage cool conventional thermostat; system powered; automatic changeover; system switch— HEAT-OFF-COOL-AUTO; fan switch—ON-AUTO. T8600D1004 TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo. T8600D1111 TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo; Premier White color. T8601B One-stage conventional heat with fan thermostat; powered direct from 24 Vac transformer. T8601B1007 TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo; T8601D2019 system switch—none; fan switch—ON-AUTO. T8601C One-stage heat and one-stage cool conventional thermostat; powered direct from 24 Vac transformer; system switch— HEAT-OFF-COOL; fan switch—ON-AUTO; O and B terminals. T8600D2028 T8600D2028 Separate O & B terminals; dual fuel. Separate O & B terminals; dual fuel. Separate O & B terminals; dual fuel; taupe color. T8601C1003 TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo. T8601C1021 New Construction thermostat. Jumper R to RC; Premier White color. T8601C1047 New Construction thermostat; Premier White color. Jumper R to RC. T8601D One-stage heat and one-stage cool conventional thermostat; powered direct from 24 Vac transformer; automatic changeover; system switch—HEAT-OFF-COOL-AUTO; fan switch—ON-AUTO. T8601D1029 New Construction thermostat. T8601D1052 New Construction thermostat; Premier White color. T8602A One-stage heat conventional thermostat; battery powered; system switch—none; fan switch—none. T8602A1008 TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo. T8602B One-stage heat conventional with fan thermostat; battery powered; system switch—none; fan switch— ON-AUTO. T8602B1006 TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo. T8602B1014 TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo; Premier White color. T8602C One-stage heat and one-stage cool thermostat; battery powered; system switch—HEAT-OFF-COOL; fan switch— ON-AUTO. T8602C1004 TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo. T8602C1046 SUPER TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo; dual fuel fan control; O and B terminals. T8602C1095 SUPER TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo; Premier White color; dual fuel fan control; O and B terminals. T8611G Two-stage heat and one-stage cool heat pump thermostat; powered direct from 24 Vac transformer; automatic changeover; system switch—EM HEAT-HEAT-OFF-COOL-AUTO; fan switch—ON-AUTO; O/B or O and B terminals. T8611G1004 TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo. T8601D2019 Jumper R to RC; Premier White color. Separate O & B terminals; configure changeover in Installer Setup 12; jumper R to RC; Premier White color. Separate O & B terminals; configure changeover in Installer Setup 12; jumper R to RC. T8602D2000 T8602D2000 Heat/cool model can be used for heat only; separate O & B terminals; system selection Heat-Off-Cool-Auto; fan selection Auto-On. Heat/cool model can be used for heat only; separate O & B terminals; system selection Heat-Off-Cool-Auto; fan selection Auto-On; jumper R to RC for fan operation. Heat/cool model can be used for heat only; separate O & B terminals; system selection Heat-Off-Cool-Auto; fan selection Auto-On; jumper R to RC for fan operation; taupe color. T8602D2000 Separate O & B terminals; jumper R to RC. Taupe color. T8611G2002 Configure changeover in Installer Setup 12 and O/B terminal in 29; jumper Y1 to W1. continued next page 133 Home Controls and Systems T8601D2019 Heat/cool model can be used for heat only; system selection Heat-Off-Cool-Auto; jumper R to RC for fan control; Premier White color. Thermostats—Electronic Programmable Chronotherm® III, IV Thermostat Replacement Guide/Cross Reference continued Cross Reference information for Chronotherm® III, Chronotherm® IV Thermostats. TRADELINE Replacement Comments Model Number Description T8611R Two-stage heat and one-stage cool heat pump thermostat; powered direct from 24 Vac transformer; system switch— EM HEAT-HEAT-OFF-COOL; fan switch—ON-AUTO; O/B or O and B terminals. T8611R1000 TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo. T8611R1018 York; part no. 025-27655. T8611G2002 Wiring differences (old=new): B=C, H=B, X=L; configure O/B terminal in Installer Setup 29. T8611R1133 TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo. Wiring differences (old=new): B=C, H=B, X=L; configure O/B terminal in Installer Setup 29. T8611R1141 TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo; Premier White color. Configure O/B terminal in Installer Setup 29; no P terminal; taupe color. T8611R1158 TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo; Premier White color. Wiring differences (old=new): B=C, H=B, X=L; configure O/B terminal in Installer Setup 29; taupe color. T8624D Two-stage heat and two-stage cool conventional thermostat; powered direct from 24 Vac transformer; automatic changeover; system switch—HEAT-OFF-COOL-AUTO; fan switch—ON-AUTO; O and B terminals. T8624D1006 TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo. T8624D1030 TRADELINE thermostat; Honeywell logo; Premier White color. T8624D2004 Configure O/B terminal in Installer Setup 29; no P terminal. Configure changeover to auto in Installer Setup 12. Configure changeover to auto in Installer Setup 12; taupe color. T8000; T8001 Programmable Thermostats; T8011 Programmable Heat Pump Thermostats Replaces T8131/T8132 Thermostats. • T8000C, T8001C have a selectable heat cycle rate of 1, 3, 6, 9 or 12 cph. • T8011R has a selectable second stage heating cycle rate of 1, 3, 6, or 9 cph and a first stage heating cycle rate of 3 cph. T8000/ T8011 Provides 24 Vac control of heating and cooling systems, including heat pump systems, with manual changeover from heat to cool. • • • • • • • • • • • • • Attractive styling complements any decor. Preprogrammed for your convenience. Program up to four time periods and temperature setpoints. Programs and setpoints are permanently held in memory in the event of a power failure. Indefinite setpoint temperature hold for added comfort and energy savings. Ease-of-use means fewer homeowner questions and increased homeowner satisfaction. Large temperature display for quick easy readability. Conveniently sized thermostat (5-1/2 x 3-1/2) with optional decorator cover plates (7-3/8 x 5-3/4) make it easy to install in a variety of locations. Keys are located by the display for easy access. FAN and SYSTEM switches are located on the lower edge to eliminate accidental setting changes. Easy installation, setup and system checkout saves time and increases installer productivity. Degree F or C temperature display for added model flexibility. Cooling cycle rate is fixed (3 cph), the standard setting for compressors, for speedy installation. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Current Draw: T8000, T8001: Heating: .02 to 1.5A running, 3.5A inrush. Cooling: .02 to 1.5A running; 7.5A inrush. Fan: .02 to 0.5A running; 2.5A inrush. T8011: First Stage Heating: .02 to 1.5A running; 7.5A inrush. Second Stage Heating: .02 to 1.5A running; 3.5A inrush. Cooling: .02A to 1.5A running, 7.5A inrush. Fan: .02 to 0.5A running, 2.5A inrush. Cycle Rates (at 50% Load): T8000, T8001: Heating: Selectable at 1, 3, 6, 9 or 12 cph. Cooling: Fixed at 3 cph. T8011: First Stage Heating: Fixed at 3 cph. Second Stage Heating: Selectable at 1, 3, 6, or 9 cph. Cooling: Fixed at 3 cph. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Setpoint Range: 40 F to 99 F (4 C to 37 C). Ambient Range: 30 F to 110 F (-1 C to +43 C). HUMIDITY RATINGS: 5% to 90% RH, non-condensing. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-1/2 in. (140 mm) wide x 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) high x 1-3/16 in. (55 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: 209649A Decorator Cover Plate, for covering wall marks. Taupe. 209650A Decorator Cover Plate, for covering wall marks. Premier White. continued next page 134 Thermostats—Electronic Programmable T8000; T8001 continued *TRADELINE models. Stages Switch Positions Terminal Designations ORDER NUMBER Application Power Method Heating Cooling System Fan *T8000C1002 Heat-Cool Power-stealing 1 1 ON-AUTO Heat Pump Hardwired 2 COOL-OFFHEAT-EM. HT. R,C,G,W1,W2, Y,O,B,E,L 1 COOL-OFFHEAT R,C,W,Y,G,O,B Premier White COOL-OFFHEAT *T8000C1010 *T8011R1006 *T8011R1014 *T8001C1001 Gas, Oil or Electric Systems *T8001C1019a a Finish R, RC, G, W, Y, Premier White O, B Taupe Premier White Taupe Dealer logo pocket. Model Number Description Replacement Replacement Description Replacement Remarks T8131C 1 Heat/1 Cool Conventional Systems Hardwired Battery Back-up T8131C1004 Honeywell Taupe T8001C1001 1 Heat/1 Cool Hardwired Premier White Hardwired model available in Premier White only. Batteries not required. T8131C1012 Honeywell Premier White T8001C1001 1 Heat/1 Cool Hardwired Premier White Batteries not required. T8132C 1 Heat/ 1 Cool Conventional Systems Battery Operated T8132C1003 Honeywell Taupe T8000C1010 1 Heat/1 Cool Powerstealing Taupe Batteries not required. T8132C1011 Honeywell Premier White T8000C1002 1 Heat/1 Cool Powerstealing Premier White Batteries not required. T8112C Electronic Programmable Thermostat • Adjustable heating cycle rate (3, 6 or 9 cph). • Selectable Fan Operation switch for electric heat systems. • Program before or after mounting on the wall. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Voltage: 15 to 30 Vac. Current Draw: Thermostat provides electronic programmable control for 24 Vac heating and cooling systems. CONSUMER BENEFITS: • Easy to program for energy savings and comfort. • Separate schedules for weekdays and weekends (5-2 Programming). • Program up to four time and temperature settings per weekday schedule. • LCD continuously displays time and day, current program period and room temperature. • Temporarily override the current program with Warmer/Cooler keys. • Hold Temp key to override the current program indefinitely. Running Inrush Heating 0.03 to 1.2A 3.5A Cooling 0.03 to 1.2A 7.5A CYCLES PER HOUR: Heating: Field-selectable to 3,6,9 cph. Cooling: Fixed at 3 cph. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Setpoint Range: 45 F to 88 F (7 C to 31 C). Operating Range: 45 F to 88 F (7 C to 31 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 7 in. (178 mm) wide, 4 in. (102 mm) high, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards. See index for specific page number. INSTALLER BENEFITS: • Battery powered for increased compatibility. • Two AA alkaline batteries included. • bAt Lo is displayed when battery power is low. Stages Switch Positions ORDER NUMBER Application Power Method Heating Cooling System Fan Terminal Designations T8112C1007 Gas, oil, or electric 24V systems with option of independent or thermostat controlled fan in heat. Powered by two AA alkaline batteries (included). 1 AUTO-ON G, Y, W, RC, R Taupe T8112C1023 1 COOLOFF-HEAT Finish Premier White 135 Home Controls and Systems T8131; T8132 Electronic Programmable Thermostat Replacement Guide/Cross Reference Thermostats—Electronic Programmable T8112D Electronic Programmable Thermostat • • • • • Provides electronic programmable control for 24 Vac heating and cooling systems. CONSUMER BENEFITS: • Includes keyboard door. • Easy to program for energy savings and comfort. • Separate schedules for weekdays and weekends (5-2 Programming). • Program up to four time and temperature settings per weekday schedule. • LCD continuously displays time and day, current program period and room temperature. • Temporarily override the current program with Warmer/Cooler keys. • Hold Temp key to override the current program indefinitely. INSTALLER BENEFITS: • Battery powered for increased compatibility. • Two AA alkaline batteries included. bAt Lo is displayed when battery power is low. Adjustable heating cycle rate (3, 6 or 9 cph). Selectable Fan Operation switch for electric heat systems. Degree F or C temperature display. Program before or after mounting on the wall. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Voltage: 15 to 30 Vac. Current Draw: Heating: .03 to 1.2A running, 3.5A inrush. Cooling: .03 to 1.2A running, 7.5A inrush. Cycles Per hour: Heating: Selectable at 3, 6, 9 cph. Cooling: Fixed at 3 cph. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Setpoint Range: 45 F to 88 F (7 C to 31 C). Operating Range: 45 F to 88 F (7 C to 31 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 7 in. (178 mm) wide, 4 in. (102 mm) high, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards. See index for specific page number. *TRADELINE models. Stages Switch Positions ORDER NUMBER Application Power Method Heating Cooling System Fan Terminal Designations *T8112D1005 24V gas, oil or electric 24V systems with independent or thermostat controlled fan in heat. Powered by two AA alkaline batteries (included). 1 G, Y, W, RC, R *T8112D1013 1 COOLOFFHEAT AUTOON Finish Premier White Taupe T8700 Electronic Round™ Programmable Thermostat Provides single-stage, programmable temperature control for 24V heating-cooling systems with manual changeover from heat to cool. • • • • • • • • • • Attractive styling complements any decor. Ease-of-use means fewer questions. Large display for quick and easy readability. Keys located near display for easy access. Fan and system switches located on the top edge to eliminate accidental setting changes. Easy installation and setup saves installer time. Two-period programming for energy savings and comfort. Manual changeover from heat to cool eliminates unexpected system operation. Degree F or C temperature display for added model flexibility. Selectable heating cycle rate (1, 3, 6 or 9 cph) for a variety of applications. • Cooling cycle rate fixed at 3 cph (the standard setting for compressors) for speedy installation. • Setpoints permanently held in memory (no batteries needed) and retained during power outages. • Powerstealing for all equipment and application needs including gas, oil, and electric forced air; condensing gas furnaces; hydronic heat; and gravity and radiant heat systems. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Heating: .02 to 1.2A running; 5A inrush. Cooling: .02 to 1.2A running; 6.0A inrush. Fan: .02 to 0.5A running; 2.5A inrush. Power Consumption: 24 Vac nominal, 18 to 30 Vac, 60 Hz. Current Draw: 2.5 mA Cycles Per Hour: At 50% Load: Heating: Selectable at 1, 3, 6 or 9 cph. Cooling: Fixed at 3 cph. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Setpoint Range: 40 F to 99 F (4 C to 37 C). Operating Range: 30 F to 110 F (-4 C to +43 C). HUMIDITY RATINGS: 5% to 90% RH, noncondensing. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-1/2 in. (140 mm) wide x 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: 202687A Premiere white cover plate assembly. Terminal Power Method Designations Finish ORDER NUMBER Application T8700C1005 Gas, oil, or electric 24V systems with independent or thermostat controlled fan in heat. T8700B1007a Gas, oil, or hydronic heat only. R, W T8700B1015 Gas, oil or electric, warm air heat only R, W, G a No fan switch. 136 Powerstealing R, G, Y, W Includes Premier Decorator cover plate and White resistor for use with Taco zone valves. Thermostats—Electronic Non-Programmable T8400; T8401 Electronic Thermostats; T8411 Electronic Heat Pump Thermostat T8400/T8401 T8411 Electronic Thermostats provide temperature control for 24V heating-cooling systems, including heat pump systems, with manual changeover from heat to cool. • • • • • • Attractive styling complements any decor. Ease-of-use means fewer questions and increased satisfaction. Large display for quick easy readability. Keys are located by the display for easy access. Fan and system switches are located on the lower edge to eliminate accidental setting changes. Easy installation, setup and self-test saves installer time. Manual changeover from heat to cool eliminates unexpected system operation. Degree F or C temperature display for added model flexibility. Selectable heating cycle rate for a variety of applications. Cooling cycle rate is fixed (3 cph), the standard setting for compressors, for speedy installation. Setpoints are permanently held in memory (no batteries used) and retained during power outages. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: T8400C: Heating: .02 to 1.2A running; 3.5A inrush. Cooling: .02 to 1.2A running; 7.5A inrush. Fan: .02 to 0.5A running; 2.5A inrush. T8401C: Heating: .02 to 1.5A running; 3.5A inrush. Cooling: .02 to 1.5A running; 7.5A inrush. Fan: .02 to 0.5A running; 2.5A inrush. T8411R: First stage Heating: .02 to 1.5A running, 7.5A inrush. Second Stage Heating: .02 to 1.5A running; 3.5A inrush. Cooling: .02 to 1.5A running; 7.5A inrush. Fan: .02 to 0.5A running; 2.5A inrush. continued next page 137 Home Controls and Systems • • • • • POWER CONSUMPTION: T8400C: 24 Vac nominal, 18 to 30 Vac, 50 or 60 Hz. T8401C: 24 Vac nominal, 18 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz. T8411R: 24 Vac nominal, 18 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz. CYCLES PER HOUR: AT 50% LOAD: T8400C, T8401C: Heating: Selectable at 1, 3, 6 or 9 cph. Cooling: Fixed at 3 cph. T8411R: First Stage Heating: Fixed at 3 cph. Second Stage Heating: Selectable at 3, 6 or 9 cph. Cooling: Fixed at 3 cph. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Setpoint Range: 40 F to 99 F (4 C to 37 C). Ambient Range: T8400C, T8401C: 40 F to 110 F (4 C to 43 C). T8411R: 30 F to 110 F (-1 C to +43 C). HUMIDITY RATINGS: 5% to 90% RH, non-condensing. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: T8400C, T8401C: 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) wide x 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) high, 1-3/16 in. (55 mm) deep. T8411R: 5-1/2 in. (140 mm) wide x 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) high x 1-3/16 in. (55 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: T8400C, T8401C: 209632 Bracket Used to mount cover plate to 2 in. x 4 in. vertical or horizontal outlet box. 209634A Cover Plate 3-7/8 in. (98 mm) x 3-7/8 in. (98 mm). Taupe. 209634B Cover Plate 3-7/8 in. (98 mm) x 3-7/8 in. (98 mm). Premier White. 209635A Cover Plate 5-3/4 in. (146 mm) x 5-3/4 in. (146 mm). Taupe. 209635B Cover Plate 5-3/4 in. (146 mm) x 5-3/4 in. (146 mm). Premier White. T8411R: 209649A Universal Cover Plate 7-3/8 in. (188 mm) x 5-3/4 in. (146 mm). Taupe. 209650A Universal Cover Plate 7-3/8 in. (188 mm) x 5-3/4 in. (146 mm). Premier White. 209652A Universal Cover Plate 7-3/8 in. (188 mm) x 5-3/4 in. (146 mm). Beige. 209653A Universal Cover Plate 7-3/8 in. (188 mm) x 5-3/4 in. (146 mm). Gray. Thermostats—Electronic Non-Programmable T8400; T8401; T8411 continued *TRADELINE models. lSUPER TRADELINE models. ORDER NUMBER Application Power Method *T8400C1008a 24V gas, oil systems Powerstealing Stages Switch Positions Heating Cooling System Fan Terminal Designations Finish 1 W,Y,G,R 1 lT8400C1016a COOLOFFHEAT ONAUTO Wallplate for wiring and mounting thermostat. Taupe Wallplate for wiring and mounting thermostat and two decorator cover plates (3-7/8 in. x 3-7/8 in. and 5-3/4 in. x 5-3/4 in.) for covering wall marks. Premier Wallplate for wiring and mounting White thermostat. T8400C1024a T8400C1032 Includes Taupe 24V electric heat systems Taupe 24V gas, oil systems Premier Wallplate for wiring and mounting White thermostat and two decorator cover plates (3-7/8 in. x 3-7/8 in. and 5-3/4 in. x 5-3/4 in.) for covering wall marks. *T8400C1057 24V electric heat systems Premier Wallplate for wiring and mounting White thermostat. T8400C1099a 24V gas, oil and electric (fuel switch) and single stage heat pump *T8401C1007a 24V gas, oil systems lT8400C1040 a R,Rc,W,Y,G, O,B Hard-wired W,Y,G,R,C T8401C1064 T8411R1002 24V electric heat systems Heat Pump Gas, oil, Powerwarm air heat stealing only T8400B1018 Gas, oil, hydronic heat only a Dealer logo pocket. 138 Wallplate for wiring and mounting thermostat. Taupe Premier White HEATOFFCOOL 2 COOLOFFHEATEM. HT. T8411R1028 T8400B1000 Taupe Premier White T8401C1015 *T8401C1023 4074EZS resister (for Taco zone valves, ST9120, R8184G applications). 1 0 HEATOFF W1,W2,Y,G, R,C,L,E,O,B Taupe ONAUTO R,W,G Premier White NONE R,W Premier White 4074EZS resistor (for Taco zone valves, ST9120, R8184G applications.) Thermostats—Electronic Non-Programmable T8501; T8511 Deluxe Electronic Thermostats; T8524 Multistage Electronic Thermostats ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Voltage: 18 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz. Load Ratings: Maximum amps at 18 to 30 Vac. Deluxe Electronic Thermostats provide electronic control of 18 to 30 Vac single stage or multistage heating and cooling systems, including heat pump systems. * TRADELINE models. ORDER NUMBER Application Heat-Cool 3.5 at 200,000 cycles Cool 0.02 to 1.5 7.5 at 100,000 cycles Fan, Reversing Valve, Emergency Heat 0.02 to 0.5 2.5 at 200,000 cycles TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Setpoint Range: 40 F to 99 F (4 C to 37 C) depending on model and if in heating or cooling. Display Range: Controlled: 30 F to 110 F (-1 C to +43 C). Outdoor: -40 F to +120 F (-40 C to +49 C). Deadband (auto changeover): 3 F (2 C) minimum. Operating Range: 40 F to 110 F (4 C to 43 C). HUMIDITY RATINGS: 5% to 90% RH, noncondensing. TIMING: Off Time, Minimum (Cooling and Heat Pumps): 5 min. 0.5. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-1/4 in (133 mm) wide, 3-3/16 in. (97 mm) high, 1-9/16 in. (40 mm) deep. DISPLAY: Updates: every minute. Outdoor: displayed on demand and updated every ten min. MOUNTING: Mounts horizontally on wallplate to the wall or a 2 in. x 4 in. outlet box. ACCESSORIES: C7089B1000 Outdoor Sensor. *T8511G1021 Heat Pump Stages lT8511M1002 Heating Cooling System Fan Terminal Designations Finish Hardwired 1 1 ON-AUTO R,C,Y,W,G,O,B,OT,OT Premier White R,C,Y1,W1,W2,O/B,G, E,L,OT,OT Taupe 2 3 Heat-Cool Switch Positions Power Method 2 HEAT-OFF-COOLAUTO EM. HT.-HEAT- OFFAUTO-COOL *T8511G1047 *T8524D1015 Inrush (A) 0.02 to 1.5 lSUPER TRADELINE models. *T8501D1046 *T8524D1007 Running (A) Heat R,C,Y1,Y2,W3,O/B,G,E, X1,L,OT,OT 2 HEAT-OFF-COOLAUTO Premier White R,RC,C,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G, Taupe O,B,OT,OT Premier White 139 Home Controls and Systems • Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) is backlit and easy to read. • Most frequently used keys are located by the LCD for quick and easy access to information. • Models available with outdoor temperature sensor capability. The sensor is more accurate than a thermometer. • Configurable features allows one model to be used to replace many different models. • Degree F or C temperature display. • Automatic or manual changeover. • Electric or conventional heat fan operation. • Adjustable heating cycle rate. • Adjustable range stops. • Minimum off time for cooling compressors and heat pumps protects and extends the life of the equipment. • Easy installation, setup and self-test saves installer setup time. • System test simplifies troubleshooting and saves time by overriding the time delays. • Setpoints are permanently held in memory (no batteries used) and retained during power outages. Relay Thermostats—Electronic Non-Programmable T7100D,E/Q7100A,C Electronic Non-Programmable Thermostats and Subbases for Commercial Applications T7100 • Two-piece design and large wiring terminals speed installation. • Field configurable: —Degree F or C temperature display. —Override setting for off-hours use of the building. • Adjustable 0-15 degree offset capability based on remote clock or occupancy sensor input. • Precise 1 degree F temperature control for improved comfort. • Models available with manual or auto changeover. • Taupe color. Q7100 Commercial non-programmable thermostats and subbases for conventional single-stage and multistage equipment and heat pumps. NOTE: See ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEMS section, page 348, for the T7100F Electronic Non-Programmable Thermostat which provides capability for optional remote temperature sensors • EEPROM memory chip stores all settings in the event of a power outage. ORDER NUMBER Application Description T7100D1001 Conventional Automatic or manual changeover. T7100E1008 Heat pump ORDER NUMBER Heating Cooling Terminal Designations Q7100A1010 2 Use With Q7100A Q7100C Stages Q7100C1008 Q7100C1073 140 3 2 RC,RH,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G,O,B, X,D,D,T,T Includes Inputs for remote clock or occupancy sensor. O and B terminals. R,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G,O,B,E, X,X1,X2,X3,X4,D,D,T,T Inputs for remote clock or occupancy sensor. O and B terminals. One check LED and one configurable LED. R,Y1,Y2,W3,G,O,B,E,X, X1,X3,X4,D,D,T,T Thermostats—Electromechanical Programmable T8090; T8190 Chronotherm® Thermostats • • • T8090 T8190 • Low voltage setback thermostats combine energy saving temperature control with a self-starting 24 Vac clock/timer. Direct replacement for T8082A, T8085A and T8182A. CONSUMER BENEFITS Proven reliability and performance provide comfort with energy savings: Easy-to-use programming: • Thermostat is easily programmed by placing color-coded pins in clock program dial. • Program pins, program indicator, and temperature setting levers are color-coded for easy recognition. • Program advance button allows you to temporarily override current program without reprogramming. • Program status indicator on cover of clock models shows whether system is in comfort or energy savings mode. INSTALLER BENEFITS The choice for professional technicians: • Universal replacement for any installation, except millivoltage. When used with a Super Tradeline Q682B Subbase, these thermostats can be wired for system power, 24 volt or battery only; powering method is field ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Consumption: System: 24 to 27 Vac (15 Vac minimum), 60 Hz. Clock: 24 to 27 Vac (15 Vac minimum), 60 Hz. Switch Ratings: Max. Current at 24 Vac Operating Mode Running Inrush Heating 1.5A 3.5A Cooling 7.5A Heat Anticipator: 0.1 to 1.2A, adjustable. Cool Anticipator: fixed voltage type. SWITCHING ACTION: Each coiled bimetal element operates each sealed mercury switch; spdt. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: (mounted on wallplate): 6-3/4 in. (171 mm) wide, 3-9/16 in. (91 mm) high, 1-3/4 in. (44 mm) deep (23/32 in. (53 mm) deep with Q682 Subbase). ACCESSORIES: See Parts and Accessories at end of this section. TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards. See Index for specific page number. lSUPER TRADELINE models. Temperature Ratings Scale Range ORDER NUMBER F C Replaces Includes Finish T8090A1007b 42 to 88 6 to 31 T8082A, T8085A 191108AJ Wallplate, two outlet box mounting screws, and three wall screws. Beige 191108AJ Wallplate, two outlet box mounting screws, and three wall screws; and jumper for steam systems. Beige lT8090A1023a lT8090A1056b T8190A1006b a b T8182A Premier White Terminal Designations R, W, C, C, Y (unmarked) 191108AJ Wallplate, two outlet box mounting screws, and three wall screws. Use with Q682B1219 Subbase for system and fan switching; order separately. Use with Q682A,B,D Subbases for system and fan switching; order separately. 141 Home Controls and Systems • Energy savings with winter setback and summer setup. • Multiple setback or setup periods can be programmed, providing three or more temperature changes per day. selectable. Use as a replacement for a T8082A or T8085A Thermostat on an existing Q682 Subbase. Clock/timer will automatically be wired the way the original thermostat was without rewiring the subbase. Models date coded after 9427 can be field-calibrated. T8090A1056 available with jumper for steam applications. Terminal barriers on wallplate and subbase permit straight-in or conventional wraparound wiring connections. Add Q682 Subbase for system and fan switching in heating-cooling systems. Thermostats—Electromechanical Programmable T8095; TS8095 Chronotherm® Thermostats • T8095A1002 date coded after 9427 can be field-calibrated. • Terminal barriers on wallplate and subbase permit straight-in or conventional wraparound wiring connections. • Add Q682B,D Subbase for system and fan switching in heating-cooling systems. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: System: 24 to 27 Vac (15 Vac minimum), 60 Hz. Clock: 24 to 27 Vac (15 Vac minimum), 60 Hz. Switch Ratings: T8095A: Low voltage thermostats combine energy saving temperature control with a self-starting 24 Vac clock. Direct replacement for T8085A; TS8085A. Max. Current at 24 Vac CONSUMER BENEFITS Proven reliability and performance provide comfort with energy savings: Operating Mode Running Heating 1.5A • Energy savings with winter setback and summer setup. • Multiple setback or setup periods can be programmed, providing three or more temperature changes per day. Cooling INSTALLER BENEFITS Easy-to-use programming: • Thermostat is easily programmed by placing color-coded pins in clock program dial. • Program pins, program indicator, and temperature setting levers are color-coded for easy recognition. • Program advance button allows you to temporarily override current program without reprogramming. • Program status indicator on cover shows whether system is in comfort or energy savings mode. The choice for professional technicians: • Clock is powered by 24 Vac transformer with battery backup (batteries not included). • TS8095A1010 includes jumper for steam applications; clip jumper for other applications. Inrush 3.5A 7.5A Heat Anticipator: 0.1 to 1.2A, adjustable. Cool Anticipator: fixed voltage type. TS8095A: 0.1A at 750 mVdc. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Setpoint Range: 42 F to 88 F (6 C to 31 C). SWITCHING ACTION: Each coiled bimetal element operates each sealed mercury switch; spdt (T8095), spst (TS8095). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: (mounted on wallplate): 6-3/4 in. (171 mm) wide, 3-9/16 in. (91 mm) high, 1-3/4 in. (44 mm) deep (23/32 in. (53 mm) deep with Q682 Subbase). ACCESSORIES: See Parts and Accessories at end of this section. TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards. See Index for specific page number. ORDER NUMBER Application Replaces Includes Finish Terminal Designations TS8095A1010a For 750 mV heatingonly systems. TS8085A1003 191108AC Wallplate, two outlet box mounting screws, and three wall screws; and jumper for steam applications. Beige R, W, C, C, Y (unmarked) a Cannot be field-calibrated. Q682 Thermostat Subbases ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Contacts: Q682B,D: 2.5A running, 7.5A inrush at 27 Vac; Q682A: 1.5A running, 7.5A inrush at 27 Vac. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4 in (102 mm) high, 6-3/4 in. (172 mm) wide, 7/8 in. (22 mm) deep. Provide system and fan switching and mounting base for T8090, T8095, TS8095 and T8190 Chronotherm thermostats in heatingcooling systems. • Mount directly on wall or on horizontal outlet box. *TRADELINE models. lSUPER TRADELINE models. Switch Positions ORDER NUMBER Application System Fan Use With *Q682B1011 With RC-RH terminals for isolated heatingcooling circuits. HEATOFFCOOL Use with T8095A for 24V powered clock. Use with T8090A or T8190A for battery, system, or transformer powered clock. lQ682B1201 lQ682B1219a a With RC-RH terminals for isolated heatingcooling circuits, and O and B terminals. Gray color for use with T8090A1023 Premier White Thermostat. 142 ONAUTO Terminal Designations C,C,RH,RC,G,W,Y C, C, RC, RH,B, O, G, W, Y Thermostats—Electromechanical Programmable Y8095; Y8195 Chronotherm® New Construction Packs INSTALLER BENEFITS The choice for professional technicians: Y8095A • Clock/timer is powered by 24 Vac transformer with battery backup; batteries not included. • Subbase terminal barriers permit straight-in or conventional wraparound wiring connections. Y8195A,B ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Consumption: System: 24 to 27 Vac (15 Vac minimum), 60 Hz. Clock: 24 to 27 Vac (15 Vac minimum), 60 Hz. Switch Ratings: Combine low voltage Chronotherm thermostat with switching subbase for new construction. Y8095A directly replaces Y8085A1009; Y8195A directly replaces Y8185A. CONSUMER BENEFITS Proven reliability and performance provide comfort with energy savings: Max. Current at 24 Vac • Energy savings with winter setback and summer setup. • Multiple setback or setup periods can be programmed, providing three or more temperature changes per day. Operating Mode Running Heating 1.5A Y8095A1007 New construction clock T8095A1010a thermostat subbase package. For 24V heating-cooling system. Y8195B1004 New construction timer T8195A1001 thermostat subbase package. For 24V heating-cooling system. a Thermostat Switch Positions, Subbase Terminal Designations Subbase System Fan Finish Q682B1169 HEATOFFCOOL ONAUTO Premier White C, R, B, O, G, W, Y thermostat with gray subbase. Thermostat models date coded after 9427 can be field-calibrated. 143 Home Controls and Systems TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Setpoint Range: 42 F to 88 F (6 C to 31 C). SWITCHING ACTION: Each coiled bimetal element operates each sealed mercury switch; 1 spdt. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 6-3/4 in. (171 mm) wide, 3-9/16 in. (91 mm) high, 2-3/32 in. (53 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: See Parts and Accessories at end of this section. TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards. See Index for specific page number. Includes Application 7.5A Heat Anticipator: 0.1 to 1.2A, adjustable. Cool Anticipator: fixed voltage type. • Thermostat is easily programmed by placing color-coded pins in clock program dial. • Program pins, program indicator, and temperature setting levers are color-coded for easy recognition. • Program advance button allows you to temporarily override current program without reprogramming. • Program status indicator on cover shows whether system is in comfort or energy savings mode. ORDER NUMBER 3.5A Cooling Easy-to-use programming: Inrush Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable T87F Thermostat—The Round® Provides temperature control for 24 to 27 Vac residential heating, cooling or heating-cooling systems. • Available with two- or three-wire wallplate for heating-only, coolingonly, or heating-cooling systems with remote switching. • Adjustable heat anticipator for comfortable temperature control. • Use Q539 Subbase in heating and cooling systems requiring system and fan switching at the thermostat location. • Knurled dial provides easy set point adjustment. • Separate temperature setting and thermometer scale on thermostat face. • Honeywell offers other T87F models to meet specific needs and applications. — The Easy-To-See T87F Thermostat with enlarged scale and raised designations. — TS86A Powerpile® Thermostat for use on millivolt systems. (See Index for specific page numbers.) ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Switch Ratings: Mercury, at 30 Vac. Circuit Full Load Heating 1.5A Cooling Locked Rotor Resistance 3.5A 2.0A 7.5A ANTICIPATOR SETTINGS: Heating: 0.1A to 1.2A. Cooling: 0A to 1.5A, 24 to 27 Vac. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Diameter Depth in. mm in. T87F 3-1/4 83 1-1/2 38 T87F with 137421 Wallplate or Q539 Subbase 3-11/16 94 1-3/4 45 REPLACEMENT PARTS: 114855-00029 Gold Thermostat Cover. ACCESSORIES: 104456B Gold Wallplate Assembly, two terminals (heating-only models). Includes terminal screws. 104994A Calibration Wrench. 129044A Gold Adapter Kit includes 6 in. cover ring, adapter ring and screws for mounting T87F/Q539 on outlet box or to cover mounting marks from old thermostat. 137421A Gold Wallplate Assembly for heating and cooling systems. For T87F without positive OFF. Includes spdt heating-only (series 20) alternate terminal markings and cooling (also series 20) anticipator; 2000 ohm resistor; three-wire. 137421B Gold Wallplate Assembly for heating and cooling systems. For T87F with positive OFF; 3300 ohm resistor. 137421R Premier White Wallplate Assembly for heating and cooling systems; three-wire. 198170A Designer Beige Wallplate Assembly, three terminals. Includes 6 in. (152 mm) decorator ring. 198172 Designer Beige Thermostat Cover Ring. 202687A Premier White Adapter Kit (same as 129044A except Premier White color). Includes 6 in. cover ring, adapter ring and screws for mounting T87F/Q539 on outlet box or to cover mounting marks from old thermostat. 221886A Easy-To-Use™ Clear Ring. Durable plastic ring snaps on to T87F3467 dial to allow those with limited hand strength or movement impairments to easily operate thermostat. For use on T87F3467s with date code after 9244. TG503A1000 Metal Thermostat Guard. Includes locking cover, backplate, and bracket for mounting on a standard size outlet box. Also includes 104456B Two-terminal Wallplate. Not for use with T87F mounted on 137421 Wallplate or Q539 Thermostat Subbase. TG587F1008 Custom Thermostat Guard with window. TG587F1016 Custom Thermostat Guard without window. Additional thermostat guards available; see Index for page numbers. For additional accessories, see Parts and Accessories at the end of this section. mm SWITCHING ACTION: Spdt mercury switch. continued next page 144 Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable T87F continued *TRADELINE models. lSUPER TRADELINE models. Temperature Ratings Scale Rangeb F C Terminal Designations Finish Includes Comments T87F1826 60 to 90 16 to 32 R, W Gold Locking cover and locking dial. Adjustable temperature range stops. lT87F1859a 40 to 90 4 to 32 R (5), W (4), Y (6) 6 in. (152 mm) cover ring part no. 129044A, 137421A 3-terminal Wallplate. Replaces heating, cooling, and heating-cooling models (use Q539 for heating-cooling). Alternate series 20 terminal markings on 137421A Wallplate. *T87F1867 50 to 90 10 to 32 6 in. (152 mm) cover ring part no. 129044A, 137421B 3-terminal Wallplate. With positive OFF (Series 20). T87F2360 45 to 75 7 to 24 R, W 104456B Wallplate. Fixed temperature range stops at 45 F and 75 F. *T87F2782 35 to 65 2 to 18 R (5), W (4), Y (6) Locking cover and locking dial. Adjustable temperature range Allenhead screws and wrench stops. included for locking cover. 137421A 3-terminal Wallplate. *T87F2790 45 to 75 7 to 24 T87F2816 38 to 72 3 to 22 T87F2873 40 to 90 4 to 32 R, W *T87F3467 R (5), W (4), Y (6) *T87F3855 R, W *T87F4002 lT87F4010 *T87F5199 a b Premier White Locking cover and locking dial. Field adjustable temperature range stops; stop factory-set at 68 F (20 C). Locking cover and locking dial. No thermometer. Wallplate and screws included. Heating only. Meets DoD Specifications. 104456B Wallplate Concealed 2-terminal heating only wallplate. 137421A Wallplate and switch position labels. Enlarged scale and raised designations; Easy-To-See model. 104456B Wallplate. Same as T87F2873 except Premier White. Concealed 2-terminal heating only wallplate. Designer 104456B Wallplate. Beige Use with Q539A4000 for heatingcooling. None; use Q539. 6 in. (152 mm) cover ring part no. 129044A. Replaces heating, cooling, and heating-cooling models (use Q539 for heating-cooling). Alternate series 20 terminal markings on 137421A Wallplate. R (5), W (4), Y (6) Premier White 137421R Wallplate and switch position labels. Enlarged scale and raised designations; Easy-To-See model. Use T87F1859 as a replacement for former TRADELINE model T26A1433 and T87C1252. Temperature scale in Fahrenheit on thermostat. 145 Home Controls and Systems ORDER NUMBER Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable Q539 Thermostat Subbases Provide system and fan switching, and mounting for T87F Thermostats. • Include cooling anticipator and letter-coded screw terminals for electrical connections. • Wide range of switching functions fits most heating, cooling or heatingcooling applications. • Mount directly on wall or on an outlet box using optional 6 in. (152 mm) cover ring or adapter plate assembly. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: 2A at 24 Vac. Voltage: Special Indicator Light Models: 28 Vac. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: (with T87F): 3-11/16 in. (94 mm) diameter, 1-3/4 in. (45 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: 129044A Gold Adapter Kit includes 6 in. cover ring, adapter ring and screws for mounting T87F/Q539 on outlet box or to cover mounting marks from old thermostat. 135734A Indicator Light Assembly. Field addable. Includes light bulb with 2-3/4 in. (70 mm) leadwires with spade terminals, black retainer plate, two self-tapping screws, and four lenses. Q539 lenses indicate FILTER or CHECK for pre-1990 models only. 198170A Designer Beige Adapter Kit (same as 129044A except Designer Beige color). 202687A Premier White Adapter Kit (same as 129044A except Premier White color). Includes 6 in. cover ring, adapter ring and screws for mounting T87F/Q539 on outlet box or to cover mounting marks from old thermostat. For additional accessories, see Parts and Accessories at the end of this section. Typical hookup and internal schematic for Q539/T87F in heating-cooling application using common power supply. Q539A/T87F N ON OF F T87F INDICATOR LED CO TO OL AU B G ADJUSTABLE HEAT ANTICIPATOR Y1 W1 FAN OFF ON AUTO HEAT COOL HEAT OFF COOL O Y R 2 W X X 3 O B HEATING DAMPER MOTOR (IF USED) FAN RELAY TEMP. FALL R1 COOLING DAMPER MOTOR (IF USED) FIXED COOL ANTICIPATOR FA T A HE HEATING RELAY OR VALVE SWITCH SWITCH W Y G R HEATING RELAY OR VALVE COOLING DAMPER MOTOR (IF USED) COOLING CONTACTOR FAN RELAY COOLING CONTACTOR HEATING DAMPER MOTOR (IF USED) 1 1 M310B 1 POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE DISCONNECT MEANS AND OVERLOAD PROTECTION AS REQUIRED. 2 NO. 4 TERMINAL IS SAME AS B TERMINAL. 3 X TERMINAL USED ON Q539 MODELS WITH FACTORY-INSTALLED INDICATOR LED. continued next page 146 Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable Q539 continued Terminal Connection R Transformer. RH Heating transformer with isolated heat-cool circuits. RC Cooling transformer with isolated heat-cool circuits. W Heating relay or valve coil. Y Cooling contactor coil. B(4) Heating damper (if used). Circuit only completed between R and B with system switch in heat position; “4” terminal is the same as Honeywell “B” terminal. O Cooling damper (if used). Circuit only completed between R and O with system switch in cool position. Fan relay coil. X Clogged filter or lockout switch. Available only on subbases with indicator light. P Heat pump contactor coil. Z Q539H—low voltage fan switch for control of fan relay in AUTO position for both heating and cooling control. R1, W1 and Y1, are not marked on thermostat subbase. They are mounting posts and electrical connections for the thermostat. *TRADELINE models. Switch Positions Terminal Designations ORDER NUMBER Fan *Q539A1014 ON-AUTO COOL-OFF-HEAT R,W,Y,B,G,O System Finish Comments Gold For conventional single transformer heating-cooling systems. Replaces Q539C1020. *Q539A1147 RC,W,Y,G,RH Independent heat-cool circuits. Q539A1196 R,W,Y,G Isolated fan circuit. *Q539A1451 R,W,Y,G,RH *Q539A1469 R,W,Y,B,G,O For conventional single transformer heating-cooling systems. Same as Q539A1014, except Premier White. *Q539A4000 RC,W,Y,G,RH *Q539A4026 R,W,Y,B,G,O Designer Independent heat-cool circuits. Beige For conventional single transformer heating-cooling systems. Q539B1005 NONE *Q539C1020 ON-AUTO COOL-OFF COOL-OFF-HEAT R,W,Y,O,B Premier White Gold R,Y,G,O Independent heat-cool circuits. Same as Q539A1147, except Premier White. Internal system fan control. Use on cooling only systems. Q539G1000 HEAT-OFF R,W,B,G,1 For summer fan operation; without fan control. Q539H1009 NONE R,W,Y,G,Z With extra terminal for low volt fan control in AUTO position. Q539J1006 AUTO-ON COOL-OFF-HEAT R,W,Y,B,G,O,P Automatic fan on both heating and cooling. For heat pump and electric heat. Q539J1022 Q539J1154 Automatic fan on both heating and cooling. For heat pump and electric heat. For use in W884 Comfort Center. Premier White Automatic fan on both heating and cooling. For heat pump and electric heat. Same as Q539J1006, except Premier White. 147 Home Controls and Systems G Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable TS86A Powerpile® Thermostat ACCESSORIES: See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section. Thermostat Guards: See Index for page numbers. Typical Powerpile millivolt system using TRADELINE TS86A with a TRADELINE wallplate. POWERPILE PILOT GENERATOR TS86A POWERPILE THERMOSTAT R For control of automatic, self-powered gas heating systems. Use only with a millivoltage pilot generator. Y 2 W POWERPILE GAS VALVE • Includes heating-only wallplate and cover ring for covering old thermostat mounting marks. • Mounts using captive mounting screws included with thermostat. PP TH PP TH HIGH LIMIT CONTROL 1 ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Switch Ratings: 0.1A at 750 mV. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Fixed Differential: 0.5 F (0.3 C). SWITCHING ACTION: Dustproof mercury switch—spdt (TS86A1389), spst (TS86A1371 and TS86A1421). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-1/4 in. (83 mm) diameter, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) deep. REPLACEMENT PARTS: 114855 Cover Ring. 1 CIRCLED WIRING MUST BE APPROVED SAFETY-CIRCUIT WIRING. 2 USE R AND W TERMINALS FOR A 750 mV SYSTEM; USE R AND Y TERMINALS FOR A 250 OR 500 mV SYSTEM. M3832 *TRADELINE models. Temperature Ratings Scale Range ORDER NUMBER Application F C Terminal Designations Finish Includes *TS86A1371 250/500, or 750 mV 40 to 90 4 to 32 R, W, Y Heat Anticipator (750 mV only). *TS86A1389 50 to 90 10 to 32 Positive OFF and Heat Anticipator (750 mV only). *TS86A1421a 40 to 90 4 to 32 Heat Anticipator (750 mV only). a Gold Includes enlarged scale and raised designations, and detents every two degrees to facilitate accuracy in setting thermostat. T810; TS810 Heating or Cooling Thermostats • Temperature setting and thermometer scale on cover. • Lever on side (T810, TS810A) or bottom (TS810B) of thermostat for temperature adjustment. • Mount using 2 screws through base to wall or outlet box. TS810B T810B T810D Provide spst control of 24 Vac residential heating, cooling or millivolt heating systems. • Coiled bimetal element operates snap-acting switch. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: T810C,D: 2-7/8 in. (73 mm) high, 4-5/8 in. (118 mm) wide, 1-1/16 in. (27 mm) deep; T810B, TS810B: 4-5/8 in. (118 mm) high, 2-7/8 in. (73 mm) wide, 1-1/16 in. (27 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section. Thermostat Guards: See Index for specific page numbers. *TRADELINE models. Temperature Ratings Scale Range ORDER NUMBER Application *T810B1039 Provides 12 Vdc Control. 50 to 80 10 to 27 T810C1004 Provides cooling-only control in low voltage systems. 55 to 95 13 to 35 T810D1003 Provides heating-only control in low voltage systems. 45 to 85 7 to 29 T810D1011 F C Terminal Designations Two blank screw terminals 148 Finish Includes Vertical Gray Positive OFF — Horizontal Beige — 0.32A to 1.2A adj. at 30 Vac 0.18A to 0.8A adj. at 30 Vac Provides millivolt heating 50 to 80 only. Mounting 0.1A to 12 Vdc 0.18A to 0.8A adj. at 30 Vac T810D1136 TS810B1007 Electrical Ratings, Anticipator Setting 10 to 27 0.1A at 0.75 Vdc with heater, 0.1A at 0.25 or 0.50 Vdc without heater Vertical Positive OFF Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable T822; TS822 Thermostats • Straight-in wiring capability. • Mount directly on the wall or on vertical outlet box. Provide 24 Vac control of heating, cooling or millivolt heating systems. • Vented cover for improved temperature sensing. • Coiled bimetal element operates mercury switch. • Setting lever and thermometer scale on thermostat face. APPROVALS: Canadian Standards Association Certified: File No. LR95329-1. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: T822C: 1.0A running, 5.0A inrush at 25 Vac. T822D: 0.18 to 1.0A at 30 Vac/Vdc (0.3 to 1.2A available). TS822A: 0.1A at 750 mV (with heat anticipator) or 250 mV or 500 mV (without heat anticipator). SWITCHING ACTION: Dustproof, spst mercury switch. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-3/4 in. (121 mm) high, 2-7/8 in. (73 mm) wide, 1-3/8 in. (35 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: Thermostat Guards: See Index for page numbers. See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section. *TRADELINE models. Home Controls and Systems Temperature Ratings Scale Range ORDER NUMBER Application T822C1090 For low voltage 55 to 95 control of cooling systems. *T822D1024 For low voltage control of heating systems. *T822D1032c F C Electrical Ratings Terminal Designations Anticipator Setting Finish 13 to 35 R, Y Fixed R, W 0.18 to 1.0A, adj. T822D1255 Cooling anticipation provided by fixed carbon heater. — 0.32 to 1.2A, adj. *T822D1685 35 to 65 *T822D1693 45 to 75 T822D1719 *T822D2550 T822G1005 For heating-only, cooling-only, or zone valve applications. *TS822A1039c For 250/500 or 750 mV heating systems. TS822A1161 Beige with brushed gold faceplate Comments 2 to 18 0.18 to 1.0A, adj. With range stops. 7 to 24 With range stops. High range stop factory-set at 68 F (20 C). 38 to 72 3 to 22 No thermometer. Meets DoD Specifications; fixed range stops at 45 F and 72 F. 55 to 95 13 to 35 a R, W, Yb Fixed 38 to 72 3 to 22 Premier White Same as T822D1024 except Premier White. Beige with brushed gold faceplate Includes fixed carbon heater for cooling anticipation, Series 20. — No thermometer. Meets DoD Specifications. a 68 F marked on scale. Connect system wires to R and Y terminals for 250/500 mV heating. Connect system wires to R and W for 750 mV heating. c Includes Positive OFF. b 149 Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable T827A Triple-Rated Heating Thermostat • Mount using two screws through base to wall or outlet box. • Positive OFF switch. • Large numbers on faceplate for easy adjustment. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: 0.1A at 12 Vdc. 0.1A at 24 Vac. 0.1A at 250, 500, 750 mV. Heat Anticipator: Provided by bimetal. Provides control of 0.1A circuits in millivolt age, 12 Vdc, and 24 Vac heating systems. • Replaces ITT General Controls T80, Honeywell TS810B1007 and several other thermostats. • Coiled bimetal element operates snap-acting switch. • Gold-plated switching contacts increase shelf and operating life. • Temperature setting and thermometer scale on cover. • Temperature setting lever on bottom of thermostat cover scale. NOTE: Most 24 Vac systems require a higher Amp rating, apply only after careful evaluation of the system. See the T827B Heating Thermostat for use with most 24 Vac systems. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-5/8 in. (117 mm) high, 2-7/8 in. (73 mm) wide, 1-1/16 in. (27 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: Thermostat Guards: See Index for page numbers. See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section. lSUPER TRADELINE model. Temperature Ratings Scale Rangea ORDER NUMBER F C Terminal Designations 12 Vdc lT827A1000 50 to 80 10 to 27 Blank screws a Electrical Ratings 0.1A 24 Vac Switching 250/500/750 mV Action Finish 0.1A 0.1A Spst Beige with brushed gold faceplate. Temperature scale in Fahrenheit on thermometer. T827B Heating Thermostat • • • • • Provides spst control of 24 Vac residential heating systems. Temperature Ratings Scale Range Coiled bimetal element operates snap-acting switch. Temperature setting and thermometer scale on cover. Temperature setting lever on bottom of thermostat cover scale. Mount using two screws through base to wall or outlet box. Large numbers on faceplate for easy adjustment. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-5/8 in. (117 mm) high, 2-7/8 in. (73 mm) wide, 1-1/16 in. (27 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section. Thermostat Guards. See Index for specific page number. Electrical Ratings ORDER NUMBER Application F C Anticipator Setting T827B1009 Provides heating-only control in low voltage (24 Vac) systems. 50 to 80 10 to 27 0.18 to 0.8A No 150 Positive Off Terminal Designations Finish Two blank screw Beige with terminals brushed gold faceplate Mounting Vertical Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable T834; T8034 Thermostats T834C T8034C For low voltage control of single-stage heating, cooling or heatingcooling systems. • Integral switches control system and fan switching. • T834Cs have vented cover for improved temperature sensing. • Mount directly on wall or on vertical outlet box (T834C, T834G) or horizontal outlet box (T8034C) using mounting plate to prevent electrical shorts. • Include new probe holes to aid checkout and service work. *TRADELINE models. Width Height Depth in. mm in. mm in. mm T834C 2-7/8 73 4-3/4 121 1-5/16 33 T8034C 4-3/4 121 2-7/8 73 ACCESSORIES: 200581A Wallplate for T8034C; covers mounting marks left by old thermostats. Thermostat Guards: See Index for specific page numbers. See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section. lSUPER TRADELINE models. Switch Positions ORDER NUMBER Application Fan *T834C1137 For standard heating-cooling systems. ONAUTO lT834C2473 lT834C2499 Triple fuel rated with O and B terminals, optional fan in heating and AUTOcooling or fan on in cooling only —conventional heating (jumper 1-Y), ON electric heat or single stage heat pump (jumper 1-2). New wider heat anticipator range of 0.15 to 1.2A. HEATOFFCOOL R,G,W,Y R,G,Y,W,1,2, O,B Vertical Classic beige Taupe Premier White *T8034C1085 For two transformer systems; jumper RH and RC for single transformer systems. T8034C1341 Three-wire thermostat for heating-cooling applications. No thermometer; 0.18 to 1.0A heat anticipator range. R,G,W,Y,1,2 Premier White Triple fuel rated with O and B terminals, optional fan in heating and AUTOcooling or fan on in cooling only —conventional heating (jumper 1-Y), ON electric heat or single stage heat pump (jumper 1-2). New wider heat anticipator range of 0.15 to 1.2A. R,G,Y,W,1,2, O,B Taupe lT8034C1424 lT8034C1481 a ONAUTO Terminal System Designations Mounting Finish RC,RH,G,W,Y Horizontal Classic beige Premier White Includes wallplate for covering mounting marks left by old thermostat. 151 Home Controls and Systems ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Heating: 0.18 to 1.0A at 30 Vac maximum. Cooling: 1.5A running, 7.5A inrush at 25 Vac. Anticipator Setting: Heating: (all models except T834C2309 and T8034C1275) —adj. 0.18 to 1.0A; T834C2309, T8034C1275—adj. 0.3 to 1.2A. Cooling: fixed, 24 to 30 Vac. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Scale Range: T834C; T8034C: 55 F to 95 F (13 C to 35 C). T834G: Warmer, Cooler 1-2-3-4-5. SWITCHING ACTION: R to W on temperature fall for heating. R to Y on temperature rise for cooling. Dustproof, spdt mercury switch. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable T841 Multistage and Heat Pump Thermostats Provide low voltage (24 Vac) control of two-stage heating and onestage cooling in heat pump systems, using manual changeover. • Coiled bimetal element operate dust-free mercury switches. • Heat anticipators are adjustable or fixed; cooling anticipator is fixed. • Mount directly on wall or horizontal outlet box; no separate subbase necessary. • T841E model available for two-stage gas valves. *TRADELINE models. lSUPER TRADELINE model. ORDER NUMBER Display, Application LED T841A1217 Heat Pump Manual Cool Stage 2 or Heat 0 to 1.5A, fixed *T841A1498 EM.HT. *T841A1506 T841A1563 Multistage None Heat Pumps T841A1613 Heat Pump T841A1696 EASY-TO-SEE™ Manual Cool Stage 2 or Heat 1.2A, fixed Stage 2 0.1 to 1.2A, adj. EM.HT., AUX.HT. Stage 2, fixed None T841E1007 Multistage —for twostage gas valves. HI, LOW CHECK LED indicates compressor malfunction. EM.HT. LED also indicates compressor malfunction. c Low speed LED goes off when high speed comes on. 152 Comments For use where E and W2 may be jumpered. No Auto Fan in EM. HT. Auto Fan in EM.HT. W3,G,R,W2, E,B,X,Y,O Direct replacement for York Premier model no. 2TH11703324 White (T841A1274). For controlling two-stage heating and one stage cooling applications. No thermometer. Same as T841A1050, except Premier White. Taupe O,L,G,R,E,X, W2,B,W1,Y W3,O,G,R,E, Stage 2 0.1 to 1.2A, X, W2,B,Y adj. Multistage Heat Pump Heat Pump b G,R,W2,E,L, B,X,Y,O Manual Cool Stage 2 G,R,W,H,B,X, 0.2 to 1.2A, O,Y fixed. None T841B1000 a Electrical Switch Positions Ratings, Anticipator Terminal Changeover Setting Designations System Fan Finish W3,R,L,X,W2, EM.HT.- Auto Classic For use where E and W2 EM.HT.,b Manual Cool Stage 2 0.1 to 1.2A, G,O,E,Y,B HEAT- Fan in Beige may be jumpered. Fixed AUX.HT. adj. OFFEM. HT. anticipators powered COOL through O terminal. * T841A1308 lT841A1712 lT841A1738 ELECTRICAL RATINGS: 24 to 27 Vac. Anticipator Setting: First stage heating and cooling: 0 to 1.5A, fixed. Second stage heating: 0 to 1.5A, fixed; 0.1 to 1.2A, adjustable. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Scale Range: 45 F to 85 F (7 C to 29 C). Differential: Between heating stages: 1 F (0.6 C). SWITCH POSITIONS: Fan: AUTO-ON. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) high, 5-1/4 in. (133 mm) wide, 2-1/16 in. (52 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section. Thermostat Guards: See Index for page numbers. W 1,W 2,B, G,R,X,Y 1,O Stage 1 R,G,B,W1, 0.1 to 1.2A, W2,Y adj. Stage 2 0 to 1.5A, fixed For two-stage heating and one-stage cooling. Large raised markings. Audible click at each 2 degree setpoint change. For two-stage heating and one-stage cooling Premier applications. White HEATOFFCOOL Classic For “No Emergency Heat” Beige applications. Premier For use on two-stage gas White valve/one-stage cooling applications. Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable T874 Multistage and Heat Pump Thermostats Provide 24 Vac control of multistage heating, cooling, and heatingcooling systems including heat pump systems. • Require Q674 Thermostat Subbase to provide wiring terminals, mounting base, and system and fan switching. • Coiled bimetal elements operate dust-free mercury switches. • External levers and scale for temperature setting on top of thermostat case. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: 24 to 27 Vac. lSUPER TRADELINE models. Home Controls and Systems *TRADELINE models. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Scale Range: 42 F to 88 F (6 C to 31 C). Differential: 4 F (2 C) minimum between heating and cooling. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: (including Q674 Subbase): 3-9/16 in. (91 mm) high, 5-5/8 in. (143 mm) wide, 2-3/16 in. (56 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: 194559R Tamper-resistant Cover and Locking Lever Assembly with thermometer. Includes cover, screws, Allen wrench for locking cover, and two self-tapping insulated screws. 194559S Tamper-resistant Cover and Locking Lever Assembly without thermometer. Includes cover, screws, Allen wrench for locking cover, and two self-tapping insulated screws. 4074ECK Locking Lever Stops. C815A1005 Outdoor Thermistor. TG504A1025 or TG504A1033 Key Lock Cover with internal thermometer. See page 167. Thermostat Guards. See Index for page numbers. Electrical Ratings, Anticipator Setting Stages Heating (adj) ORDER NUMBER Heating Cooling Other Stage 1 T874A1010 1 0.1 to 1.2 A — 1 — Stage 2 Cooling (fixed) Stage 1 Stage 2 0 to 1.5 A — *T874A1036 Includes locking cover with thermometer, field-adjustable range stops and fieldadjustable locking levers. T874A1176 0 to 1.0 A *T874B1019 2 2 lT874D1165 — *T874F1015 2 T874R1152b,c 0.1 to 1.2 A 0 to 1.2 A 0 to 1.0 A Includes locking cover with thermometer, field-adjustable range stops and fieldadjustable locking levers. — — 1 Meets DoD Specifications. Includes locking cover without thermometer, non-adjustable DoD range stop (limits max. heat to 72 F, limits min. cool to 78 F) and field-adjustable locking levers. 0 to 1.2 A 0 to 1.0 A Includes locking cover with thermometer and field-adjustable locking levers. 0 to 1.5 A — 1 2 *T874E1016 T874N1016b Includes locking cover with thermometer, non-adjustable range stop (limits max. heat to 72 F, limits min. cool to 78 F) and fieldadjustable locking levers. Includes locking cover with thermometer and field-adjustable locking levers. lT874A1150 *T874C1018 Comments — 0.1 to 1.2 A 0.1 to 1.2 A — 1a — 0 to 1.0A Fixed 0 to 1.0A Fixed — Includes locking cover with thermometer and field-adjustable locking levers. 0 to 1.5 A Use with Q674F1220 only. 0 to 1.2 A Use with Q674L1207 only. a Changeover operates in heating mode. Heat pump thermostat. For replacement of other customer special heat pump thermostats and subbases contact your Honeywell Sales Representative and/or consult the T874/Q674 specification sheet, Honeywell form 60-2485 for replacement information and internal circuitry of specific models. In addition, you may want to refer to the Heat Pump Thermostat Cross Reference Guide, Honeywell form 70-6627. c Available in Y594 pack. See model number index for specific page number. b 153 Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable Q674 Thermostat Subbases • Adapter plate is available for mounting on vertical outlet box (see Parts and Accessories at the end of this section). • Subbases available without LED (light emitting diode) or with one LED. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Contacts: 2.5A at 30 Vac (7.5A inrush). Display, LED: 30 Vac (optional). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-9/16 in. (91 mm) high, 5-5/8 in. (143 mm) wide, 5/16 in. (8 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section. Thermostat Guards: See Index for page numbers. Provide wiring terminals, mounting base, and system and fan switching for T874 Multistage Thermostats. • Mount on wall or horizontal outlet box. *TRADELINE models. Switch Positions System Fan Display, LED Use With Terminal Designations Comments *Q674A1019 HEAT-AUTOCOOL AUTO-ON — RH,RC,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G — *Q674B1034 HEAT-OFFCOOL ORDER NUMBERa d Q674B1018 T874A-D RH,RC,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G,O,B Q674B1075c Q674B1216 T874W1015 only *Q674C1058 OFF-AUTO *Q674D1040 None None *Q674E1049 OFF-HEATAUTO-COOL AUTO-ON Q674F1022 EM.HT.-HEATOFF-AUTOCOOL Q674F1212 T874A-F OFF- AUTO Q674J1043 EM.HT.-AUTO- AUTO-ON OFF Q674L1207 EM.HT.-HEATOFF-COOL a For Electric Heat Applications R,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,W3,G,O,B,T Use with C815A1004 for Outdoor Reset. RH,RC,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G,O,B — RH,RC,Y1,Y2,W1,W2 T874A-D RH,RC,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G,O,Bb 1 T874C,D R,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G,O,B,E,X1,X2b Includes field selectable inserts for LED 2 T874G1246 only. R,Y,W2,W3,G,O,E,L,X T874N1016 only. R,W1,W2,G,L,C,K,X T874A-F RH,RC,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,O,B T874G1204 R,Y,W,G,O,B,F,T,X2 Replaces GE AY28X077 and AY28X138. T874R1152 only. R,Y,W2,W3,G,O,B,E,L,X — Q674F1220 *Q674G1070 R,Y1,Y2,W1,W2,G,O,B None 2 — You may also want to contact your Honeywell Sales Representative and/or consult the T874/Q674 specification sheet, Honeywell form 60-2485, for replacement information and internal circuitry of specific models. b O and B terminals are continuously energized in the AUTO mode. c Auto fan on both heat and cool. For electric heat applications. d With isolated fan. 154 Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable Y594 Combination Packs for Heat Pump and Other Multistage Applications Combine appropriate T874 Multistage Thermostat and Q674 Subbase for specific applications. See table below for ordering information. * TRADELINE models. lSUPER TRADELINE models. ORDER NUMBER Includes Display, LED Electrical Ratings, System AUTO Change- Anticipator Terminal Switch Fan in over Setting Designations Positions EM.HT Finish T874D1942 None Thermostat, Q674E1403 Subbase Y594G1161 T874G1204 AUX. HT., Auto, Thermostat, EM. HT. Cool Q674J1043 Subbase Stages 1 and 2 0 to 1.0A Fixed *Y594G1252 T874G1246 Thermostat, Q674F1212 Subbase Stage 1 R,Y,W2,W3,G, 0 to 1.0A O,E,L,X Fixed Stage 2 0.1 to 1.2A Adjustable T874G1642 AUX. HT., Auto, Thermostat, EM. HT. Cool or Q674F1444 CHECK Heat Subbase Stage 1 and 2 0 to 1.0A Fixed lY594G1419 lY594G1476 — R,Y,W,G,O,B, EM. HT.AUTOF,T,X2 OFF R,Y1,W1,W2, W3,G,O,B,E, X,X1,X2 N/A Yes OFFEM. HT.HEATAUTOCOOL- For heat pump applications. Includes locking cover with thermometer, field-adjustable range stops and fieldadjustable locking levers. T874G1865 EM.HT. Thermostat, Q674J1209 Subbase Stage 1 O,G,R,W,X,B, EM.HT.0 to 1.0A Y AUTOFixed OFF Stage 2 0.1 to 1.2A Adjustable Y594G1633 T874G1972 AUX. HT., Auto, Thermostat, EM. HT. Cool or Q674F1584 Heat Subbase R,Y,W2,G,O, B,E,L,X OFFEM. HT.HEATAUTOCOOL *Y594G1674 T874G2004 SUPL. Thermostat, HT. Q674J1274 Subbase R,Y,G,W2,L, C,E,O SUPL. HT.ON-OFF Y594H1012 T874H1062 MALThermostat, FUNCQ674C1249 TION Subbase R,Y,G,O,B,L, X OFFAUTO Stage 0 to 1.0A Fixed For heat pump applications. With outdoor reset; replaces GE AY28X077 and AY28X138; no heat anticipation in stage 2. For heat pump applications. *Y594G1567 Auto, Cool For conventional multistage heating-cooling applications. Will replace York 2TH04701024. May also replace York 6TH04701524 or 2TH04701524, depending on subbase used. OFFCOOLAUTOHEATEM. HT. T874G1741 Thermostat, Q674F1477 Subbase Auto, Cool Classic beige with brushed gold faceplate. No Premier White Same as Y594G1419, except Premier White. Classic beige with brushed gold faceplate. For heat pump applications. Replaces York 2TH11702424 (Y594G1013—T874G1170/ Q674J1027) and 6TH11702424 (Y594G1229— T874G1428/Q674J1027). Replaces Coleman/Evcon Y594G1377. Replaces Carrier 99TZ90040106—HH07AT171/ HH93AZ173A (Y507J1035— T874G1055/Q674J1035). N/A Use on single-stage heat pump applications. Replaces T874H1005/Q674C1041. continued next page 155 Home Controls and Systems Stages 1 RH,W1,W2,G, OFFHEATand 2 Y2,Y1,RC AUTO0.1 to 1.2A COOL *Y594D1347 Comments Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable Y594 continued * TRADELINE models. lSUPER TRADELINE models. ORDER NUMBER Includes Display, LED Electrical Ratings, System AUTO Change- Anticipator Terminal Switch Fan in over Setting Designations Positions EM.HT Finish Y594R1243 T874R1152 AUX. HT., Manual Thermostat, EM. HT. Cool Q674L1207 Subbase Stage 1 R,Y,W2,W3,G, 0 to 1.0A O,B,E,L,X Fixed Stage 2 0.1 to 1.2A Adjustable Y594R1292 T874R1467 Thermostat, Q674L1512 Subbase Stages 1 and 2 0 to 1.0A Fixed *Y594R1300 EM. HT.HEATOFFCOOL Yes Comments Classic For heat pump applications. beige with brushed gold faceplate. R,Y,W,G,O,B, X For heat pump applications. Replaces T874R1137/ Q674L1132. T874R1475 Thermostat, Q674L1520 Subbase R,Y,W2,G,O, B,E,L,X For heat pump applications. T874R1616 AUX. HT., Manual Thermostat, EM. HT. Cool or Q674L1587 CHECK Heat Subbase R,Y,W1,W2, W3,G,O,B,E, L,X,X2 For heat pump applications. Includes locking cover with thermometer. Field-adjustable range stops and fieldadjustable locking levers. Removable jumper between W and Y. *Y594R1615 T874R1822 Thermostat, Q674L1710 Subbase R,Y,W2,W3,G, O,B,E,L,X For heat pump applications. Replaces Y594R1326. *Y594R1664 T874R1871 EM.HT. Thermostat, Q674L1736 Subbase *Y594R1672 T874R1889 Thermostat, Q674L1736 Subbase and C815A1054 Outdoor Thermistor *Y594R1680 T874R1897 AUX.HT., Manual Thermostat, EM.HT., Heat or Q674L1751 CHECK Cool Subbase R,Y,W2,W3,G, O,B,E,L,X *Y594R1706 T874R1913 EM.HT. Thermostat, Q674L1777 Subbase Manual Cool O,G,R,W,H,B, T,X,Y Y594R1763 T874R1954 AUX.HT., Manual cool Thermostat, EM.HT. Q674L1827 Subbase R,Y,W,G,O,B, T,F,X2 Y594R1797 T874R1988 Thermostat, Q674L1868 Subbase R,Y,G,W2,O, B,E,L,X lY594R1425 156 Manual Cool Stage1 O,G,R,W,H,X, 0 to 1.5A B,T,Y Fixed Stage 2 0.1 to 1.2A Adjustable For heat pump applications. Replaces York 2TH11702224 (Y594R1011—T874R1046/ Q674L1272). For heat pump applications. Replaces York 2TH11702324 (Y594R1151—T874R1251/ Q674L1272/C815A1039) and 6TH11702224 (Y594R1193— T874R1327/ Q674L1272). Premier White For heat pump applications. Same as Y594R1615, except Premier White. Also replaces Y594R1326. For heat pump applications. Same as Y594R1664, except Premier White. Also replaces York 2TH11702224 (Y594R1011—T874R1046/ Q674L1272). No Classic beige with brushed gold faceplate. For heat pump applications. Replaces GE AY28X078 and AY28X139, and Y594R1136. Replaces Coleman/Evcon Y594R1235. Thermostats—Electromechanical Non-Programmable C815 Outdoor Thermistor Outdoor thermistor for use with T874 Multistage Thermostats or Y594 Thermostat/Subbase Combination Packs with provision for outdoor reset. • Resets T874 control point, based on outdoor temperature. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: 24 to 30 Vac. Resistance: 400 ohms. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient Range: -45 F to +113 F (-43 C to +45 C). THERMISTOR RESISTANCE (ohms) C815A thermistor resistance chart. C815A THERMISTOR RESISTANCE R = 400 ohms ± 10% AT 77°F (25°C) -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 TEMPERATURE OF THERMISTOR (°F) ORDER NUMBER Electrical Connections C815A1005 Two 6 in. (152 mm) black lead wires. 120 Home Controls and Systems 4600 4400 4200 4000 3800 3600 3400 3200 3000 2800 2600 2400 2200 2000 1800 1600 1400 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0 140 M1590A 157 DoD Thermostats Low Voltage Thermostats Meeting Department of Defense Specifications T87 T874 T822; TS822 (Department of Defense (DoD) Manual 4270.1-M) See SPECIFICATIONS and order table below for heating, cooling, and heating-cooling thermostats meeting DoD standards. SPECIFICATIONS: Anticipator Setting Model Number Electrical Ratings Heating Cooling T87 1.5A at 30 Vac. Adj. 0.1A to 1.2A. Fixed 0A to 1.5A, Spdt 24 to 30 Vac. Switching Action Dimensions, Approximate T822 1.5A at 30 Vac. Adj. 0.18A to 0.80A. — TS822 0.1A at 750 mV. Fixed resistor. — Spst T874 Heating—1.2A at 30 Vac at each stage. Cooling—1.5A at 30 Vdc. Adj. 0.1A to 1.2A each stage. Fixed 0A to 1.0A, Spst 24 to 30 Vac. 3-1/4 in. (83 mm) dia., 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) deep. 4-3/4 in. (121 mm) high, 2-7/8 in. (73 mm) wide, 1-3/8 in. (35 mm) deep. 3-9/16 in. (91 mm) high, 5-5/8 in. (143 mm) wide, 2-3/16 in. (56 mm) deep, without subbase. Temperature Ratings, Terminal Setpoint Range Designations Includes Heating only. 38 F to 72 F (3 C to 22 C) R,W Wallplate, screws and No thermometer. locking cover. T822D1719 Heating only. 38 F to 72 F (3 C to 22 C) R,W Two screws. No thermometer. For wall or vertical outlet box mounting. TS822A1161 Heating only, 250, 500, 38 F to 72 F or 750 mV applications. (3 C to 22 C) R,W,Y Two screws. No thermometer. For wall or vertical outlet box mounting. T874A1176 1-stage heating. 1-stage cooling. None. Use Locking cover. Q674 Subbase ORDER NUMBER Application T87F2816 158 Heating: 40 F to 72 F (4 C to 22 C) Cooling: 78 F to 90 F (26 C to 32 C Comments No thermometer. Separate levers for heating and cooling setpoint control. Non-adjustable range stops set at 72 F (22 C) max. heat, 78 F (26 C) min. cool. Thermostats—Easy-to-See Easy-To-See™ T87F; TS86A Thermostats • Use Q539 Subbase in systems requiring system and fan switching at the thermostat location. • Separate temperature setting and thermometer scale on thermostat face. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Switch Ratings: T87F at 30 Vac. Enlarged scale and raised designations provide reading and setting ease for 24 to 27 Vac residential heating, cooling or heating-cooling systems (T87F), or self-powered gas heating systems (TS86A). Full Load Locked Rotor Resistance Heating 1.5A 3.5A 2.0A Cooling 1.5A 7.5A 2.0A TS86A: 0.1A at 750 mV. Anticipator Setting: 0.1A to 1.2A. SWITCHING ACTION: Dustproof, spdt mercury switch. ACCESSORIES: 221886A Easy-to-Use™ Clear Ring. Durable plastic ring snaps on to T87F3467 dial to allow those with limited hand strength or movement impairments to easily operate thermostat. Fits T87F3467s with date code after 9244. See T87F Accessories. Thermostat Guards: See Index for specific page numbers. *TRADELINE models. Temperature Ratings Scale Rangea ORDER NUMBER F C Terminal Designations Finish Includes *T87F3467 40 to 90 4 to 32 R (5), W (4), Y (6) Gold 137421A Wallplate and switch position labels for use with Q539 Subbase and 6 in. cover ring. *T87F5199 Premier White *TS86A1421 a R, W, Y Gold Temperature scale in Fahrenheit on thermometer. Easy-To-See™ T841A Heat Pump Thermostat • Enlarged, raised numbers make temperature setting easy by touch or sight. • Audible click is heard and indent is felt every two degrees as the temperature setpoint lever is moved. • Temperature setpoint lever lets you choose temperature settings from 46 F to 84 F (8 C to 29 C). • Enlarged, raised letters aid in setting system switch and fan settings. Provides 24 Vac control of two-stage heating and one-stage cooling in heat pump systems. Electrical Ratings, Display, Change- Anticipator Terminal LED over Setting Designations ORDER NUMBER Application T841A1696 For two-stage EM.HT., Manual heating and one- AUX.HT. Cool or stage cooling Heat heat pump applications. Stage 2 fixed Switch Positions System Fan Finish O,L,G,R, E,X,W EM.HT. Auto Fan in Taupe 2, B,W 1,Y HEAT- OFF- EM.HT. COOL Comments Large raised markings. Audible click at each 2 degree setpoint change. 159 Home Controls and Systems • Raised and enlarged 5, 6, 7, 8 on dial represent 50 F, 60 F, 70 F and 80 F. • “Click” and detent every two degrees facilitate accuracy in setting thermostat. • Two- or three-wire wallplate for heating-only, cooling-only, or heatingcooling systems with remote switching. • Adjustable heat anticipator for comfortable temperature control. Circuit Thermostats—Other Electronic T8131 Programmable New Construction Thermostat Obsolete as of December, 2000. See T8000 cross reference section, page 135 for replacement thermostats. • Selectable Fan Operation switch for electric heat systems. • Program before or after mounting on the wall. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Voltage: 15 to 30 Vac. Current Draw: Economical electronic thermostat for 24 Vac single-stage heating and cooling systems. CONSUMER BENEFITS • Easy to program for energy savings and comfort. • Separate schedules for weekdays and weekends (5-2 Programming). • Program up to four time and temperature settings per weekday schedule. • Usage key tracks energy usage. • LCD continuously displays time and day, current program period and room temperature. • Warmer/Cooler keys which are accessible through the cover, to temporarily override current program. • Hold Temp key to override the current program indefinitely. Running Inrush Heating 0.03 to 1.2A 3.5A Cooling 0.03 to 1.2A 7.5A Cycles Per Hour Adjustment: Heating: Field-selectable to 3,6,9 cph. Cooling: Fixed at 3 cph. INSTALLER BENEFITS • Powered directly by system transformer (requires common connection). • Battery back-up (maintains clock and program settings during a power outage). • Two AA alkaline batteries included. • bAt Lo is displayed when battery power is low. • LED power indicator (indicates 24 Vac is present at R and C terminals). • Adjustable heating cycle rate (3, 6 or 9 cph). TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Setpoint Range: 45 F to 88 F (7 C to 31 C). Operating Range: 40 F to 110 F (4 C to 43 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 7 in. (178 mm) wide, 4 in. (102 mm) high, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) deep. REPLACEMENT PARTS: 206658AA Replacement Flip-up Door—Premier White. 203255AA Replacement Flip-up Door—taupe. 206391AA Replacement Battery Door—Premier White. 206273A Replacement Battery Door—taupe. ACCESSORIES: 205224A Premier White Wall Cover Plate. Covers marks left by old thermostat. TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards. See index for specific page number. Stages ORDER NUMBER Application T8131C1012 Gas, oil, or electric 24V systems with option of 1 independent or thermostat controlled fan in heat. 160 Switch Positions Heating Cooling System 1 Fan Terminal Designations Finish COOLAUTO-ON C, R, W, Y, G OFF- HEAT Premier White Thermostats—Other Electronic T8132 Programmable Thermostat Obsolete as of December, 2000. See T8000 cross reference section, page 135 for replacement thermostats. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Voltage: 15 to 30 Vac. Current Draw: Economical electronic thermostat for 24 Vac single-stage heating and cooling systems. Running Inrush Heating 0.03 to 1.2A 3.5A Cooling 0.03 to 1.2A 7.5A Cycles Per Hour: Heating: Field-selectable to 3,6,9 cph. Cooling: Fixed at 3 cph. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Setpoint Range: 45 F to 88 F (7 C to 31 C). Operating Range: 40 F to 110 F (4 C to 43 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 7 in. (178 mm) wide, 4 in. (102 mm) high, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) deep. REPLACEMENT PARTS: 206658AA Replacement Flip-up Door—Premier White. 203255AA Replacement Flip-up Door—taupe. 206391AA Replacement Battery Door—Premier White. 206273AA Replacement Battery Door—taupe. ACCESSORIES: 205224A Premier White Wall Cover Plate. Covers marks left by old thermostat. TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards. See index for specific page number. INSTALLER BENEFITS • Battery powered for increased compatibility. • Two AA alkaline batteries included. • bAt Lo displayed when battery power is low. • Adjustable heating cycle rate (3, 6 or 9 cph). • Selectable Fan Operation switch for electric heat systems. • Program before or after mounting on the wall. Stages ORDER NUMBER Application T8132C1011 Gas, oil, or electric 24V systems with option of 1 independent or thermostat controlled fan in heat. Switch Positions Heating Cooling System 1 Fan Terminal Designations Finish COOLAUTO-ON RC, R, W, Y, G Premier White OFF- HEAT 161 Home Controls and Systems CONSUMER BENEFITS • Easy to program for energy savings and comfort. • Separate schedules for weekdays and weekends (5-2 Programming). • Program up to four time and temperature settings per weekday schedule. • Usage key tracks energy usage. • LCD continuously displays time and day, current program period and room temperature. • Warmer/Cooler keys which are accessible through the cover, to temporarily override current program. • Hold Temp key to override the current program indefinitely. Thermostats—Parts and Accessories Parts and Accessories Description Use With ORDER NUMBER Batteries: Battery quick-charge kit. T8082, T8182 192075A Replacement battery pack, 2.2V. Replaces 191127 and 191127A. See 220985B. T8082, T8182 191127B Battery replacement kit. Includes battery, holder, leads, connectors and rechargeable Ni-Cad AAA battery. Replaces 193933, 193933A, and 195044 Batteries and Connectors. T8082, T8182 220985B Cover Assemblies: Cover Assembly, replacement cover, beige. Beige T8190, T8195 202808B Cover Assembly, replacement cover, Premier White. Premier White T8195 202469C Cover Assembly, replacement cover, beige. Beige T8090, T8095 202808A Cover Assembly, replacement cover Premier White T8090, T8095 202469B Cover Assembly, replacement cover for Chronotherm III, beige. T8600, T8601, T8602, T8603, T8611, T8621, T8624 220529A Cover Door Assembly, replacement, Premier White. T8600, T8601, T8602, T8611, T8624, T8631 201206B Replacement Flip-up Door, Premier White. T8131, T8132 206658AA Replacement Flip-up Door, taupe. 203255AA Replacement Battery Door, Premier White. 206391AA Replacement Battery Door, taupe. Replacement Door for Chronotherm IV, taupe 206273AA T8600, T8601, T8602, T8611, T8624 Replacement Door for Chronotherm IV, Premier White. 207396A 207396B Mounting Plates (for covering marks left by old thermostat): Mounting Plate Assembly, beige. Includes cover plate, adapter ring and screws. Covers marks left by old thermostat. Allows mounting on vertical or horizontal outlet box. 6-9/10 in. x 4-3/4 in. (175 mm x 121 mm). T810, T822, T834/Q634, T841, T874/ Q674, T8090, T8095, T8190, Chronotherm III:T8600, T8601, T8602, T8603, T8611, T8621, T8624, TS8095 193121A Mounting Plate Assembly, gray. Includes cover plate, adapter ring and screws. Covers marks left by old thermostat. Allows mounting on vertical or horizontal outlet box. 6-9/10 in. x 4-3/4 in. (175 mm x 121 mm). Use with Premier White thermostats. T8090, T8195, Chronotherm III:T8600, T8601, T8602, T8611, T8621, T8624, Y8095, Y8195, Y8224 202689A Wall Cover Plate; Premier White. Covers marks left by old thermostat. T8131, T8132, Chronotherm III:T8600, T8611, T8624. 205224A Wallplate, for millivolt applications. TS8095A 191108AC Wallplate, for two-wire cooling-only systems. T8090, T8095, T8190 191108AD Wallplate, for two-wire heating or three-wire, spdt heating. Includes Series 20 terminal identification for spdt, heating-only systems. T8090, T8095, T8190 191108AG Wallplates (for wiring thermostat or clock): Wallplate, for directly powering the clock. 191108AJ Wallplates (for covering marks left by old thermostat): Wallplate, horizontal, beige; covers marks left by old thermostat. T8034C beige models 200581A Wallplate, horizontal, Premier White; covers marks left by old thermostat. T8034C Premier White models 202895A Decorator Cover Plate, 3-7/8 in. (98 mm) x 3-7/8 in. (98 mm); taupe. T8400, T8401 209634A Decorator Cover Plate, 3-7/8 in. (98 mm) x 3-7/8 in. (98 mm); Premier White. T8400, T8401 209634B Decorator Cover Plate, 5-3/4 in. (146 mm) x 5-3/4 in. (146 mm); taupe. T8400, T8401 209635A Decorator Cover Plate, 5-3/4 in. (146 mm) x 5-3/4 in. (146 mm); Premier White. T8400, T8401 209635B Decorator Cover Plates (for covering marks left by old thermostat): continued next page 162 Thermostats—Parts and Accessories Parts and Accessories continued Description Use With ORDER NUMBER Universal Cover Plates (Use with subbase, wallplate or mount on 2 x 4 or vertical or horizontal outlet box): Universal Cover Plate for covering marks left by old thermostat, 7-3/8 in. (188 mm) T810, T822, T834, T841, T874, T7047, x 5-3/4 in. (146 mm); taupe. T7110, T7147, T8000, T8001, T8011, T8090, T8095, T8190, T8411, T8500, Universal Cover Plate for covering marks left by old thermostat, 7-3/8 in. (188 mm) T8501, T8502, T8503, T8511, T8513, x 5-3/4 in. (146 mm); Premier White. T8524, Chronotherm IV:T8600, T8602, Universal Cover Plate for covering marks left by old thermostat, 7-3/8 in. (188 mm) T8603, T8611, T8613, T8621, T8623, x 5-3/4 in. (146 mm); beige. T8624, TS8095 209649A Universal Cover Plate for covering marks left by old thermostat, 7-3/8 in. (188 mm) x 5-3/4 in. (146 mm); gray. 209653A 209650A 209652A Miscellaneous Accessories: T8400, T8401 209632 Calibration Wrench. T87; T8090, T8095, T8190 date coded after 9427. 104994A Home Controls and Systems Bracket, used to mount decorator cover plate to 2 in. x 4 in. vertical or horizontal outlet box. Easy-to-Use™ Clear Ring. Durable plastic ring snaps onto T87F3467 dial to allow T87F Easy-to-See Thermostats with date 221886A those with limited hand strength or movement impairments to easily operate code after 9244 thermostat. Lever locking screws, No.4-40 x 1/4 in. (6 mm) self-tapping. T8082A, T8085 131181D Locking Cover replacement insert; beige. TG586A 202155A Program Pin Assembly. Includes two high temperature (red) program pins, and two low temperature (blue) program pins. T8082, T8085, T8182 4074DAY Program Pin Assembly. Includes two high temperature (red) program pins, and two low temperature (blue) program pins. T8090, T8095, T8190, T8195, TS8095, Y8095, Y8224 4074EPP Program Pin Assembly. Includes two high temperature (red) program pins, and two low temperature (blue) program pins. T8085R with ramp recovery 4074ELL Replacement remote temperature sensor; beige. T8611M7040, T8621A7044, T8621D7097 202905AA Remote Sensor; Premier White. T8611M7057, T8621A7069, T8621D7147 202905CA Shunt resistor. For use with Taco zone valves. T8000, T8400, T8500, T8600 Series 2000, T8700 powerstealing thermostats 4074FAB Setpoint range restriction stop. T8082, T8085, T8182 4074EBR Shunt resistor, 250 ohm, 10W. For low current draw compatibility. System powered Chronotherm III only. T8600 202394B 163 Thermostat Guards Tamper-Proof Protection for Commercial Buildings, Institutional Buildings and other High-Traffic Areas Honeywell Thermostat Guards Protect Your Investment... HVAC Dealers and Contractors: • In high-quality equipment • In energy savings • In building comfort Honeywell Thermostat Guards offer a low-cost way to protect your bottom line. They prevent tampering, which can damage thermostats or affect proper heating/cooling system performance. Controlling building expenses is an important way to control your bottom line. That’s why you invest in quality equipment—and select the most practical cycling patterns to save energy and maintain resident comfort. Why let a tamperer control your bottom line? Honeywell Thermostat Guards...Your Best Choice • Easily install in seconds. • Lock in place, covering set point levers and system switches. • Come equipped with heavy-duty key locks. You can help building owners/managers control costs. •Use a Honeywell thermostat guard with every thermostat installed in a public area. •Replace damaged guards. •Look for other problems: —Damage to thermostats —Obstructions near thermostats —Changes in geography —Changes in occupancy •Replace old or damaged thermostats. •Upgrade standard or economy thermostats to energy saving, programmable, or enhanced feature models. Honeywell thermostat guards are unobtrusive and attractive, blending into the decor. Each is designed to provide proper airflow around the thermostat for optimum performance. Honeywell thermostat guards are designed to work with many different thermostats. The following Thermostat Guard Reference Table is for your convenience when choosing the thermostat guard for your application. Thermostat Guard Reference Table Versaguard™ Universal Thermostat Guards Thermostat Custom Key Lock® Thermostat Guards TG509 TG510 TG511 TG512 TG587 TG504 TG586 Honeywell T87/Q539 Yes Yesa Versaguard™ Universal Thermostat Guards Thermostat TG509 TG510 TG511 TG512 TG587 TG504 TG586 T92 Yes T921 Yes Yes T410 Yes T7200 T451 Yes T7300/Q7300 Yes Yes T7400 Yes T8082/Q682 Yes Yes T8085/Q682 Yes Yes T8090/Q682 Yes T694 Yes T8112 Yes T810 Yes T8131 Yes T8132 Yes T498 T631 Yes T641 T651 T822 b Yes T834 T8195/Q682 Yesb T841 Yes T8400 Yes Custom Key Lock® Thermostat Guards Yes T8600 Yes Yes T8601 Yes Yes Yes T8602 Yes Yes T4098 Yes T8603 Yes Yes T4398 Yes T8611 Yes Yes T4600 Yes T8621 Yes Yes T4798 Yes T8624 Yes Yes T4800 Yes T8631 Yes Yes T6051A Yes W884 Yes T6052 Yes TP9600 Series Yes T7047 Yes TP970 Yes TP971 Yes TP972 Yes TP973 Yes TP974 Yes T874/Q674 Yesa T4039 T7660 T8034 T42 a b Yes Yes Yes Yes Use TG512 with thermostat that has dealer logo wallplate. Turn TG511 90 degrees to fit thermostat with dealer logo wallplate. 164 Yes continued next page Thermostat Guards Thermostat Guard Reference Table continued Thermostat Robertshaw TX-400 500 SERIES 300-610 300-620 300-625 300-630 300-642 Original T12 T13 T18 T19 T23 T27 T32 T33 T34 T35 Uniline TG509 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes TG509 Versaguard™ Universal Thermostat Guards TG510 TG511 TG512 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2211 2212 2214 2216 2218 Thermostat White Rodgers 1C-30 1C-31 1C-70 1D-30 1D-35 1D-36 1E-30 1E-31 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes TG509 Versaguard™ Universal Thermostat Guards TG510 TG511 TG512 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Thermostat 1E-35 1E-36 1E-56 1F-30 1F-56 1F-57 1F-58 1F-60 1F-62 1F-70 1F-72 1F-75 1F-76 1F-80 1F-90 1F-91 1F-92 1F-93 1F-94 1F-95 1F-97 Johnson T4002 T4100 T4506 T4756 T5002 Powers TH192 TH193 TH194 TT184 American Stabilis R-90 R-100 R-105 R-106 R-110 HP-1 HP-10 HP15/20/22 HP100 HP150/200/220 HP1000 HP1500/2000/3000 HP2001 SIMPLESTAT Columbus Electric RSH-420A RSV-420 HPC SERIES Seco TA-2000 Series TM-1000 TM-1400 a b TG509 Versaguard™ Universal Thermostat Guards TG510 TG511 TG512 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Home Controls and Systems Thermostat ITT General T199 T80 T90 T91 T330 SERIES T340 SERIES Carrier/B.D.P. Programmable Non-programmable Enerstat DSP100—DSP700 ET-52 HC-7 HP-1 K3-WN K4-W MS-1N HP-2 Slimline Family Versaguard™ Universal Thermostat Guards TG510 TG511 TG512 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Use TG512 with thermostat that has dealer logo wallplate. Turn TG511 90 degrees to fit thermostat with dealer logo wallplate. 165 Thermostat Guards Versaguard™ Universal Thermostat Guards . . . to protect any Commercial Thermostat Honeywell Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards are designed to cover a wide variety of thermostats. Choose clear plastic covers to allow display of temperature and settings, or opaque covers to completely hide the unit. One tough guard . . . Bend it, twist it, smack it or otherwise abuse a Honeywell Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guard and it just keeps on protecting the thermostat inside. These tough guards are designed to prevent individuals from “fiddling” with temperature settings and prevent thermostat damage in high impact areas. All exceed specifications for the Underwriters Laboratories Inc. “pry test” (UL873 54.1B), which requires that the guard remain closed upon a direct pull of 14 pounds in an attempt to pry off the cover. And all guards and their contents handily survive the UL87354.1C impact test, where a 2-in. diameter steel ball is dropped on the cover applying a minimum 1 foot-pound force. TG509; TG510; TG511; TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards Enclose and protect wall thermostats against tampering, damage and unauthorized adjustment of thermostat settings. TG509 TG510A • Unique double-wall construction provides extra measure of tamperresistance. • Available in three sizes—small, medium and large—to fit almost all thermostats. • Used in both new and existing applications. • Constructed of opaque polystyrene, clear acrylic, or beige painted steel. • Include opaque polystyrene wallplate, ring base, guard cover, tumbler lock, two keys and optional Honeywell logo insert. • Tamper-resistant lock; key cannot be removed without being in locked position. • All models mount vertically or horizontally on wall or exposed junction box. • Vents in guard base allow airflow for optimum thermostat performance. TG512 TG512B TG511D DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Inside Height Outside Width Height Width Depth Model Number in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. TG509F1003 4 102 2-7/8 73 5-1/2 140 3-5/8 92 2-1/8 mm 54 TG510A1001 4-7/16 113 4-7/16 113 5-7/8 149 5-7/8 149 2-1/2 64 TG510B1009 4-7/16 113 4-7/16 113 5-7/8 149 5-7/8 149 2-1/2 64 TG510D1005 4-7/16 113 4-7/16 113 5-11/16 144 5-11/16 144 2-7/16 62 TG511A1000 5-1/16 129 6-1/16 154 6-1/2 165 7-1/2 191 2-15/16 75 TG511B1008 5-1/16 129 6-1/16 154 6-1/2 165 7-1/2 191 2-15/16 75 TG511D1004 5-1/16 129 6-1/16 154 6-3/8 162 7-3/8 187 2-7/8 73 TG512A1009 5-7/8 149 8-3/8 213 7-1/4 184 9-3/4 248 3-3/8 86 TG512B1007 5-7/8 149 8-3/8 213 7-1/4 184 9-3/4 248 3-3/8 86 TG512D1003 5-7/8 149 8-3/8 213 7-1/8 180 9-5/8 244 3-1/4 83 REPLACEMENT PARTS AND ACCESSORIES: 191990A Replacement keys. continued next page 166 Thermostat Guards TG509; TG510; TG511; TG512 continued *TRADELINE models. Materials ORDER NUMBER TG509F1003 Size Mini TG509G1001 *TG510A1001 Guard Cover Ring Base Wallplate Use Witha Smoke colored Transparent N/A T7660, TP9600 Series, TP970, TP971, TP972, TP973, TP974, Others Opaque polystyrene T87/Q539, TP970 family, Others Opaque polycarbonate Opaque polycarbonate Clear acrylic Clear acrylic *TG510B1009 Opaque polystyrene Opaque polystyrene TG510D1005 Painted metal Opaque polystyrene *TG511A1000 Small Medium *TG511B1008 TG511D1004 *TG512A1009 Large Clear acrylic Clear acrylic Opaque polystyrene Opaque polystyrene T874/Q674, Others Painted metal Opaque polystyrene Clear acrylic Clear plastic T8600, T8090, Others TG512A1058b Opaque polystyrene Opaque polystyrene TG512D1003 Painted metal Opaque polystyrene a b Chronotherm IV Thermostats Opaque polystyrene T8600, T8090, Others Refer to table at beginning of Thermostat Guards section for other thermostat models that each thermostat guard can be used with. Cover has a hole for access to up/down buttons on thermostat. TG504 Key Lock® Covers for T874 Thermostats • Rugged molded plastic cover allows good airflow for proper system performance. • Y594D1354 Pack available. Includes: — T874D2031 Multistage Thermostat (same as T874D1165 less cover) — Q674E1049 Switching Subbase — TG504A1025 Custom Key Lock Cover TG504A1033 TG504A1025 Protect T874 thermostats and Q674 subbases, and Y594 thermostat/ subbase packages against damage and hinder tampering with thermostat settings and subbase switches. • Easy-to-install Key Lock cover replaces thermostat cover without removal or adjustment of thermostat. • No screws or mounting accessories are required. • Ideal for office areas, lobbies, stores, restaurants, clinics and other areas where protection of T874/Q674 is needed. This is a convenient, all-in-one package for new or replacement installations. The Custom Key Lock cover, replacing the standard T874 cover, protects against tampering and vandalism. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating Range: 55 F to 95 F (13 C to 35 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-7/16 in. (113 mm) high, 6-1/16 in. (154 mm) wide, 2-1/8 in. (113 mm) deep. REPLACEMENT PARTS: 195980A Keys (2) for Key Lock cover. 4074EDS Key and Clear Lens. *TRADELINE models. ORDER NUMBER Includes *TG504A1025 Tumbler lock, one key, and internal thermometera *TG504A1033 Tumbler lock, one key, internal and external thermometer. a Reads right to left. 167 Home Controls and Systems *TG512B1007 Opaque plastic Thermostat Guards TG586 Locking Cover • Replaces thermostat cover without removal or adjustment of the thermostat. • Allows display of subbase LEDs (light emitting diodes) on thermostat models with subbase LEDs. • Includes beige matte or Premier White locking cover, key and cover inserts. • Cover insert allows various display options. Protects T8600, T8601, T8602, T8611, T8621, and T8631 Microelectronic Chronotherm® III Thermostats against unauthorized adjustments of temperature settings. REPLACEMENT PARTS: 195980A Keys (2). 202155A Replacement Insert. *TRADELINE models. ORDER NUMBER Display Use With Finish *TG586A1000 —Time and temperature display and programming keys covered. —Visible time and temperature display. —Visible time and temperature display with access to PRESENT SETTING/WARMER/COOLER keys. T8600, T8601, T8602, T8603, T8611, T8621, T8624 Beige *TG586A1026 —Time and temperature display and programming keys covered. —Visible time and temperature display. —Visible time and temperature display with access to PRESENT SETTING/ WARMER/COOLER keys. T8600, T8601, T8602, T8611, T8621, T8624, T8631 Premier White TG587 Thermostat Guard • Helps maintain desired settings for energy savings and top system performance. • Black and satin chrome finish complements any interior decor. • Includes cover, guard ring and two keys. • Requires key for removal. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-1/32 in. (102 mm) diameter, 2 in. (51 mm) deep. REPLACEMENT PARTS: 4074CAS Keys (two). 190002 Wallplate, 6 in. (152 mm). 190877A Cover Replacement with window. 190877B Cover Replacement without window. TG587F1008 (Thermostat not included) Protects T87F thermostats and subbases against tampering, damage and unauthorized adjustment of settings. ORDER NUMBER Description Use With TG587F1008 Key Lock cover with window. TG587F1016 Key Lock cover without window. T87F1800, date code after 7626a T87F1826, date code after 7626a T87F1859, date code after 7626 T87F1867, date code after 8230 T87F2360, date code after 8230a T87F2782, date code after 8230 T87F2790, date code after 8230a T87F2816, date code after 8230a T87F2824, date code after 8230a T87F2873, date code after 7626a a Thermostat must be mounted on Q539 Subbase or 137421A,B Three-terminal Wallplate. 168 Thermostat Guards 23394B, 34297A,B Thermostat Guards for Commercial and Industrial Applications DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Model Number High in. (mm) Wide in. (mm) Deep in. (mm) 23394B 8 (203) 4-7/16 (113) 3-3/8 (86) 34297A,B 4-7/8 (124) 6-5/8 (169) 3-1/16 (78) ACCESSORIES:138541A Adapter Plate for mounting 23394B Guard on outlet box. 34297 23394 • Protect thermostats against tampering, damage and unauthorized adjustment of thermostat settings. • Made of cast aluminum for durability. Use With 23394B T42; T92; T451; T498; Locking Guard: cast aluminum with silver bronze finish. Guard includes mounting collar, locking T651; T4051; T6051; T6052 screw, Allen wrench, and four mounting screws. Part 138541A, Adapter plates, (order separately), fits guard collar for outlet box mounting. 34297A T498; T921 34297B Home Controls and Systems ORDER NUMBER Description Nonlocking Guard: cast aluminum; for direct wall mounting over thermostat. Nonlocking Guard: cast aluminum. Guard includes special adapter plate (part 34300) for outlet box, and four 5/32-inch Allen screws for mounting guard to adapter plate. 169 Building Controls and Systems The Building Control and Systems section provides electric and electronic equipment in control temperature, humidity, lighting and air-, water-, and steam-flow in large commercial buildings such as offices, schools, and hospitals. Auxiliary Equipment ................................................................................................................................................ 272 Dampers ................................................................................................................................................................. 277 Direct Digital Control Systems ................................................................................................................................ 281 Economizers ........................................................................................................................................................... 302 Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors ...................................................................................................... 313 Environmental Control Systems ............................................................................................................................. 326 Lighting Controls..................................................................................................................................................... 351 Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats .................................................................................................... 355 Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled .................................................................................................................. 367 Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted.................................................................................................................... 385 Motors and Actuators—Special Purpose................................................................................................................ 409 Motors and Actuators—Parts and Accessories ...................................................................................................... 413 Pressure Controllers ............................................................................................................................................... 415 Refrigeration ........................................................................................................................................................... 416 Remote Temperature Controllers ........................................................................................................................... 419 Step Controllers ...................................................................................................................................................... 438 Timers..................................................................................................................................................................... 440 Variable Frequency Drives ..................................................................................................................................... 442 Water and Steam Valves ........................................................................................................................................ 444 270 Honeywell Business Security Systems Running a business today is challenging enough without worrying about risks such as fire, burglary, theft and equipment failure. Honeywell is uniquely suited to offer building owners the most comprehensive security in the industry. Honeywell Security Systems can safeguard people and their property from risks. Honeywell offers a complete range of electronic security solutions. Automatic Fire Alarm Systems Honeywell’s Fire Alarm Systems can detect fire early, giving employees valuable time to escape and reduce the risk of property damage. Regardless of whether the building is occupied, a Honeywell Fire Alarm System can automatically signal our Customer Service Center to dispatch the fire department. In addition, the Honeywell-designed system meets local codes and may help reduce insurance costs. Video Surveillance A Honeywell Video Surveillance System is an effective method of watching buildings, protecting assets and providing personal safety. Honeywell offers a full range of cameras, monitors and switches for all types of indoor and outdoor applications. All components are designed to work together, so you have a smooth, affordable path for system growth. Video Surveillance Systems can integrate with our Burglar Alarm and/or Access Control Systems for complete, cost-effective and reliable security control. Installation and Service Installation and service of security will be provided by the trained security specialists from Honeywell Building Control. We Welcome Your Leads Earn $50 for each referral leading to a new Honeywell Building Security Sale (including monitoring agreement). Contact your local Honeywell representative for more details or call 1-800-345-6770, extension 2040. 271 Building Controls and Systems Burglar Alarm Systems Honeywell’s Intelliguard burglar alarm systems offer flexible protection against both internal and external theft. A wide range of features are available to accommodate the needs of different businesses. Features such as English Language displays, point identification and individually controlled security areas offer advanced security that adapts to the unique security needs of each building and its occupants, even as those needs change. The Honeywell Intelliguard systems offer complete protection from burglary, fire, hold-up and critical equipment failures for full cost-effective coverage. Access Control Systems When building owners need to control the movement of people into and within a building, and protect people, assets, and intellectual property, Honeywell has the solution. Honeywell Access Control Systems provide protection without inconveniencing employees or disrupting business. Whatever the needs, building owners receive a system tailored to their unique business needs that is reliable and easy to operate. Auxiliary Equipment H915 Proportional Humidity Controller • Used for humidifying/dehumidifying control applications of packaged air conditioner or central fan system in hotels, offices or any other buildings. • Desired set point can be easily locked at inside to prevent unauthorized change of setting. • Mounts with screws through holes in back of case. • Do not mount controller where it may be affected by vibration. • Not recommended for use in atmospheres of high chlorine content. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-9/16 in. (90 mm) high, 3-9/16 in. (90 mm) wide, 1-27/32 in. (47 mm) deep. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: 59 F to 99 F (15 C to 37 C). Provides proportional control of motorized sprays and cooling equipment for dehumidification. ORDER NUMBER Control Modes Humidity Ratings Humidity Ratings, Throttling Range H915A2014 Proportional; 135 ohm pot. 30 to 80% RH 12% RH fixed (at 50% RH) L4064 Airstat Fan Safety Cutoff Controller DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-1/4 in. (100 mm) high, 3 in. (76 mm) wide, 1-5/8 in. (41 mm) deep with reset switch. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: 32 F to 190 F (0 C to 88 C) maximum at switches; 350 F (177 C) at element. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Contacts: Manual reset fan safety cutoff switch. Provides shutdown of fan operation whenever duct temperature rises to a point that indicates the presence of a fire. • • • • • Used in all types of heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems. Mounts on system main return duct, ahead of the fresh air intake. Controller locks out to prevent premature return of fan operation. Must be manually reset before fan can resume operation. Mounts using rigid bracket, swivel bracket, or surface mount. Voltage Full Load 24 Vac 2A Locked Rotor — 120 Vac 8A 48A 240 Vac 4A 24A 0.25 to 12 Vdc 0.25A — Limit switch also rated at 125 VA at 480 Vac. ACCESSORIES: 129250AA Flange (rigid bracket). 32612A Swivel Bracket. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed. Dimensions, Temperature Rating, Temperature Rating, Ambient Insertion Element Operating Range (max) in. ORDER NUMBER Description L4064K1014 Spst switch breaks on 11-1/2 temperature rise, manual reset. Scale in degrees Fahrenheit. 272 mm F C F 292 50 to 165 10 to 74 190 at switch; 88 at switch; Surface, 350 at element 177 at element rigid or swivel bracket. C Mounting Auxiliary Equipment L6076 Changeover Aquastat® Controller DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Case: 2-11/16 in. (68 mm) long, 2-11/16 in. (68 mm) wide, 1-3/4 in. (44 mm) high. SWITCHING: Spdt. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: Leadwire length 24 in. (610 mm). INCLUDES: Case and cover. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Fluid: 210 F (99 C) max. • Compact controller connects to 5/8 in. copper tubing by removable spring clip. • Makes red to yellow on temperature rise to 89 F (32 C) nominal, makes red to blue or black on temperature fall to 62 F (17 C) nominal. L6076B switching. TEMPERATURE RISE 240 Vac Full Load 4.4A 2.2A Locked Rotor 26.4A 13.2A RED YELLOW 120 Vac Building Controls and Systems APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed. Canadian Standards Association Certified. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Contacts: BLUE OR BLACK Provides summer-winter change-over of thermostat in hydronic heating-cooling system. M17395 Pilot Duty—125 VA. ORDER NUMBER Description L6076B1023 Changeover Aquastat® controller. S437; S637 Sail Switches Responds to the air velocity in heating or warm air ducts. • Micro Switch™ snap-acting switch operated by aluminum sail inserted in air stream. • S437 makes an electrical circuit. • S637 makes a circuit and breaks another on increase in air velocity in forced air duct. • Suitable for farm crop dryers. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed. Canadian Standards Association Certified. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Case: 2-15/16 in. (59 mm) high, 3-3/4 in. (95 mm) wide, 2 in. (51 mm) deep. Insertion Length: 3-1/2 in. (89 mm). TEMPERATURE RATINGS: 150 F (66 C) max. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Contacts: 120 Vac 240 Vac Full Load 8.0A 5.1A Locked Rotor 48.0A 30.6A 2.0A at 24 Vac. 15.0A at 6 Vdc. 7.5A at 12 Vdc. Operating Velocity Dimensions, Approximate, Sail ORDER NUMBER Switching fpm m/s in. S437A1009 Spst 1900-2250 (contacts make) 9.7-11.4 (contacts make) 1x3 25 x 76 1-1/2 x 4 38 x 102 1x3 25 x 76 S437A1025 S637A1004 Spdt mm 273 Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors T7047Electronic Space Thermostats/Sensors • Thermistor sensing element. • Tamper proof T7047C models available. • Mount on wall or 2 x 4 in. vertical outlet box with screws provided. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE (FOR MODELS WITH THERMOMETER AND EXTERNAL SETTING LEVER): 4-5/8 in. (118 mm) high, 3-5/8 in. (93 mm) wide, 1-5/16 in. (33 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: S963B1003 Remote Set Point Potentiometer, 360 ohm, for T7047C1009. S963B1037 Remote Set Point Potentiometer, 480 ohm, for T7047C1025 only. 193120A Universal Wallplate for junction box mounting. 190389A Cover with Thermostat Available only through Honeywell Authorized Commercial Wholesalers and Honeywell Authorized Distributors. Sensor, Resistance a ORDER NUMBER Application T7047A1029 2-wire electronic thermostat; 60-90 1420 ohms nominal 1420 ohms nominal Under cover setpoint; includes thermometer. F (15-32 C) setpoint. at 75 F. at 24 C. Exposed setpoint; includes thermometer. T7047A1078 F C Remarks T7047A1086 Under cover setpoint; less thermometer. T7047B1019 3-wire sensor; for use with M7044, 1695 ohms nominal 1695 ohms nominal Under cover setpoint; less thermometer. M7045. 60-90 F (15-32 C) at 75 F. at 24 C. setpoint. T7047C1009 Remote 2-wire sensor; for use with M7044, M7045 in applications. Remote setpoint adjustment required. 60-90 F (15-32 C) setpoint. T7047C1025 Remote 2-wire sensor; for use with 1420 ohms nominal 1420 ohms nominal Use with S963B1037 for remote setpoint. Use at 75 F. at 24 C. with T7067B1006 (W973 applications). W973 single zone system, T7300A,B, T7400B. T7047C1082 Remote 2-wire sensor; use with T7080 multizone circuit only. 22800 ohms nominal at 77 F. 22800 ohms nominal at 25 C. Use with T7080B1017 in W7080 multizone applications. Less thermometer. Use with T7300A,B or T7400B. T7047C1090 Sensor Housing only. Less sensor. Less sensor. Use with 194950B Sensor supplied with W9076A and T775. T7047C1140 Remote 2-wire sensor; for use with 20K ohm nominal Excel 600, 500, 100, 80. at 77 F. 20K ohm nominal at 25 C. Premier White for use with Excel 80, 100, 500 and 600. T7047C1165 Remote 2-wire sensor; for use with 1420 ohms nominal 1420 ohms nominal Use with Premier White T7300 and light gray Premier White T7300 and light at 75 F. at 24 C. Q7300. gray Q7300. T7047C2007 2-wire sensor. Without setpoint. Taupe finish. T7047G1000 Remote 2-wire sensor; for use with 710 ohms nominal T7300. at 75 F. 710 ohms nominal at 24 C. Two sensors must be used to average four temperatures in one averaging sensor network. T7047G1018 Remote 2-wire sensor; for use with 710 ohms nominal Premier White T7300 and light at 75 F. gray Q7300. 710 ohms nominal at 24 C. Premier White. Two sensors must be used to average four temperatures in one averaging sensor network. T7047H1008 Platinum temp. sensor, no setting mechanism. (PT1000) a Resistance 316 increases as temperature falls. Remote setpoint adjustment. Use S963B1003 Remote Setpoint Potentiometer. Less thermometer. 1420 ohms at 75 F. 1420 Ohms at 24 C. Use with Series 70 control systems. 1097 ohms at 77 F. 1097 ohms at 25 C. For use with Excel 500; less thermometer. Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors T7660 Space Temperature Sensors • • • • Use with the W7620 Single Zone and VAV Control Systems or the W7600 Commercial Zoning System. • Platinum sensor. • User-friendly override, setpoint, and LED options. • Tamper resistant. Fahrenheit or Celsius units available. Screw terminal connections. Mount on wall or on 2 x 4 in. electrical box. Removable 500 ohms LED dropping resister. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Sensing Range: 32 F to 120 F (0 C to 49 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-3/16 in. (81 mm) high, 2 in. (51 mm) wide, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: 14001496-001 Adaptor Plate for mounting on 2 x 4 junction box. Included with T7660D. 14002136-005 Trim Plate, beige. 14002136-004 Trim Plate, black. 14001608-001 Mounting Ring, black. Building Controls and Systems Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. Temperature Ratings, Setting Range Sensor, Resistance ORDER NUMBER F C F C T7660A1017 — — 3484 ohms nominal at 77 F 3484 ohms nominal at 25 C 60 to 90 15 to 32 T7660B1015 T7660C1021 T7660D1029 Override Bypass Status Indication Remarks — — Sensor only. Override bypass with momentary contact. LED LED and pushbutton. Setpoint adjustment dial in Fahrenheit. Configurable sensor, contains a T7660C1021 plus the scale plate and switch parts required to configure a T7660A or T7660B sensor. New! T7560 Digital Wall Module • 2 models configurable to cover all applications • Available Humidity sensor (B model) • Intuitive and easy to operate design The T7560 Digital Wall Module is a direct wired wall module for use with Excel 600, 500, 100, and Excel 10 Series 2000 controllers. Includes setpoint wheel, override buttons, and LCD display for temperature, setpoint, fan status, and/or humidity. Order Number APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: per UL Standard 916. NEC Corporation Class II. CE. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating Range: 32 to 104 F (0 to 40 C). Shipping Range: -40 to +140F (-40 to +60 C). Setpoint Adjustment Range: 55 to 85 F (12 to 30 C). HUMIDITY RATINGS: 5% to 90% noncondensing. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-1/8 in. (104mm) high, 3-15/16 (99mm) wide, 1-3/16 in. (30mm) deep. Description T7560A1018 Digital Wall module T7560B1016 Digital Wall module with Humidity sensor 317 Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors T7750 Wall Modules • Models available with setpoint adjustment. • Models available with occupied/unoccupied override. T7750A T7750B T7750D T7750C Temperature sensors for use with Excel 10 Series 1000 Controllers. • Integral linearized 20K ohm NTC thermistor. • Vertical Mounting. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating Range: 45 to 99 F (7 to 37 C). HUMIDITY RATINGS: 5 to 95% RH (non-condensing). SENSOR: Resistance Nominal: 8K ohm at 77 F (25 C). Accuracy: 1.0 F (0.55 C) from 45 F (7 C) to 99 F (37 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-5/32 in. (80 mm) wide, 5-1/32 in. (128 mm) high, 1-19/32 in. (41 mm) deep. FINISH: High Profile White. Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. ORDER NUMBER Setpoint Adjustment Override Bypass E-Bus Network Connection Comments T7750A1000 — — Yes — T7750B1008 Yes — Yes Scale degrees F Absolute T7750C1006 Yes Occupied/Unoccupied Yes Scale degrees F Absolute T7750D1004 — Occupied/Unoccupied Yes — T7770 Wall Modules Direct wired wall modules for use with Honeywell Excel 600, 500, 100, 80, 20, and Excel 10 Series 2000 Controller. • Models with setpoint adjustment. • Models with occupied/unoccupied override bypass with LED. • Models with 3-position (Auto/Off/On) or 5-position (Auto/Off/1/2/3 speed) fan switch. • Models with or without Honeywell logo. • E-Bus jack on all models except low cost T7770A1006, T7770A1014. • Locking cover on all models. • Operating range 45 to 99 F (7 to 37 C). • UL 94-5V rated. APPROVALS: NEC Corporation Class II. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: 916 Energy Management Standard. Canadian Standards Association Listed. SENSOR: Operating Range: 45 to 99 F (10 to 37.2 C). TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating Range: 45 to 99 F (7.2 to 37.2 C). Shipping Range: 40 to 150 F (-40 to 65 C). HUMIDITY RATINGS: Operating Range: 5% to 95% RH, noncondensing. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-1/32 (128 mm), 3-5/32 (80 mm), 1 in. (25 mm). MOUNTING: The T7770 can be mounted on a standard two by four inch junction box or on a 60 mm diameter junction box. Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. ORDER NUMBER Temperature Ratings, Setting Range Scale Override Bypass Switch Positions, Fan T7770A1006 — Absolute — — T7770A2004 — Absolute — — T7770B1004 55 to 85 F Absolute — — T7770B1020 10 to 35 C Absolute — — — — T7770B1046 +/- Relative T7770C1002 55 to 85 F Absolute Occupied/Unoccupied Button and LED — T7770C1028 10 to 35 C Absolute Occupied/Unoccupied Button and LED — Occupied/Unoccupied Button and LED — Occupied/Unoccupied Button and LED — a T7770C1044 +/- Relative T7770D1000 — Absolute a continued next page 318 Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors T7770 continued ORDER NUMBER Temperature Ratings, Setting Range Scale Override Bypass Switch Positions, Fan T7770E1023 10 to 35 C Absolute Occupied/Unoccupied Button and LED 3 Position - Auto/Off/On T7770E1049 +/-a Relative Occupied/Unoccupied Button and LED 3 Position - Auto/Off/On T7770F1005 55 to 85 F Absolute Occupied/Unoccupied Button and LED 5 Position - Auto/Off/1/2/3 T7770F1021 10 to 35 C Absolute Occupied/Unoccupied Button and LED 5 Position - Auto/Off/1/2/3 T7770F1047 +/-a Relative Occupied/Unoccupied Button and LED 5 Position - Auto/Off/1/2/3 T7770G1003 — Absolute Occupied/Unoccupied Button and LED 5 Position - Auto/Off/1/2/3 a Relative scale, no absolute temperature indications. C7600 Solid State Humidity Sensors Model Number C7600A,C C7600B Used with any controller capable of processing a 4-20 mA or 2-10 Vdc signal. • Provide humidity sensing through a long-lasting thick-film capacitive polymide sensing element that is both accurate and stable over time. • Vents in top cover provide for airflow to humidity sensing element inside. • Mounts easily because of compact size and lightweight construction. • Remains operational after exposure to all outdoor air humidity extremes. Time Constant a C7600A 6 mn. C7600B 2 mn. C7600C 2 mn. a The time constant (63.2% of a step change) is determined at 75 F (24 C) in an air velocity of 200 fpm (1.02 m/s) and will change inversely by a factor of two for every 18 F (10 C) change. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: C7600A,C: 3-7/8 in (46 mm) wide, 3-5/32 in. (80 mm) high, 1 in. (25 mm) deep. C7600B: 2 in. (51 mm) wide, 3-1/4 in. (83 mm) high, 1-5/8 in. (41 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES:4074EME Wallplate kit for C7600B only. Required for outlet box mounting, may be used with wallmount. Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. ORDER NUMBER Mounting Electrical Ratings, Power Supply Control Signal C7600A1002 Duct mount 18-24 Vdc C7600B1000 Wall mount C7600B1018 Junction box C7600C1008 Duct mount Electrical Connections Use With 4-20 mA inversely proportional Two 1/4 in. (6 mm) quickconnect terminals. W7600 20-32 Vac or 16-28 Vdc 2-10 Vdc directly proportional Three 22-gauge wires. XL15; XL10: CVAHU (models B &C), Unit Vent and RIO; XL600/XL500; XL100/XL80; MacroCel/ MicroCel/W7620; W7600; Excel Plus; H775 18-24 Vdc 4-20 mA directly proportional Two 1/4 in. (6 mm) quickconnect terminals XL15; XL10: CVAHU (models B &C), Unit Vent and RIO; H775; W7600 319 Building Controls and Systems TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating Range: 32 F to 125 F (0 C to 52 C). Shipping Range: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C). HUMIDITY RATINGS Operating: 10 to 90% relative humidity. Accuracy: 5% at calibration. TIME CONSTANT: Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors H7620; H7621; H7630; H7631 Humidity Transducer • Short circuit and reverse polarity protected. • Conforms to EMC standards EN50082-1/EN55014/EN60730-1. ACCURACY: ±2%/±3% RH. RANGE: 0-100% RH. HYSTERESIS: ±1%. SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 12-40 Vdc, 12-35 Vac (Vdc output units only). SUPPLY CURRENT: Vdc units - 10 mA max. mA units - 20 mA max. ENCLOSURE: 18 Ga C.R. Steel NEAM 4 (IP-65) or ABS plastic. FINISH: Baked on enamel - PMS2GR88B - Duct mount. Off-white. CONFORMANCE: EMC standards EN50082-1 (1992) EN55014 (1993)/ EN60730-1 (1992). COMPENSATED TEMPERATURE RANGE: -30 F to +130 F (-35 C to +55 C). ENVIRONMENTAL: 10 - 90% RH noncondensing. TERMINATION: Unpluggable screw terminal block. WIRE SIZE: 12 Ga max. LOAD IMPEDANCE: 3 Kohm max at 40 Vdc (mA output units) 1 Kohm min (Vdc output units). This is an extremely fast, stable and accurate humidity transducer designed for harsh environments. The polymer capacitance sensor is not affected by harsh contaminants, condensation, fog, or extremely high humidity over a prolonged period of time. • • • • • • • • • Ultra-fast response polymer capacitance sensor. Not affected by condensation, fog, high humidity or contaminants. Highly accurate, repeatable, stable output with negligible hysteresis. Wide 12-40 Vdc/12-35 Vac unregulated supply voltage. Two temperature compensated output versions, 4-20 mA 2-wire or field selectable 0-5 Vdc/0-10 Vdc 3-wire. Non-interacting zero and span trimmers. NIST traceable ±2% or ±3% calibration. Two enclosure types NEMA 4 (IP-65) duct mount or aesthetically appealing ABS plastic wall mount. Directly proportional output. OS Numbering System • 2—2% RH accuracy • 3—3% RH accuracy • 0—4 to 20 mA • 1—0 to 10 Vdc (or 0 to 5 Vdc) • A—Wall Mount • B—Duct Mount • C—Duct Mount (with temperature sensor) H7620Axxxx ORDER NUMBER RH% Accuracy Mounting H7620A1003 2% Wall Mount H7621A1002 H7630A1001 3% 2% Use with — Compatible with 21 Vdc power supply available with XL15, XL10: CVAHU (models B and C), Unit Vent, and RIO 4 to 20 mAa Duct Mount 4 to 20 mAa 0 to 5 Vdc or 0 to 10 Vdcc 3% H7631B1008 4 to 20 mAa 0 to 5 Vdc or 0 to 10 Vdcc H7621C1008 2% H7631C1006 3% a Temperature Sensor 0 to 5 Vdc or 0 to 10 Vdcc H7621B1000 H7630B1009 4 to 20 mA a 0 to 5 Vdc or 0 to 10 Vdcc H7631A1000 H7620B1001 Output Signal M18271 20K ohm at 77 Fb 4 to 20 mA 2-wire sensors may be used with H775. Dual humidity/temperature models require 3 wires for humidity and an additional 2 wires for temperature sensing. c 0 to 10 VDC 3-Wire sensors may be used with R7246D (Flextronic). b 320 Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors H7011A Humidity, H7011B Humidity and Temperature Duct Sensors Duct mounted, capacitance type relative humidity duct sensor. • • • • • Capacitance type sensing element. Wide sensing range. Temperature indication sensor, H7011B only. Discharge or return air control. Usable as high limit control for steam humidification. Temperature Ratings, Sensing Range ORDER NUMBER Humidity Ratings, Operating Temperature Sensor Type F C H7011A1000 5 to 95% RH — — — H7011B1008 PT1000 32 to 122 0 to 50 H7011B1016 Balco 500 H7012A Humidity; H7012B Humidity and Temperature Room Sensors Wall mounted, capacitance type relative humidity room sensor. • Capacitance type sensing element. • Wide sensing range. • Temperature indication sensor, H7012B only. ELECTRICAL RATINGS:24V +20%, -30%, 50/60 Hz; or 24 to 40 Vdc 20 mA at 24V. TEMPERATURE RATINGS:Ambient Range:32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C). HUMIDITY RATINGS: Operating: 5 to 95% RH (non-condensing). Output Ranges: 0 to 1 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc. Output Impedance: 1V range: 183 ohms. 10V range: 274 ohms. Sensitivity: 1V range: 10 mV/% RH. 10V range: 100 mV/% RH. Accuracy: 5 to 10% RH: ±10%. 10 to 30% RH: ±5%. 30 to 70% RH: ±3%. 70 to 90% RH: ±5%. 90 to 95% RH: ±10%. Response Time: τ0.5 = 35s. TEMPERATURE SENSOR (H7012B only): Resistance: Pt 1000: 1000 ohms at 32 F (0 C). BALCO: 500 ohms at 74 F (23.3 C). Sensitivity: Pt 1000: 2.14 ohms/ F (3.85 ohms/ K). BALCO: 1.1 ohms/ F (2 ohms/ K). Response Time: τ0.5 = 2.5 min. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-3/16 in (80 mm) wide, 5-1/8 in. (130 mm) high, 1-11/32 in. (34 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES:14507393-001: Wall Mount Plate, adapts sensor to 2 in. x 4 in. electrical junction box. Package of ten plates. Temperature Ratings, Sensing Range ORDER NUMBER Humidity Ratings, Operating Temperature Sensor Type F C H7012A1009 5 to 95% RH — — — H7012B1007 PT1000 32 to 122 0 to 50 H7012B1015 Balco 500 321 Building Controls and Systems ELECTRICAL RATINGS:24V +20%, -30%, 50/60 Hz; or 24 to 40 Vdc 20 mA at 24V. TEMPERATURE RATINGS:Operating Range: 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C). TEMPERATURE SENSOR (H7001E only): Resistance: Pt 1000: 1000 ohms at 32 F (0 C). BALCO: 500 ohms at 74 F (23.3 C). Sensitivity: Pt 1000: 2.14 ohms/ F (3.85 ohms/ K). BALCO: 1.1 ohms/ F (2 ohms/ K). Response Time:τ0.5 = 2.5 min. HUMIDITY RATINGS: Operating: 5 to 95% RH (non-condensing). Output Ranges: 0 to 1 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc. Output Impedance: 1V range: 183 ohms. 10V range: 274 ohms. Sensitivity: 1V range: 10 mV/% RH. 10V range: 100 mV/% RH. Accuracy: 5 to 10% R: 10%. 10 to 30% RH: 5%. 30 to 70% RH: 3%. 70 to 90% RH: 5%. 90 to 95% RH: 10%. Response Time:τ0.5 = 35s. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:3-3/16 in (80 mm) wide, 4-22/32 in. (120 mm) high, 12-15/16 in. (378 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: 14507393-001: Wall Mount Plate, adapts sensor to 2 in. x 4 in. electrical junction box. Package of ten plates. Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors P7610 Differential Pressure Sensors P7610B P7610C,E P7610D The P7610 Differential Pressure Sensors use a glass-on silicon (GlSi) capacitance sensor to measure very low pressure to control temperature-related zero drift, calibration shift from overpressure, non-repeatability and non-linearity. The sensors offer reliable, accurate measurement and control of building/room pressure, air flow, duct pressure, filter pressure drop and other extremely low pressure applications. • 100 percent solid-state, micro-machined, glass-on-silicon, ultra-stable pressure sensor. • Up to 10 PSID overpressure without zero shift. • Wide 12-40 Vdc, 12-35 Vac (3-wire, 0-10/0-5 Vdc only) unregulated supply voltage. • Short circuit and reverse polarity protected. • Conforms to EMC standards EN50082-1/EN55014/EN60730-1. • Non-interacting zero and span trimmers. • NIST traceable calibration. P7610B,C: • As low as +0.125 in. w.c. (+31 Pa). • Can resolve less than 0.00001 in. w.c. (0.00025 Pa). • Up to six field-selectable ranges in one unit. • Non-interacting zero and span trimmers. • Two rugged steel enclosures; NEMA 4 (IP-65) (P7610B), or panel mount (P7610C), for easy installation. • 4-20 mA, 2-wire, temperature-compensated output. P7610D: • Duct pressure transducer and static pressure probe integrated into one unit. • Up to three field-selectable ranges available in a single unit. • Rugged NEMA 4 (IP-65) enclosure with external mounting bracket. • 4-20 mA, 2-wire, temperature-compensated output. P7610E: • As low as +0.125 in. w.c. (+31 Pa). • Can resolve less than 0.00001 in. w.c. (0.00025 Pa). • Up to six field-selectable ranges in one unit. • 3-wire, 0-10 Vdc (or 0-5 Vdc) output. • 12-35 Vac (or 12-40 Vdc), supply voltage. • Panel mount. IMPORTANT: The specifications given in this publication do not include normal manufacturing tolerances. Therefore, this unit may not exactly match the listed specifications. Also, this product is tested and calibrated under closely controlled conditions, and some minor differences in performance can be expected if those conditions are changed. APPROVALS: P7610B,C,D,E: EMC Standards EN5008201 (1992), EN55014 (1993), and EN60730-1 (1992). P7610B,C,D,E: European Community Mark (CE). ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Supply Voltage: 12 to 40 Vdc, 12-35 Vac (0-10/0-5 Vdc models). Supply Current: 20 mA maximum (mA units), 10 mA maximum (Vdc units). Load Impedance: 1.6K ohm maximum at 40 Vdc. ACCURACY: +1% Full scale. OVERPRESSURE RATING: 10 psid. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating: 0 F to 175 F (-18 C to +80 C). Compensated: 25 F to 150 F (-4 C to +65 C). Thermal Coefficient Error: ±0.0125% F (±.02%/ C). HUMIDITY RATING: 10 to 90% RH, non-condensing. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: Wire Size: 12 AWG maximum. Termination: Unpluggable screw terminal block. WEIGHT: NEMA 4 (IP-65) Enclosure: 1.0 lb. (.45 kg). Panel Mount: 0.5 lb (.25 kg). MEDIA COMPATIBILITY: Clean dry air or any inert gas. FINISH: Baked on enamel. ACCESSORIES: 32003169-001 Static Pressure Probe 4 in. insertion length, for use with P7610B,C,E (standard on D models). ORDER NUMBER Description Use With P7610B1012 4-20 mA output signal; 2-wire P7610B1020 4-20 mA output signal; 2-wire Compatible with 21 Vdc power supply available with XL15, XL10:CVAHU (models B and C), Unit Vent, and RIO P7610B1038 4-20 mA output signal; 2-wire P7610C1002 4-20 mA output signal; 2-wire P7610C1010 4-20 mA output signal; 2-wire P7610C1028 4-20 mA output signal; 2-wire P7610D1000 4-20 mA output signal; 2-wire P7610D1018 4-20 mA output signal; 2-wire P7610E1007 3-wire; 0-10 Vdc (or 0-5 Vdc) 322 Compatible with 21 Vdc power supply available with XL15, XL10:CVAHU (models B and C), Unit Vent, and RIO; and R7426D (Flextronic) Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors Sensor/System Compatibility Other Systems W7080 W973 MicroCel W7620 XL 10 W7751B,D,F,H; W7750A,B; W7752D,E,F,G; W7753A 2000 series XL10 W7751 A,C,E,G 1000 Series Comments XL15 Sensor XL100 OS # XL600/XL500d To be Used With Immersion and Insertion Sensors 1772 NTC 5 in C7031B1033 20K NTC Non-linear 5 in Yes Yes Yes e C7031C1031 20K NTC Non-linear 18 in. Yes Yes Yes e Yes C7031D1005 1977 NTC 5 in. C7031D1021 1717 NTC 8 in. C7031D1062 20K NTC Non-linear 5 in. Yes Yes Yes e Yes C7031D1070 PT1000 5 in. Yes a C7046A1004 3K NTC 8 in. Yes C7046A1038 3K NTC 12 in. Yes C7046B1010 22.8K NTC 6 in. C7046C1000 3K NTC 8 in. C7046D1008 PT1000 8 in. C7150B1006 3K NTC duct surface C7170A1010 PT3000 capsule type Yes b Yes Yes Yes f W 7100 Yes Yes a Yes c Yes Yes c Yes W 7459, W 6210, W 7210, W 7215 Yes C7170B1000 PT1000 capsule type C7750A3006 20K NTC Linear 6 in. Yes C7770A1006 20K NTC Non-linear 6 in. T7022A1002 1420 NTC@ 75F 2.75 in. Yes T7022A1010 1420 NTC@ 75F 2.75 in. Yes C7650A1001 10 - 20m A for use with W 7459, W 6210, W 7210, W 7215 C7130A1001 PT3000 Sensor Yes b Yes c Yes Yes C7130A1019 PT3000 Sensor Yes b Yes c Yes Yes C7130B1009 PT1000 Sensor Yes a Yes c T7047A1029 1420 NTC@ 75F Sensor Yes T7047A1078 1420 NTC@ 75F with setpoint Yes T7047A1086 1420 NTC@ 75F with setpoint Yes T7047B1019 1700 NTC with setpoint and thermometer M 7044, M 7045 T7047C1009 1695 NTC with setpoint M 7044, M 7045 T7047C1025 1420 NTC@ 75F with setpoint T7047C1082 22.8K NTC Sensor Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes T7300 Wall Sensors Yes T7300/ Q 7300 Yes continued next page 323 Building Controls and Systems C7031B1009 Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors Sensor/System Compatibility continued Other Systems W7080 W973 MicroCel W7620 XL 10 W7751B,D,F,H; W7750A,B; W7752D,E,F,G; W7753A 2000 series XL10 W7751 A,C,E,G 1000 Series Comments XL15 Sensor XL100 OS # XL600/XL500d To be Used With Wall Sensors continued T7047C1090 less sensor and resistor wall m ount enclosure T775, T7079 T7047C1140 20K NTC Non-linear Sensor T7047C1165 1420 NTC Sensor Yes Yes T7047G 1000 710 NTC Sensor Yes Yes T7047G 1018 710 NTC Sensor Yes Yes T7047H1008 1097 NTC Sensor T7147A1002 1420 NTC@ 75F with override for T7300/Q 7300 T7300/ Q 7300 T7147A1010 1420 NTC@ 75F with override for T7300/Q 7300 T7300/ Q 7300 T7147A1028 1420 NTC@ 75F with override for T7300/Q 7300 T7300/ Q 7300 T7147A1069 1420 NTC@ 75F with override for T7300/Q 7300 T7300/ Q 7300 T7147A1077 1420 NTC@ 75F with override for T7300/Q 7300 T7300/ Q 7300 T7147A1085 1420 NTC@ 75F with override for T7300/Q 7300 T7560A1018 20K NTC Non-linear Digital display with setpoint, occ/unocc Yes Yes Yes Yes T7560B1016 20K NTC non-linear/hum idity Digital display with Setpoint, 0-10 Vdc occ/unocc, hum idity Yes Yes Yes Yes T7660A1017 PT3000 Sensor Yes b Yes c Yes Yes T7660B1015 PT3000 occ/unocc w/LED Yes b Yes c Yes Yes T7660C1021 PT3000 setpoint and occ/unocc w/LED Yes b Yes c Yes Yes T7660D1029 PT3000 configurable as A or B Yes b Yes c Yes Yes T7750A1000 20K NTC Linear Sensor Yes T7750B1008 20K NTC Linear with setpoint Yes T7750C1006 20K NTC Linear with setpoint, occ/unocc w/LED Yes T7750D1004 20K NTC Linear occ/unocc w/LED T7770A1006 20K NTC Non-linear Sensor T7770A2004 20K NTC Non-linear Sensor Yes Yes Yes Yes T7770B1004 20K NTC Non-linear with setpoint Yes Yes Yes Yes T7770B1046 20K NTC Non-linear with setpoint Yes Yes Yes Yes T7770C1002 20K NTC Non-linear with setpoint, occ/unocc w/LED Yes Yes Yes Yes T7770C1028 20K NTC Non-linear with setpoint, occ/unocc w/LED Yes Yes Yes Yes T7770C1044 20K NTC Non-linear with setpoint, occ/unocc w/LED Yes Yes Yes Yes T7770D1000 20K NTC Non-linear occ/unocc w/LED Yes Yes Yes Yes T7770E1007 20K NTC Non-linear setpoint, occ/unocc w/LED, 3 spd fan control Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes T7080B Yes Yes T7300/ Q 7300 W 9076A, T775 T775, W 7100 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes continued next page 324 Electronic Temperature and Humidity Sensors Sensor/System Compatibility continued Other Systems W7080 W973 MicroCel W7620 XL 10 W7751B,D,F,H; W7750A,B; W7752D,E,F,G; W7753A 2000 series XL10 W7751 A,C,E,G 1000 Series Comments XL15 Sensor XL100 OS # XL600/XL500d To be Used With Wall Sensors continued 20K NTC Non-linear with setpoint, occ/unocc w/ LED, 3 spd fan control Yes Yes Yes Yes T7770F1005 20K NTC Non-linear with setpoint, occ/unocc w/ LED, 5 spd fan control Yes Yes Yes Yes T7770F1021 20K NTC Non-linear with setpoint, occ/unocc w/ LED, 5 spd fan control Yes Yes Yes Yes T7770F1047 20K NTC Non-linear with setpoint, occ/unocc w/ LED, 5 spd fan control Yes Yes Yes Yes T7770G 1003 20K NTC Non-linear occ/unocc w/LED and 5 spd fan Yes control Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes W 7750; W 7753 only Outdoor Air Temperature Sensors C7031F1000 947 NTC Sensor C7031F1018 20K NTC Non-linear Sensor Yes Yes C7031F1026 PT1000 Sensor Yes a Yes c C7031G 1016 1750 NTC Sensor Averaging Sensors C7031J1050 20K NTC Non-linear 144 in. Yes Yes C7031J1068 PT1000 144 in. Yes a Yes c C7100A1015 PT3000 Sampling tube Yes b Yes c Yes C7100B1013 22.8K NTC Sampling tube C7100C1003 PT3000 Sampling tube Yes b Yes c Yes C7100D1001 PT1000 Sampling tube Yes a Yes c Yes Yes Yes T775 Strap On Sensors C7031K1017 20K NTC Non-linear Sensor Yes; Yes Yes Yes M 7044, M 7045 C7031K1025 PT1000 Sensor Yes a Yes c C7170A1002 PT3000 capsule type or strap-on Yes Yes Yes Yes T775 C7170A1010 PT3000 capsule type or strap-on Yes Yes Yes Yes T775 C7170B1000 PT1000 capsule type or strap-on Yes Yes M 7044, M 7045 Yes a PT1000 Sensors require an XF521A or XF528 AI Module and cannot be used with the XF521. Requires XF526 AI Module. c PT3000, Balco, and PT1000 Sensors require the XSI 100 to interface with the XL80/100B. d Custom sensor curve input allows use of almost any sensor. e Outdoor use not recommended. f Space temperature use not recommended. g Requires Zone Manager. h Indoor use not recommended. i Refer to your controller specifications or your configuration software for latest sensor compatibility. b 325 Building Controls and Systems T7770E1049 Environmental Control Systems W973 Electronic Single Zone System Component Selection continued Description Functions Quantity Required per System D640, D641, D642, D643, D642LS, D643LS Low or Ultra Low Leakage Dampers. To facilitate outdoor air intake with low leakage. As required M9184, M9185 Proportioning Spring-return Economizer Actuator Motor. Operates outdoor air, return air and/or exhaust air dampers. As required Q605 Damper Linkage. Mechanically links actuator to single or multiple damper configuration. As required Q209F Motor-mounted Minimum Position Potentiometer. Provides adjustment for outdoor air minimum position to assure oxygen replenishment. As required H205 or H705 Enthalpy Changeover Control. Solid State Enthalpy Changeover Control. Determines suitability of outdoor air for free cooling. 1 C7400A Solid State Enthalpy Sensor For differential changeover control. As required 675A Compressor Low Ambient Limit Control Compressor protection. 1 T675A Morning Warmup Thermostat. Holds outdoor air damper closed until air temperature approaches space temperature setpoint during occupied mode. 1 T675A Heating High Limit. Protects heating equipment from overheating should air flow be lost. 1 AT20, AT120 20 VA Transformer. System component power supply. As required AT72, AT140 40 VA Transformer. System component power supply. As required AT88, AT175 75 VA Transformer. System component power supply. As required 1 Building Controls and Systems Model Number Optional Components: S6005, S7005 Occupied/Unoccupied Timing Mechanism (to be used with W974). Occupied/unoccupied changeover system adjustment. W974 Setback Panel. Initiates heat setback, cool lockout; fan cycling with heat/cool; 1 W974B closes outdoor air dampers. W975 Satellite Sequencer. Expands staging capability. W950 System Supervisor. Provides annunciation of system operational conditions (six or 1 four indicator lamps). M9184 Proportioning Valve Actuator Motor Operates valve for modulated heating or cooling. (non-spring return). As required Q5001 Valve Linkage. Mechanically links actuator motor to valve. As required V5011 2-Way Valve. 2-position or modulated control of steam and water in heating/ As required cooling systems. V5013 3-Way Mixing or Diverting Valve. Modulated control of steam and water in heating/cooling systems. V5051 2-Way Cage Valve. 2-position or modulated control of steam and water in heating/ As required cooling systems requiring tight closeoff. V5047 2-Way Double Seated Globe Valve. 2-position or modulated control of high-pressure steam and water where positive final shutoff is not required. S963D Thermostat Simulator. Simulates signal from thermostat/transmitter to allow checkout 1 and troubleshooting of control system at W973 location. 4074EAC Resistor Kit. Required for use of M7364/M7164/M7384/M7184/M7385/ M7186/M7685/M7185 actuator motors with W973. As required 4074EAU Resistor Kit. Required for unison operation of multiple M9184/M9185 actuator motors with W973. As required 4074EAE Resistor Kit. Required to allow independent economizer low limit operation 1 per W973 when one T7067 drives multiple W973 Logic Panels. 191444B W973/W975 Case and Cover. Required when suitable wiring enclosure is not available. As required As required As required 1 per W973/W975 327 Environmental Control Systems W973 Logic Panels • C7046A sensor located in discharge air duct provides heating/cooling anticipation and economizer modulating low limit signal. • System cycles all stages off on power interruption. • When power is restored, system sequences required stages on with timed interstage delay. Control heating, cooling and economizer operation in commercial air conditioning and heat pump equipment. • Proven, reliable temperature control. • Many flexible versions to meet your application needs. • Panels can be used with staged gas, oil, or electric heat; modulating gas, hot water, or steam heat; and direct expansion or modulating chilled water cooling. • Control up to 3 on-off heat or cool stages or up to 10 on-off heat and/or cool stages using W975 Satellite Sequencers. • Modulating dc current signal controls economizer heating or cooling valve motors. • T7067 Dual Set Point Thermostat/Transmitter located in controlled space provides heating and cooling input signal based on space demand. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Component Recognized: File No. SA481, Guide No. SDFY2. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File No. LR95329-3. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: 1/4 in. male quick-connect terminals. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: 40 F to 150 F (40 C to 66 C). ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply: 24 Vac, 50/ 60 Hz. Power Consumption: 8 VA (max). Contacts: Contact Voltage Inrush Running Normally open 24 Vac 240 VA 60 VA Normally closed 24 Vac 75 VA 30 VA Normally open 120/240 Vac 750 VA 75 VA Normally closed 120/240 Vac 240 VA 40 VA COMPONENTS: Modulating economizer with modulating low limit. W973B1016 has modulating heating output and modulating cooling output. See W973 Electronic Single Zone System Component Selection. Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. ORDER NUMBER Stages, Heating Stages, Cooling W973A1017 2 2 W973B1016 3 3 W973E1005 0 4 W973F1004 4 2 W973J1017 4 4 Comments Provides modulating heating output and modulating cooling output. T7067 Thermostat and Transmitter • Mount on standard 2 x 4 in. vertical outlet box or on a non-conductive flat surface. • All models include wiring plate and locking cover. T7067A Thermostat and T7067B Transmitter control space temperature when used with W973 Logic Panel. • Separate heat and cool adjustable set point levers provide adjustable deadband from 3 F to 30 F (2 C to 17 C). • Separate 1-16 Vdc voltage ramps provide independent heating and cooling signals to W973 Single Zone Logic Panel. • Two light-emitting diodes (LEDs) under T7067 cover for system checkout. • C7046A Discharge Air Sensor provides temperature anticipation. • One T7067 can control up to 6 W973 panels in parallel. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-5/8 in. (118 mm) high, 2-13/16 in. (71 mm) wide, 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) deep. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: 40 F to 150 F (40 C to 66 C). Set Point Range: 55 F to 85 F (13 C to 29 C). ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply:20 Vdc from W973 Panel. Current Draw: 20 mA. ACCESSORIES: 229997BZ Replacement Cover/Faceplate Bag Assembly. Includes T7067 replacement cover, vertical faceplate, horizontal faceplate, Allen wrench, and coverscrew. 4074EBT Resistor Kit: permits T7067 Thermostat/Transmitter to drive the RP7505 Electric/Pneumatic Transducer to provide modulated heating/cooling control of pneumatic valve actuators. Q667A,B,C Subbase. S963D1001 Thermostat Simulator. T7047C1025 Remote Sensor, wall mount (for T7067B only). T7022A1010 Return Air Sensor, duct mount (for T7067B only). Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. ORDER NUMBER Description T7067A1008 Integral temperature sensor without thermometer. T7067B1006 Order separately—T7047C1025, T7047G1000 Remote Temperature Sensor (dual thermistor for use in averaging applications) or T7022A1010 Remote Duct Temperature Sensor. 328 Environmental Control Systems Q667 Subbases • When fan switch is set to AUTO, the fan is intermittent in HEAT and continuous in system AUTO or COOL. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Contacts: 24 Vac System Switch Provide manual switching for T7067 Thermostat/Transmitters. • Mount directly on wall or on vertical 2 x 4 in. outlet box. • T7067 mounts on subbase with mounting screws which also complete electrical connections between thermostat/transmitter and subbase. Fan Switch Full Load 1A 1A Locked Rotor 6A 6A 50 microamps at 1 Vdc. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:4-3/4 in. (121 mm) high, 3-15/16 in. (100 mm) wide, 15/16 in. (24 mm) deep. ORDER NUMBER Switching, System Switching, Fan Q667A1005 COOL/AUTO/HEAT/OFF None COOL/AUTO/HEAT/OFF AUTO/ON Q667B1004 Q667B1020 Comments AUTO/ON Provides intermittent fan operation in cooling when used with W974B. W950 Status Panels • Include 42 indicator light labels, 1 Allen wrench and 2 mounting screws. • Include locking cover. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Switches: 2.5 A at 24 Vac. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Provide system indication and manual switching in heating, cooling and ventilation systems. • Six indicator lights with 4 or 6 light faceplate. • Field-selectable amber, red, or green indicator color lights. • Indicator lights monitor desired system functions. High Wide Deep Model Number in. mm in. mm in. mm W950A 4-5/8 118 3-5/8 92 1-5/16 33 W950B,C,G 4-5/8 118 4-15/16 124 1-5/16 33 REPLACEMENT PARTS: 190821 Light Bulb with 2-1/2 in. (57 mm) leads; 0.8 W, 0.035 A at 24 Vac. 24799 Locking Allen Wrench. Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. Switching ORDER NUMBER Use With Application System Fan Includes W950A1056 W973 Indication only. For system/fan switching with W973, also use Q667 Subbase. — — 6 indicator lights and accessory faceplate for converting a standard 6light model to a 4-light model. 329 Building Controls and Systems Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. Environmental Control Systems W974 Setback/Setup Module • Cooling shutdown closes the outdoor air damper and prevents cooling equipment operation. • Heating setback is field selectable for 5, 8, 12 or 15 degrees F (2.8, 4.4, 6.7, or 8.3 degrees C). • Convenient, male quick-connect terminals facilitate wiring. • Compact to fit easily within air conditioning equipment control panels. • Mount in any position on a flat surface. W974B Used with W973 Logic Panel to conserve energy during building unoccupied periods. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-5/16 in. (135 mm) high, 4-1/8 in. (105 mm) wide, 3 in. (76 mm) deep. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply: 24 Vac, 50/ 60 Hz. Power Consumption: 1 VA (max). ACCESSORIES: 4074EAR W974 Cover. Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. ORDER NUMBER Description W974B1006 Provides heating setback and either cooling shutdown or cooling setup. During unoccupied periods, outdoor air damper is closed and system fan is switched from continuous to intermittent operation. In cooling setup mode, W974B automatically cycles fan with a call for heating, cooling or economizer. In cooling shutdown mode, W974B automatically cycles fan with a call for heating. Economizer provides first stage of cooling in cooling setup mode. Temperature Ratings, Setback Temperature Ratings, Setup 5, 10, or 15 F (3, 6, or 8 C) 5, 8, or 12 F (3, 4, or 7 C) S963 Thermostat Simulator For checkout of W973 Logic Panels and W975 Satellite Sequencers. • Simulates the HEAT and COOL ramp signal of a T7067 Dual Set Point Thermostat and the economizer low limit function. • Consists of 2 potentiometers and a resistor assembly mounted in a test box. Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. ORDER NUMBER Description S963D1001 Thermostat simulator 330 • Provides a heat/cool ramp signal from less than 2 Vdc (min) to 16.6 Vdc (max). • Provides an Economizer low limit signal from 4.0 Vdc (equivalent to 45 F (7 C) at the C7046 Discharge Sensor) to 4.5 Vdc (equivalent to 69 F (21 C). • Four test leadwires have color-coded bands with corresponding W973 terminal numbers. • Leadwires have alligator clips for easy connection to W973 terminals. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4 in. (102 mm) high, 2-7/8 in. (73 mm) wide, 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) deep. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: Leadwire length 3 ft. (0.9 m). Environmental Control Systems W7080 Electronic Dual Set Point Multizone Control System Component Selection The W7080 Electronic Multizone Control System provides space demand oriented control of heating, cooling and ventilation in multizone air conditioning systems. Below are a schematic and diagram of W7080 Multizone System operation. Lists of basic system components and optional components follow the diagram. For detailed descriptions of components, refer to the model number index for specific page numbers. • Cost-effective multizone upgrade or replacement control system. • Proven control strategy. • Improves comfort and control for customers. Typical W7080 Multizone System Schematic. Q209F MINIMUM POSITION POTENTIOMETER RETURN AIR 5 C7100B OR C7046B HOT DECK SENSOR FILTER Building Controls and Systems CHANGEOVER CONTROLLER 6 (H205A, H705A OR T675A) M7685A DISCHARGE AIR TO ZONED SPACE BLOWER C7100B OR C7046B MIXED AIR SENSOR C7100B OR C7046B COLD DECK SENSOR SWITCHED OUTPUTS M7164 A,B,G 2 C7100B OR C7046B ZONE DISCHARGE SENSOR 3 W7081 LIMIT CONTROLLER W7080 LOAD ANALYZER 4 OTHER ZONES 5 6 SPACE SENSOR T7080 THERMOSTAT/ TRANSMITTER 1 SPACE SENSOR IS INTEGRAL WITH T7080A. IF REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSING IS DESIRED, USE T7080B WITH T7047C1082 FOR REMOTE SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSING; USE C7100B1013 OR C7046B1010 FOR REMOTE RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE SENSING. 2 ONE M7164A,B,G AND MIXING DAMPERS REQUIRED FOR EACH ZONE. 3 ONE C7100B1013 OR C7046B1010 REQUIRED IN EACH ZONE DISCHARGE AIR STREAM. 4 MODULATED HEATING AND COOLING DRIVE SIGNALS ARE AVAILABLE AT THE HT (HEAT) AND C (COOL) TERMINALS OF THE W7080A LOAD ANALYZER. 1 5 UP TO SIX TOTAL MOTORS (ECONOMIZER AND MODULATED VALVE) CAN BE DRIVEN FROM THE W7080 LOAD ANALYZER. FOR UNISON OPERATION, PARALLEL WIRE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL TERMINALS R AND C. (MOTOR O.S. NUMBER, SIGNAL SOURCE, AND REFERENCE VOLTAGE DETERMINE ACTUAL OPERATION CHARACTERISTICS.) 6 THE W7080A LOAD ANALYZER MOTORS REQUIRE SEPARATE TRANSFORMERS. DO NOT GROUND ANY TRANSFORMER SECONDARY IN THE SYSTEM. M4049 continued next page 331 Environmental Control Systems W7080 continued Typical W7080 Multizone System Operation T7080 DISCHARGE 65 78 SPACE M7164 ZONE MOTOR 2 TO 22 Vdc 24 Vdc OTHER ZONES W7080 M7685 ECONOMIZER HOT HOT MIXED DECK DECK AIR 55° F HI 12-22 Vdc 50° F LO 2-12 Vdc 110° F HEAT LIMITED 2-12 Vdc COOL LIMITED 12-22 Vdc 24 Vac W7081 LIMIT HEAT COOL STAGES STAGES 1,2,3 1,2,3 Model Number Description H205 OR H705 LIMITED 12-22 Vdc M4047 Application Quantity Required per System Basic System Components: T7047C1082 Remote Space Temperature Sensor. Used with T7080B. Assures tamper resistance. Provides space temperature signal for T7080B Dual Set Point Transmitter. 1 per T7080B C7100B (recommended) or C7046B Remote Return Air Temperature Sensor. Used with T7080B. Assures tamper resistance. Provides return air temperature signal for T7080B Dual Set Point Transmitter. 1 per T7080B C7100B (recommended) or C7046B Zone Discharge Sensor. Heat, cool anticipation. 1 per T7080 M7164A1017 Zone Damper Actuator Motor. Modulates zone air mixing from hot and cold deck. 1 per zone of control W7080A Solid State Multizone Load Analyzer. Receives signals from T7080 Zone Thermostats, selects zone of highest heating and cooling demand, provides output for staging. Provides power for other system components. 1 W7081A Solid State Limit Control Package. Provides limiting of economizer/mixed air, cold deck low, and hot deck high demand signals from W7080; output for modulated economizer, modulated valves, electric heat sequencer. 1 C7100B (recommended) or C7046B Mixed Air/Economizer, Hot Deck, Cold Deck Temperature Sensors. Provide mixed air and deck temperature signals for 3 (minimum) limiting action to W7081A. D640, D641, D642, D643, Low Leakage Damper. D642LS, D643LS To facilitate air intake with low leakage. 1% leakage As required with 1500 fps approach velocity and 0.5 in. wc static pressure. H205A or H705A Enthalphy Changeover Control. Solid State Enthalpy Changeover Control. Determine suitability of outdoor air for free cooling. 1 M7185, M7186, M7685 Proportioning Spring-return Economizer Actuator. Operates outdoor air, return air and/or exhaust air dampers. As required (see Actuator Motor Selection Guide) Q209F Motor-mounted Minimum Position Potentiometer. Provides adjustment for minimum outdoor air intake for economizer. As required Q605 Damper Linkage. Mechanically links actuator motor to single or multiple damper configuration. As required T675 Compressor Low-Ambient Limit Control. Compressor protection. 1 — Delay-on Time Relays (not available from Honeywell). System stability and reduced energy usage. 1 per stage (only if OEM has not included as standard equipment) continued next page 332 Environmental Control Systems W7080 continued Model Number Description Application Quantity Required per System AT20, AT120 20 VA Transformer. System component power supply. As required AT72, AT140 40 VA Transformer. System component power supply. As required AT88, AT175 75 VA Transformer. System component power supply. As required 198162EA, 198162AA 40 VA Internal Transformer for Modutrol System component power supply. IV motors. 1 per motor 191444B W973/W975 Case and Cover. 1 per W7080, W7081, W7082, W7084 Required when suitable wiring enclosure is not available. Optional Components: System Night Setback: System setback maintains building temperature at a lower level at night by making/breaking power to W7080A Load Analyzer in response to temperature changes in a master zone. Time Clock or Time-of-Day Programmer. Occupied/unoccupied changeover system adjustment. Lockout cooling. 1 T6051A Night Setback Thermostat. Overrides time clock for heating low limit set point. 1 T675A Morning Warmup Thermostat. Holds outdoor air damper closed until return air temperature approaches space temperature set point during recovery from night setback. 1 Independent Zone Night Setback: Maintains independent zone temperatures at lower level by modifying zone demand signals to the load analyzer. Mechanical cooling must be locked out through relay interlock to prevent sub-cooling during night setback. S6005, W7505, or W7600G TOD Function Time Clock or Time-of-Day Programmer. R4222N R8222N Pilot Duty Relay. Occupied/unoccupied changeover system adjustment. 1 Dpdt—intermittent fan. 1 Dpdt—override economizer minimum position, lockout cooling. 1 Spst—each zone to be set back. As required Morning Warmup Thermostat. Holds outdoor air damper closed until return air temperature approaches space temperature set point during recovery from night setback. 1 V5011 2-Way Valve. 2-position or modulated control of steam and water As required in heating/cooling systems. V5013 3-Way Mixing or Diverting Valve. Modulated control of steam and water in heating/ cooling systems. V5051 2-Way Cage Valve. 2-position or modulated control of steam and water As required in heating/cooling systems requiring tight closeoff. V5047 2-Way Double Seated Globe Valve. As required 2-position or modulated control of high pressure steam and water where positive final shutoff is not required. Q601 Valve Linkage (select on basis of actuator type and desired seal-off force). Mechanically links actuator motors and valves. As required Valve Actuator Motors (select on basis of mechanical and electrical, normal position, valve type, etc.). Modulate chilled water, hot water or steam. As required T675A Modulating Valves As required Q618A M7186G1000 M7185A1004 333 Building Controls and Systems S6005, W7505, or W7600G TOD Function Environmental Control Systems W7080 Load Analyzer Controls heating, cooling and space demand oriented economizer operation in the Honeywell Electronic Dual Set Point Multizone Control System. • Controls 3 stages of on-off heating, modulated heating, modulated economizer, 3 stages of on-off cooling and modulated cooling. • Responds to highest heating and cooling demand signal from up to 12 T7080 Zone Thermostat/Transmitters. • Analyzer is short-circuit protected source of 24 Vdc power for zone thermostat/transmitter, sensor and W7081A Limit Controller package. • Switches all stages off when power is interrupted; switches stages on when power is restored. • Compressor turn-on time delays must be incorporated for each compressor. • No adjustment or calibrations required. • Night setback and cooling shutdown for individual or all zones by addition of time clock. • Mounts with 4 No. 8 screws (not provided) through holes in base. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Component Recognized. Canadian Standards Association Component Recognized. Meets ASHRAE 90-75 and Department of Defense guidelines. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 6-1/4 in. (159 mm) high, 4-1/8 in. (105 mm) wide, 2-5/16 in. (59 mm) deep. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: 1/4 in. male quick-connect terminals. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C). ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply: 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz. Power Consumption: 10 VA (max). Contacts: Contact Normally open Normally closed Voltage (Vac) Inrush VAa Running VAa 24 240 60 120/240 750 75 24 75 30 120/240 240 40 a VA ratings not valid when maximum load is connected to both normally open and normally closed contacts. ACCESSORIES:See W7080 Electronic Dual Set Point Multizone Control System Component Selection. INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNALS: Inputs Outputs From Signal To Transformer 24 Vac T7080A, T7080B, W7081A, 195325B 24 Vdc T7080A, T7080B 2-22 Vdc W7081A Limited 12-22 Vdc Cooling (C) W7081A Limited 2-12 Vdc Heating (HT) Signal 2-12 Vdc (LO) 12-22 Vdc (HI) Controlled Loads Dry contact closures (pilot duty) Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. ORDER NUMBER Description W7080A1016 Load Analyzer provides control of ON/OFF and modulated cooling and modulated economizer functions. W7081 Limit Controller Used with W7080A Load Analyzer to provide cold deck low limit, hot deck high limit, and economizer/mixed air low limit functions. • Limits the maximum and minimum temperatures of the hot and cold deck and of the mixed air by supplying modified demand signals to the W7080A Load Analyzer and to the economizer. • The positive limits stabilize deck temperatures under light load conditions providing greater comfort and reducing energy usage. • Has jumper selectable set points for each of its 3 functions. • Compact to fit easily in HVAC system control panel. • Mounts with 4 No. 8 screws (not provided) through holes in base. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 6-1/4 in. (159 mm) high, 4-1/8 in. (105 mm) wide, 2-5/16 in. (59 mm) deep. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: 1/4 in. male quick-connect terminals. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C). ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply: 24 Vdc (from W7080A Load Analyzer). Power Consumption: 0.29 VA (max). ACCESSORIES: C7100B Averaging Temperature Sensor (13 in. (330 mm) probe length). Deck and mixed air sensors: recommended. C7046B Single Point Temperature Sensor (6 in. (152 mm)). Deck and mixed air sensors (use where C7100B probe length is too long). H205A Enthalphy Changeover Controller. H705A Solid State Enthalphy Changeover Controller. T675A Dry Bulb Changeover Controller. M7685A1009 Economizer Actuator Motor. 160 deg. stroke, 60 sec, mechanical and electrical, normally closed. M7685A1025 Economizer Actuator Motor. 90 deg. stroke, 30 sec, mechanical and electrical, normally closed. continued next page 334 Environmental Control Systems W7081 continued Q209F Minimum Position Potentiometer mounts on Modutrol IV motor to control minimum open position of damper. 191444B Metal Cover. INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNALS: Inputs Outputs From Signal To Signal W7080A 24 Vdc W7080A. Limited 2 to 12 Vdc (HT) 2 to 12 Vdc (LO) Limited 12 to 22 Vdc (C) 12 to 22 Vdc (HI) C7100B or C7046B Hot Deck, Cold Deck, Mixed Air Sensors Resistance Limited 12 to 22 Vdc (economizer) M7164G/M7164A/M7164B/M7184A/M7186G/ M7185A/M7685 Valve Actuator Motors. Limited 2 to 12 Vdc (heating) Limited 12 to 22 Vdc (cooling) Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. Temperature Ratings, Set Point ORDER NUMBER Description Application F W7081A1015 Limit Controller Package Cold deck low limit 45, 50, 55 C 7, 10, 13 Hot deck high limit 90, 110, 130 32, 43, 54 Economizer/mixer air low limit 50, 55, 60 10, 13, 16 T7080 Electronic Dual Set Point Thermostat/Transmitter Used in W7080 control system to provide modulating space temperature control. • Separate heat and cool adjustable set point levers provide adjustable deadband from 3 F to 30 F (2 C to 17 C). • Single 2 to 22 Vdc voltage ramp provides heating/cooling signal to W7080 Load Analyzer. • Outputs constant 12 Vdc when sensed temperature is within deadband range. • Ramp output decreases on call for heat: increases on call for cooling. • C7100B or C7046B Air Temperature Sensors are used to provide heating/cooling anticipation (one required for each zone thermostat) and can also be optionally used as remote return air temperature sensors with the T7080B transmitter. • Operates on 24 Vdc supplied by W7080A Load Analyzer. • Mounts on standard 2 x 4 in. outlet box or on nonconductive flat surface. INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNALS: APPROVALS:Meets ASHRAE 90-75 and Department of Defense guidelines. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-5/8 in. (188 mm) high, 2-13/16 in. (71 mm) wide, 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) deep. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply: 24 Vdc from W7080A Load Analyzer. CURRENT DRAW: 4 mA. ACCESSORIES: T7080A,B: 193120A Universal Wallplate for use where T7080 must be mounted on horizontal junction box. C7100B Averaging Zone Discharge Air Sensor for heating/cooling anticipation (13 in. (330 mm) probe length): recommended. C7046B Single Point Zone Discharge Air Sensor (6 in. (152 mm) probe length) for use where C7100B probe is too long for duct or plenum cross section. M7164A1017 Zone Damper Actuator Motor. T7080B ONLY: T7047C1082 Remote Space Temperature Sensor, wall-mounted. C7100B Remote Return Air Averaging Temperature Sensor (recommended); 13 in. (330 mm) probe length. C7046B Remote Return Air Single Point Temperature Sensor; 6 in. (152 mm) probe length. For use where C7100B probe is too long for duct or plenum cross section. Inputs From Outputs Signal To Signal W7080A 24 Vdc W7080 2 to 22 Vdc C7100B or C7046B Resistance M7164A1017 2 to 22 Vdc (motor closed at 10.5 Vdc or less, open at 13.5 Vdc or more) T7047C1082, C7100B (T7080B only); C7046B Resistance Time clock night setback resistor; Only if independent zone night setback option used. Contact closure and fixed resistance continued next page 335 Building Controls and Systems M745L Economizer Actuator Motor (using H205 Enthalpy Changeover Controller or H705 Solid State Enthalpy Changeover Controller). Environmental Control Systems T7080 continued Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. ORDER NUMBER Description Temperature Ratings, Temperature Ratings, Deadband Set Point Range Includes T7080A1019 Dual Set Point Zone Thermostat Transmitter with integral sensor. Min. 3 F (2 C) Max. 30 55 F to 85 F (13 C to F (17 C) 29 C) T7080B1017 Dual Set Point Zone Transmitter less sensor. Used with T7047C1082 Space Sensor; C7100B1013 or C7046B1010 Remote Return Air Sensors. Wiring wallplate, locking cover, (without thermometer). W7100A,C Discharge Air Temperature Controllers • C7100 platinum resistance element provides highly accurate and stable discharge air temperature sensing. • LEDs on W7100A,C panels indicate which stages of heating or cooling are on. • Number of W7100A,C stages can be increased by 6 stages: 4 cool/2 heat, or 2 cool/4 heat by using the W7101A Satellite Sequencer. • Ranges of 90 degree set point range models can be extended to 140 with remote set point option. • Provisions for systems without economizer. Maintain an average discharge air temperature in variable air volume (VAV) systems, or other systems requiring discharge air control of multistage cooling or heating. Reduce kilowatt demand and consumption by maintaining the minimum amount of heating or cooling capacity required to hold the discharge air set point. Utilize economizer for free cooling when available. • Proven control strategies offer customer comfort. • Flexible models to meet your customer's needs. • The W7100 Controller maintains an average discharge air temperature in variable air volume (VAV) cooling systems by modulating an economizer and sequencing stages of mechanical cooling. • The W7100 can be applied to electric makeup air and other systems requiring discharge air control of multistage heating or cooling. • Available in cool-only, heat-only, heat/cool stage sequencing, and modulating heat/cool. • Staging capacity of the W7100A,C may be extended six stages using a W7101A Satellite Sequencer. • Advanced microprocessor control algorithms minimize droop. • Provision for systems without an economizer. • When power is interrupted, the system cycles to all stages off. • When power is restored, the economizer will first be modulated open (if enthalpy is suitable), then stages of mechanical cooling will be sequenced on. • If enthalpy is not suitable for economizer operation, the first stage of cooling or heating is energized within five minutes. • Reset signal from either space sensor or outdoor air sensor. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Component Recognized: File No. SA481, Guide No. SDFY. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File No. LR95329-3. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 8-5/8 in. (219 mm) high, 6-1/2 in. (161 mm) wide, 3 in. (76 mm) deep. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C). Set Point: Control Band Set Point (adjustable) 2 F to 16 F (1 C to 9 C). Set Point (adjustable) 40 F to 90 F (4 C to 32 C) on cool only and heat/cool models; 40 F to 140 F (4 C to 60 C) on heat only and modulating heat/cool models. Reset Set Point (adjustable) 5 F to 20 F (3 C to 11 C) upward on cooling, 20 F to 80 F (11 C to 44 C) downward on heating. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply: 20 to 30 Vac at 60 Hz; 20 to 26.4 Vac at 50 Hz. Power Consumption: 12 VA at 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz (max). Contacts: Contact Voltage (Vac) Inrush VA Running VA N.O. 24 240 60 N.C. 24 75 30 N.O. 120/240 750 75 N.C. 120/240 240 40 WIRING CONNECTIONS: 1/4 in. male quick-connect terminals. continued next page 336 Environmental Control Systems W7100A,C continued Typical VAV system diagram. W7100 DISCHARGE AIR CONTROLLER H205, H705 ENTHALPY CHANGEOVER M9184, M9185 ECONOMIZER DAMPER MOTOR E.A. T675A OR L6018 RETURN AIR MORNING R.A. WARM-UP THERMOSTAT RESET THERMOSTATS T6051 NIGHT SETBACK THERMOSTAT TO W7100 FAN SERIES 60 INLET VANE MOTOR INLET VANES P246A STATIC PRESSURE REGULATOR ZONE DAMPER MOTORS C7100A DISCHARGE AIR SENSOR D.A. ADDITIONAL ZONES ZONE 1 ZONE 2 ZONE 3 ZONE THERMOSTATS M17564 Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. Temperature Ratings, Set Point Range ORDER NUMBER Stages, Heating Stages, Cooling F C W7100A1053 None 6 40 to 90 4 to 32 W7100C1018 2 4 40 to 90 4 to 32 W7100G Discharge Water Temperature Controller Controls discharge water temperature in reciprocating chiller and cooling tower applications. • The W7100G maintains average discharge water temperature by staging on and off compressors, unloaders of water tower fans as required. • Provides up to six stages of cooling. • Use W7101A for expanding up to 10 cooling stages. • Advanced proportional plus integral microprocessor control algorithm minimizes droop. • Soft start to minimize compressor cycling during system start up. • Adjustable minimum on/off timing and time delay between stages of either 30 or 60 seconds. • Reset of discharge water temperature based on either outdoor air or space sensor signal. • Use C7170 Sensor for sensing water temperature. • LEDs indicate which stages of cooling are energized. • Use S963B Potentiometer for remote set point capability. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File No. SA481, Guide No. SDFY. CANADIAN STANDARDS ASSOCIATION CERTIFIED: File No. LR95329-3. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 8-5/8 in. (219 mm) high, 6-1/2 in. (165 mm) wide, 3 in. (76 mm) deep. MOUNTING: Four No. 8 screws (not provided) through holes in base. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: 1/4 in. (6 mm) male quick-connect terminals. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C). Set Point: Control Band Set Point (adjustable): 0 F to 10 F (0 C to 6 C). Set Point (adjustable): 10 F to 60 F (-12 C to 16 C). Reset Set Point (adjustable): F to 20 F (3 C to 11 C). ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply: 20 to 30 Vac, 60 Hz; 20 to 26.4 Vac, 50 Hz. Power Consumption: 12 VA at 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz. Contacts: Contact Voltage (V) Inrush VA Running VA N.O. 24 240 60 N.C. 24 75 30 N.O. 120/240 750 75 N.C. 120/240 240 40 Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. ORDER NUMBER Stages, Cooling Stages, Heating W7100G1001 6 None 337 Building Controls and Systems REMOTE SETPOINT POTENTIOMETER HEATING M.A. FILTER O.A. COOLIING S6005 TIME CLOCK D640 LOW LEAKAGE DAMPERS Environmental Control Systems W7100 Accessories Use the following list to select accessories for use with W7100A-H,J controllers. For additional information, refer to the model number index for page numbers of specific products. For motors, dampers, transformers, valves and temperature controllers, see the appropriate section of this catalog. Model Number Description Application Quantity Use With T7047C1025 Discharge air temperature reset from controlled space. As needed W7100A,C,G T7047G1000 Remote Set Point Temperature Sensor C7031G1016 Outdoor Air Sensor Reset of discharge air or water from outdoor air temperature. 4074EFV Resistor Kit for W7100 System Configuration Used to select number of stages controlled. Dual thermistor for air temperature averaging. 1 4074EDJ Resistor Kit and Test Plug Used in controller checkout. If desired S963B1037 Remote Set Point Potentiometer Use T7047C1025s or T7047G1000s with each S963B1037; 480 ohms, 60 to 90 F (16 to 32 C) temperature range. As needed S963B1078 Remote Set Point Potentiometer Permits remote set point adjustment; 500 ohms, 40 F to 90 F (5 C to 32 C) temperature range. 1 S963B1086 W7100A,C Permits remote set point adjustment; 1000 ohms, 40 F to 140 F (5 C to 60 C) temperature range. Q209A1030 Minimum Position Potentiometer Permits adjustment of minimum damper position. Mounts on damper motor; 300 ohms. S963B1128 Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer Permits remote setting of minimum damper position at location away from damper motor; 135 ohms. If desired C7100A1015 Averaging Discharge Air Temperature Sensor Senses duct discharge air temperature for input to W7100. 1 or 4 C7170A1010 Discharge Water Temperature Sensor Senses discharge water temperature for input to W7100. 1 W7100G T7200 Programmable Commercial Thermostats • 3-hour override from unoccupied to occupied plus automatic return to programmed scheduling. • Includes integral sensor and wallplate. • Continuous unoccupied key. • Battery backup saves program and maintains clock times during power failure. Used for single zone heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) equipment. • Directly replaces most single-stage thermostats. • Provide 12- or 24-hour time for-mat and continuous or intermittent fan operation. • Requires no subbase. • T7200 is a 1 heat, 1 cool or 1 compressor stage, non-switching, auto changeover thermostat. • 7-day programming: 2 occupied/unoccupied periods per day. • Individual temperature set points for: • —Occupied heat and cool. • —Unoccupied heat and cool. • Proportional plus integral control: eliminates temperature fluctuations. • Intelligent Recovery™ automatically optimizes start time depending on building load. • Intelligent Fan™ energizes only fan on a call for heating/cooling during unoccupied periods. • Concealed keyboard lockout switch and locking cover. • Automatic heat/cool changeover. ACCESSORIES: DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4 in. (102 mm) high, 8 in. (204 mm) wide, 1-5/8 in. (41 mm) deep. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating Range:40 F to 110 F (4 C to 43 C). Set Point Range: 45 F to 95 F (7 C to 35 C). ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply: 20 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz. Current Draw: 6 VA maximum at 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz. Contacts: Relay Running Amps (Max.) Inrush Amps (Max.) Fan (G) 1.6 3.5 Heat (W) or Changeover (O) 1.6 3.5 Cool or Compressor (Y) 1.6 7.5 REPLACEMENT PARTS: 229946A WALLPLATE FOR T7200A. Model Number Description Application T675A Temperature Controller Low ambient compressor lockout. W859D Packaged Economizer Series 90 electromechanical packaged economizer. M7415 Damper Actuator Use with W7459 Economizer Logic Module; modulating, spring return. continued next page 338 Environmental Control Systems T7200 continued Model Number Description Application W7459 Economizer Logic Module Economizer actuator control. C7400 Enthalpy Sensor Use with W7459 Logic Module; solid state. R8222 Switching Relay For switching external equipment. W950A System Supervisor Annunciator panel. Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. Order Number Application Color Timing, Between Stages T7200A1006 Conventional heating-cooling systems White 2 min. on/off 2 min. on; 4 min. off T7200B1004 Heat pumps White T7200D2008 Conventional heating-cooling systems Beige 2 min. on/off T7200E2005 Heat pumps Beige 2 min. on; 4 min. off • No batteries required. Program settings are stored in permanent memory and are maintained during power failures. • Q7300H LonMark™ communicating subbases for network, remote access and system integration applications. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply: 20 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz. CONTACTS: The T7300 thermostats and Q7300 subbases control commercial single zone heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) equipment. • One model can be used for single-stage and multi-stage applications. • 7-day programming—2 occupied/unoccupied periods per day. • Individual temperature set points for: —Occupied heat and cool. —Unoccupied heat and cool. • Proportional plus integral control eliminates temperature fluctuations. • Intelligent Recovery™ automatically optimizes start time depending on building load. • Intelligent Fan™ energizes fan only on call for heating or cooling during unoccupied periods. • Automatic heat/cool changeover. • Keyboard lockout eliminates tampering. • One thermostat can be used for heat pump or conventional control (T7300F only). • Optional remote sensors and override capability. • Configurable to vary fan and reversing valve operation. • Use with Q7300 to interface with C7400/W7459 economizer system for total integration of rooftop control. • Convenient overrides allow temporary changes. Relay Running Amps (Max.) Inrush Amps (Max.) Fan (G) 0.5 2.5 Heat 1.5 3.5 Cool 1.5 7.5 Auxiliary (Economizer) 0.5 2.5 TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: 40 F to 110 F (4 C to 43 C). SET POINT RANGE: 45 F to 95 F (7 C to 35 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-5/8 in. (118 mm) high, 8 (204 mm) wide, 1-3/4 (41 mm) deep with Q7300 Subbase. T7300/Q7300 System Component Selection Below are lists of system components and optional components for single zone system control. Use the flow charts that follow to select the appropriate components. See order table for thermostat/subbase applications and ordering information for system components. Refer to model number index for page numbers of product descriptions and ordering information for optional components. SYSTEM COMPONENTS: Model Number Application Thermostats T7300D2007 (taupe) Programmable commercial thermostat for conventional applications. Use with Q7300A, G or L Series 2000 Subbase. T7300E2020 (taupe) Programmable commercial thermostat for heat pump applications. Use with Q7300C or D Series 2000 Subbase. T7300F2002 (taupe) Programmable commercial thermostat configurable for conventional or heat pump applications. Fan and system switching is fixed (auto changeover only). Use with Q7300A, C, D, G or L Series 2000 Subbase. T7300F2010 (taupe) Programmable commercial thermostat configurable for conventional or heat pump applications. Full system switching and fan auto/on switching. Use with Q7300A, C, D, G or L Series 2000 Subbase. continued next page 339 Building Controls and Systems T7300D-F/Q7300A-H,L Series 2000 Programmable Commercial Thermostats and Subbases Environmental Control Systems T7300D-F/Q7300A-H,L continued Subbases (All subbases include two annunciation LEDs and remote sensor capability.) Q7300A2008 (taupe) For conventional applications; use with T7300D, F Series 2000 Thermostats. • 1-Heat/1-Cool systems. • Remote sensor capability. • 2 configurable LEDs. Q7300A2016 (taupe) For conventional applications; use with T7300D, F Series 2000 Thermostats. • 2-Heat/2-Cool systems. • Auxiliary relay output. • Remote sensor capability. • Discharge air sensor capability (C7150B) when used with T7300F. • 2 configurable LEDs. Q7300A2040 (taupe) For conventional applications; use with T7300D, F Series 2000 Thermostats. • 2-Heat/1-Cool systems. • No remote sensors. • No LEDs. Q7300A2057 (taupe) For conventional applications; use with T7300D, F Series 2000 Thermostats. • 2-Heat/2-Cool systems. • Provides O and B terminals for dampers, valves, etc. • No remote sensors. • No LEDs. Q7300H2003 For heat pump applications; use with T7300F Series 2000 Thermostats. • 3-Heat/2-Cool. • 2-compressor with auxiliary heat and emergency heat. • Provides O and B terminals for dampers, valves, etc. • Communicates on LonWorks bus. Q7300H2011 For heat pump applications; use with T7300F Series 2000 Thermostats. • 3-Heat/2-Cool. • 2-compressor with auxiliary heat and emergency heat. • No O and B terminals. • Communicates on LonWorks bus. Q7300H2029 For conventional applications; use with T7300F Series 2000 Thermostats. • 3-Heat/3-Cool. • Communicates on LonWorks Bus. Q7300H2037 For heat pump applications; use with T7300F Series 2000 Thermostats. • 2-Heat/1-Cool. • Heat outputs drive ML7984 at 40% on first stage and 100% on second stage. • Communicates on LonWorks Bus. Q7300C2004 (taupe) For conventional applications; use with T7300E, F Series 2000 Thermostats. • 2-Heat/1-Cool • 1-compressor with auxiliary heat and emergency heat. • Provides O and B terminals for dampers, valves, etc. • Remote sensor capability. • Discharge air sensor capability (C7150B) when used with T7300F. • 2 configurable LEDs. Q7300C2012 (taupe) For heat pump applications; use with T7300E, F Series 2000 Thermostats. • 3-Heat/2-Cool • 2-compressor with auxiliary heat and emergency heat. • Provides O and B terminals for dampers, valves, etc. • Remote sensor capability. • Discharge air sensor capability (C7150B) when used with T7300F. • 2 configurable LEDs. Q7300C2053 • No discharge air capability. Q7300D2002 (taupe) For heat pump applications; use with T7300E, F Series 2000 Thermostats. • 3-Heat/2-Cool • 2-compressor with auxiliary heat and emergency heat. • Remote sensor capability. • Discharge air sensor capability (C7150B) when used with T7300F. • 2 configurable LEDs. • No O and B terminals. continued next page 340 Environmental Control Systems T7300D-F/Q7300A-H,L continued Q7300G2005 (taupe) For conventional applications; use with T7300D, F Series 2000 Thermostats. • 3-Heat/3-Cool systems. • Auxiliary relay output. • Remote sensor capability. • Discharge air sensor capability (C7150B) when used with T7300F. • 2 configurable LEDs. Q7300L2004 (taupe) For single-stage conventional systems or applications with hydronic heating; use with T7300D, F Series 2000 Thermostats. • 2-Heat/1-Cool system with outputs to drive an ML7984 approximately 40% on 1st stage of heat and 100% on second stage. • Single or 2-speed fan control. • Pump interlock relay. • Damper relay. • Remote sensor capability. • Discharge air sensor capability (C7150B) when used with T7300F. • Heat and Cool. OPTIONAL COMPONENTS: Description Application T7047C2007 (taupe) Remote Temperature Sensor or T7047C2015 (Premier White) Space temperature sensing, wall mount; 1420 ohms resistance. T7047G2008 (taupe) Remote Temperature Sensor Space temperature sensing, wall mount; 710 ohms resistance. T7022A1010 Remote Temperature Sensor Return air temperature sensing, duct mount. Continuous fan required. T7147A2000 (taupe) Remote Temperature Sensor and Override Module Connects to Q7300; contains remote sensor, LEDs and a momentary push button switch to invoke occupancy from a remote location. T7147A2018 (taupe) Remote Temperature Sensor and Override Module Connects to Q7300; contains remote sensor, LEDs and a momentary push button switch to invoke occupancy and warmer/cooler setpoint adjustment from a remote location T675A Temperature Control Low ambient compressor lockout. W859D Packaged Economizer Series 90 electromechanical packaged economizer. M7415 Damper Actuator Use with W7459 Economizer Logic Module; modulating; spring-return. W7459 Economizer Logic Module Economizer actuator control. C7400 Enthalpy Sensor Use with W7459 Logic Module; solid-state. 4074EKA Bag Assembly Contains Allen head wrench and four Allen head screws. R8222 Switching Relay For switching external equipment. W950A System Supervisor Annunciator for systems requiring more than two indicators. 229997BU T7300B Conversion Kit Contains one door, insert, instruction program, three hinge pins and one Allen head screw. 229997BY T7300A Conversion Kit 229997CE T7300C Conversion Kit ZL7300A1009 LonStat Configuration software for networking T7300F Thermostats and Q7300H subbases. Q7760A2001 Serial Interface (SLTA) Network interface unit for LonWorks Bus network. 32000180-009 Portable Operations Kit Comes with both power supply/cable and SLTA to Q7300H cable (with plug-in connection to subbase). 32002517-001 Modem cable Cable for connection of modem to SLTA. 209541B Termination module Termination module for LonWorks Bus. continued next page 341 Building Controls and Systems Model Environmental Control Systems T7300D-F/Q7300A-H,L continued T7300/Q7300 System Component Selection 1. SUBBASE SELECTION—follow the chart below to choose the appropriate subbase for use with the T7300 thermostat. Order Q7300 Subbase separately from T7300 Thermostat. SUBBASE SELECTION SUBBASE HEAT PUMP OR CONVENTIONAL OR SPECIAL APPLICATIONS HEAT PUMP CONVENTIONAL SPECIAL APPLICATIONS REVERSING VALVE OPERATIONS O&B TERMINALS O&B TERMINALS NO O & B TERMINALS AUXILIARY RELAY AUXILIARY RELAY LEDS NO O & B TERMINALS AUXILIARY TERMINALS 2 HEAT TO CONTROL A ML7984 ACTUATOR AND V5011 OR V5013 VALVE AND 1 STAGE OF COOL LEDS YES NO LEDS LEDS YES NO Q7300L2004 YES STAGES HEAT/COOL STAGES HEAT/COOL Q7300C2053 2H/1C Q7300C2004 3H/2C Q7300C2012 2H/2C Q7300A2057 2H/1C 2H/2C 1H/1C 2H/1C Q7300A2016 Q7300A2008 Q7300A2040 3H/2C Q7300D2002 M13075A 2. COMMUNICATING SUBBASE SELECTION—follow the chart below to choose the appropriate communicating subbase for use with the T7300F thermostat. Order Q7300 separately from T7300 Thermostat. COMMUNICATING SUBBASE SELECTION SUBBASE HEAT PUMP OR CONVENTIONAL OR SPECIAL APPLICATIONS HEAT PUMP SPECIAL APPLICATIONS CONVENTIONAL APPLICATIONS REVERSING VALVE OPERATIONS Q7300H2037 Q7300H2029 O AND B TERMINALS NO O AND B TERMINALS Q7300H2003 Q7300H2011 M14463 continued next page 342 Environmental Control Systems T7300D-F/Q7300A-H,L continued 3. REMOTE SENSOR AND OVERRIDE MODULE SELECTION—use the following chart to select a remote sensor and override module if desired. REMOTE SENSOR AND/OR OVERRIDE MODULE REMOTE OVERRIDE REQUIRED? NO (SENSOR ONLY) SPACE OR RETURN AIR SENSING? SPACE YES WARMER/COOLER SWITCHES? NO RETURN AIR YES KEYED ENABLE SWITCH? T7022A1010 NO T7147A1010 OR T7147A1077 T7147A2018 YES T7147A1028 OR T7147A1085 M8133A Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. ORDER NUMBER Application T7300D2007 (taupe) Conventional applications Comments Use with Q7300A, G or L Series 2000 Subbase. T7300E2020 (taupe) Heat pump applications Use with Q7300C or D Series 2000 Subbase. T7300F2002 (taupe) Conventional or heat pump applications Fan and system switching is fixed (auto changeover only). Use with Q7300A, C, D, G or L Series 2000 Subbase. T7300F2010 (taupe) Conventional or heat pump applications Full system switching and fan auto/on switching. Use with Q7300A, C, D, G or L Series 2000 Subbase. NOTE: Order Q7300 subbase separately from T7300 Thermostat. *TRADELINE models. ORDER NUMBER Staging Switching, System Switching, Fan Includes Q7300A2008 (taupe) 1 Heat—1 Cool. Conventional Nonea Nonea — Q7300A2016 (taupe) 2 Heat—2 Cool. Conventional Nonea Nonea Aux. relay output. Q7300A2040 (taupe) 2 Heat—1 Cool. Conventional Nonea Nonea — Q7300A2057 (taupe) 2 Heat—2 Cool. Conventional Nonea Nonea Provides O and B terminals for dampers, valves, etc. Q7300C2004 (taupe) 1-Stage Compressor, Auxiliary Heat and Emergency Heat. Heat Pump Nonea Nonea N.O. Aux. Relays Provides O and B terminals for dampers, valves, etc. Q7300C2012 (taupe) 2-Stage Compressor, Auxiliary Heat and Emergency Heat. Heat Pump Nonea Nonea N.O. Aux. Relays Provides O and B terminals for dampers, valves, etc. Q7300C2053 (taupe) 2-Stage Compressor, Auxiliary Heat and Emergency Heat. Heat Pump Nonea Nonea Provides O and B terminals for dampers, valves, etc. Q7300D2002 (taupe) 2-Stage Compressor, Auxiliary Heat and Emergency Heat. Heat Pump Nonea Nonea N.O. Aux. Relay Q7300G2005 (taupe) 3 Heat—3 Cool. Conventional Nonea Nonea N.O. Aux. Relay Q7300H2003 3 Heat—2 Cool. For Heat Pump. Nonea Nonea Network communications and Provides O and B terminals for dampers, valves, etc. continued next page 343 Building Controls and Systems T7047C1025 OR T7047C1165 T7047C2015 T7047C2007 T7047G2008 T7047G1000 T7047G2016 T7147A1002 OR T7147A1069 T7147A2000 T7147A2026 Environmental Control Systems T7300D-F/Q7300A-H,L continued ORDER NUMBER Staging Switching, System Switching, Fan Includes Q7300H2011 3 Heat—2 Cool. For Heat Pump. Nonea Nonea Network communications Q7300H2029 3 Heat—3 Cool. Conventional. Nonea Nonea Network communications Q7300H2037 2 Heat—1 Cool system with outputs to drive Nonea an ML7984 approximately 40% on 1st stage of heat and 100% on second stage. Nonea Network communications Q7300L2004 (taupe) 2 Heat—1 Cool system with outputs to drive Nonea an ML7984 approximately 40% on 1st stage of heat and 100% on second stage. Nonea Single or 2-speed fan control; pump interlock relay; damper relay. Network communications a Depends on thermostat. The normally open auxiliary relay is used with economizer for minimum position control based on programmed time schedule or for switching other external equipment. New! Excel LONSTAT™ and schedules, customizes the number of heating and cooling stages for their application, set mechanical overrides, and select energy-saving options. Excel LONSTAT™ is a low-cost configuration software application for networking T7300F Thermostats (Revision 4) with Q7300H Communicating Subbases in a light commercial building system. LONSTAT™ allows users to set and monitor temperature setpoints • Local and remote configuration of T7300 Communicating Thermostats. • Navigation wizard guides the user through installer setup. • Convenient, easy-to-follow menus allows users to quickly configure a single thermostat or a thermostat network. • Browser look and feel with Microsoft® Windows™ 95 platform. • Software screens display familiar T7300F commands and selections. • View and customize temperature setpoints and schedules. ORDER NUMBER Description ZL7300A1009 Excel LONSTAT™ Configuration software for T7300F/Q7300H T7300A,B,C/Q7300A-F Programmable Commercial Thermostats and Subbases • Configurable to vary fan and reversing valve operation. • Use with Q7300 to interface with C7400/W7459 economizer system for total integration of rooftop control. • Convenient overrides allow temporary changes. • Battery backup saves program and maintains clock time during power failure. The T7300 thermostats and Q7300 subbases control commercial single zone heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) equipment. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply: 20 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz. CONTACTS: • One model can be used for single-stage and multi-stage applications. • 7-day programming—2 occupied/unoccupied periods per day. • Individual temperature set points for: —Occupied heat and cool. —Unoccupied heat and cool. • Proportional plus integral control—eliminates temperature fluctuations and thermostat tampering. • Intelligent Recovery™—automatically optimizes start time depending on building load. • Intelligent Fan™—energizes fan only on call for heating or cooling during unoccupied periods. • Automatic heat/cool changeover. • Locking set points and schedules eliminate tampering. • One thermostat can be used for heat pump or conventional control. • Optional remote sensors and override capability. Relay Running Amps (Max.) Inrush Amps (Max.) Fan (G) 1.6 3.5 Heat 1.6 3.5 Cool 1.6 7.5 Auxiliary (Economizer) 1.6 3.5 TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: 40 F to 110 F (4 C to 43 C). Set Point Range: 45 F to 95 F (7 C to 35 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-5/8 in. (118 mm) high, 8 (204 mm) wide, 1-3/4 (41 mm) deep with Q7300 Subbase. continued next page 344 Environmental Control Systems T7300A,B,C/Q7300A-F continued T7300/Q7300 System Component Selection Below are lists of system components and optional components for single zone system control. Use the flow charts that follow to select the appropriate components. SYSTEM COMPONENTS: Model Number See order table for thermostat/subbase applications and ordering information for system components. Refer to model number index for page numbers of product descriptions and ordering information for optional components. Application Thermostats Fully configurable programmable commercial thermostat. T7300B1003 (beige) or T7300B1052 (Premier White) Fully configurable programmable commercial thermostat with 3 Hour Occupied button in cover. T7300C1001 (beige) Fully configurable programmable commercial thermostat, with limited access cover. Cover includes Set Heat, Set Cool, Warmer, Cooler and Occupied/Unoccupied buttons and programming instructions. Building Controls and Systems T7300A1005 (beige) or T7300A1104 (Premier White) Subbases (All subbases include two annunciation LEDs and remote sensor capability.) Q7300A1000 (brown) • 1-Heat/1-Cool systems. • No system or fan switching. Q7300A1018 (brown) • Configurable for 1-Heat/1-Cool to 2-Heat/2-Cool systems. or Q7300A1083 • No system or fan switching. (light gray) • Auxiliary relay output. Q7300B1008 (brown) • Configurable for 1-Heat/1-Cool or 2-Heat/2-Cool systems. • Auxiliary relay output. or Q7300B1081 (light gray) • System switching: HEAT-OFF-COOL-AUTO. • Fan switching: AUTO-ON. Q7300B1073 (brown) • • • • Configurable for 1-Heat/1-Cool or 2-Heat/2-Cool. System switching: AUTO-COOL-OFF-HEAT. Fan switching: AUTO-ON. Two LEDs. Q7300C1006 (brown) • • • • • • 1-compressor heat pump with auxiliary heat and emergency heat. Auxiliary relay output. Auxiliary heat and emergency heat LEDs. Provides O and B terminals for changeover valve. System switching: EM.HT.-HEAT-OFF-COOL-AUTO. Fan switching: AUTO-ON. Q7300C1014 (brown) • • • • • • 2-compressor heat pump with auxiliary heat and emergency heat. Auxiliary relay output. Auxiliary heat and emergency heat LEDs. Provides O and B terminals for changeover valve. System switching: EM.HT.-HEAT-OFF-COOL-AUTO. Fan switching: AUTO-ON. Q7300D1038 (brown) • • • • • • 2-compressor heat pump with auxiliary heat, emergency heat and conventional terminal designations. Auxiliary relay output. Auxiliary heat and emergency heat LEDs. No O and B terminals. Changeover valve must be provided internally to equipment. System switching: EM.HT.-HEAT-OFF-COOL-AUTO. Fan switching: AUTO-ON. Q7300D1053 (brown) • • • • • • 1-compressor heat pump with auxiliary heat, emergency heat and conventional terminal designations. Auxiliary relay output. Auxiliary heat and emergency heat LEDs. No O and B terminals. Changeover must be provided internally to equipment. System switching: EM.HT.-HEAT-OFF-COOL-AUTO. Fan switching: AUTO-ON. Q7300E1001 (brown) • • • • Configurable for 1-Heat/1-Cool or 2-Heat/2-Cool systems. Auxiliary relay output. System switching: none. Fan switching: AUTO-ON. Q7300F1009 (brown) • 1-compressor heat pump with auxiliary heat. • Auxiliary relay output. • No system or fan switching. Q7300F1017 (brown) • 2-compressor heat pump with auxiliary heat. • Auxiliary relay output. • No system or fan switching. a Use brown subbases with beige thermostats; use light gray subbases with Premier White thermostats. continued next page 345 Environmental Control Systems T7300A,B,C/Q7300A-F continued Model Number Application Q7300L1006 (brown) • • • • • a Two stages of heat to control ML7984 Actuator/V5013F Water Valve. One stage cool to control electric single-speed condenser. Auxiliary dry contacts for damper control during occupied mode. Auxiliary dry contacts for water pump interlock during heat mode. No system or fan switching. Use brown subbases with beige thermostats; use light gray subbases with Premier White thermostats. OPTIONAL COMPONENTS: Model Description Application T7047C1025 (beige) or T7047C1165 (Premier White) Remote Temperature Sensor Space temperature sensing, wall mount; 1420 ohms resistance. T7047G1000 (beige) or T7047G1018 (Premier White) Remote Temperature Sensor Space temperature sensing, wall mount; 710 ohms resistance. T7022A1010 Remote Temperature Sensor Return air temperature sensing, duct mount. Continuous fan required. T7147A1002 (beige) or T7147A1069 (Premier White) Remote Temperature Sensor and Override Module Connects to Q7300. Contains remote sensor, LED and a momentary push button switch to invoke 3 Hour Occupied from a remote location. T7147A1010 (beige) or T7147A1077 (Premier White) Remote Temperature Sensor and Override Module Connects to Q7300. Contains remote sensor, LEDs and three momentary push button switches to invoke 3 Hour Occupied and warmer/cooler set point adjustments from a remote location. T7147A1028 (beige) or T7147A1085 (Premier White) Remote Temperature Sensor and Override Module Connects to Q7300. Same as T7147A1010, except includes a key switch to enable or disable remote override operation. T675A Temperature Control Low ambient compressor lockout. M7415 Damper Actuator Use with W7459 Economizer Logic Module; modulating; spring-return. W7459 Economizer Logic Module Economizer actuator control. C7400 Enthalpy Sensor Use with W7459 Logic Module; solid-state. 4074EKA Bag Assembly Contains Allen head wrench and four Allen head screws. R8222 Switching Relay For switching external equipment. W950A System Supervisor Annunciator for systems requiring more than two indicators. 229997BU T7300B Conversion Kit 229997BY T7300A Conversion Kit Contains one door, insert, instruction program, three hinge pins and one Allen head screw. 229997CE T7300C Conversion Kit T7300/Q7300 System Component Selection 1. SUBBASE SELECTION—follow the chart below to choose the appropriate subbase for use with the T7300 thermostat. Order Q7300 Subbase separately from T7300 Thermostat. SUBBASE SELECTION SUBBASE HEAT PUMP OR CONVENTIONAL OR SPECIAL APPLICATIONS HEAT PUMP CONVENTIONAL SYSTEM AND FAN SWITCHING FAN AND SYSTEM SWITCHING SYSTEM AND FAN SWITCHING NO SWITCHING SPECIAL APPLICATIONS NO SWITCHING FAN SWITCHING STAGES HEAT/COOL REVERSING VALVE OPERATION FUNCTION OF "O, B" TERMINALS 1 (ONLY) Q7300F1009 2 (ONLY) Q7300F1017 FUNCTION OF HEAT PUMP NO "O, B" TERMINALS STAGES HEAT/COOL 1 (ONLY) Q7300C1006 346 2 (ONLY) Q7300C1014 1 (ONLY) Q7300D1053 2 (ONLY) Q7300D1038 2-H TO CONTROL ML984 ACTUATOR/V5013 WATER VALVE AND 1-C TO CONTROL ELECTRIC SINGLE-SPEED CONDENSER Q7300L1006 1 (ONLY) Q7300A1000 FAN AND SYSTEM SWITCHING STAGES HEAT/COOL 2 (CONFIG) Q7300E1001 2 (CONFIG) Q7300B1008 OR Q7300B1081 2 (CONFIG) Q7300A1018 OR Q7300A1083 M8134A continued next page Environmental Control Systems T7300A,B,C/Q7300A-F continued 2. REMOTE SENSOR AND OVERRIDE MODULE SELECTION—use the following chart to select a remote sensor and override module if desired. REMOTE SENSOR AND/OR OVERRIDE MODULE REMOTE OVERRIDE REQUIRED? NO (SENSOR ONLY) SPACE OR RETURN AIR SENSING? SPACE YES WARMER/COOLER SWITCHES? YES NO RETURN AIR KEYED ENABLE SWITCH? T7022A1010 T7147A1002 OR T7147A1069 T7147A2000 T7147A2026 NO YES T7147A1010 OR T7147A1077 T7147A2018 T7147A1028 OR T7147A1085 M8133A Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. ORDER NUMBER Application Comments T7300A1005 (beige) or Single zone T7300A1104 (Premier White) All buttons under locking cover. T7300B1003 (beige) or Heat pump or conventional system T7300B1052 (Premier White) 3-hour override button in door. T7300C1001 (beige) Set Heat, Set Cool, Warmer, Cooler, and Occupied/Unoccupied buttons in door. Heat pump or conventional system NOTE: Order Q7300 Subbase separately from T7300 Thermostat. *TRADELINE models ORDER NUMBER Staging Switching, System Switching, Fan Includes a Q7300A1000 (brown) 1 Heat-1 Cool None None — Q7300A1018 (brown) or Q7300A1083 (light gray) Configurable To 2 Heat-2 Cool None None N.O. Aux. Relay; N.C. Aux. Relay Q7300B1008 (brown) or Q7300B1081 (light gray) Configurable To 2 Heat-2 Cool Auto, Cool, Off, Heat Auto, On N.O. Aux. Relay; N.C. Aux. Relay Q7300B1073 (brown) Configurable for to 2 Heat-2 Cool Auto, Cool, Off, Heat Auto, On N.O. Aux. Relay; N.C. Aux. Relay Q7300C1006 (brown) 1-Stage Compressor, Auxiliary Heat Auto, Cool, Off, Heat, Emergency Heat Auto, On N.O. Aux. Relay Q7300C1014 (brown) 2-Stage Compressor, Auxiliary Heat Auto, Cool, Off, Heat, Emergency Heat Auto, On N.O. Aux. Relay Q7300D1038 (brown) 2-Stage Compressor, Auxiliary Heat Auto, Cool, Off, Heat, Emergency Heat Auto, On N.O. Aux. Relay; N.C. Aux. Relay Q7300D1053 (brown) 1-Stage Compressor, Auxiliary Heat Auto, Cool, Off, Heat, Auto, On Emergency Heat, Auto, On N.O. Aux. Relay; N.C. Aux. Relay Q7300E1001 (brown) Configurable To 2 Heat-2 Cool None Auto, On N.O. Aux. Relay; N.C. Aux. Relay Q7300F1009 (brown) 1-Stage Compressor, Auxiliary Heat None None N.O. Aux. Relay Q7300F1017 (brown) 2-Stage Compressor, Auxiliary Heat None None N.O. Aux. Relay Q7300L1006 (brown) 2-Stage heat for ML984A; 1-Stage cool None None N.O. Aux. Relay. Additional N.O. relay available for pump circulation; closed during heat call. a The normally open auxiliary relay is used with economizer for minimum position control based on programmed time schedule or for switching other external equipment. 347 Building Controls and Systems T7047C1025 OR T7047C1165 T7047C2015 T7047C2007 T7047G2008 T7047G1000 T7047G2016 Environmental Control Systems T7100F/Q7100A,C Electronic Non-Programmable Thermostats and Subbases for Commercial Applications • EEPROM memory chip stores all settings in the event of a power outage. • Two-piece design and large wiring terminals speed installation. Commercial non-programmable thermostats and subbases for conventional single-stage and multistage equipment and heat pumps. • Field configurable: — F or C temperature display. — Override setting for off-hours use of the building. • Adjustable 0-15 offset capability. • Precise 1 F temperature control for improved comfort. • Models available with manual or auto changeover. • Taupe color. ORDER NUMBER Application Description Use With T7100F1006 Conventional or heat pump Automatic or manual changeover. Integral sensor. Q7100A,C ORDER NUMBER Heating Cooling Q7100A1010 Conventional 2 2 RC,RH,Y1,Y2,W1,G,O, Inputs for remote clock or occupancy sensor. O and B terminals. B,X,D,D,T,T Q7100C1073 Heat Pump 3 2 R,Y1,Y2,W3,G,O,B,E, X,X1,X3,X4,D,D,T,T Stages Terminal Designations Includes Inputs for remote clock or occupancy sensor. O and B terminals. One check LED and one configurable LED. T7147 Remote Sensor and Override Module For use with T7300/Q7300 thermostat system to provide space temperature sensing, and switch initiation and indication of overrides from remote location. • Factory-calibrated negative temperature coefficient (NTC) thermistor sensing element. • Mount on wall or 2 x 4 in. vertical outlet box. • Locking cover. • Override button. • Warmer/cooler buttons on some models. • Key lock override security available. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-5/8 in. (93 mm) wide, 4-5/8 in. (118 mm) high, 1-5/8 in. (41 mm) deep. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: 40 F to 110 F (4 C to 43 C). RESISTANCE: 1420 ohms at 75 F (24 C). REPLACEMENT PARTS: 230492A Replacement keys. Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. ORDER NUMBER Finish, Color Application T7147A1002 Beige Connects to Q7300; wall mount sensor with LED and a momentary push button switch to invoke 3 Hour Occupied from remote location. T7147A1069 Premier White T7147A1010 Beige T7147A1077 Premier White T7147A1028 Beige T7147A1085 Premier White T7147A2000 Taupe Connects to Q7300; contains remote sensor, LEDs and a momentary push button switch to invoke occupancy from a remote location. T7147A2018 Taupe Connects to Q7300; contains remote sensor, LEDs and a momentary push button switch to invoke occupancy and warmer/cooler setpoint adjustment from a remote location. 348 Connects to Q7300; wall mount sensor with LEDs and 3 momentary push button switches to invoke 3 Hour Occupied and warmer/cooler set point adjustments from remote location. Same as T7147A1010, plus key switch to enable or disable remote override operation. Environmental Control Systems New! R7426 Temperature Controller The modern design with its easy to operate user interface and LCD allows complete flexibility of control system design, accurate parameter setting, and display of actual temperature values, setpoints and outputs. • Selectable proportional, proportional plus integral (P+I), or (R7426D only) proportional plus integral plus derivative (P+I+D) control. • Pre-programmed control parameters. • Digital parameter setting. • Selectable direct/reverse acting output. • 24 Vac power supply. R7426A,B,C • 3 inputs for temperature sensors. • Automatic sensor type identification of Pt 1000 or NTC 20K ohm. • 3 digital inputs for plant/system On/Off, occupancy (alternatively summer/winter changeover) and freeze protection. • Dehumidification control via humidity deviation input. • Selectable floating output functions: 2, 3, 4, 6 or 15 stage On/Off (TRIAC), Floating, Pulse width modulation (PWM). • Analog outputs 0/2 to 10 Vdc selectable. • Start-up routine. • Space/supply limit or cascade control. • Sequence control of heating, mixed air damper or energy recovery system and cooling. R7426D • 2 analog inputs 0 to 10 Vdc for transmitters. • Control output monitoring and manual output signal override. • Master/submaster cascade control. • Main variable control and optional high/low limit control. • Input span adjustment. • Temperature compensation input. • Optional remote setpoint adjustment. WEIGHT: 0.55 lb (250g). MOUNTING: Back panel, wall, DIN rail, or (with panel mounting accessory frame) front panel. ELECTRONIC: Microcontroller: 8-bit, 10-bit A/D converter, EEPROM and LCD. Power supply: 24 Vac +10, -15%, 50/60Hz. Power consumption: 3 VA. WIRING: Maximum Wiring Run from Controller to All Devices: 18 AWG: 328 ft (100m). 16 AWG: 492 ft (150m). continued next page 349 Building Controls and Systems R7426A,B,C Temperature Controllers use direct digital control technology to provide accurate efficient operation of heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems. The controller covers all space, supply air or water flow applications within specified ranges. Standard Pt 1000 or NTC 20K ohm temperature sensors can be used. AMBIENT RATINGS: Temperature: Operating: 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C). Storage: -31 to +158 F (-35 to +70 C). Humidity: 5 to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing. ACCURACY: ±0.9 F (±0.5K) (not including sensor inaccuracy). DIGITAL INPUTS: Occupancy (Summer/Winter Changeover) (R7426A,B,C only): Operation Mode: Unoccupied (Winter), Occupied (Summer). Potential Free Contact: open > 40 kW, closed < 100W. Freeze Protection (R7426A,B,C only): Operation Mode: Freeze protection (normal). Potential Free Contact: open > 40 kW, closed < 100W. Plant System On/Off: Potential-Free Contact: open (off) > 40 kW, closed (on) < 100W. ANALOG INPUTS: All Models: I03: Temperature compensation sensor. R7426A,B,C Temperature Inputs: I01: Main sensor. I02: Limit or cascade sensor. R7426D Universal Inputs (0 to 100%, adjustable 0 to 10 Vdc span): I01: Main sensor. I02: Limit or cascade sensor. OUTPUTS: R7426A,B,C: TRIAC (selectable) (Maximum Load: 450 mA at 24 Vac.): 2,3,4,6 or 15-stage: On (24 Vac) / Off (0 Vac). Floating: Single-pole, double-throw (spdt) switching. Pulse width modulation: 0 to 100% based on run time. Humidity Deviation (optional): -5 to 5 Vdc, 200 mV/%rh. Maximum Load: 450 mA at 24 Vac. Analog (R7426C,D only): Control Range: 0/2 to 10 Vdc (0 to 100%). Full Range: 0 to 12 Vdc. Maximum Load: 1.2 mA at 12 Vdc. R7426D: On/Off: Delay-adjustable single-pole, single-throw (spst) switching. Maximum Load: 450 mA at 24 Vac. Deviation Signal: Deviation Range: -5 to 5 Vdc (-25 to +25%), 200 mV/%. Maximum Load: 0.5 mA at 5 Vdc. Analog Output (O1): Control Range: 0/2 to 10 Vdc (0 to 100%). Full Range: 0 to 12 Vdc. Maximum Load: 1.2 mA at 12 Vdc. SENSOR RATINGS: Temperature Range: Pt 1000: -22 to +266 F (-30 to +130 C). NTC 20K ohms (selectable): -22 to +185 F (-30 to +85 C). -22 to +266 F (-30 to +130 C). Characteristics: Pt 1000: 1000 ohms at 32 F (0 C). NTC 20K ohms: 20K ohms at 77 F (25 C). CONTROL RANGES: R7426A,B,C: 32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C) or 32 to 266 F (0 to 130 C). R7426D: 0 to 100%. APPROVALS: Protection class II. NEMA 1, IP30 or (with front panel mounting only) IP40. FCC Part 15, Class B. Environmental Control Systems R7246 continued ACCESSORIES: 43193862-001 Front panel mounting frame. NTC 20K ohm sensors (10 to 20K ohms): C7031B1033: For duct discharge air, hot water. C7031D1062: For hot or chilled water. C7031F1018: For outdoor air temperature. C7031J1050: For duct discharge air (averaging). C7031K1017: For hot or chilled water (strap-on). T7770A1006: Wall module with locking cover. T7770B1004: Wall module with locking cover and setpoint adjustment knob (55 to 85 F). Pt 1000 sensors: C7031D1070: For hot or chilled water. C7031F1026: For outdoor air temperature. C7031J1068: For duct discharge air (averaging). C7031K1025: For hot or chilled water (strap-on). Dimensions in in. (mm). 6 (152) 4-1/8 (105) SEL + SET – 4-5/8 (118) 1-7/16 (37) 1/8 (3) DIAMETER 3-7/16 (87) WALL MOUNTING Order Number Description Outputs R7426A1024 Programmable with Real Time Clock. 1 floating. R7426A1032 Standard. R7426B1022 Programmable with Real Time Clock. R7426B1030 Standard. R7426C1020 Programmable with Real Time Clock. R7426C1038 Standard. R7426D1010 Standard with P+I+D control option. 350 3 floating. 3 analog (0-10 Vdc or 2-10 Vdc). 1 analog (0-10 Vdc or 2-10 Vdc). M17411 Lighting Controls EL7305 Electronic Ballast Controller • Provides variable fluorescent light level control when used with an EL7315 or EL7316 Manual Dimmer, an EL7365 Ambient Light Sensor, or an analog output from an EMS. • Provides high/low fluorescent light level control from a Honeywell Infracon Occupancy Sensor, any dry contact closure, or an EMS analog output. • Compatible with the Advance Mark VII, Motorola Helios and Magnetek Ballastar controllable electronic ballasts. Provides a wide variety of on/off and electronic dimmable fluorescent ballast control options. Various control functions can be combined to provide multiple control capability and multiple EL7305s can be combined to form larger zones of control. ORDER NUMBER Description EL7305A1010 Ballast controller EL7315 Electronic Ballast Manual Dimmer • Provides On/Off control when used with the EL7305 Electronic Ballast Controller. • Allows for integrated control with other Honeywell electronic ballast controls and occupancy sensors. • Uses a simple two-wire, low voltage wiring connection. • Allows for easy installation in 2 x 4 in. outlet or junction box. Used with integrated circuit (IC) controllable electronic ballasts, including the Advance Mark VII, Motorola Helios, and Magnetek Ballastar; allows the user to manually adjust the lamp light level. • Allows for standard wall plate (not included) attachment. • Provides light level control signal to IC-controllable electronic ballasts for manual lamp light level adjustment. • Provides light level control signal for up to 50 IC-controllable electronic ballasts (up to 1000 ballasts when used with up to 20 EL7305 Electronic Ballast Controllers). • Provides fixed power energy reduction with MAX light level adjustment. ORDER NUMBER Description EL7315A1019 Manual rotary dimmer APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File No. E87741, Guide No. PAZX. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File No. LR95329-3. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating: 50 F to 104 F (10 C to 40 C). Shipping: -40 F to +158 F (-40 C to +70 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 1.75 in. (45 mm) high, 4.1 in. (105 mm) wide, 2.19 in. (56 mm) deep. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Input: IC-controllable electronic ballast or EL7305 Electronic Ballast Controller. Output: 0.0 to +10.5 Vdc. WEIGHT: 4 oz (113g). 351 Building Controls and Systems • Provides on/off control of lighting circuits of up to 20A when used with the EL7315 or EL7316 Manual Dimmer, an analog output from an Energy/Building Management System (EMS), an occupancy sensor, or a dry contact closure. • Integrated control of up to 1000 electronic dimmable ballasts is possible by connecting 20 EL7305s. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File No. E87741, Guide No. PAZX. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File No. LR95329-3. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating: 32 F to 122 F (0 C to 50 C). Shipping:-40 F to +158 F (-40 C to +70 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 6 in. (152 mm) high, 4-1/8 in. (104 mm) wide, 2-13/16 in. (72 mm) deep. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply: 120/277 Vac, 60 Hz. Contacts: 16A (20 two-lamp, 120 Vac ballasts; 50 two-lamp, 277 Vac ballasts). Lighting Controls EL7316 Electronic Ballast Manual Dimmer Used with integrated circuit (IC) controllable electronic ballasts, including the Advance Mark VII, Motorola Helios and Magnetek Ballastar; allows the user to manually adjust the lamp light intensity. • Allows for Decora® Wallplate (included) attachment. • Provides light level control signal to IC-controllable electronic ballasts for manual lamp light level adjustment. • Provides light level control signal for up to 50 IC-controllable electronic ballasts (up to 1000 ballasts where used with up to 20 EL7305 Electronic Ballast Controllers). • Provides fixed power energy reduction with MAX light level adjustment. ORDER NUMBER Description EL7316A1009 Manual slide dimmer • Provides On/Off control when used with the EL7305 Electronic Ballast Controller. • Allows for integrated control with other Honeywell electronic ballast controls and occupancy sensors. • Uses a simple two-wire, low voltage wiring connection. • Allows for easy installation in 2 x 4 in. outlet or junction box. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File No. E87741, Guide No. PAZX. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File No. LR95329-3. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating: 50 F to 104 F (10 C to 40 C). Shipping: -40 F to +158 F (-40 C to +70 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 1.75 in. (45 mm) high, 4.25 in. (108 mm) wide, 2.5 in. (64 mm) deep. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Input: IC-controllable electronic ballast or EL7305 Electronic Ballast Controller. Output: 0.0 to +10.5 Vdc. WEIGHT: 3.5 oz (100g). EL7628 Recessed Ceiling Sensor Honeywell Infracon sensor provides passive infrared automatic light switching to reduce lighting energy by 50% or more and offer exceptional savings in light-energy dollars through the automatic “ON/OFF” control of lighting. • RFI shielding eliminates false triggering from radio frequency interference. • Extruded aluminum sensor housing complies with virtually all municipal code requirements. • Fresnel optical lens offers extended area coverage. ORDER NUMBER Description EL7628A1007 Recessed ceiling sensor 352 • Dual element detector with increased sensitivity. • Includes raceway adapter for use when low voltage wiring is required to be in conduit, thereby meeting virtually all municipal code requirements. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File No. E87741, Guide No. PAZX. Canadian Standards Association Approved: File No. LR95329-3. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating: 32 F to 120 F (0 C to 49 C). Shipping: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +65 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5.11 in. (130 mm) long, 2.62 in. (67 mm) diameter. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Input: EL7360 or EL7629 control unit or EL7621 Power Pack. WEIGHT: 8 oz (220g). Lighting Controls EL7630 Control Units Honeywell Infracon control units for EL7628 sensors. • • • • • Provides lighting energy savings of 50% or more. Controls up to four occupancy sensors. Provides increased capacity through add-a-relay option. Controls both fluorescent and incandescent lighting loads. Compatible with core and coil and electronic ballasts. • Mounts on 4 in. x 4 in. box, in any orientation. • Operates over a wide ambient temperature range. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File No. E87741, Guide No. PAZX. Canadian Standards Association Approved: File No. LR95329-3. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating: 32 F to 120 F (0 to 49 C). Shipping: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +65 C). ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply: 120/277 Vac, 60 Hz. Power Consumption: Lights on—negligible; lights off—6 VA. Description Dimensions, Approximate Weight EL7630A1003 Standard Control Unit 4-1/8 in. (104 mm) high, 6 in. (152 mm) 1 lb, 11 oz wide, 2-13/16 in. (72 mm) deep. (0.8 kg) Electrical Ratings, Load Ratings Fluorescent: 1500W, 120 Vac; 2500W, 277 Vac. Incandescent: 500W, 120 Vac; 1000W, 277 Vac. EL7611; EL7612 Ultrasonic Occupancy Sensors and EL7621 Power Pack • Contains controls for adjustable time delay, adjustable sensitivity, logic key/on bypass. • Installs easily in ceiling. SENSOR • Used in offices, classrooms, restrooms, utility areas, hallways, warehouses. • Uses omnidirectional ultrasonic sensing technology. • Detects small movements. POWER PACK • Mounts to standard electrical enclosure with 1/2 in. knockouts using a 1/ 2 in. nipple. • Provides power for up to three sensors and on/off switching of line voltage loads. • Has self-contained transformer and relay. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed. Canadian Standards Association Approved. TEMPERATURE RATING: 32 F to 95 F (0 C to 35 C). ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Load Ratings: Ballast: 20A; Incandescent: 13A (EL7612A1002 only); General: 13A; Motor: 1HP. ORDER NUMBER Description Dimensions, Approximate Weight Coverage Electrical Ratings, Power Supply EL7611A1003 Sensor 4-1/2 in. (115 mm) dia, 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) high. 8.1 oz (229.6 gm) 1000 sq ft (92.9 sq m) 12 Vdc 2-3/4 in. (70 mm) high, 1-3/4 in. (45 mm) wide, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) deep; 1/2 inch nipple. 6.3 oz (178.6 gm) — EL7611A/EL7612A sensors provide on/off control for lighting and HVAC loads by sensing motion in the area. Power is provided by the EL7621A Power Pack (required). EL7612A1001 EL7621A1002 EL7621A1010 Power Pack 2000 sq ft (185.8 sq m) 120 Vac 277 Vac 353 Building Controls and Systems ORDER NUMBER Lighting Controls CR7075 Two-stage Photocell Lighting Controller Provides on/off sequenced control of two separate lighting banks based on user-determined ambient light levels via the C7057A1000 sensor. • Typical applications include outdoor cosmetic and parking lot lighting in fast food restaurants, retail establishments, supermarkets, banks, and lighted billboards. • User-adjustable light intensity threshold levels. • LED annunciation for power on and relay state. • Remote sensing from controller up to 1,000 feet (304 meters). • Independent time-of-day override inputs. • Tamper-proof cover. • Optimum start/stop of lighting loads. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File No. E87741, Guide No. PAZX. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File No. LR95329-3. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: -40 F to +140 F (-40 C to +60 C). HUMIDITY RATINGS: 0 to 95% relative humidity. TIMING: Delay 30 seconds ±10 seconds. ADJUSTMENT: 2 foot-candles to 80 foot-candles. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply: 120/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz. Power Consumption: 5 VA maximum. Contact Ratings: Voltage (Vac) 120 240 Full Load 9.8A 4.9A Locked Rotor 58.8A 29.4A Pilot Duty 125 VA Resistive 10A at 24 Vac DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-5/16 in. (135 mm) high, 4-9/16 in. (116 mm) wide, 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) deep. REPLACEMENT PARTS: C7057A1000 Cadmium Sulfide Photocell. ORDER NUMBER Application Includes CR7075A1000 Two-stage independent lighting control C7057A1000 Sensor. C7057Cadmium Sulfide Photocell Used to sense ambient light levels for CR7075A Lighting Controller. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File No. E87741, Guide No. EOXT. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File No. LR95329-3. ORDER NUMBER Description C7057A1000 Light level sensor for use with CR7075A Two-stage Lighting Controller 354 Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats T4039 Fan Coil Thermostats APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed. Canadian Standards Association Certified. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: 55 F to 95 F (13 C to 35 C). Operating Range: Marked COOL-WARM in 10 F (6 C) increments from 75 F (24 C) midpoint. ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A): Thermostat (Valve Load) Control line voltage valves of a fan coil unit in cooling, manual or automatic changeover heating-cooling systems. ORDER NUMBER b T4039A1000 Inrush FL LR 120 Vac 0.32 1.0 5.5 33.0 240 Vac 0.16 0.50 2.75 16.5 277 Vac 0.14 0.43 2.4 14.4 DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-5/8 in. (118 mm) high, 4-15/16 in. (125 mm) wide, 1-5/16 in. (33 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: Thermostat Guard: TG511 and TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards, see index for page. 190389B Thermostat Cover. Switch Positions Stock Application Class Fan System Mounting Cooling JH None ON-OFF 4 in. square outlet box OFF breaks cooling and fan circuits. or 2-ganged outlet box. T4039B1008 Remarks C OFF-HI-MED-LO ON-OFF Heatingcooling JH None OFF-HI-LO None Automatic heatingcooling C None ON-OFF B OFF-HI-LO None OFF breaks cooling and fan circuits. Blank faceplate. T4039K1008b JH OFF-HI-LO None With positive OFF, breaks heating, cooling, and fan circuits. T4039M1004 A HI-MED-LO ON-OFF With positive OFF, breaks heating, cooling, and fan circuits. T4039M1087b JH HI-MED-LO ON-OFF With unpainted cover and positive OFF, breaks heating, cooling, and fan circuits. T4039M1103a C HI-MED-LO ON-OFF With positive OFF, breaks heating, cooling, and fan circuits. T4039S1016 A HI-MED-LO HEATOFFCOOL With positive OFF, breaks heating, cooling, and fan circuits. Separate heating and cooling loads. T4039D1004b T4039E1001b T4039H1005 T4039J1026 a b ON-OFF 4 in. square outlet box Remote changeover switch required. With or 2-ganged outlet box. positive OFF, breaks heating, cooling, and fan circuits. Remote changeover switch required. 4 in. square outlet box With positive OFF, breaks heating, cooling, or 2-ganged outlet box. and fan circuits. Premier White color. Available while supplies last. 355 Building Controls and Systems • Directly operate one or two valves. • Positive deadband separates heating and cooling circuits in automatic models. • T4039M1103 has Premier White color with pewter-tone buttons for luxury hotels and offices. • Includes allen wrench for cover and mounting screws. Fan Switch Normal Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats T6381; T6383; T6387 Electronic Fan Coil Thermostats ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply: 110 to 130 Vac or 208 to 277 Vac +10/-15%, 50-60 Hz. Output Rating: T6381, T6387, cycled (Auto) fan control Full Load Amps a Locked Rotor 120V 208V 230V 277V 3.8 2.1 1.9 1.6 22.8 12.6 11.4 9.5 a The T6380 series of electronic fan coil thermostats provide precision line voltage control of fan-forced, heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment. • Electronic temperature sensing provides energy-efficient, precision operation for maximum comfort. • Vertical mounting configurations. • Easy-to-use setpoint knob. • System LED lights on call for heating or cooling. OFF de-energizes all connected loads. • Three level fan speed selection. • Constant, cycled or On-Auto selectable fan operation available. APPROVALS: Canadian Standards Association Certified: File No. LR1322. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. LISTED: File No. E47434. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:4-3/4 in. (122 mm) high, 3-3/16 in. (81 mm) wide, and 1-9/16 in. (39 mm) deep. Equivalent to NEMA 1/8 hp rating for a hermetically-sealed motor such as a compressor. Allowable connected load must be determined by adding nameplate full load and locked rotor (inrush) ratings of all loads. Pilot Duty: 125 VA. OUTPUT RATING: T6383, constant fan operation 120V 208V 230V Full Load Amps 3.8 2.1 1.9 277V 1.6 Locked Rotor A 22.8 12.6 11.4 9.5 Resistive (heat only) 10A — — 5.6 Pilot Duty: 125 VA. FAN (AIR HANDLER): 50-60 Hz 110-130V 208V 220-240V 277V Full Load Amps** 5.8 3.2 2.9 2.4 Locked Rotor 34.8 19.2 17.4 14.4 ** Equivalent to NEMA 1/4 horsepower rating for hermetically-sealed motors. Allowable load must be determined from fan nameplate ratings. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating Range: -22 F to +104 F (-30 C to +40 C). HUMIDITY RATINGS: Operating: 5 to 95% RH, non-condensing. ACCESSORIES: 209560A Cover Plate. . Switch Positions Fan System Electrical Ratings, Power Supply 2-pipe Cool or Heat only, Seasonal Auto with External or 2-pipe Heat/Cool Aquastat® Controller HI-OFF-MED-LO (Cycled) No Switch 110-130 Vac 2-pipe Cool or Heat only, Seasonal Auto with External or 2-pipe Heat/Cool Aquastat® Controller HI-OFF-MED-LO (Cycled) ORDER NUMBER Application T6381A1009 T6381A2007 Changeover 208-277 Vac T6381B1007 2- or 4-pipe Heat/Cool Manual HI-MED-LO (Cycled) HEAT-OFF-COOL 110-130 Vac T6381B2005 2- or 4-pipe Heat/Cool Manual HI-MED-LO (Cycled) HEAT-OFF-COOL 208-277 Vac T6383A1007 2-pipe Cool or Heat only, Seasonal Auto with External or 2-pipe Heat/Cool Aquastat® Controller HI-OFF-MED-LO (Constant) No Switch T6383A2005 2-pipe Cool or Heat only, Seasonal Auto or 2-pipe Heat/Cool HI-OFF-MED-LO (Constant) T6383B1005 2- or 4-pipe Heat/Cool Manual HI-MED-LO (Constant) HEAT-OFF-COOL 110-130 Vac T6383B2003 2- or 4-pipe Heat/Cool Manual HI-MED-LO (Constant) HEAT-OFF-COOL 208-277 Vac T6387A1003 2-pipe Cool or Heat only, Seasonal Auto with External or 2-pipe Heat/Cool Aquastat® Controller HI-MED-LO (On-Auto) ON-AUTO-OFF 110-130 Vac T6387A2001 2-pipe Cool or Heat only, Seasonal Auto with External or 2-pipe Heat/Cool Aquastat® Controller HI-MED-LO 208-277 Vac 356 110-130 Vac 208-277 Vac ON-AUTO-OFF Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats T8381; T8383; T8387 Low Voltage Electronic Fan Coil Thermostats • • • • The T8380 Series of electronic fan coil thermostats provide precision low voltage control of fan-forced heating, ventilation and air conditioning equipment. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply: 20 to 30 Vac, 50-60 Hz, Class 2. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Setpoint Range: 55 to 90 F (13 to 32 C). HUMIDITY RATINGS: Operating: 5 to 95% RH, non-condensing. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-3/16 in. (81 mm) high, 4-3/4 in. (122 mm) wide, and 1-9/16 in. (39 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: 209650A Cover Plate. Switch Positions ORDER NUMBER Application Changeover Fan System T8381A1005 2-pipe Heat/Cool Seasonal Auto with External Aquastat® Controller HI-OFF-MED-LO No Switch (Cycled) T8381B1003 2-pipe or 4-pipe Heat/Cool Manual T8383A1003 2-pipe Cool or Heat only, or 2-pipe Seasonal Auto with External Aquastat® Controller HI-OFF-MED-LO No Switch Heat/Cool (Constant) T8383B1001 2-pipe or 4-pipe Heat-Off-Cool T8387A1009 2-pipe Cool or Heat only or 2-pipe Seasonal Auto with External Aquastat® Controller HI-MED-LO Heat/Cool (On-Auto) HI-MED-LO (Cycled) Manual HI-MED-LO (Constant) HEAT-OFF-COOL HEAT-OFF-COOL ON-AUTO-OFF Available while supplies last! New Design T651H coming Fall 2000! T451; T651 Light Duty Line Voltage Thermostats DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-17/32 in. (114 mm) high, 2-13/16 in. (70 mm) wide, 1-13/16 in. (46 mm) deep (switches and wiring terminals protrude into outlet box 11/16 in. (17 mm)). ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A): Voltage Control line voltage valves, motors, contactors, electric heat elements, duct furnaces, and fan coil units in heating/cooling systems. • Automatic cooling and heating anticipation. • Mount on standard vertical or horizontal outlet box. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed:T451A, T651A: File E4436, Guide XAPX. Canadian Standards Association Certified:T451A: LR95329-6. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Fixed Differential: 2 F (1 C): (Wider differential when load exceeds 4A.) 120 Vac 208/240/277 Vac Full Load 8.0 4.0 Locked Rotor 48.0 24.0 Resistive (heating contacts only) 7.2 7.2 Pilot Duty: 125 VA. ACCESSORIES: Q473A2006 Switching Subbase for use with T651A for HEAT-OFFCOOL manual system switching. Q473B2005 Switching Subbase for use with T451A/T651A for AUTO/OFF switching in heating only or cooling only applications. 220213 Wallplate: Supplied with SUPER TRADELINE model T651A. Covers series 1000 T451A/T651A wall marks when installing series 2000 T451A/T651A. Thermostat Guard: TG511 and TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards, see index for page. For additional accessories, see Parts and Accessories at the end of this section. continued next page 357 Building Controls and Systems • Electronic temperature sensing provides energy-efficient, precision operation for maximum comfort. • LED system status indicator lights on call for heating or cooling. OFF de-energizes all connected loads. Three-level fan speed selection. Constant, cycled or On-Auto selectable fan operation available. Horizontal mounting configurations. Range stops and cover locking kit available. Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats T451; T651 continued lSUPER TRADELINE model. Temperature Ratings, Operating Rangeb Application F C Switching Action Includes a T451A2007 Heating 35 to 95 2 to 35 Spst—breaks on temperature rise. Locking cover and setpoint; thermometer; and adjustable range stops. T451A2015a Heating a Heating 40 to 70 4 to 21 Spst—breaks on temperature rise. 41 to 86 5 to 30 35 to 95 2 to 35 Spdt—breaks Vertical and horizontal faceplates, Celsius Scaleplate. heating and makes Locking cover screw; thermometer; vertical, horizontal, and cooling on blank faceplates; wallplate, and adjustable range stops. temperature rise. Vertical and horizontal faceplates. T451A2049 T651A2002a lT651A2028 a Heating and cooling Positive OFF. T651A2036a Locking cover and range stops without visible thermometer; positive OFF. a Q473A Subbase provides manual system switching in heating/cooling systems. Q473B Subbase provides AUTO-OFF switching in heating only or cooling only systems. Order subbase separately. b With range stops removed. Available while supplies last! Q473 Subbases • Mount on standard 2 in. x 4 in. or 4 in. x 4 in. outlet box with 2 in. x 4 in. cover plate. APPROVALS: See T451A or T651A Thermostats. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: 120 Vac: 8A. 208/240/277 Vac: 4A. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-7/8 in. (124 mm) high, 4-29/32 in. (125 mm) wide, 1-13/32 in. (36 mm) deep. Provide manual system switching control for T451A and T651A thermostats. ORDER NUMBER Use With Switch Positions Q473A2006 T651A HEAT-OFF-COOL Q473B2005 T451A, T651A AUTO-OFF T6051; T6052 Heavy Duty Line Voltage Thermostats T6051A T6051B Used to control fan coils, fans, motor starters, valves, contactors, and circulator motors in heating and/or cooling systems. • • • • Provide good line voltage comfort control. Use with Q651A,B subbases for system and fan switching. Removable setpoint knob locks setpoint and prevents tampering. With locking cover. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: T6051A (with or without Q651A,B); T6052A, T6052B (with or without Q651C): File No. E4436, Guide No. XAPX. T6051B:File No. E12842, Guide No. XBDV. Explosion-proof Enclosure: Class I, Groups C and D and Class 2, Groups E, F, and G. Div 1,2. Canadian Standards Association Certified: T6051A; T6052A,B: File No. LR1620. T6051B: File No. LR30676-L. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Voltage: 120/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz. Inductive Current (A): T6051A, T6052A: 120 Vac 240 Vac Heating (T6051A) or Stage 1 (T6052A) Full Load 16.0 8.0 Locked Rotor 96.0 48.0 Cooling (T6051A) or Stage 2 (T6052A) Full Load 8.0 4.0 Locked Rotor 48.0 24.0 continued next page 358 Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats T6051; T6052 continued T6051B: Heating Cooling 120 Vac 240 Vac Full Load 10.2 6.5 Locked Rotor 61.2 39.0 Full Load 7.4 4.0 Locked Rotor 44.4 24.0 T6052B: 120 Vac 240 Vac Full Load 16.0 8.0 Locked Rotor 96.0 48.0 Height Width Depth in. mm in. mm in. mm T6051A; T6052A,B a 5 127 3-1/8 79 1-5/8 41 T6051B b 5-5/8 143 6-3/8 162 4-7/16 113 a b NOTE: T4051 models have been replaced by T6051A1016. Switches and wiring terminals protrude into outlet box 7/8 in. (22 mm). Allow 1/2 in. (13 mm) clearance for removing knob. *TRADELINE models. Temperature Ratings ORDER NUMBER Application *T6051A1016 Switch Type Differential Operating Range Mounting F C F Heating/cooling; spdt with resistive rating for electric heat applications. Vertical or horizontal mounting on standard outlet box, or on Q651 Subbase. 1.0 0.6 50 to 80 10 to 27 — T6051A1024d Heating/cooling; with resistive rating for electric heat applications. Vertical mounting. T6051A1040b,d Heating/cooling. Vertical or horizontal mounting on standard outlet box or Q651 Subbase. 41 to 77 5 to 25 Celsius Scaleplate. Vertical mounting in explosionproof housing. 46 to 84 8 to 29 With explosion-proof housing. T6051B1006 *T6052A1015 T6052A1023b,d *T6052B1013d T6052B1021b,d a Differential: Stage 1 b Celsius scaleplate. c Differential: Stage 1 d 2-stage heating or 2-stage cooling. 1-stage heatingcooling system. 2 spdt Vertical or horizontal mounting switches on standard outlet box. Remarks Scaleplate marked warmer/cooler. Moisturefungus treated. Includes horizontal mounting adapter. See footnotea Vertical mounting on standard outlet box. Vertical or horizontal mounting on standard outlet box, or on Q651 Subbase. C 50 to 77 10 to 25 Celsius scaleplate. See footnotec Vertical or horizontal mounting on standard outlet box. 46 to 84 8 to 29 With auto changeover, and horizontal mounting adapter. 50 to 77 10 to 25 With auto changeover; Celsius scaleplate. Heat, Stage 2 Cool: 2.5 F (1.4 C) nominal; Stage 2 Heat, Stage 1 Cool: 3.2 F (1.8 C) nominal. Heat: 2.5 F (1.4 C) nominal; Stage 2 Cool: 3.2 F (1.8 C) nominal. Available while supplies last 359 Building Controls and Systems Resistive Current (T6051A1016, only): 22A at 120, 240 Vac; 19A at 277 Vac. Pilot Duty (all models): 125 VA. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: ACCESSORIES: 135531D Horizontal Faceplate with setpoint scale and thermometer. 135531J Scaleplate, vertical, Celsius, 10 C to 25 C. 135531K Scaleplate, horizontal, Celsius, 10 C to 25 C. 135651A Faceplate with setpoint scale, without thermometer. T6051. 135652AA Blank Faceplate (without setpoint scale, without thermometer). T6051. 199923AA Plastic Cover with thermometer and setpoint scale. Brushed gold. 199923AB Plastic Cover with setpoint scale (without thermometer). Brushed gold. 199923AC Blank Plastic Cover (without thermometer and setpoint scale). Brushed gold. 135499 Set knob. Q651 Switching Subbase, see index for page. Thermostat Guard: TG511 and TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards, see index for page. For additional accessories, see Parts and Accessories at the end of this section. Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats Q651 Switching Subbases APPROVALS: See T6051 or T6052B Thermostats. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Voltage: 120 or 240 Vac, 60 Hz. Contacts (A): 120 Vac 240 Vac Full Load 16 8 Locked Rotor 96 48 Pilot Duty: 125 VA. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-13/16 in. (148 mm) high, 3-3/16 in. (81 mm) wide, 11/16 in. (18 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: Thermostat Guard: TG511 and TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards, see page 166. Provide manual system switching for T6051 and T6052 Thermostats. • Provide positive OFF switching of the system. • Mount vertically or horizontally on standard outlet box. • Include pressure sensitive labels to identify switching positions. *TRADELINE model. ORDER NUMBER a Application Includes Q651A1009 Switch position labels: HEAT-OFF-COOL AUTO-OFF-ON HEAT-OFF-FAN T6051A Q651B1008 T6051A Switch position labels: AUTO-OFF-FAN *Q651C1007 T6052B Switch position labels: AUTO-OFF HEAT-OFF a Subbase CANNOT be used with T6052A 2-Stage Thermostats. Available while supplies last! T42 Single Stage, T42G-K,M-P Multistage Thermostats ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Inductive Load (A) Vac Vdc Model Number 120 Vac 240 Vac 115 Vdc T42B 2.0 1.0 2.0 230 Vdc 1.0 T42G,H,J,K,M,N,P 1.0 0.5 — — Resistive Load (A) For line voltage or low voltage temperature control of heating or cooling equipment. Vac Vdc • Multistage models control two or three circuits in sequence. • Setting knob is removable to lock setting at desired temperature. • Mercury switches actuated by vapor-filled bellows equipment. Model Number 120 Vac 240 Vac 115 Vdc 230 Vdc T42G,H,J,K,M,N,P 2.0 1.0 2.0 1.0 APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed (except T42B). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-11/16 in. (144 mm) high, 3-3/8 in. (86 mm) wide, 2-1/8 in. (54 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: Thermostat Guard: TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guard, see index for page. For additional accessories, see Parts and Accessories at the end of this section. Temperature Ratings Differential Operating Range Per Stage (Non Adj.) Interstage ORDER NUMBER Stages F C F C F C T42B1027 1-stage cool 60-100 15-38 2 to 5 1 to 2.5 — — T42G1026 3-stage cool 3 1.5 2a 1a 1 0.5 1-5 0.5-2.5 3 1.5 T42H1099c, 2-stage heat T42J1094 2-stage cool 60-90 15-35 a Nonadjustable. 2 F (1 C) between cool stages; 5.5 F (3 C) between cool stage 1 and heat stage. c Celsius model. b continued next page 360 Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats T42 continued Temperature Ratings Differential Operating Range Per Stage (Non Adj.) Interstage ORDER NUMBER Stages F C F C F C T42K1094 1-stage heat 1-stage cool 40-80 5-26 1 0.5 1-5 0.5-2.5 3 1.5 2 1 2a 1a T42M1023 60-100 16-38 T42M1031 40-80 4-27 T42M1049c -10 to +2 15 to 35 60-90 15-35 60-100 15-38 T42N1020c, 3-stage heat 2-stage heat 1-stage cool T42N1038 1-stage heat, 2-stage cool b b a Nonadjustable. 2 F (1 C) between cool stages; 5.5 F (3 C) between cool stage 1 and heat stage. c Celsius model. b T631A-C Farm Controllers APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed. Canadian Standards Association Certified. ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A): T631A,B: Spdt Snap Switch Provide line voltage control of heating, cooling and ventilating systems in farm buildings or storage areas. • Use in barns, poultry houses, hog barns, pump houses, milk houses and crop storage houses. • Treated to resist corrosion. • Slots in front and bottom of case provide maximum air circulation over the coiled sensing element. • Spdt snap switches permanently sealed against corrosion. • Easy mounting using screws through holes in back of case. Spdt 1 hp Switch 120 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac 240 Vac Full Load 7.4 3.7 16.0 8.0 Locked Rotor 44.4 22.2 96.0 40.0 Low Voltage: 2.0A at 24 Vac for T631B. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-5/16 in. (110 mm) high, 6-1/16 in. (154 mm) wide, 2-7/8 in. (73 mm) deep. SENSOR TYPE: Coiled copper tube. ACCESSORIES: Thermostat Guard: TG511 and TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards, see index for page. See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section. T631A,B: Spdt 1 hp Switch Spdt Snap Switch R-W R-B 24 Vac 120 Vac 240 Vac 277 Vac 120 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac Full Load 2 7.4 3.7 3 16 8 8 240 Vac 5.1 Locked Rotor — 44.4 22.2 18 80 40 48 30.6 Resistive Load — 10 5 — — — — — *TRADELINE model. Temperature Ratings Fixed Differential Operating Range Per Switch Interstage Ambient Range ORDER NUMBER F C F C F C F C Switch Type Finish T631A1006 35 to 100 2 to 38 2.0 1.1 — — 120 49 Spdt snap switch Red T631A1022 70 to 140 21 to 60 2.0 1.1 — — 150 66 T631A1030 0 to 70 -18 to +21 3.0 1.7 — — 125 52 T631A1063 -10 to +100 -23 to +38 3.0 1.7 — — 125 52 continued next page 361 Building Controls and Systems T42P1018 Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats T631 continued Temperature Ratings Fixed Differential Operating Range Per Switch Interstage Ambient Range ORDER NUMBER F C F C F C F T631A1113 35 to 100 2 to 38 3.5 1.9 — — 120 T631A1154a 32 to 104 0 to 40 2.0 1.1 — — 120 T631B1005 35 to 100 2 to 38 2.0 1.1 3.5 1.9 120 49 2 spdt snap switches T631B1054 35 to 100 2 to 38 2.0 1.1 120 49 T631B1120 5 to 30 Adjustable 2.0 1.1 C Switch Type Finish 49 Spdt snap switches rated at 1 hp (0.7 kW) Red 49 Spdt snap switch 2 spdt snap switches rated at 1 hp (0.7 kW) 2 spdt snap switches T631C1012 20 to 90 -7 to +32 3.0 1.7 — — 125 52 1 hp (0.7 kW), spdt snap switch T631C1020 70 to 140 21 to 66 2.0 1.1 — — 150 66 Spdt snap switch T631C1038a 14 to 86 -10 to +30 3.0 1.7 — — 125 52 Spdt snap switch T631C1046a 70 to 140 20 to 60 2.0 1.1 — — 150 66 Spdt snap switch T631C1053 35 to 100 2 to 38 2.0 1.1 — — 120 49 Spdt snap switch *T631C1103 -30 to +100 -34 to +38 5.0 2.8 — — 125 52 1 hp (0.7 kW), spdt snap switch aScale Gray in Celsius. T631F,G NEMA 4X Controllers • Meet National Electrical Code Article 547-4 requirements. • Easy mounting with screws through holes in flanges on case. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed. ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A): Spdt Snap Switch Voltage Spdt 1 hp Switch 24 Vac 120 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac 240 Vac 277 Vac Provide line voltage control of heating, cooling and ventilating systems in farm buildings, storage areas and industrial environments; watertight, dust-proof enclosure. Full Load 2.0 Locked Rotor — • Use in barns, brooder houses, poultry houses, hog barns, pump houses, milk houses, crop storage houses and industrial environments. • NEMA 4X enclosure protects thermostat and wiring connections from oil, water, dust, and corrosion. • Clear plastic cover reveals setpoint, discourages tampering. • Sensing element externally mounted for fast response and tin plated to resist corrosion. • Reliable snap switches sealed against contamination. • Insulated case has internal grounding screw for safety. 7.4 3.7 16.0 8.0 3.0 44.4 22.2 96.0 48.0 18.0 TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient Range: 145 F (63 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5 in. (127 mm) high, 6-13/16 in. (173 mm) wide, 3-13/16 in. (97 mm) deep. LABELS: T631F (single-stage): Red. T631G (two-stage): White. ACCESSORIES: Thermostat Guard: TG511 and TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards, see index for page. See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section. Temperature Ratings Operating Range Differential Switch ORDER NUMBER F C F C T631F1068 35 to 100 2 to 38 2.0 1.1 T631F1084a 35 to 100 2 to 38 2.0 1.1 T631F1092a 35 to 100 2 to 38 3.5 1.9 Snap switch with 1 hp rating. T631G1059a 35 to 100 2 to 38 3.5 1.9 Snap switch with 1 hp contact rating. Adj. interstage differential.b aSetpoint Switch Type — adjusted externally. Interstage differential adjustable, 0 F to 7 F (0 C to 4 C). At 0 differential, both switches make at setpoint. When differential above zero, speed change switch closes after fan switch on temperature rise. Factory set at 3.5 F. b 362 Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats T641 Floating Control Room Thermostats Low voltage, 4-wire floating controller for damper actuators in single zone or variable air volume (VAV) applications. • • • • Designed for 7-minute ML6161 direct coupled actuators. Interface with DM7600B 7-minute zone dampers. T641A provides standard spdt floating control. T641B incorporates momentary system override switch that energizes an external relay for override in Building Management Systems. • Mount horizontally on wall or on 221618 Adapter Plate for competitive replacements. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Component Recognized. Canadian Standards Association Certified. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz. Contacts: 1A at 24 Vac maximum. PRESSURE RATINGS: Deadband (Center Off): 3 F (2 C). TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating Range: 45 F to 85 F (7 C to 29 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-1/2 in. (90 mm) high, 5-1/4 in. (133 mm) wide, 2-1/16 in. (52 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: Thermostat Guard: TG511 and TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards, see index for page. Switch Type Remarks T641A1005 spdt floating Internal setpoint with blank, locking cover. T641A1021 spdt floating External setpoint, less thermometer. T641A1039 spdt floating Warmer/Cooler setpoint, with thermometer. T641A1047 spdt floating Warmer/Cooler setpoint, with thermometer; Celsius model. T641B1004a spdt floating Internal setpoint with blank, locking cover. T641B1012a spdt floating Warmer/Cooler setpoint, with thermometer. T641B1020a spdt floating External setpoint, less thermometer. a T641C1003 spdt floating External setpoint, less thermometer. T641C1011 spdt floating Warmer/cooler setpoint, with thermometer. a Available while supplies last T6984; T7984 Electronic Modulating Control Thermostats WIRING: Number 18 AWG (1 sq mm) wire. POWER SUPPLY: 19 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 2 VA (Class 2 only). AMBIENT OPERATING RANGE: Temperature: 32 to 104 F (0 to 40 C). Humidity: 5 to 95% RH (non-condensing). SETPOINT RANGE: T6984A,E, T7984A: 55 to 90 F (13 to 32 C). T6984D, T7984B,C: Heating: 55 to 75 F (13 to 24 C). Cooling: 75 to 90 F (24 to 32 C). The microprocessor-based T6984 and T7984 Electronic Modulating Thermostats provide proportional plus integral (P+I) individual room control in zoned commercial heating, ventilating and airconditioning (HVAC) systems. Typical applications include hydronic perimeter (heating and/or cooling), pressure-dependent variable air volume (VAV), and bypass box with or without terminal reheat. The T6984 provides modulating (floating) control. The T7984 family provides modulating (2 to 10 Vdc analog) control. • • • • • • • • • P+I control action provides accurate, stable room temperature control. User-friendly setpoint knob. Output status LED for installer checkout. DIP switch selectable 75 F (24 C) setpoint for heating (high limit) and cooling (low limit). Reheat models feature fast/slow response selection to match heating system dynamics. Feature output status LED for installer check-out. Night setback models feature 2-1/2 hour local timed override. Locking cover and range stops are standard. Horizontal and vertical covers included. NOTE: The maximum heating and minimum cooling setpoints are electronically limited to 75 F. ACCURACY: 1 F (0.4 C). PRECISION: T6984: ±0.5 F (±0.2 C). T7984: ±1 F (±0.4 C) after stabilization. OUTPUT: T6984: spdt floating. T7984: 2 to 10 Vdc, 2 mA maximum. SWITCHED OUTPUT RATING (AT 24 VAC): Thermal circuit breaker protection: breaks on high circuit temperature and makes once the circuit cools. Running: 0.5A. Inrush: 1.1A. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply: 19 to 30 Vac, 50-60 Hz. Switched Output: 0.5A running, 1.1A inrush, 24 Vac protected with self-resetting fuse. continued next page 363 Building Controls and Systems ORDER NUMBER Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats T6984; T7984 continued MOUNTING: Directly to wall. Single-gang NEMA-standard 2 in. x 4 in. electric box. Double-gang NEMA-standard electric box with mounting plate. 272846 Mounting Plate or 1-1/8 in. (35 mm) access hole for wiring. APPROVALS: Class II low voltage installation only. Case and cover: Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 94-5V flammability North American codes for line voltage thermostat enclosures. Federal Communications Commission Part 15 Class B, IEC 801-3 for radio frequency interference. ACCESSORIES: 272845 Wall-Mounted Remote Sensor (47K ohm NTC thermistor). 272846 Mounting Plate Adapter for British Standard, European, double-gang NEMA electric boxes, or surface wiring. 272847 Duct-Mounted Remote Sensor. 272870 Celsius Cover without setback button hole, for T6984A,E, T7984A. 272871 Celsius Cover with setback button hole, for T6984D, T7984B,C. OPERATING PARAMETERS: On-Off output duty cycle is 7.5 or 15 min (selectable). Selectable motor timing (T6984): 20, 30, 60, 90,120/150, 240, 420 sec. T6984 night setback is 5 F (3 C) heat/cool offset or 9 F (5 C) setback/ cooling shutdown. T7984 night setback is 5 F (3 C) heat/cool offset or 9 F (5 C) heat offset or 20 F (11 C) cool offset. Zero energy band is 3 F (1.5 C) OR 5 F (3 C). Setpoint defined by heating, cooling or midpoint between heat and cool. T7984C main sensor is remote or internal. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Height Width Depth in. mm in. mm in. mm 4-3/4 119 3-3/16 80 1-9/16 39 ORDER NUMBER Application Control Signal Temperature Sensor T6984A1059 Cooling only or heating only; Series 60 floating None with P+I control. Heat/Cool Changeover Spdt Floating Internal T6984D1046 Heat/Cool (two outputs); Series 60 floating with P+I control and night setback. Spdt Floating (Output 1), Internal or Remote Spst (Output 2) T6984E1043 Cooling only or heating only; Series 60 floating Remote Contact with P+I and remote sensing. Spdt Floating T7984A1057 Cooling only or heating only; Series 70 modulating with P+I and remote sensing. 2-10 Vdc T7984B1055 Heat/Cool (two outputs); Series 70 modulating Automatic at 75 F (24 C) 2-10 Vdc (Output 1), with P+I control and night setback. Spst (Output 2) T7984C1053 Heat/Cool (two outputs); Series 70 modulating Remote Contact or with P+I control and night setback. Sensor Automatic at 75 F (24 C) Remote Contact or Sensor 2-10 Vdc (Output 1), 2-10 Vdc (Output 2) Available while supplies last! T92 Proportional Thermostat • Removable setting knob prevents unauthorized tampering with setpoint. • Mounts easily by fastening screws (included) through three mounting holes to wall or to adapter plate for outlet box mounting. Low voltage, 3-wire proportional controller for valve motors, damper motors, and balancing relays used in heating or cooling applications. • Has two potentiometers for unison or sequence control. • Bellows element adjusts the two potentiometers in proportion to temperature changes to regulate motor operation. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Voltage: 24 Vac to 30 Vac. Potentiometer Resistance: 135 ohms. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Calibration Point: 3 F (2 C) below setpoint to offset internal heat from operation. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-11/16 in. (144 mm) high, 3-3/8 in. (86 mm) wide, 2-5/8 in. (67 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: Thermostat Guard: TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guard, see index for page. See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section. Operating Range Throttling Range ORDER NUMBER F C F C T92E1029 63 to 87 17 to 31 1.5 to 6.5 0.8 to 3.6 364 Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats T921 Proportional Thermostats Provide low voltage, 3-wire control for valve motors, damper motors, and balancing relays in heating or cooling system applications. • Bellows element adjusts potentiometer slider to regulate motor operation. • Removable setting knob prevents unauthorized tampering with setpoint. T921C R-W R-B T921D R-B R-W 120 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac 240 Vac Full Load 8 4 4 2 Locked Rotor 48 24 24 12 Pilot Duty: 125 VA. *TRADELINE model. Temperature Ratings ORDER NUMBER Application Throttling Operating Range Range (Fixed) Faceplate Adapter F C F C Horizontal Remarks T921A1183 For heating or cooling applications. 56 to 84 13 to 29 2.5 1.4 135135A Celsius model. *T921A1191 For heating or cooling applications. 56 to 84 13 to 29 2.5 1.4 135135A Includes slotted sides and an addon faceplate to allow thermostat to be mounted horizontally. T921A1340a 56 to 84 13 to 29 2.5 1.4 134990C With blank cover. T921A1506a 56 to 84 13 to 29 5-6 2.8-3.3 135135A T921B1042 For heating or cooling applications. 56 to 84 Includes heat-cool changeover switch. 13 to 29 4.0 2.2 135135A T921E1007a 56 to 84 For heating or cooling applications. Includes switch and heater that provide a night setback of approx. 10 F (6 C). 13 to 29 4.0 2.2 135135A a Available With blank cover. while supplies last T7200 Programmable Commerical Thermostat For product description, see Environmental Control Systems section, page 338 T7300/Q7300 Programmable Commerical Thermostat and Subbase For product description, see Environmental Control Systems Section, page 339 365 Building Controls and Systems APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Voltage: 24 to 30 Vac. Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A): TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Differential, Auxiliary Switch: T921C: 2 F (1.1 C). T921D: 1 F (0.6 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-11/16 in. (144 mm) high, 3-3/8 in. (86 mm) wide, 2-1/4 in. (58 mm) deep (2-11/16 in. (68 mm) deep on T921C,D models). ACCESSORIES: 124355-00047 Adjusting Screw. 127246A Adapter Plate Assembly for mounting all models vertically on horizontal outlet box, or T921A,B,E models horizontally (with horizontal faceplate) on vertical outlet box. Faceplate for mounting horizontally. See ordering table for application. 135135A horizontal, 56 F to 84 F. 135135B horizontal, 13 C to 29 C. 135135D horizontal, 66 F to 95 F. 190520A Cover with thermometer. 190520F Cover without thermometer. Thermostat Guard: TG512 Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guard, see index for page. See Parts and Accessories at the end of this section for additional accessories. Line and Low Voltage Commercial Thermostats Parts and Accessories ORDER NUMBER Description Use With 220140A Cover Assembly; includes faceplate and thermometer. T651A Series 2000, T694 220140B Cover Assembly; includes faceplate, without thermometer. 220124Ca Faceplate, horizontal, Fahrenheit scalec, for models with thermometer. 220124D Faceplate, horizontal, Celsius scale , for models with thermometer. 220125A Faceplate, horizontal, Fahrenheit scalec, for models without thermometer. 220125C Faceplate, horizontal, Celsius scaleb, for models without thermometer. 220126A Faceplate, horizontal, blank (for models without thermometer). 220124Aa Faceplate, vertical, Fahrenheit scalec, for models with thermometer. 220124B Faceplate, vertical, Celsius scaleb, for models with thermometer. 220125B Faceplate, vertical, Fahrenheit scalec, for models without thermometer. 220125D Faceplate, vertical, Celsius scaleb, for models without thermometer. 220126Ba Faceplate, vertical, blank (for models without thermometer). a T451A, T651A b 23394B Guard, metal and locking. 138541A Mounting plate (gold) and screws. 23394B, locking cover to outlet box. T451A, T651A, T694 T42, T6051, T6052, T92E 130224 Setpoint knob. T42, T92, T921 103774 Switch, spdt. T631 TG511 Thermostat Guards—Versaguard Universal Thermostat Guards. T451, T4039, T631, T641, T651, T694, T6051, T6052, T7047 TG512 a Supplied with T651A2028. b 5 C to 30 C setpoint range. c 40 F to 90 F setpoint range. 366 Same as TG511 plus T42, T92, T921 Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled The Honeywell Family of Direct-Coupled Actuators For Damper Applications and Ball Valve Applications Non-Spring Return High Torque Spring-Return Low Torque Spring-Return High Torque 35 lb-in. ML6161 ML7161 150 lb-in. ML6184 ML6284 ML7284 ML9184 25 lb-in. ML6175 ML6275 ML7275 ML8175 ML9175 142 lb-in. ML4195 ML6195 ML6295 ML7295 ML8195 70 lb-in. ML6174 ML7174 300 lb-in. ML6194 ML6294 ML7294 ML9194 50 lb-in. ML6185 ML6285 ML7285 ML8185 ML9185 Where the application doesn't require a foot-mounted actuator, these direct-coupled actuators provide the application flexibility you expect from Honeywell. Check these features: FEATURES: • Available with spdt floating, 2-10 Vdc or 0-10 Vdc, 4 to 20 mA, or 135 ohm control input. • Available in various ambient temperature ranges. • Fit various square or round damper shafts. • • • • • • • • Building Controls and Systems Non-Spring Return Low Torque Can be used for either clockwise or counterclockwise rotation. Have magnetic coupling. Position indicator on some models. Offer selectable stroke with angular rotation limiter accessory. Models available with field-addable auxiliary switch packages. Models available with field-addable feedback potentiometers. Models available with time-out feature. Models available with manual declutch lever. For Valve Applications For Small Valve Applications For Medium Stem Force Non-Spring Return Valve Applications M6410 M7410 ML684 ML7984 FEATURES: • Available with spdt floating, 2-10 Vdc, 4-20 mA or Series 90 (135 ohm or electronic) control input. • Are rated for 32 F to 130 F or -40 F to +140 F ambient temperature range. • Mount on top of threaded V5011A,C; V5011F,G and V5013F valves only. • Connect directly to valve stem. • Can operate up to and including 3 in. threaded valves. For High Stem Force Valve Applications Non-Spring Return Spring-Return ML6421 ML7421 ML6425 ML7425 • ML7984 reverse or direct acting, field selectable. • ML6425 and ML7425 available in spring return, stem up or stem down, on power failure. • ML6421 and ML7421 non-spring return with 3/4 and 1-1/2 in. stem travel can operate 1/2 to 3 in. threaded and 2-1/2 to 6 in. flanged valves. • M6410 and M7410 mount only on V5852; V5862; V5853; and V5863 Valves or some VP valves with adapter. • Position indicator included on yoke of activator. continued next page 367 Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled The Honeywell Family of Direct-Coupled Actuators continued NON-SPRING RETURN DIRECT-COUPLED DAMPER ACTUATORS. Power Torque 35 lb-in. 70 lb-in. 150 lb-in. 300 lb-in. Control Signal Features 24 120 Two0-10 2-10 4-20 0-135 Auxiliary Integral Conduit Automatic Actuator Vac Vac Position Floating Vdc Vdc mA ohm Declutch Feedback Switches Connection/Cover Time-out OS Number l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l la ML6161A2009b ML6161B2024b l l la ML6161C2007b ML6161D2006b ML7161A2008b l ML6174A2002 a ML6174B2019 l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l ML6174D2009 ML7174A2001 ML6184A1003 l l ML6184C1001 ML6184D1000 ML6184F1008 ML6284A1001 l l ML6284C1009 ML6284D1008 ML6284F1006 ML7284A1018 l l l l ML7284C1008 ML7284D1007 ML7284D1015 ML7284F1005 ML7284F1013 ML9184A1000 l l ML9184C1008 ML9184D1007 ML9184F1005 ML6194A1002 l l l l ML6194C1000 ML6194D1009 ML6194F1007 ML6294C1008 ML6294D1007 ML6294F1005 ML7294A1009 l l l l ML7294C1007 ML7294D1006 ML7294D1014 ML7294F1004 ML7294F1012 ML9194A1009 l l ML9194C1007 ML9194D1006 ML9194F1004 a Actuators have output feedback capability. Field-addable 200976A or 200976C—order separately. b Refer to full actuator descriptions for additional O.S. number selections. continued next page 368 Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled The Honeywell Family of Direct-Coupled Actuators continued SPRING RETURN DIRECT-COUPLED DAMPER ACTUATORS. Power Torque 25 lb-in. a Features 24 120 Two0-10 2-10 4-20 Vac Vac Position Floating Vdc Vdc mA l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l Adjustable Conduit 0-135 Zero and Auxiliary Connection/ Automatic Actuator a Time-out OS Number Switches Cover ohm Feedback Span l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l ML6175A1001 ML6175C1009 l l ML6175D1008 ML6175F1006 ML6275A1009 ML6275C1007 l l ML6275D1006 ML6275F1004 ML7275A1008 ML7275C1006 l l l l ML7275D1005 ML7275D1013 ML7275F1003 ML7275F1011 ML8175A1009 ML8175C1007 l l ML8175D1006 ML8175F1004 ML9175A1008 ML9175C1006 l l ML9175D1005 ML9175F1003 ML6185A1000 ML6185C1008 l l ML6185D1007 ML6185F1005 ML6285A1008 ML6285C1006 l l ML6285D1005 ML6285F1003 ML7285A1007 ML7285C1005 l l l l ML7285D1004 ML7285D1012 ML7285F1002 ML7285F1010 ML8185A1008 ML8185C1006 l l ML8185D1005 ML8185F1003 ML9185A1007 ML9185C1005 l l ML9185D1020 ML9185F1002 135 ohm slidewire or Honeywell Electronic Series 90™. continued next page 369 Building Controls and Systems 50 lb-in. Control Signal Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled The Honeywell Family of Direct-Coupled Actuators continued SPRING RETURN DIRECT-COUPLED DAMPER ACTUATORS. (CONTINUED) Power Features 24 120 Two0-10 2-10 4-20 Vac Vac Position Floating Vdc Vdc mA Torque 142 lb-in. l l l l l l l l l a Control Signal l l l l Adjustable Conduit 0-135 Zero and Auxiliary Connection/ Automatic Actuator ohma Feedback Span Switches Cover Time-out OS Number ML4195A1001 l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l ML4195C1009 ML6195A1009 ML6295C1005 ML7295A1006 ML7295A1014 ML7295C1004 ML7295C1012 ML7295H1009 ML8195A1007 ML8195C1005 135 ohm slidewire or Honeywell Electronic Series 90™. DIRECT-COUPLED VALVE ACTUATORS. NOTE: All models are powered with 24 Vac. Control Signal Spring Force Stroke Timing Power On/Off Floating 4 to 20 2 to 10 135 Return (lbf) (in.) (sec) (Vac) spst spdt mA Vdc ohmc Model No 40.5 1/4 125 l 24 la 160 3/4 l 60 75 135 l l 60 30 60 30 Nob 405 3/4 1-1/2 Yes a 135 3/4 95 24 l 175 90 d l 24 l l Adjustable, operates on 2-10 Vdc or 0-10 Vdc. Actuator includes manual opener. c 135 ohm slidewire or Honeywell Electronic Series 90™. d Spring return: 12 seconds. b 370 l l l l l l l l l Comments M6410A1029 UL94-5V plenum rated; includes conduit connector. M7410F1000 Direct/reverse acting switch; UL94-5V plenum rated; includes conduit connector. ML6874A3005 — ML7984A3001 Replaces all ML784 and ML984 standard models; use with V5011F & G. ML7984A3019 Replaces all ML784 and ML984 standard models; use with V5011A & C. ML7984B3000 For use with pulse width modulation control. ML6420A3049 ML6420A3056 la la ML7420A3055 l ML7421A1032 ML7420A3063 ML6421A1017 a ML6421B1040 la ML7421B1023 ML6425A3022 Extends actuator stem on power failure. ML6425B3013 Retracts actuator stem on power failure. la la ML7425A3013 Extends actuator stem on power failure. ML7425B3012 Retracts actuator stem on power failure. Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled ML6161; ML7161 Direct-Coupled, Non-Spring Return Damper Actuators TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: 30 F to 150 F (0 C to 52 C). TORQUE (LB-IN.): Stall Used to control dampers in applications such as variable air volume (VAV) terminal units, and for mounting on ball valves. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Component Recognized. Canadian Standards Association Component Recognized. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: ML6161: 5-9/16 in. (151 mm) high, 3-3/8 in. (86 mm) wide, 2-1/16 in. (52 mm) deep. ML7161: 5-9/16 in. (151 mm) high, 3-3/8 in. (86 mm) wide, 3 in. (76 mm) deep. Minimum Maximum 35 45 65 ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply: 24 Vac. Frequency: 50/60 Hz. Power Consumption: ML6161A, B: 2.04 VA. ML7161A: 4.8 VA. STROKE: Selectable 45, 60 and 90 degree. ACCESSORIES: 4074ENJ Kit—includes 45 or 60 degree range stop pin, 1/2 in. to 3/8 in. shaft adapter, and minimum position screw with locknut. 4074ENY Kit—includes 45 or 60 degree range stop pin and 1/2 in. to 3/8 in. shaft adapter. 4074EVK—Short Shaft Kit. 7640QW—metal enclosure for conduit connection and plenum rating. 201052A—one Spdt Auxiliary Switch Package.a 201052B—two Spdt Auxiliary Switch Package.a 200976A—500 ohm Potentiometer (for use with ML6161 only). 200976C—2000 ohm potentiometer (use with ML6161A only). 205860 Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer (Series 71). 205860A Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer (Series 71); NEMA 4 rated. a Auxiliary Switch Ratings for Field Addable 201052 Switches. Pilot Duty: 50 VA at 24 Vac, one contact. Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. Torque ORDER NUMBER lb-in. Timing Control Signal Includes Replaces ML6161A2009 35 90 sec Spdt floating and two-position Output for feedback; 4074ENJ bag assembly; manual declutch lever. ML6161A1001 ML6161A2017 7 min ML6161A2025 3 min ML6161B2024 90 sec ML6161B2032 7 min ML6161B2073 3 min ML6161C2007 90 sec ML6161C2015 7 min ML6161C2023 3 min ML6161D2006 90 sec ML6161D2014 7 min ML6161D2022 3 min ML7161A2008 90 sec ML6161A1019 ML6161A1027 4074ENJ bag assembly; manual declutch lever. — Output for feedback; 4074ENJ bag assembly; integral conduit connection cover; manual declutch lever. ML6161C1009 ML6161C1017 ML6161C1025 4074ENJ bag assembly; integral conduit connection cover; manual declutch lever. ML6161D1008 ML6161D1016 ML6161D1024 2 to 10 Vdc or 4 to 20 mA 4074ENJ bag assembly; manual declutch lever. ML7161A1000 371 Building Controls and Systems • Superior A/C synchronous submotor for consistent timing and actuator longevity. • Eliminate need for limit switches or mechanical stops by providing magnetic coupling. • All models include manual declutch lever, and bag assembly with two minimum position setscrews. • Mount directly on 3/8 inch or 1/2 inch square or round damper shaft. • Selectable 45, 60, and 90 degree stroke in either clockwise or counterclockwise direction. Running Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled ML6174; ML7174 Non-Spring Return Direct-Coupled Damper Actuators Used to control dampers in applications such as variable air volume (VAV) terminal units; suitable for use with spdt floating thermostats, electronic systems; and for mounting on ball valves. • Can be used with Commercial Zone Damper in W7600 Commercial Zone System. • Compatible with Honeywell W7620 Terminal Unit Controller. • Magnetic coupling eliminates the need for mechanical stops or limit switch adjustments by limiting stall torque to 130 lb-in. maximum. • Mount directly on 3/8 to 1/2 in. round and square damper shafts. • All models include manual declutch lever for ease of mounting, and bag assembly with two minimum position setscrews. • 90-second timing models are suitable for use with pressure independent VAV systems. • Seven-minute timing models are suitable for use with pressure dependent VAV systems. • ML6174 models replace ML6464s. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Component Recognized: File No. E4436, Guide No. XAPX2. Canadian Standards Association Certified. UL94-5V Enclosure: Plenum rating. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-3/8 in. (86 mm) wide, 5-9/16 in. (141 mm) high, 2-1/2 in. (64 mm) deep. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: 20 F to 125 F (-18 C to +50 C); derated timing to -20 F (-29 C). ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Consumption (maximum at 24 Vac): W A VA ML6174 2.3 0.10 2.4 ML7174 5.2 0.22 5.4 AUXILIARY SWITCH RATINGS (A): Electrically selective normally open (N.O.) or normally closed (N.C.), not simultaneous. PILOT DUTY: 50 VA, 24 Vac. MOUNTING: Mounts directly on horizontal 3/8 in. to 1/2 in. (10 mm to 13 mm) round or square damper shafts secured by two 1/4 in. (6 mm) 28 NF Allen screws. Minimum damper shaft length is 1-3/4 in. (45 mm). Actuator can be mounted with actuator shaft in any position. Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. ORDER NUMBER Torque lb-in. Control Mode Electrical Ratings, Power Supply Timing Control Signal Includes ML6174A2002 70 Series 60 24 Vac 90 sec Spdt floating and two-position Output for feedback; 4074ENJ bag assembly; manual declutch lever. ML6174A2010 3 min. ML6174B2019 90 sec 4074ENJ bag assembly; manual declutch lever. ML6174D2009 ML7174A2001 372 4074ENJ bag assembly; manual declutch lever; integral enclosure. Series 70 4 to 20 mA or 2 to 10 Vdc 4074ENJ bag assembly; manual declutch lever. Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled ML6184; ML6284; ML7284; ML9184 Direct-Coupled, Non-Spring Return Damper Actuators DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 8-7/16 in. (215 mm) long, 4 in. (102 mm) wide, 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) deep. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: -30 F to +150 F (-35 C to +60 C). TORQUE (LB-IN.). Stall Used to control building HVAC dampers. Suitable for use with spdt floating, 2 to 10 Vdc, 4 to 20 mA, and 135 ohm electronic modulating control systems, and for mounting on ball valves. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File no. E4436, Guide no. XAPX. Canadian Standards Association Listed: File no. LR95329-17. UL873 (UL94-5V) Enclosure: Plenum rating. Minimum Maximum 150 165 250 STROKE: 95 degree nominal, 3 degrees mechanically limited. ELECTRICAL RATING: Power Consumption: 12 VA maximum at 24 Vac. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: 9 in. (229 mm), 18 gauge cable with 1/2 in. conduit connection. NORMAL OPERATION LIFE: 60,000 full stroke cycles. REPOSITIONS: 1,500,000 minimum. ACCESSORIES: 205753 Hub Sleeve, 3/8 in. 205758 Hub Sleeve, 5/8 in. 205820A Three-Point Mounting Kit. 205830A Crank Arm Accessory. 205840A Tandem Mount Kit (Series 60 and 80 only). 205860 Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer (Series 72). 205860A Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer (Series 72); NEMA 4 rated. Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. ORDER NUMBER Torque, Control lb-in. Mode Electrical Ratings, Power Supply Timing Control Signal Includes Comments ML6184A1003 150 24 Vac 90 sec Spdt floating — Series 60 — ML6184C1001 Two auxiliary switches ML6184D1000 — ML6184F1008 ML6284A1001 Two auxiliary switches Series 62 — ML6284C1009 Two auxiliary switches ML6284D1008 — ML6284F1006 Two auxiliary switches ML7284A1018 Series 70 2 to 10 Vdc ML7284C1008 — 4 to 20 mA ML7284D1015 2 to 10 Vdc ML7284F1005 4 to 20 mA ML7284F1013 2 to 10 Vdc Series 90 ML9184C1008 135 ohmsa — 500 ohm feedback signal; time-out feature. — Time-out feature. Two auxiliary switches — — Two auxiliary switches ML9184D1007 — ML9184F1005 Two auxiliary switches a — Two auxiliary switches ML7284D1007 ML9184A1000 Time-out feature. Time-out feature. 135 ohm slidewire or Honeywell Electronic Series 90™. 373 Building Controls and Systems • Magnetic coupling allows stalling actuator. • Mounts directly onto 3/8 to 3/4 in. round or square damper shaft. • Removable splined output hub permits premounting of hub on damper shaft, providing installation flexibility. • 90-second synchronous timing. Synchronous timing is independent of load, temperature, and voltage fluctuations. • All models include manual declutch lever. • ML6184 models replace ML6474s; ML7284 models replace ML7474. Running Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled ML6194; ML6294; ML7294; ML9194 Non-Spring Return DirectCoupled Damper Actuators Provide floating spdt or proportioning control of dampers in heating, ventilating, air conditioning applications; and for mounting on ball valves. • Magnetic coupling eliminates the need for mechanical stops or limit switch adjustments by limiting stall torque. • Mount directly on 1/2 in. to 3/4 in. round and square damper shafts (and 1 in. round damper shafts using appropriate insert); 1 in. is standard, 1/2 in. and 3/4 in. is optional. • Manual clutch allows manual adjustment. • Designed for both single-point and three-point mounting to allow installation flexibility. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File no. E4436, Guide no. XAPX. Canadian Standards Association Listed: File no. LR95329-17. UL873 (UL94-5V) Enclosure: Plenum rating. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4 in. (102 mm) wide, 8-7/16 in. (215 mm) high, 3-5/32 in. (80 mm) deep. STROKE: 95 degrees nominal. TIMING, AT 90 DEGREE STROKE: 165 ±3 seconds, synchronous at 60 Hz from -4 F to +140 F; 200 ±3 seconds at 50 Hz, nonsynchronous below -4 F (-20 C). TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: -40 F to +140 F (-40 C to +60 C). ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Consumption: ML6194A,C; ML6294A,C; ML9194A,C: 5 VA. ML6194D,F; ML6294D,F; ML7294A,C; ML9194D,F: 6 VA. ML7294D,F: 6.5 VA. Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A): 120V: 3 Full Load. 240V: 18 Locked Rotor. Pilot Duty: 1A MOUNTING: Mounts directly on horizontal 1/2 in. to 3/4 in. (13 to 19 mm) round or square damper shaft, and 1 in. (26 mm) round damper shaft, using appropriate hub insert. REPOSITIONS: 1,500,000. ACCESSORIES: 205820A 3-point Mounting Kit. 205843B Hub Insert, 1 in. round, with retaining ring. 205846 Crank-Arm Accessory. 205849A Hub Insert, 5/8 in., round or square, with set screws. 205856B Hub Insert, 3/4 in., round or square, with retaining ring. 205860 Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer. 205860A Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer, NEMA IV rated. Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. ORDER NUMBER Torque Control lb-in. Mode Electrical Ratings, Power Supply Timing Control Signal Includes Comments ML6194A1002 300 24 Vac 92 sec Spdt floating — Series 60 — ML6194C1000 Two auxiliary switches ML6194D1009 — ML6194F1007 Two auxiliary switches ML6294C1008 Series 62 500 ohm feedback signal ML6294D1007 — ML6294F1005 ML7294A1009 Two auxiliary switches Series 70 2-10 Vdc ML7294C1007 — — ML7294D1014 4-20 mA ML7294F1004 2-10 Vdc ML7294F1012 4-20 mA Series 90 ML9194C1007 135 ohmsa — — Two auxiliary switches 135 ohm slidewire or Honeywell Electronic Series 90™. Time-out feature. —— Two auxiliary switches. ML9194D1006 374 — Two auxiliary switches ML9194F1004 a 500 ohm feedback signal; time-out feature. Two auxiliary switches ML7294D1006 ML9194A1009 Time-out feature. Time-out feature. Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled ML6175; ML6275; ML7275; ML8175; ML9175; ML6185; ML6285; ML7285; ML8185; ML9185 Direct-Coupled, Spring Return Damper Actuators TORQUE: Breakaway Model • Magnetic coupling allows stalling actuator. • Mounts directly onto 1/2-in. round or square damper shaft. • 90-second synchronous timing. Synchronous timing is independent of load, temperature, and voltage fluctuations. • Removable output hub provides for CW or CCW spring return. • Models available with or without time-out feature. • Two or more actuators can be mounted on one damper shaft to increase output torque for use on dampers larger than eight square feet (spst and spdt floating only). APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File no. E4436, Guide no. XAPX. Canadian Standards Association Listed: File no. LR95329-17. UL94-5V Enclosure: Plenum rating. UL873: Line voltage auxiliary switches. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 8-9/32 in. (210 mm) long, 3-15/16 in.(100 mm) wide, 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) deep. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: -30 F to +150 F (-35 C to +60 C). ML6175; ML6275; ML7275; ML8175; ML9175 25 25 100 ML6185; ML6285; ML7285; ML8185; ML9185 50 50 135 STROKE: 95 degrees nominal, 3 degrees mechanically limited. TIMING: 90 seconds synchronous at 60 Hz. 90/108 seconds at 50/60 Hz. Spring wind timing (upon power restoration) 100 seconds nominal. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Consumption: 12 VA maximum at 24 Vac. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION: 3 ft (914 mm), 18 gauge cable with 1/2 in. conduit connection. SPRING RETURN LIFE: 7500 spring return operations for direct coupled motors. 60,000 spring return operations for 2 position motors NORMAL OPERATION LIFE: 60,000 full stroke cycles. REPOSITIONS: 1,500,000 minimum. ACCESSORIES: 205753 Hub Sleeve, 3/8 in. 205758 Hub Sleeve, 5/8 in. 205820A Three-Point Mounting Kit. 205830A Crank Arm Assembly. 205840A Tandem Mount Kit (Series 60 and 80 only). 205850A End Stop Kit. 205860 Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer (Series 72). 205860A Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer (Series 72), NEMA 4 rated. Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. ORDER NUMBER Control Mode Control Signal ML6175A1001 Series 60 Spdt floating ML6175C1009 Includes Comments — — Two auxiliary switches ML6175D1008 — ML6175F1006 Two auxiliary switches ML6275A1009 Series 62 — ML6275C1007 — ML6275F1004 Two auxiliary switches Series 70 2-10 Vdc ML7275C1006 ML7275F1003 — 500 ohm feedback signal; time-out feature. 2 to 10 Vdc feedback. Two auxiliary switches ML7275D1005 ML7275D1013 500 ohm feedback signal. Two auxiliary switches ML6275D1006 ML7275A1008 Time-out feature. — 4-20 mA Time-out feature; 2 to 10 Vdc feedback. — Two auxiliary switches ML7275F1011 continued next page 375 Building Controls and Systems Used to control building HVAC dampers. Suitable for use with spdt floating or 2 to10 Vdc, 4-20 mA, and Series 90 electronic modulating control systems; 50 lb-in. models also may be mounted on ball valves. Minimum (Spring Maximum (Stall) Running Return) Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled ML6175; ML6275; ML7275; ML8175; ML9175; ML6185; ML6285; ML7285; ML8185; ML9185 continued ORDER NUMBER Control Mode Control Signal Includes Comments ML8175A1009 Series 80 On/off spst — — ML8175C1007 Two auxiliary switches ML8175D1006 — ML8175F1004 ML9175A1008 Two auxiliary switches Series 90 135 ohmsa ML9175C1006 — — ML9175F1003 Two auxiliary switches Series 60 Spdt floating ML6185C1008 — — ML6185F1005 Two auxiliary switches Series 62 — ML6285C1006 Two auxiliary switches ML6285D1005 — ML6285F1003 ML7285A1007 2-10 Vdc — — ML7285D1012 2 to 10 Vdc feedback. Time-out feature; 2 to 10 Vdc feedback. 2-10 Vdc Series 80 On/off spst ML8185C1006 — — Two auxiliary switches Series 80 On/off spst ML8185F1003 — Time-out feature. Two auxiliary switches Series 90 135 ohmsa ML9185C1005 — — ML9185F1002 Two auxiliary switches 135 ohms slidewire or Honeywell Electronic Series 90™. — Two auxiliary switches ML9185D1020 376 500 ohm feedback signal; time-out feature. Two auxiliary switches ML7285F1010 a 500 ohm feedback signal. 4-20 mA ML7285F1002 ML9185A1007 Time-out feature. Two auxiliary switches ML7285D1004 ML8185D1005 — Two auxiliary switches Series 70 ML7285C1005 ML8185A1008 Time-out feature. Two auxiliary switches ML6185D1007 ML6285A1008 — Two auxiliary switches ML9175D1005 ML6185A1000 Time-out feature. Time-out feature. Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled ML4195; ML6195; ML6295; ML7295; ML8195 Spring Return Direct-Coupled Damper Actuators • Integral adjustable range stop. • ML4195 models replace ML4465s; ML7295 models replace ML7475s; ML8195 models replace ML8465s. • For hydronic valve applications, a complete line of brackets and linkages are available for mounting Honeywell direct-coupled actuators on globe valves and on Honeywell ball valves. • Brushless DC motor achieves sophisticated control of speed, torque and braking. • Self-centering shaft coupling minimizes installation time. • Spring return direction is field-selectable to simplify installation. • Manual override permits unpowered positioning to simplify installation and troubleshooting. Deactivation of interlock is manual or automatic when power is restored. • Highly-visible position indicator facilitates setup, checkout and troubleshooting. • Rugged, lightweight all-metal alloy housing provides durability. • Integral conduit connection. ORDER NUMBER Torque Control lb-in. Mode ML4195A1001 142 Electrical Ratings, Power Supply Series 40 120 Vac Timing Control Signal Includes Comments 90 sec On/off spst — — ML4195C1009 ML6195A1009 Two auxiliary switches (fully adjustable) Series 60 24 Vac ML6295C1005 Series 62 ML7295A1006 Series 70 Spdt floating — 0 to 10 Vdc ML7295A1014 4 to 20 mA ML7295C1004 0 to 10 Vdc ML7295C1012 4 to 20 mA ML7295H1009 0 to 10 Vdc ML8195A1007 ML8195C1005 Series 80 On/off spst Two auxiliary switches (fully adjustable) 0-1000 ohms feedback — 0 to 10 Vdc feedback Two auxiliary switches (fully adjustable) Adj. zero (0 to 5 Vdc) and span (2-30 Vdc). — — Two auxiliary switches (fully adjustable) 377 Building Controls and Systems Use with controls that provide two-position spst, switched or floating spdt control output, or proportional control for dampers in heating, ventilating, and air conditioning applications; and for mounting on ball valves. APPROVALS: UL873: Line voltage auxiliary switches. CUL (CSA C22.2 No. 24-93). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-15/16 in. (100 mm) wide, 11-13/16 in. (300 mm) high, 2-27/32 in. (72 mm) deep. STROKE: 95 degrees maximum. TEMPERATURE RATINGS, AMBIENT: -25 F to 130 F (-32 C to 55 C). ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Consumption: Running: ML4195; ML7295: 9 VA. ML6195; ML6295; ML8195: 8 VA. Holding: ML4195: 9 VA. ML6195; ML6295; ML7295:5 VA. ML8195: 3 VA. MOUNTING: Mounts directly on 3/8 in. to 1 in. (9 mm to 25 mm) round and 1/4 in. to 3/4 in. (6 mm to 18 mm) square damper shafts. REPOSITIONS: 1,500,000. FULL STROKE CYCLES: 50,000 minimum. ACCESSORIES: 210033 Frame Mounting Kit. 210034 Foot Mounting Kit. 210035 U-bolt Coupling, 1.06 in. (27 mm). Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled New! ML4105; ML4115; ML8105; ML8115 Fast-Acting, Two-Position Actuators The ML4105; ML4115; ML8105; and ML8115 Fast-Acting, TwoPosition Actuators are spring return direct coupled actuators (DCA) with an integral junction box for on/off damper control. The actuator accepts an on/off signal from a single-pole, single-throw (spst) controller. Models are available with clockwise (cw) or counterclockwise (ccw) spring return and are designed to operate reliably in smoke control systems requiring Underwriter’s Laboratories Inc. UL555S ratings up to 350 F. • 30 lb-in. (3.4 N•m) or 50 lb-in. (5.7 N•m) minimum driving torque at 350 F (176 C). • Integral spring return ensures level of return torque. • Fifteen-second spring return timing. • No audible noise during holding. • Patent pending design eliminates need for limit switches to reduce power consumption. • Models available for 24, 120, and 230 Vac. • Ninety-five degree angle of rotation. • Actuator holds rated torque at reduced power level. • Die-cast aluminum housing. • Housing design allows flush mounting to damper. • Integral junction box with three conduit openings eliminates need for separate wiring box. • High-temperature indicator included. DIMENSIONS: 7-1/2 in. (192 mm) high, 5-1/8 in. (129 mm) wide, 3-5/16 in. (84 mm) deep. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Input: ML4105A,B: 120 Vac +10/-15%, 60 Hz. ML4105C,D: 230 Vac ±10%, 50/60 Hz. ML4115: 120 Vac ±10%, 60 Hz. ML8105; ML8115: 24 Vac +20/-10%, 50/60 Hz. Power Consumption: ML4105A,B; ML4115: Running: 0.18A, 18W. Holding: 0.11A, 9W. ML4105C,D: Running: 0.10A, 18W. Holding: 0.06A, 9W. ML8105; ML8115: Running: 16 VA. Holding: 8 VA. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: ML4105A,B; ML4115; ML8105; ML8115: Two color coded 16 in. leads; includes ground screw. ML4105C1008, ML4105D1007: Terminal block and ground screw with option for connecting thermal switch. ML4105C1016, ML4105D1015: 1m appliance cable. Three 7/8 in. holes for conduit connections (fittings not included). DEVICE WEIGHT: 5 lb (2.3 kg). STROKE: 95 ± 3, mechanically limited. CONTROLLER TYPE: ML4105A,B; ML4115: Line voltage (120 Vac), two-position, spst (Series 40). ML4105C,D: Line voltage (230 Vac), two-position, spst (Series 40). ML8105; ML8115: Low voltage (24 Vac), two-position, spst (Series 80). TORQUE RATING (AT RATED VOLTAGE): Typical Holding: 100 lb-in. (11.3 N•m). Spring Return: ML4105; ML8105: 40 lb-in. (4.5 N•m). ML4115; ML8115: 30 lb-in. (3.4 N•m). Stall Maximum: ML4105; ML8105: 240 lb-in. (27 N•m). ML4115; ML8115: 150 lb-in. (17 N•m). 350 F Driving: ML4105; ML8105: 50 lb-in. (5.7 N•m). ML4115; ML8115: 30 lb-in. (3.4 N•m). NOISE RATING (MAXIMUM): Driving Open: 65 dBA at 1m. Holding: 20 dBA at 1m (no audible noise). TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: 0 F to 130 F (-18 C to +55 C). Shipping and Storage: -40 F to +140 F (-40 C to +60 C). HUMIDITY RATINGS: 5 to 95% RH, noncondensing. MOUNTING: 3/8 to 1/2 in. square or round damper shafts. Actuator can be mounted with shaft in any position. Secure hub to shaft with: ML8105; ML8115; ML4105A,B; ML4115: Four 1/4-28 UNF set screws. Use 1/8 in. Allen wrench to tighten set screws. ML4105C,D: Four 3 mm set screws. Use 3 mm Allen wrench to tighten set screws. MINIMUM DAMPER SHAFT LENGTH: 1-3/4 in. (45 mm). TIMING (AT RATED TORQUE AND VOLTAGE): Drive Open: ML4105; ML8105: 15 sec maximum, 14 sec typical. ML4115: 25 sec maximum, 18 sec typical. ML8105: 25 sec maximum, 22 sec typical. Spring Close: 15 seconds. DESIGN LIFE (AT RATED VOLTAGE): 30,000 full stroke cycles. APPROVALS: ML4105 ML8105; A,B C,D ML4115 ML8115 UL/cUL X X X UL873 Plenum Rating X X X CE X X C-TICK X X ACCESSORIES: 201391 Shaft Adapter for 3/8 in. shafts. 205649 Mounting Bracket. 32003532 Adjustable Switch Package, two 10A externally-mounted fully-adjustable switches. continued next page 378 Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled ML4105; ML4115; ML8105; ML8115 continued Order Number Spring Return Direction Voltage in Vac Torque in lb-in. (N•m) Description ML4105A1000 ccw 50 (5.7) Standard model. ML4105B1009 cw ML4105C1008 ccw 120 230 IP50 Environmental rating. ML4105C1016 ML4105D1007 IP54 Environmental rating, 1 meter cable. cw IP50 Environmental rating. ML4105D1015 IP54 Environmental rating, 1 meter cable. ccw ML4115B1008 cw ML8105A1006 ccw ML8105B1005 cw ML8115A1005 ccw ML8115B1004 cw 120 30 (3.4) 24 50 (5.7) Standard model. 30 (3.4) ML684; ML6874; ML7984 Valve Actuators ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply: 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz. Current Draw: 0.25A running, 0.5A stall. Transformer, Recommended: 20 VA minimum transformer required. Power Consumption: Full Load: 6 VA. Stall: 12 VA. AUXILIARY SWITCH RATINGS (A): 120V 240V Mount directly, without a linkage, on V5011A,C,F,G; V5013F and V5045 1/2- to 3-inch water and steam threaded valve bodies only. Full Load 7.2 3.6 Locked Rotor 43.2 21.6 • Self-contained, self-adjusting, linear valve actuator. • Compact size is ideal for unit heaters, fan coil units, narrow ceiling plenums and computer room motorized valve applications. • Non-spring return. • 160-pound minimum valve closing force, either direction. • 3/4 inch stem travel. PRESSURE RATINGS, CLOSE OFF RATINGS: APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed. Canadian Standards Association Certified (for line voltage auxiliary switch accessories). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 6-8/10 in. (173 mm) high, 4 in. (102 mm) wide, 3-1/5 in. (82 mm) deep. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: 32 F to 132 F (0 C to 55 C). TIMING: 63 seconds for 3/4 inch travel. Valve Pipe Size (in.) V5011F,G; V5013F 1/2 Close Off (psi) 150 3/4 150 1 150 1-1/4 145 1-1/2 91 2 47 2-1/2 32 3 19 ACCESSORIES: 272630A One Spdt Switch. 272630B Two Spdt Switches. 272822 Resistor Kit for ML7984. 272629A Adapter Kit for mounting ML684 to V5045 valves. Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. ORDER NUMBER Control Signal Recommended Controllers ML684A1009 Spdt two-position Use with two-position spdt controllers, or floating controllers such as T6984. ML6874A3005 Spdt floating Use with floating controllers such as T7075B or T775A,B,C or D with two or more relay inputs. ML7984A3001 2-10, 10-2 Vdc; 4-20, 20-4 mA; 135 ohm, or electronic Series 90 Use with T991; T921; W7600, and electronic Series 90 proportional controllers such as W973 with S7505; T775; W7100; or T7300 with Q7300L. Use with V5011F,G and V5013 Valves. 2-10, 10-2 Vdc; and PWM. Pulse width modulation (PWM) control. ML7984A3019 ML7984B3000 Use with V5011A,C,N; V5013A,C,N. Replaces all ML784 and ML984 standard models. 379 Building Controls and Systems ML4115A1009 Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled ML6420; ML6421; ML6425; ML7421; ML7425 Electric Linear Valve Actuators ML6425; ML7425 Dimensions, Approximate: 5-5/15 6-5/16 (135) x (161) 14-5/16 (364) MINIMUM CLEARANCE 2-11/16 (67) 11-1/4 (284) The ML6420; ML7420; ML6421; and ML7421 Non-Spring Return and ML6425 and ML7425 Spring Return Electric Linear Valve Actuators provide floating or modulating control to operate standard Honeywell valves in heating, ventilating, and air conditioning (HVAC) applications. The modulating actuators accept an analog signal of 0 to 10 Vdc or 2 to 10 Vdc, and an internal selector plug can be used to reverse the direction of action. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Accurate valve positioning. Quick and easy installation. No separate linkage or adjustments required. Conduit connector standard on ML6420; ML6425; ML7420; ML7425. Conduit knockout standard on ML6421; ML7421. True spring return on power failure with ML6425; ML7425. Low power consumption. High close-off ratings. Force-limiting end switches. Direct/reverse action with ML6420; ML6425; ML7420; ML7425. Synchronous motor. Maintenance-free, corrosion-resistant design. Position feedback signal with ML7420; ML7421; ML7425. Fail-safe position selection for control signal loss with ML7425. Manual operator on non-spring return models. APPROVALS: IP54 protection standard. Class 1 (24 Vac) insulation. UL94-5V flame retardant. Meets CE requirements. 1/2 (13) FPT 7-5/8 (192) YOKE DIAMETER 1-3/8 (35) M7892A ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Model Maximum Power Consumption Power Supply ML6420 6 VA ML7420 7 VA ML6421 11 VA 24 Vac (+10/-15%), 50/60 Hz ML6425 ML7421 12 VA ML7425 ML6420; ML6421; ML7420; ML7421 Dimensions, Approximate: ML6421, ML7421 ML6420, ML7420 5-5/15 (135) x 6-5/16 (161) 7 (178 ) X 7 (178) 2-11/16 (67) 2-1/2 (64) TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: 14 F to 122 F (-10 C to +50 C). Storage: -40 F to +158 F (-40 C to +70 C). Maximum Valve Medium: 300 F (150 C). CLOSE-OFF RATINGS: See Actuator Specification Data Sheet. D MINIMUM CLEARANCE C C B B A A E (YOKE DIAMETER) 1/2 (13) FPT KNOCKOUTS (2) 7/8 (22) E (YOKE DIAMETER) ML6421A, ML7421A ML6421B, ML7421B ML6420, ML7420 A 5-5/8 (142) 8 (204) 5-9/16 (141) B 9-3/8 (239) 11-7/8 (301) 9-3/16 (233) C 10-3/8 (264) 12-3/4 (326) 9-9/16 (242) D 14-1/4 (360) 16-7/8 (430) 12-11/16 (322) E 1-3/8 (35) 1-7/8 (48) 1-3/8 (35) M17463 continued next page 380 Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled ML6420; ML6421; ML6425; ML7421; ML7425 continued Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. ORDER NUMBER Description ML6420A3049 Non-spring Return 3/4 in. Electric Linear Valve Actuator ML6420A3056 Stroke Stem Force Control Signal Timing Notes 135 lbf — 0 to 10 Vdc, 2 to 10 Vdc ML7420A3063 ML6421A1017 405 lbf ML6421B1040 1-1/2 in. ML7421A1032 3/4 in. ML7421B1023 1-1/2 in. ML6425B3013 Spdt floating 60 sec 30 sec 95 sec 175 sec 135 lbf ML7425A3013 0 to 10 Vdc, 2 to 10 Vdc 95 sec Spdt floating 90 sec (Spring Return: 12 sec) 0 to 10 Vdc, 2 to 10 Vdc ML7425B3012 175 sec Drives valve stem down on power failure. Draws valve stem up on power failure. Drives valve stem down on power failure. Draws valve stem up on power failure. M6410; M7410 Valve Actuators Small Individual Room Control (IRC) Electric Actuators provide floating or modulating control of V5852; V5862 two-way or V5853; V5863 three-way valves. • Suitable for Excel/IRC system or other controllers providing specified signals. • Magnetic coupling for torque limitation independent of voltage supply and self-adjustment of the closeoff port. • Low maintenance plastic housing. • No mounting tools required. • Small size allows installation in the limited space of fan-coil units, induction units, and small reheaters or recoolers. • Visual position indication (red pin). APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: For plenum use, File E156107, Volume 1. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: M6410A: 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) high, 1-15/16 in. (49 mm) wide, 3-1/4 in. (82 mm) deep. M7410F: 2-13/32 in. (61 mm) high, 1-15/16 in. (49 mm) wide, 3-15/16 in. (100 mm) deep. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: 32 F to 140 F (0 C to 60 C). ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Input Power: 24 Vac, +10/-30%, 50/60 Hz. Power Consumption: M6410A: 0.7 VA. M7410E: 1.4 VA. RUNNING TIME: 150 seconds at 50 Hz 125 seconds at 60 Hz. MOUNTING: Actuator screws onto valve body. CONNECTIONS: 4.9 ft. (1.5m) cable. Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. ORDER NUMBER Control Mode Electrical Ratings, Power Supply Timing Use With Comments M6410A1029 Spdt floating 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz T87F1859 UL94-5V plenum rated; includes conduit connector. M7410F1000 0 to 10 Vdc or 2 to 10 Vdc 125 sec T775; W7600 modulating Direct-/reverse-acting switch; UL94-5V plenum dc voltage models. rated; includes conduit connector. 381 Building Controls and Systems Spring Return 3/4 in. Electric Linear Valve Actuator 60 sec 30 sec ML7420A3055 ML6425A3022 Spdt floating Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled Accessories: Use With Direct-Coupled Damper Actuator Accessory Part Number Non-spring Return Spring Return Description Auxiliary Switch, for 3/8 in. or 1/2 in. shaft ML6161; ML7161 Bag Assembly Kit (one stop pin and shaft adapter) Bag Assembly Kit (one stop pin, shaft adapter, two minimum position screws) 4074ENY 4074ENJ 35 lb-in. ML6161; ML7161 70 lb-in. ML6174; ML7174 Case and Cover 7640QW ML6161; ML6174; ML7161; ML7174 90 201052A 201052B 75 60 45 30 15 0 Crank Arm Adapter 205685 150 lb-in. 205846 300 lb-in. Crank Arm Assembly (hub insert with set screws, retaining ring and crankarm) 205870 25 or 50 lb-in. Crank Arm Kit (includes two ball joint connectors) 205830A 25 or 50 lb-in. continued next page 382 Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled Accessories continued Description Use With Direct-Coupled Damper Actuator Accessory Part Number Non-spring Return Spring Return Economizer Logic Module, Solid State W6210A,D Honeywell Series 62 Direct-Coupled Actuators W7210A,D Honeywell Series 72 Direct-Coupled Actuators 205850B 25 or 50 lb-in. End Stop Kit 205617 150 lb-in. Hub Insert, 3/8 in. 205753 150 lb-in. Hub Insert, 1/2 in. 205755 Hub Insert, 5/8 in. 205758 Hub and retaining ring, 1 in. round 205843B 300 lb-in. Hub and retaining ring, 3/4 in. round or square 205856B Hub, 5/8 in. round or square 205849A Mounting Kit, 3-Point, bracket and 3 standoff 205820A Mounting Kit, Tandem, bracket, 6 standoffs and drive shaft extensions 205840A 150 lb-in. 300 lb-in. Potentiometer, Feedback 0 to 1000 ohm 200976C ML6161A,C; ML6174A,C Potentiometer, Feedback 0 to 500 ohm 200976A Potentiometer, Remote Minimum Position 205860 Actuator with 0/4-20 mA, or 0/2-10 Vdc control signal 60 80 10 Actuator with 0/4-20 mA, or 0/2-10 Vdc control signal 25 or 50 lb-in. 0 40 50 25 or 50 lb-in. 70 20 30 25 or 50 lb-in. 90 100 continued next page 383 Building Controls and Systems Hub Insert, 3/4 in. round Motors and Actuators—Direct-Coupled Accessories continued Description Use With Direct-Coupled Damper Actuator Accessory Part Number Non-spring Return Spring Return Shaft Adapter, 1 in. 205880 Short Shaft Extender 4074EVK ML6161; ML7161; ML6174; ML7174 Weathershield 32003036 150 lb-in. 300 lb-in. 35 lb-in. 70 lb-in. 384 25 or 50 lb-in. 25 lb-in. 30 lb-in. 50 lb-in. 142 lb-in. Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted Modutrol IV Family of Motors “Contractor-Friendly” design for service and retrofit Internal Field-Addable Transformer Internal Field-Addable Auxiliary Switches Crank Arm Modutrol IV Motors replace all present generation Modutrol motors and set a new, certifiable standard for the industry. Modutrol IV Motors retain all the features that made Honeywell Modutrol motors the most reliable produced, and go even further with 20 quality improvements. TRADELINE models provide these features and benefits: 1. Dual shafts. Both drive and auxiliary shafts have equal torque ratings, allowing auxiliary shaft to drive full torque loads. This provides a more flexible motor. For example, a spring-return, normally closed motor will provide normally open operation simply by using the auxiliary shaft. 2. NEMA 3 housing. Modutrol IV motor housings protect the motor from driving rain if motor is mounted in the upright position (as shown in above photo). May be mounted outdoors without a weatherproofing kit. 3. Higher holding torques. Holding torques have been increased by 35-100%. More reliable performance on the job. Greatly reduced likelihood of “dithering” once motor has stabilized in position. 4. Improved spring return drive torque. Rating increased from 50 lb-in. to 60 lb-in. for the high torque M9185 style motor (old M945/955 motor). 5. Reduced power consumption. Motor power needs can always be satisfied with a 40 VA transformer. 6. Internal quality improvements. Result in improved performance and longer life. These significant quality improvements include: Controller Interface Module M16727 • Common Bore Motor precisely aligns bearings, end caps, stator and rotor for increased performance and reliability. • One Piece Stator provides greater durability plus improved efficiency. • Stronger Gear Train, the most reliable in the industry. • Die-Cast Housing with tongue and groove seal design provides superior oil-seal integrity. • Plus significant improvements in the drive shaft, terminal block, and more. A total of more than 20 improvements have gone into the design and manufacture of Modutrol IV Motors—The Performers. Fourteen TRADELINE motors and appropriate accessories can be configured to replace all previous Honeywell Modutrol motors, as well as most OEM modutrol motors. The TRADELINE motors are: M6184D1035 M9174D1007 M6285A1005 M6194D1017 M9184D1013 M6285A1013 M6284D1000 M9184D1021 M9175D1014 M6294D1008 M9194D1003 M9185D1004 M9164D1009 M8185D1006 The appropriate accessories are listed in Parts and Accessories, a table near the end of this section of the catalog. 385 Building Controls and Systems Resistor Board Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted Modutrol IV Family of Motors The following Modutrol IV motors can replace the old style Modutrol motors as shown below. New Mod IV Replacement Old Motors Replaced NonSpring Return M6184 M6194 M6284 M6294 M7164 M7274 M7284 M7294 M7364 M7384 M7964 M7984 M9164 M9174 M9184 M9194 M9484 M9494 M644 M744 M941 M944 M954 High Torque Spring Return M4185 M4186 M6285 M6286 M7185 M7186 M7285 M7286 M7385 M7685 M8185 M9185 M9186 M445 M745 M845 M945 M955 Medium Torque Spring Return M7975 M9175 386 M765 M865 M965 M975 M734 M934 Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted The Honeywell Family of Modutrol IV Foot-Mounted Actuators *TRADELINE models. Voltage Vac Control Input On/ Spdt 24a 120 208 220 240 Stroke Timing Off Floating Modulating Actuator M4185A1001 M4185B1009 M4185B1017 M4185B1058 l M6184A1015 l l l l l l l M6184A1023 l l l l l l Torque (lb-in.) Thermistor 25 35 50 60 l l l l 75 160 60 160 60 160 60 90 30 90 30 l 160 30 l l l Spring Recommended 150 300 Return Controller l l l l l l *M6184D1035 l 90-160 30-60 l l M6184D1068 l 90-160 120-240 l l M6184F1014 l 90-160 30-60 l l *M6194B1011 l 90 l l *M6194D1017 l 90-160 120-240 l l M6194E1006 l 90-160 120-240 l l M6284A1048 l 160 60 l l M6284A1055 l 90 30 l l M6284A1063 l 160 160 l l T775; T7075; T675; T678; T6031 T775; T7075; T675; T678; T6031 T775; T7075; T675; T678; T6031 T775; T7075; T675; T678; T6031 T775; T7075; T675; T678; T6031 T775; T7075; T675; T678; T6031 T775; T7075; T675; T678; T6031 T775; T7075; T675; T678; T6031 T775; T7075; T675; T678; T6031 T775; T7075; T675; T678; T6031 *M6284D1000 l 90-160 30-60 l l M6284F1013 l 90-160 30-60 l l *M6285A1005 l 160 60 l l l *M6285A1013 l 90 30 l l l M6285C1001 l 160 60 l l l M6286G1001 l 160 60 l l l *M6294D1008 l 90-160 120-240 M7164A1017b l M7164G1030 M7185A1004b l b M7284A1004 b M7284A1012 b M7284A1038 M7284A1046b M7284A1079b M7284C1000 M7284C1018b M7284C1059 l b l l l l l l l l 30 10.5-13.5 Vdc 90 30 10.5-13.5 Vdc 160 60 4-7 Vdc 90 30 4-20 m A 160 60 4-20 m A 90 15 4-20 m A 90 30 4-20 m A 160 60 2-10 Vdc 90 30 4-20 m A 160 60 90 30 4-20 m A l T775; T7075; T675; T678; T6031 l 90 4-20 m A l l T775; T4031 T775; T7075; T675; T678; T6031 T775; T7075; T675; T678; T6031 T775; T7075; T675; T678; T6031 T775; T7075; T675; T678; T6031 T775; T7075; T675; T678; T6031 T775; T7075; T675; T678; T6031 T775; W 7080 T775; W 7080 l l l l l T775; W 7080 T775, EXCEL 5000 T775, EXCEL 5000 T775, EXCEL 5000 l l l l l T775, EXCEL 5000 T775, EXCEL 5000 T775, EXCEL 5000 T775, EXCEL 5000 DDC continued next page 387 Building Controls and Systems 90-160 15-30 l T775; W 7080 T775; T7075; T675; T678; T6031 l b T775; T4031 T775; T7075; T675; T678; T6031 M6184D1001 60 T775; T4031 Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted The Honeywell Family of Modutrol IV Foot-Mounted Actuators continued *TRADELINE models. Voltage Vac Control Input On/ Spdt 24a 120 208 220 240 Stroke Timing Off Floating Modulating Actuator M7284C1067 M7284G1001b l l b M7284Q1009 M7284Q1017b M7284Q1033 M7284Q1041 l l M7285A1003b b M7285A1011 M7285A1045b M7285C1009 l b M7285C1017b M7285Q1008b b M7285Q1016 b M7286G1009 b M7294A1010 M7294G1009b l l l b M7294Q1007 M7685A1025b,c l b M7964A1001 M7964B1009b M7964B1017b M7964C1007 b M7964C1015 b M8185A1002 *M8185D1006 l l M9164A1005 M9164A1013 M9164A1021 M9164A1070 M9164A1088 M9164A1120 M9164C1001 l l l M9164C1050 M9164C1068 *M9164D1009 l M9174B1027 M9174B1043 M9174C1025 M9174C1033 *M9174D1007 M9175D1006 *M9175D1014 M9184A1019 M9184A1035 M9184C1031 M9184D1005 l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l 60 160 60 2-10 Vdc 90 30 4-20 m A 160 60 90 30 160 60 90 30 4-20 m A 160 60 4-20 m A 160 60 2-10 Vdc 90 30 4-20 m A 160 60 4-20 m A 90 30 4-20 m A 160 60 4-20 m A 160 60 2-10 Vdc 160 120 2-10 Vdc 160 120 2-10 Vdc 90 60 4-20 m A 90 30 14-17 Vdc 90 30 — 90 30 — 160 60 — 90 30 — 90 30 — 160 60 90-160 30-60 l l 160 Thermistor 25 35 50 60 75 4-20 mA 4-20 m A l l 4-20 m A 4-20 m A l l 90 30 135 ohm 160 60 135 ohm 160 60 135 ohm 160 60 135 ohm 160 60 135 ohm 90 30 135 ohm 160 60 135 ohm 160 60 135 ohm 90 30 135 ohm 90-160 30-60 135 ohm 90 30 135 ohm 160 60 135 ohm 90 30 135 ohm 160 60 135 ohm 90-160 30-60 135 ohm 90-160 30-60 135 ohm 90-160 30-60 135 ohm 160 60 135 ohm 90 30 135 ohm 90 30 135 ohm 90-160 15-30 Torque (lb-in.) 135 ohm l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l Spring Recommended 150 300 Return Controller l l l l l l DDC T775, EXCEL 5000 T775, EXCEL 5000 T775, EXCEL 5000 DDC l l l l l l l l l l l l DDC T775, EXCEL 5000 T775, EXCEL 5000 T775, EXCEL 5000 T775, EXCEL 5000 T775, EXCEL 5000 T775, EXCEL 5000 T775, EXCEL 5000 T775, EXCEL 5000 T775, EXCEL 5000 T775, EXCEL 5000 T775, EXCEL 5000 l T775; W 7080 T7047 T7047 T7047 T7047 T7047 l l l l T775 T775 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 l l l l l l T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 l l l l l T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 continued next page 388 Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted The Honeywell Family of Modutrol IV Foot-Mounted Actuators continued *TRADELINE models. Voltage Vac Control Input On/ Spdt 24a 120 208 220 240 Stroke Timing Off Floating Modulating Actuator *M9184D1013 *M9184D1021 M9184F1000 M9184F1034 M9185A1018 M9185A1026 M9185C1006 *M9185D1004 M9185E1019 *M9194D1003 M9194E1000 90-160 30-60 135 ohm 90-160 30-60 135 ohm 90-160 30-60 135 ohm 90-160 30-60 135 ohm 160 60 135 ohm 90 30 135 ohm 160 60 135 ohm 90-160 30-60 135 ohm 90-160 30-60 135 ohm 160 135 ohm 60 90-160 120-240 135 ohm 90-160 120-240 135 ohm Thermistor 25 35 50 60 l l l l l l 75 Spring Recommended 150 300 Return Controller l l l l T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 l l l l l l l l T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 T775; T915; T991 a All 24 Vac Modutrol motors have CE approval. b Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors. c Includes minimum position potentiometer. Modutrol IV Motor Order Number Guide OUTPUT DRIVE ROTATION 4 5 N.C. 6 N.O. ACTION SHAFT NON-SPRING RETURN DUALENDED SHAFT SPRING RETURN NON-SPRING RETURN 1 2 N.C. 3 N.O. SPRING RETURN SINGLEENDED SHAFT 1 SPECIFICATION NUMBER M918 4 D1021 CONTROL SERIES (FIRST TWO DIGITS) 41 SERIES 40, TWO-POSITION, LINE VOLTAGE 61 SERIES 60, FLOATING CONTROL 62 SERIES 60, FLOATING WITH FEEDBACK POTENTIOMETER 71 4-7, 6-9, 10.5-13.5 VDC CONTROL 72 4-20 mA OR 2-10 VDC CONTROL 73 W936 CONTROL 76 14-17 VDC WITH MINIMUM POSITION 1 79 SPECIALS 81 SERIES 80, TWO-POSITION, LOW VOLTAGE 91 SERIES 90, PROPORTIONING CONTROL 94 PROPORTIONAL FLAME SAFEGUARD 1 FIRING RATE MOTOR TORQUE DESIGNATION SUFFIX LETTER APPLIES TO ALL MODELS EXCEPT SERIES 79 TORQUE SPRING RETURN 6 NUMBER OF AUX. SWITCHES NON-SPRING RETURN 35 LB-IN. 0 1 2 B C 7 25 LB-IN. 75 LB-IN. A 8 60 LB-IN. 150 LB-IN. N 9 300 LB-IN. FURTHER IDENTIFIES MOTOR Q 2 1 V SPECIAL FUNCTION STROKE ELECTRICAL ROTATION FIXED N.C. STANDARD ADJ. ZERO AND SPAN MINIMUM POSTITION STANDARD W Y D E F G H STANDARD L STANDARD ADJUSTABLE FIXED N.O. ADJUSTABLE 1 MODEL NUMBERS IN SHADED AREAS ARE AVAILABLE SPECIAL ORDER ONLY. CONTACT YOUR HONEYWELL SALES REPRESENTATIVE. 2 SUFFIX LETTERS IN BOLD ARE OBSOLETE. M17507 389 Building Controls and Systems M9186G1006 l l l l l l l l l l l l Torque (lb-in.) Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted M4185; M4186; M8185 Modutrol IV Motors • Integral helical spring that returns the motor shaft to the normal position (fully closed for M4185 and M8185; fully open for M4186) on power interruption. • Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac Line voltage models shipped with internal transformers. • Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft. Two-position, spring return motors used to operate dampers and valves. • Used to operate dampers and valves in applications where it is necessary or desirable to have the controlled element return to the starting position in the event of power failure or interruption. • Replace M445A,D; M845A,C,E; and M865B motors. • Available with factory-installed transformers, or an internal transformer can be added in the field. • Oil-immersed motor and gear train provide reliable performance and long life. • Provide NEMA 3 weather protection with wiring box, when mounted upright. • Electrically normally closed (at closed position when control signal is at minimum level) and rotate clockwise to open with a signal increase. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620, Guide 400-E. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A): One Contacta 120V Full Load 7.2 3.6 Locked Rotor 43.2 21.6 240V a 40 VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: Quick-connect terminals are standard; screw terminal adapter available. *TRADELINE model. Electrical Ratings Power Torquea ORDER NUMBER Power Supply W VA lb-in. N•m Stroke Timing (degrees) Includes Comments M4185A1001 120 Vac at 50/60 Hz 25 30 60 60 sec 160 — 6.8 M4185B1009 M4185B1017 M4185B1058 M8185A1002 — 1 spdt auxiliary switch 120/208/240 Vac at 50/60 Hz 24 Vac at 50/60 Hz 30 sec 90 20 21 *M8185D1006 60 sec 160 — 30 to 90 to 160 60 sec 220738A adapter bracket to Shorter timing applies match height of Mod III motors to 90 degree stroke. a Torque given is normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 2X normal running torque and is the maximum torque available to overcome occasional large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING. M6184; M6194 Modutrol IV Motors APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620, Guide 400-E. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A): Reversing, three-wire spdt or floating control motors used to operate dampers and valves. • Replace M644-A-E motors. • Available with fixed or adjustable stroke. • Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac. Line voltage models shipped with internal transformers. • Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft. One Contacta 120V 240V Full Load 7.2 3.6 Locked Rotor 43.2 21.6 a 40 VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact. continued next page 390 Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted M6184; M6194 continued *TRADELINE models. Electrical Ratings Torquea Power ORDER NUMBER Power Supply W VA lb-in. N•m Timing Stroke (degrees) Includes Comments M6184A1015 24 Vac at 50/60 Hz 15 17 150 17.0 30 sec 90 — M6184A1023 120 Vac at 50/60 Hz 20 25 75 8.5 30 sec 160 M6184D1001 24 Vac at 50/60 Hz 17 15 *M6184D1035 — 15 to 30 90 to 160 sec 150 220738A adapter bracket to match height of Mod III motors. M6184D1068 120 to 240 sec — M6184F1014 30 to 60 sec 300 34.0 *M6194D1017 60 sec 90 — 120 to 90 to 160 240 sec M6194E1006 a 220738A adapter bracket to Shorter timing applies match height of Mod III motors. to 90 degree stroke. — Torque given is normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 2X normal running torque and is the maximum torque available to overcome occasional large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING. M6284; M6294 Modutrol IV Motors APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620, Guide 400-E. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A): Reversing, three-wire floating-control motors with feedback potentiometer. Used with controllers that provide a spdt output to operate dampers and valves. • Replace M944B,E,G,S motors. • Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac. Line voltage models shipped with internal transformers. • Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft. One Contacta 120V 240V Full Load 7.2 3.6 Locked Rotor 43.2 21.6 a 40 VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact. *TRADELINE models. Electrical Ratings Power Torquea ORDER NUMBER Power Supply W VA lb-in. N•m Timing Stroke (degrees) Includes Comments M6284A1048 120 Vac at 50/60 Hz 20 25 150 60 sec 160 — 30 sec 90 60 sec 160 17 M6284A1055 M6284A1063 *M6284D1000 15 17 24 Vac at 50/60 Hz a Auxiliary cams, MOVs and screw terminal adapter. 30 to 60 90 to 160 220738A adapter bracket to sec match height of Mod III motors. M6284F1013 *M6294D1008 — Shorter timing applies to 90 degree stroke. 2 spdt auxiliary switches. 300 34 120 to 240 sec 220738A adapter bracket to match height of Mod III motors. Torque given is normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 2X normal running torque and is the maximum torque available to overcome occasional large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING. 391 Building Controls and Systems 30 to 60 90 to 160 sec M6194B1011 17.0 Shorter timing applies to 90 degree stroke. Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted M6285; M6286 Modutrol IV Motors • Factory-installed transformer models available, or an internal transformer can be added in the field. • Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft. Spring return motors with isolated feedback potentiometer, used with spdt or floating controls to operate dampers and valves. • Replace M945B,C,G motors. • Contain integral springs that return motor shafts to normal position (full open for M6286, full closed for M6285) when power is interrupted. • Include electrically isolated feedback potentiometers to provide indication of shaft position. • Oil-immersed motor and gear train provide reliable performance and long life. • Includes adapter brackets to match shaft height of older motors. • Provide NEMA 3 weather protection with wiring box, when mounted upright. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620, Guide 400-E. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A): One Contacta 120V 240V Full Load 7.2 3.6 Locked Rotor 43.2 21.6 a 40 VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: Quick-connect terminals are standard; screw terminal adapter available. *TRADELINE models. Electrical Ratings Power Torquea ORDER NUMBER Power Supply W VA lb-in. N•m Stroke Timing (degrees) Includes *M6285A1005 24 Vac at 50/60 Hz 20 21 60 60 sec 160 *M6285A1013 6.8 30 sec 90 M6285C1001 60 sec 160 M6286G1001 a 220738A adapter bracket to match height of Mod III motors. 2 spdt auxiliary switches. — Torque given is normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 200 lb.-in. and is the maximum torque available to overcome occasional large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING. M7164; M7185 Modutrol IV Motors M7164 M7185, M7186 Proportional motors used to operate dampers and valves when used with a modulating dc voltage source such as W7080 panel. • M7164 replaces M734H,J motors; M7185 replaces M745P motors. • Oil-immersed motor and gear train provide reliable performance and long life. • Provide NEMA 3 weather protection with wiring box when mounted upright. • M7164A and M7185A are normally closed (at closed position when control signal is at a minimum) and rotate clockwise to open with a signal increase. • M7164G is electrically normally open (at open position when control signal is at a minimum) and rotate counterclockwise to close with a signal increase. • M7185 motor has a helical spring that returns the motor to the normal position on power interruption. • Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac. Line voltage models shipped with internal transformers. Separate transformer may be required for 24 Vac models of M7164 motors for proper system operation. • Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620; Guide 400-E. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: Quick-connect terminals are standard; screw terminal adapter available. continued next page 392 Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted M7164; M7185 continued Available only through Honeywell Authorized Commercial Wholesalers and Honeywell Authorized Distributors. Electrical Ratings Torquea Power ORDER NUMBER Power Supply W VA lb-in. N•m Timing Stroke (degrees) Signal, Input Rotation Direction M7164A1017 24 Vac at 50/60 Hz 14 15 35 30 sec 90 CWb M7164G1030 120 Vac at 50/60 Hz 19 24 M7185A1004 24 Vac at 50/60 Hz 23 4 10.5 to 13.5 Vdc CCWc 60 6.8 60 sec 160 4 to 7 Vdc CWb a M7284A,G; M7285A; M7286G; M7294A,G,Q Modutrol IV Motors • Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac. Line voltage models shipped with internal transformers. • Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft. M7284, M7294 APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436; Guide XAPX. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File No. LR1620; Guide 400-E. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A): M7285, M7286 Proportional motors operate valves when used with a modulating 2-10 Vdc or 4-20 mA input signal, such as EXCEL 5000 system. One Contacta 120V Full Load 7.2 3.6 • Oil-immersed motor and gear train provide reliable performance and long life. • Provide NEMA 3 weather protection with wiring box, when mounted upright. • M7285 motors have helical springs that return motor shaft to closed position on power interruption. Locked Rotor 43.2 21.6 240V a 40 VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: Quick-connect terminals are standard; screw terminal adapter available. Available only through Honeywell Authorized Commercial Wholesalers and Honeywell Authorized Distributors. Electrical Ratings Torquea Power ORDER NUMBER Power Supply W VAb lb-in. N•m Timingb Stroke (degrees) Comments Signal, Input M7284A1079 24 Vac at 50/60 Hz 19 20 150 17 60 sec 160 2-10 Vdc M7284G1001 Normally Open M7285A1045 23 24 60 6.8 19 20 300 34 23 29 — M7286G1009 Normally Open M7294A1010 120 sec — M7294G1009 M7294Q1007 — Normally Open 120 Vac at 50/60 Hz 60 sec 90 — 4-20 mA a Torque given is normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 2X normal running torque and is the maximum torque available to overcome occasional large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING. b VA figures listed are for 60 Hz. Values will be higher by 5 VA at 50 Hz. 393 Building Controls and Systems Torque given is normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 2X normal running torque and is the maximum torque available to overcome occasional large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING. b CW means motor is electrically normally closed and rotates clockwise with an increase in signal. Motor is in closed position when input signal is at minimum value. c CCW means motor is electrically normally open and rotates counterclockwise with an increase in signal. Motor is in open position when input signal is at minimum value. Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted M7284A,C,Q; M7285A,C,Q Modutrol IV Motors • Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac. Line voltage models shipped with internal transformers. • Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620, Guide 400-E. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A): M7285 M7284 Proportional motors used to operate dampers and valves when used with a modulating 4-20 mA current source. • Replace M744S,T,Y and M745S,T,Y motors. • Oil-immersed motor and gear train provide reliable performance and long life. • Provide NEMA 3 weather protection with wiring box when mounted upright. • M7285 motors have helical springs that return motor shaft to closed position on power interruption. One Contacta 120V Full Load 7.2 3.6 Locked Rotor 43.2 21.6 240V a 40 VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: Quick-connect terminals are standard; screw terminal adapter available. Available only through Honeywell Authorized Commercial Wholesalers and Honeywell Authorized Distributors. Electrical Ratings Power Torquea VAb Stroke Signal, lb-in. N•m Timing (degrees) Input 29 150 17 M7284A1038 75 8.5 M7284A1046 150 17 30 sec ORDER NUMBER M7284A1004 M7284A1012 Power Supply W 120 Vac at 23 50/60 Hz 30 sec 90 60 sec 160 15 sec 90 M7284C1000 M7284C1018 M7284C1059 M7284C1067 M7284Q1009 24 Vac at 50/60 Hz 160 30 sec 90 60 sec 160 30 sec 90 60 sec 160 30 sec 90 60 sec 160 30 sec 90 60 sec 160 M7285C1009 30 sec 90 M7285C1017 60 sec 160 M7284Q1017 M7284Q1033 M7284Q1041 M7285A1003 M7285A1011 120 Vac at 50/60 Hz 60 sec 24 Vac at 50/60 Hz 120 Vac at 28 50/60 Hz 34 60 6.8 M7285Q1008 30 sec 90 M7285Q1016 60 sec 160 a Includes 4-20 mA — Comments — 2 auxiliary switches 4-20 mA, spdt floating Enhanced Series 72 Modutrol Motors— More repositions, direct/reverse acting user selectable, reversal adjustments, and include 220738A adapter plate. 4-20 mA Inputs have adjustable zero and span for split range applications. 4-20 mA, spdt floating Inputs have adjustable zero and span for split range applications. Enhanced Series 72 Modutrol Motors— More repositions, direct/ reverse acting user selectable, reversal adjustments, and include 220738A adapter plate. Zero offset adjustment. 4-20 mA — — 2 auxiliary switches Inputs have adjustable zero and span for split range applications. Torque given is normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 2X normal running torque and is the maximum torque available to overcome occasional large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING. b VA figures listed are for 60 Hz. Values will be higher by 5 VA at 50 Hz. 394 Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted M7685 Modutrol IV Motor • Provides NEMA 3 weather protection with wiring box, when mounted upright. • Normally closed (at closed position when control signal is at a minimum) and rotate clockwise to open with a signal increase. • Includes a helical spring that returns the motor to the normal position on power interruption. • Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft. Proportional, spring-return motors for use with Honeywell W7080 panel 14-17 Vdc output; with minimum position adjustment. • Replaces M745L motors. • Oil-immersed motor and gear train provide reliable performance and long life. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620, Guide 400-E. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: Quick-connect terminals are standard; screw terminal adapter available. Power Torque ORDER NUMBER Power Supply W VA lb-in. N•m Timing Stroke (degrees) Includes M7685A1025 24 Vac at 50/60 Hz 23 24 60 6.8 30 sec 90 Minimum position potentiometer. M7964 Modutrol IV Motor Proportional motors specially designed for specific controllers. • M7964A,B,C replaces M734A,B,C Motors (for ITT Nesbitt multizone systems), and are used with T7047 thermistor-type thermostats. • M7984N replaces M744J motors (for Despatch Industries), and has a voltage input that can be adjusted from -0.9 to 2.6 Vdc to 1.0 to 2.4 Vdc and is designed to be controlled by a voltage source with series resistance of 2740 ohms. • Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac. Line voltage models shipped with internal transformers. • Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft. • Includes 220738A Adapter Bracket to match height of Mod III motors. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620, Guide 400-E. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle. Available only through Honeywell Authorized Commercial Wholesalers and Honeywell Authorized Distributors. Electrical Ratings ORDER NUMBER M7964A1001 Torquea Power Power Supply W VA lb-in. N•m 120 Vac 19 24 35 at 50/60 Hz 4.0 Stroke Signal, Timing (degrees) Input 30 sec 90 M7964B1009 M7964B1017 60 sec 160 M7964C1007 30 sec 90 M7964C1015 a Rotation Direction Comments T7047 CW; motor is electrically normally closed and rotates clockwise with an increase in signal. Motor is in closed position when input signal is at minimum value. Motor equipped with Molex plugs required in ITT Nesbitt multizone applications. T7047 with ramp. Motor outputs a voltage ramp signal when shaft rotates to a limit. CCW; motor is electrically normally open and rotates counterclockwise with an increase in signal. Motor is in open position when input signal is at minimum value. Separate motor transformer may be required for proper system operation. Motor equipped with Molex plugs required in ITT Nesbitt multizone applications. CW; motor is electrically normally closed and rotates clockwise with an increase in signal. Motor is in closed position when input signal is at minimum value. Motor equipped with Molex plugs required in ITT Nesbitt multizone applications. — Torque given is normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 2X normal running torque and is the maximum torque available to overcome occasional large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING. 395 Building Controls and Systems Electrical Ratings Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted M9164; M9174 Modutrol IV Motors • Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac. Line voltage models shipped with internal transformers. Separate transformer may be required for 24V models for proper system operation. • Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft. Reversing, proportional motors used to operate dampers and valves. • Replace M934 Motors. • Electronic drive circuit. • Can drive up to six Modutrol motors using 4074BYK Resistor Bag Assembly or 221508A Resistor Board Kit (see Accessories section). • Interface modules available for series 70 (electronic) control. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620, Guide 400-E. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A): One Contacta 120V Full Load 7.2 3.6 Locked Rotor 43.2 21.6 a 240V 40 VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact. *TRADELINE models. Electrical Ratings Power ORDER NUMBER Power Supply W lbVA in. Stroke N•m Timing (degrees) Includes Comments 24 4.0 — M9164A1005 120 Vac at 19 50/60 Hz M9164A1013 240 Vac at 50/60 Hz M9164A1021 120 Vac at 50/60 Hz M9164A1070 24 Vac at 50/60 Hz 14 15 M9164A1088 220 Vac at 19 50/60 Hz 24 M9164A1120 24 Vac at 50/60 Hz 14 15 M9164C1001 M9164C1050 120 Vac at 19 50/60 Hz 24 *M9164D1009 24 Vac at 50/60 Hz 14 15 M9174B1027 120 Vac at 21 50/60 Hz 27 M9164C1068 M9174B1043 M9174C1025 M9174C1033 *M9174D1007 a 24 Vac at 50/60 Hz 16 Torquea 17 35 75 8.5 30 sec 90 60 sec 160 30 sec 90 60 sec 160 30 sec 90 — 2 spdt auxiliary switches 30 to 60 90 to 160 sec 220738A adapter bracket to match height of Shorter timing applies Mod III motors. to 90 degree stroke. 1 spdt auxiliary switch 30 sec 90 60 sec 160 30 sec 90 60 sec 160 30 to 60 90 to 160 sec — 2 spdt auxiliary switches 220738A adapter bracket to match height of Shorter timing applies Mod III motors. to 90 degree stroke. Torque given is normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 2X normal running torque and is the maximum torque available to overcome occasional large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING. 396 Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted M9175; M9185; M9186 Modutrol IV Motors • Up to six Modutrol motors can be driven by one series 90 controller using 4074BYK Resistor Bag Assembly or 221508A Resistor Board (see Accessories). • Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac. Line voltage model shipped with internal transformer. • Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft. M9175 M9185, M9186 Reversing, proportional, spring-return motors used to operate dampers and valves when used in a series 90 control circuit. One Contacta 120V Full Load 7.2 3.6 Locked Rotor 43.2 21.6 240V a 40 VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: Quick-connect terminals are standard; screw terminal adapter available. *TRADELINE models. Electrical Ratings ORDER NUMBER Power Supply Power W M9175D1006 120 Vac at 26 50/60 Hz 31 *M9175D1014 24 Vac at 50/60 Hz 21 22 23 24 M9185A1018 Torque VA lb-in. N•m 25 2.8 Stroke Timing (degrees) Includes Comments 30 to 90 to 160 60 sec Shorter timing applies to 90 degree stroke. — 220738A Adapter Bracket to match height of Mod III motors. 60 6.8 60 sec 160 — M9185A1026 30 sec 90 M9185C1006 60 sec 160 2 spdt auxiliary switches *M9185D1004 30 to 90 to 160 60 sec 220738A Adapter Bracket to match height of Mod III motors. M9185E1019 M9186G1006 — Shorter timing applies to 90 degree stroke. 1 spdt auxiliary switch 60 sec 160 — M9186G drives to full open position when powered with control wiring not connected. 397 Building Controls and Systems • M9185; M9186 replace M945A,D,F and M955 motors; M9175 replaces M965 and M975 motors. • Can be adapted to series 70 control with interface modules. • Contain integral helical springs to return motor shafts to normal position (full closed for M9175 and M9185, full open for M9186) on power interruption. • Oil-immersed motor and gear train provide reliable performance and long life. • Provide NEMA 3 weather protection with wiring box, when mounted upright. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620, Guide 400-E. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A): Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted M9184; M9194 Modutrol IV Motors • Double-ended, 3/8 in. (10 mm) square crankshaft. • Available with tapped (8-32) shafts for Flame Safeguard applications. Reversing, proportional motors used to operate dampers and valves. • • • • Replace M944A,C,D and M954 motors. Electronic drive circuit. Available with fixed or adjustable stroke. Can drive up to six Modutrol motors using 4074BYK Resistor Bag Assembly or 221508A Resistor Board Kit (see Accessories section). • Interface modules available for series 70 (electronic) control. • Internal actuator motor and circuitry operate from 24 Vac. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR1620, Guide 400-E. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) at 25% duty cycle. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A): One Contacta 120V 240V Full Load 7.2 3.6 Locked Rotor 43.2 21.6 a40 VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact. *TRADELINE models. Electrical Ratings Power Torquea ORDER NUMBER Power Supply W VA lb-in. N•m Stroke Timing (degrees) Includes Comments M9184A1019 24 Vac at 50/60 Hz 18 19 150 60 160 — 30 90 90 to 160 — 17.0 M9184A1035 M9184C1031 — 2 spdt auxiliary switches, tapped shaft. M9184D1005 75 8.5 15 to 30 *M9184D1013 150 17.0 30 to 60 Shorter timing applies to 90 220738A adapter bracket to match height of degree stroke. Mod III motors. *M9184D1021 Tapped shaft; 220738A adapter bracket to match height of Mod III motors. M9184F1000 2 spdt auxiliary switches. M9184F1034 *M9194D1003 M9194E1000 a 2 spdt auxiliary switches, tapped shaft. 300 34.0 120 to 240 220738A adapter bracket to match height of Mod III motors. 1 spdt auxiliary switch. Torque given is normal running torque. Breakaway torque rating is 2X normal running torque and is the maximum torque available to overcome occasional large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MOTOR NOT TO BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT BREAKAWAY TORQUE RATING. 398 Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted Modutrol IV Cross Reference USE DIRECT REPLACEMENTS OR CONFIGURE MODELS TO MINIMIZE YOUR INVENTORY. (See notes at the end of this cross reference table.) TRADELINE Replacement Functional Replacemente Motor To Be Replaced TRADELINE Motor Set Stroke Tob Add Internal Transformer Add Switch M445A1000 M8185D1006 160 198162EA 220736A M4185B1009 M445A1042 M8185D1006 160 198162AA 220736A M4185B1017 M445A1067 M8185D1006 160 198162GA 220736A M445D1007 M8185D1006 160 198162EA M644A1016 M6184D1035 160 M644A1024 M6184D1035 90 M644B1049 M6184D1035 160 M644C1006 M6184D1035 Adjustable M644C1014 M6194D1017 Adjustable Comments M4185A1001 M6184D1035 M6184A1015 198162EA Replaced motor has 30 second timing. M644D1005 M6184D1035 Adjustable 220736B M644E1012 M6194D1017 90 220736A M644E1053 M6194D1017 Adjustable 220736A M734D1004 M9164D1009 160 198162EA Add Q7330Ac. M734D1012 M9164D1009 90 198162EA Add Q7330Ac. M734D1038 M9164D1009 160 M734H1000 M9164D1009 90 198162EA Add Q7130Ac, set at 10.5-13.5 Vdc, select CCW. M734H1018 M9164D1009 90 198162EA Add Q7130Ac, set to 4-7 Vdc, select CCW. M734H1026 M9164D1009 160 Add Q7130Ac, set to 4-7 Vdc, select CCW. M734J1015 M9164D1009 160 Add Q7130Ac, set to 4-7 Vdc. M734J1056 M9164D1009 90 Add Q7130Ac, set to 10.5-13.5 Vdc. M734J1072 M9164D1009 160 M744A1006 M6184D1001 M6194D1017 M6184F1014 Replaced motor has 60 second timing. M6194B1011 M6194E1006 Add Q7330Ac. 198162EA 220736A Add Q7130Ac, M7164G1030 M7164A1017c set to 4-7 Vdc. M9184D1021 a 160 Add Q7330A . M9184D1021 a 90 Add Q7330Ac. M744D1003 M9184D1021 a 160 Add Q7130Ac, set to 4-7 Vdc. M744S1005 M9184D1021a 90 198162EA Add Q7230Ac, set to 4-20 mA. M7284A1004c M744S1013 M9184D1021a 160 198162EA Add Q7230Ac, set to 4-20 mA. M7284A1012c M744T1004 M9184D1021a 90 198162EA 220736B Add Q7230Ac, set to 4-20 mA. M7284C1000c M744T1012 M9184D1021a 160 198162EA 220736B Add M744Y1009 M9184D1021a 90 198162EA 220736B Add Q7230Ac, set to desired range. M7284Q1009c M744Y1017 M9184D1021a 160 198162EA 220736B Add Q7230Ac, set to desired range. M7284Q1017c M745A1003 M9185D1004 90 Add Q7330A . M745A1011 M9185D1004 160 Add Q7330Ac. M745G1007 M9185D1004 160 Add Q7130Ac, set to 4-7 Vdc, select CCW. M745L1027 M9185D1004 160 Add Q7630Ac. M745L1043 M9185D1004 90 Add Q7630Ac. M7685A1025c M745P1007 M9185D1004 160 Add Q7130Ac, set to 4-7 Vdc. M7185A1004c M745S1002 M9185D1004 90 198162EA Add set to 4-20 mA. M7285A1003c M745S1010 M9185D1004 160 198162EA Add Q7230Ac, set to 4-20 mA. M7285A1011c M745T1001 M9185D1004 90 198162EA 220736B Add Q7230Ac, set to 4-20 mA. M7285C1009c M745T1019 M9185D1004 160 198162EA 220736B M744A1014 c Q7230Ac, set to 4-20 mA. M7284C1018c c Q7230Ac, c Add Q7230A , set to 4-20 mA. M7285C1017c continued next page 399 Building Controls and Systems Replaced motor has 15/30 second timing. M6184A1023 Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted Modutrol IV Cross Reference continued TRADELINE Replacement Add Switch Comments Functional Replacemente 198162EA 220736B Add Q7230Ac, set to desired range. M7285Q1008c 198162EA 220736B Motor To Be Replaced TRADELINE Motor Set Stroke Tob M745Y1006 M9185D1004 90 M745Y1014 M9185D1004 160 M845A1001 M8185D1006 160 M845A1027 M8185D1006 160 198162AA 220736A M845A1035 M8185D1006 90 198162AA 220736A M845C1009 M8185D1006 160 M845E1007 M8185D1006 160 198162EA 220736A M934A1201 M9164D1009 160 198162AA M9164A1013 M934A1219 M9164D1009 160 198162EA M9164A1021 M934A1227 M9164D1009 160 M934A1235 M9164D1009 160 198162GA M9164A1088 M934A1243 M9164D1009 160 220736B M9164C1050 M934A1250 M9164D1009 160 198162EA 220736B M9164C1050 M934A1268 M9164D1009 160 198162AA 220736B Add Internal Transformer Add Q7230Ac, set to desired range. M7285Q1016c 220736A M4185B1058 M8185A1002 Replaced motor is Normally Opend. M4185B1009 M9164D1009 M934A1284 M9164D1009 160 198162EA M934A1292 M9164D1009 160 198162EA 220736B M9164A1021 M934A1318 M9164D1009 90 198162EA 220736B M934A1326 M9164D1009 90 198162EA M934A1334 M9164D1009 90 M934A1342 M9164D1009 160 M9164C1050 M9164C1068 M9164A1005 M9164A1021 M934D1000 M9174D1007 160 198162EA 220736A M9174B1043 M934D1018 M9174D1007 160 198162EA 220736B M9174C1033 M934D1026 M9174D1007 90 198162EA 220736A M9174B1027 M934D1034 M9174D1007 90 198162EA 220736B M9174C1025 M941A1008 M9484D1002c M941A1016 M9484D1010c M941A1024 M9484D1002 M941A1032 M9484D1020c M941A1057 M9484D1002c M941C1006 M9484E1009c M941C1014 M9484E1017c M941C1022 M9484E1033c M941C1030 M9484E1033c M941C1063 M9484E1033c M941D1005 M9484F1007c M941D1021 M9484F1023c M941D1039 M9484F1031c M941D1047 M9484F1049c M944A1010 M9184D1021a 160 M9184A1019c M944A1028 M9184D1021a 90 M9184A1035c M944B1175 M6284D1000 160 M6284D1000 M944B1191 M6294D1008 160 M944B1241 M6294D1008 160 220736A continued next page 400 Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted Modutrol IV Cross Reference continued TRADELINE Replacement Motor To Be Replaced TRADELINE Motor Set Stroke Tob Add Internal Transformer Add Switch Functional Replacemente Comments M944C1000 M9184D1021a Adjustable M944C1018 M9194D1003 Adjustable M944C1042 M9184D1013a Adjustable M944C1059 M9194D1003 Adjustable 220736A M9194E1000 M944D1017 M9184D1021a Adjustable 220736B M9184F1000 Replaced motor has 15/30 second timing. M9184D1005 M9194D1003 M9184D1013 M6284D1000 Adjustable M944G1089 M6284D1000 160 198162EA 220736B M6284A1048 M6284F1013 M944G1097 M6284D1000 90 198162EA M6284A1055 M944S1027 M6284D1000 Adjustable 198162EA M945A1017 M9185D1004 160 M9185A1018 M945A1082 M9185D1004 90 M9185A1026 M945A1157 M9185D1004 Adjustable M9185D1004 M945B1057 M6285A1005 M6285A1005 M945B1065 M6285A1013 M6285A1013 M945C1015 M6285A1005 M945D1006 M9185D1004 160 M945F1004 M9185D1004 160 M945G1037 M6285A1005 M954A1035 M9184D1021a Adjustable M954B1034 M9184D1021a 90 220736B M9184C1031 M954D1016 M9184D1021 a Adjustable 220736B M9184F1034 M955A1024 M9185D1004 Adjustable M955C1014 M9185D1004 Adjustable 220736A M9185E1019 220736B M6284F1013 220736B M6285C1001 220736B M9185C1006 Replaced motor is Normally Opend. Replaced motor is Normally M975A1089 M9175D1014 160 M975A1097 M9175D1014 160 Opend. M9186G1006 — M9184D1021 M9185D1004 M9175D1014 198162EA M9175D1014 a The M9184D1013 and M9184D1021 have the same features and functions, except the M9184D1021 has a tapped shaft. b Adjustable indicates original motor has adjustable stroke. c Available only through Authorized Honeywell Distributors. d Can use auxiliary end of TRADELINE model, which is N.C. motor. e Functionally equivalent motor, may require 220738A adapter bracket (order separately) to match shaft height of Mod III motor being replaced. All Mod IV TRADELINE motors include 220738A adapter bracket. 401 Building Controls and Systems M944E1040 Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted Q7130; Q7230; Q7330; Q7630 Interface Modules DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Circuit Module: 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) wide, 2 in. (51 mm) deep, 1 in. (25 mm) high. Terminal Block: 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) wide, 1 in. (25 mm) deep, 1/2 in. (13 mm) high. Ribbon Connector: 4 in. (102 mm). NOTE: Q7330A consists only of terminal block. For converting series 90 Modutrol IV motors to series 70 (electronic) control. • Mounts and works inside wiring box of any series 90 Modutrol IV Motor. • Protected from weather by motor's NEMA 3 wiring box. • Mates to motor's quick-connect terminals and provides screw terminals for control wiring connections. • Features solid-state circuitry with surface mount components. • Plastic enclosure provides easy handling and protection for circuitry. • Includes (except Q7330A) reversing switch to allow replacement of electrically normally open or electrically normally closed motors. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C). ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply: 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz. Power Consumption: 2 VA. Input Impedance: Q7130A: >100K ohms. Q7230A: Voltage input >100K ohms; Current input = 67 ohms. Q7630A: >50K ohms. Available only through Authorized Honeywell Distributors. *TRADELINE models. ORDER NUMBER Application *Q7130A1006 Provides selectable voltage ranges: 4 to 7, 6 to 9 or 10.5 to M734H1034, M734H1000 13.5 Vdc. Adapts M91XX Modutrol IV motor to function as M734H1018 M71XX model for M734H,J; M744D; M745G,P M734H1026 replacements. *Q7230A1005 *Q7330A1004 *Q7630A1001 402 Replaces Replaces Use With M7164G1006 M9164D1009 M7164G1014 M7164G1022 M734J1015 M7164A1009 M734J1031, M734J1023, M734J1056 M7164A1017 M734J1007, M734J1072 M7164B1007 M744D1011, M744D1003 M7184A1005 M9184D1013 M745G1007 M7186G1000 M9186G1006 M745P1007 M7185A1004 M9185D1004 Provides adjustable zero and span, voltage or current M744S1005 control (includes 4 to 20 mA and 2 to 10 Vdc). Adapts M744S1013 M91XX Modutrol IV motors to function as M72XX model for M744T1004 M744S,T,Y; M745S,T,Y replacements. M7284A1004 M9184D1013 M7284A1012 M744T1012 M7284C1018 M744Y1009 M7284Q1009 M744Y1017 M7284Q1017 Provides interface to W936 Control. Adapts M91XX Modutrol IV motor to function as M73XX model for M734D; M744A; M745A replacements. M7284C1000 M745S1002 M7285A1003 M745S1010 M7285A1011 M745T1001 M7285C1009 M745T1019 M7285C1017 M745Y1006 M7285Q1008 M745Y1014 M7285Q1016 M734D1004 M7364A1007 M734D1012 M7364A1015 M734D1038 M7364A1023 M744A1006 M7384A1003 M744A1014 M7384A1011 M745A1003 M7385A1002 M745A1011 M7385A1010 Provides 3-wire 14 to 17 Vdc control with minimum position M745L1027 capability. Adapts M91XX Modutrol IV motors to function as M745L1035, M745L1043 M76XX model for M745 replacements. M745H1006 M7685A1009 M7685A1017 M7685A1009 M745L1001 M7685A1041 M745L1019 M7685A1033 M9185D1004 M9164D1009 M9184D1013 M9185D1004 M9185D1004 Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted Parts and Accessories The following pages contain replacement parts and accessories for use with foot-mounted motors and actuators. 198162 Internal Transformers Convert Modutrol IV motors from low voltage to line voltage. • Single- or multi-tap available to match 24 Vac power supply. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Consumption: 40 VA. Primary Voltage Includes 198162JA 24 (for electrical isolation) Transformer, screws, instructions for mounting internally in Modutrol IV motors. 198162EA 120 Vac at 50/60 Hz 198162GA 220 Vac at 50/60 Hz 198162AA 120/208/240 Vac at 50/60 Hz 220736 Internal Auxiliary Switch Kits • Selectable switch differentials of one or ten degrees of rotation. • Switch adjustment procedures same as for factory-installed switches in certain motor models. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A): Control auxiliary equipment as a function of motor shaft position. • For installation in any TRADELINE Modutrol IV Motor. • Cams can be set to actuate switches at any angle within stroke of motor. One Contacta 120V 240V Full Load 7.2 3.6 Locked Rotor 43.2 21.6 a 40 VA pilot duty, 120/240 Vac on opposite contact. ORDER NUMBER Switches Applicable Motors Includes 220736A 1 spdt TRADELINE Modutrol IV motors One Micro Switch V3 precision switch, which is actuated by adjustable cams inside the motor. 220736B 2 spdt Two Micro Switch V3 precision switches, which are actuated by adjustable cams inside the motor. 221508 Modutrol IV Motor Resistor Board Mounts inside wiring box of any M91XX Modutrol IV motor; can be used in place of 4074BYK, 4074EAU, 4074EDC or 4074EED resistor kits. • Board can be configured for any application listed by setting dip switch: —In 4074BYK application, board allows single series 90 controller to operate up to six motors in unison. —In 4074EDC, EED application, board permits operation of one to four motors from 4-20 mA controller. —In 4074EAU application, board allows W973 Single-zone Logic Panel to drive two or three motors. • Board snaps on easily to any M91XX Modutrol IV motor. ORDER NUMBER Description 221508A Resistor board for use with Modutrol IV motors. One board can be configured for any application listed above. 403 Building Controls and Systems ORDER NUMBER Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted Parts and Accessories Description Use With Order Number Hardware Housing, explosion-proof. Modutrol IV motors, requires 7617DM coupling. For ordering information, contact: O-Z/Gedney, ES-650-117 Nelson Enclosures & Controls, (281) 774-3702 and ask for E & C Customer Service; or write to: OZ/Gedney, Nelson Enclosures & Controls, P.O. Box 471650, Tulsa, OK 74147-1650 or www.egs-curlee.com. Motor crank arm. Modutrol IV motors. 221455A Screw terminal adapters. Modutrol IV motors. 220741A Economizer adapter assembly Mounts W859 Economizer on any Modutrol IV motor. 203977A Mod III Adapter Bracket Used with Mod IV Actuator to match shaft height of Mod III Actuator. 220738A External auxiliary switch kits. Auxiliary equipment for Modutrol III and Modutrol IV motors. Q607A,B Internal auxiliary switch kits: Auxiliary equipment (for TRADELINE Modutrol IV motors only). Switch Kits One switch 220736A Two switches 220736B Linkages Bracket and linkage assembly. Water or steam valves. Q5001D Damper linkage. Dampers with Modutrol IV motors. Q605F,G,H,J Linkage. Butterfly valves. Q100 Auxiliary potentiometer. 1 to 4 additional motors. Q181 Dual control potentiometer. 1 to 5 additional motors. Q68B Potentiometer. Series 90 Modutrol IV motors (M91XX models). Q209E,F M91XX motors. Available only through Authorized Honeywell Distributors. Q7130A1006 Q7230A1005 Q7330A1004 Q7630A1001 Potentiometers Interface Modules Interface modules: M71XX function M72XX function M73XX function M76XX function Resistor kits. Resistor board Up to six M91XX motors in unison. 4074BYK Up to three M91XX motors from one W973 Single zone Logic Panel or T775. 4074EAU One M91XX motor from a 4-20 mA controller. 4074EDC Up to six M91XX motors from a 4-20 mA controller. 4074EED M91XX motors. May be used in place of 4074BYK, EAU, EDC, EED resistor kits. 221508A All Modutrol motors. 17947A Modutrol IV motors. 198162JA 198162EA 198162GA 198162AA Fits all Modutrol IV motors. Protects motor from driving rain when mounted in any position. Not needed if motor is mounted upright. 4074ERU Replacement Oil Replacement Oil; 4 oz. container Transformers Transformers. 24 Vac 120 Vac 220 Vac 120/208/240 Vac Weatherproofing Kit NEMA 3 Weatherproofing kit 404 Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted Q181 Auxiliary Potentiometer • Compatible with Modutrol III and Modutrol IV motors. • Mounts on master motor and operates controlled motors in unison or in sequence. • Controls motors with mechanical balance relay and solid state drive circuit. • Use with 24V motors. Controls one to four Modutrol (series 90) motors from one master motor. THROTTLING RANGE: Adjustable, 40 to 160 degrees on each 135 ohm potentiometer. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-3/16 in. (81 mm) high, 3-1/4 in. (83 mm) wide, 3-3/8 in. (86 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: 7640JK Adapter Plate for mounting Q181 on early motors without bosses on gear end or for mounting over an external return spring. Motors Controlled Cover Q181A1007 1 Yes Q181A1015 2 Yes Q181A1064 3 No Q181A1072 4 No Q209 Manual Potentiometers DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Q209E 3-1/4 in. (83 mm) x 3-3/8 in (86 mm) x 3-7/8 in. (98 mm) Q209F 1 in. (25 mm) x 1-3/8 in. (35 mm) x 2-5/8 in. (67 mm) Typical hookup diagram for Q209 and a Modutrol motor (cooling hookup shown). Q209 Used to limit minimum position of a proportioning Modutrol motor. R R B W WHITE BLUE • Mount directly in motor. • All wiring is accomplished within motor wiring compartment. • Color-coded leadwires. RED W SERIES 90 CONTROLLER B SERIES 90 MOTOR ORDER NUMBER Application Resistance Includes Q209E1002 150 ohms Quick-connect terminals with leadwires. External mount onto Modutrol IV motors. Q209E1010 Q209F1001 Q209F1019 M3280 300 ohms Internal mount to Modutrol IV motors. 150 ohms Terminal board. 300 ohms 405 Building Controls and Systems ORDER NUMBER Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted S443 Manual Potentiometer DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 3-3/4 in. (95 mm) high, 3-3/8 in. (86 mm) wide, 3-1/4 in. (83 mm) deep (including knob). REPLACEMENT PART: 30112A Potentiometer, 135 ohm. Internal schematic of S443A. TERMINALBLOCK B R W B MANUAL W AUTO Used for remote manual control of proportioning (series 90) motors and relays. R • Compatible with Modutrol III and Modutrol IV motors. • Select automatic or manual control with dpst toggle switch. • Suitable for series 90, M7385; M7186; M7685; M7185; and M7285 motors controlled by 135 ohm slidewire inputs. • Surface mounted, with conduit outlet on each side of case. • Screw terminals. • Scale marked OPEN-CLOSE. DPDT SWITCH POTENTIOMETER M17510 ORDER NUMBER Resistance Use with S443A1007 135 ohm M9164; M9484; M9184; M9185 and motors replaced by these models. Q100 Linkage Contains necessary hardware to link Modutrol motors to a V51B Butterfly Valve. • Compatible with Modutrol III and Modutrol IV motors. (Requires adapter bracket, which is standard on all Modutrol IV motors included in this catalog.) • Adaptable for all sizes of V51B Valves. • Strain release and stop bracket are provided with V51B. Dimensions, Linkage Rod ORDER NUMBER V51 Valve Size (NPT) in. mm Comments Q100A1015 2-1/2 and 3 in. 6-5/8 168 Q100A1023 4 in. 7-1/4 184 Connecting holes for pins are 5/16 in. (8 mm) in diameter and 1/4 in. (6 mm) from each end of rod. Q5001 Valve Linkage for Modutrol IV Motors • • • • • • Easy-to-read position indicator. Valve stem lift height cam selectable. Overtravel permits tight closeoff without excessive motor strain. Available brackets make linkages adaptable to many valve bodies. Models available with 80 lb, 160 lb, and 320 lb stem force. Reversible cams on the Q5001 allow field selection of normally open or normally closed valve operation. • All models have anti-spin. The Q5001 Valve Linkage connects a Modutrol Motor to a 2- or 3-Way valve. It is used primarily on V5011 or V5013 steam and water valves. • Q5001 Valve Linkage is applicable to 2-Way or 3-Way valves in modulating or two-position service. • Linkage requires no adjustment when used with Honeywell valves and Modutrol IV Motors. • Q5001 Valve Linkage replaces Q601 and Q618 Valve Linkages. • Linkage mounts directly to the valve bonnet; motor mounts to linkage bracket. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +66 C) air temperature; -40 F to +337 F (-40 C to +169 C) valve bonnet temperature. STROKE: 160 degrees rotation for motor. BONNET CONNECTION: Setscrew. CONNECTIONS:Stem: Button and Clip. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-13/16 in. (148 mm) wide, 10-1/4 to 10-1/2 in. (260 to 267 mm) high, 8-13/64 in. (212 mm) deep. Note: motor will add up to 2-1/8 in. (54 mm) to depth. continued next page 406 Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted Q5001 continued ACCESSORIES: Valve Adapter Kits (order separately): 220829BCQ1—Barber-Colman Valves. 220829JCQ1—Johnson Control Valves. 220829LGQ1—Landis & Gyr Powers Valves (bonnet nut 1-3/32 in., bonnet bracket 1-3/32 in.). 220829LGQ2—Landis & Gyr Powers Valves (bonnet nut 1-3/8 in., bonnet bracket 1-3/8 in.). 220829LGQ3—Landis & Gyr Powers Valves (bonnet nut 1 in., bonnet bracket 1-3/8 in.). 220845 Retainer clip for stem button. CAMS: Required Torquea in lb-in. Cam Number Type 220855A Custom 220858A 80 lb Stem Lift in in. Force 160 lb Stem 320 lb Stem Force Forceb Application 1/4 50 25 Standard 220862A 60 degrees overtravel for Auxiliary Switch 220863A Custom V5047A, 1 in. to 1-1/2 in. 3/4 V5011/V5013, 1/2 in. to 3 in.; V5047, 2 in. 1 220864A 60 120 240 30 60 120 50 100 200 Building Controls and Systems 220861A 1-1/8 220865A 1-1/4 220866A 1-3/8 220867A 100 9/16 Standard 1-1/2 V5011/V5013, 4 in. to 6 in. a Select a Modutrol IV Motor with equal or greater torque. Use the 320 lb stem force linkage with a 300 lb-in. torque motor. HONEYWELL VALVE/LINKAGE SELECTION GUIDE b Valve Type Valve Body Dimensions, Approximate, Pipe Size Linkage Bonnet Size Lift (in.) V5011A 2-Way Flanged 2-1/2, 3 in. Q5001D 1-3/8 3/4 V5011A,B V5011F 4, 5, 6 in. 1-7/8 1-1/2 Threaded 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3 in. 1-3/8 3/4 Threaded 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2 in. 1-3/8 9/16a 2 in. 3/4 Flanged 2-1/2, 3, 4, 5, 6 in. 1-1/2 V5011G V5013N 3-Way V5047A 2-Way V5051A a Merchandise cam required (see cam table). *TRADELINE models. Stem Force ORDER NUMBER lb N Lift Adjustment Bonnet Size Linkage Replaced *Q5001D1000 80, 160 356, 712 3/4 fixed 1-3/8 in. Q601J,K,L,Ma; Q618A. *Q5001D1018 160, 320 712, 1355 *Q5001D1026 a b Q601J,K,Q; Q618A1008a; Q618A1024. 1-1/2 fixed 1-7/8 in. Q601E,Pb If valve lift is not 3/4 in., order a merchandise cam (see Cam table). If valve lift is not 1-1/2 in., order a merchandise cam (see Cam table). 407 Motors and Actuators—Foot-Mounted Q607 Auxiliary Switches • Wrap-around cover for easy access to switch adjustments and wiring. • Maintenance-free protection of the switches and cams. For control of auxiliary equipment as a function of motor shaft position. • Compatible with Modutrol III and Modutrol IV motors. (Requires 220738A adapter bracket for use with Modutrol IV motors). • Micro Switch precision switches, adjustable. • Indicate motor position by use of a scale plate anchored to a common shaft, which allows Q607 to be adjusted for operational sequence before mounting. • Adjustable plate allows universal mounting on either end of motor. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed. Canadian Standards Association Component Recognized. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Mounting: 6-7/16 in. (164 mm) high, 5-3/16 in. (132 mm) wide, 2-1/8 in. (54 mm) deep (3-7/16 in. (87 mm) required for cover removal). ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Current Draw: 120V 240V 480V Full Load 9.8A 4.9A 2.45A Locked Rotor 58.8A 29.4A 14.7A Pilot Duty: 75 VA at 24V and 277V. Resistive Load: 22A at 24V, 120V, 240V, 277V; 15A at 480V. *TRADELINE models. ORDER NUMBER Switches Applicable Motors Q607A1050 1 spdt Post 1969 Honeywell Modutrol motors. Pre/Post 1969 Honeywell Modutrol motors. *Q607A1076a Q607B1067 *Q607B1083a a 2 spdt Post 1969 Honeywell Modutrol motors. Pre/Post 1969 Honeywell Modutrol motors. With adapter plate for mounting over the spring-return assembly on cover end of motor. Adapter plate to be used to mount Q607 gear end of older motors without bosses or for mounting over spring-return assembly on cover end of motor. 408 Motors and Actuators—Special Purpose M436; M836 Damper Motors Spring return motors for two-position back draft, outdoor air changeover, zone, or minimum position damper control. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: M436; M836A. Canadian Standards Association Certified: M436A; M836A. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) high, 4-5/8 in. (118 mm) wide, 3-3/4 in. (95 mm) deep. 120 Vac 240 Vac Full Load 7.2 3.6 Locked Rotor 43.2 21.6 Pilot Duty: 40 VA at 120 or 240 Vac. ACCESSORIES: 198545 Mounting Bracket. 7640JE Bag Assembly. Drive bushings, adapter, and coupling for direct drive. 7640JL Bag Assembly. Drive lever and clamp for crank arm drive. 7640JM Bag Assembly. Mounting bracket, Part No. 126809 and screws. 7640JN Bag Assembly. Mounting bracket, Part No. 128336 and screws. 4074BRU Bag Assembly. Extension adapter and screws for mounting Q607 Auxiliary Switch to M436A Damper Motor. Q298B Linkage. Damper crank arms, bushings, 1/4 in. steel rod, and ball joint assemblies. *TRADELINE models. Torque Damper Load, Max. Breakawaya Blade Area Electrical Ratings ORDER NUMBER Application *M436A1116 Use with two-wire thermostats or other spst controllers. With thermal breaker for overload protection during the lifting stroke or if motor stalls. *M436A1124 Power Supply Stroke Timing, Current Draw, Nominal Opening (degrees) Opening lb.-in. N•m lb.-in. N•m sq ft m2 120 Vac, 0.37A 60 Hz 30 sec 20 2.3 25 sec 15 1.7 30 3.4 13 1.2 10 0.9 240 Vac, 0.19A 60 Hz *M836A1042 Use with spst controllers 24 Vac, without heat anticipation. 60 Hz With thermal breaker for overload protection during the lifting stroke or if motor stalls. 1.85A *M836B1033 Use with spst controllers that have heat anticipation. 1.34A a 75 Maximum torque available to overcome large loads such as a seized damper or valve. MUST NOT BE USED CONTINUOUSLY AT THIS RATING. 409 Building Controls and Systems • Operate outdoor air dampers for combustion or makeup air in residential and light industrial applications. • Operate changeover dampers for heating and cooling systems. • Operate minimum position dampers for ventilation and similar applications. • Include internal spdt switch for controlling auxiliary equipment, additional motors, or to provide a burner interlock switch. • Spring returns motor to start position on power failure. • Drive shafts located on both sides of motor. • Adjustable auxiliary switch for cascading motors or operating auxiliary equipment. • Thermal breaker for overload protection during lifting stroke or if motor stalls. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: 32 F to 125 F (0 C to 52 C). ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Consumption: Opening: M436A; M836A: 27W. M836B: 20W. Holding: M436A; M836A: 8.5W. M836B: 11.2W. AUXILIARY SWITCH RATINGS (A): Motors and Actuators—Special Purpose M833 Heat-Actuated Damper Motor • Attaches directly to a 1/2 in. damper shaft. • Attaches to 3/8 in. damper shaft with adapter provided. • Mounts in any position directly on a duct, or inside a standard wiring junction box where Class 1 wiring is required. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Maximum: 140 F (60 C) (for cooling duct, 60 F (16 C) air), or 85 F (29 C) (for heating duct, 150 F (66 C) air). Regulates duct damper position according to zone thermostat requirements. Electrical Ratings Torque ORDER NUMBER Power Supply Current Draw lb-in. M833A1007 24 Vac/dc 6, or 3.5 sq ft free damper area 0.7, or 0.33 sq m free damper area Clockwise 90 degrees. (or 3 sq ft of linked damper). (or 0.28 sq m of linked damper). 0.72A at 24V N•m Rotation Direction M835 Two-Position Zone Motor NOTE: For remote damper blade control, use 121825AA Crank Arm and Q298 Linkage Assembly; order separately. A template to assist positioning motor and damper blade is furnished with each M835. Use of 124857A Mounting Plate is recommended. Internal schematic for M835A. MOTOR DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-1/2 in. (140 mm) high, 4-1/4 in. (108 mm) wide, 2-5/8 in. (67 mm) deep. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Heating application: 200 F (93 C) duct with 125 F (52 C) ambient maximum; Cooling application: 140 F (60 C) ambient maximum. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply: 24V, 60 Hz. Auxiliary Switch Ratings (A): 2 at 24 Vac (pilot duty). TIMING: 80 seconds to open, 160 seconds to close damper. TORQUE: 4 lb-in. (0.45 N•m) or 400 sq in. (0.26 m2) of bearing-mounted damper. BLUE WAFER SWITCH TO PRIMARY CONTROL WHITE 1K2 END SWITCH BROWN 1K 1K1 RED • Controls zone or changeover damper in heating and air conditioning systems, and control gates on feeders. • Spst end switch makes within 20 sec of full open, breaks within 20 sec after start of closing stroke. BLUE Used with two-wire, 24-volt room thermostat or other controller for two-position damper control. ACCESSORIES: D524 Duct Damper Blade. 124857A Mounting Plate. 121825AA Auxiliary Crank Arm Assembly. Attaches to front of motor for remote control of additional dampers. Q298B Linkage. Variable length linkage rod (10, 16, or 24 in. (254, 406, or 610 mm) maximum). TO ROOM THERMOSTAT TO 24 VOLT POWER SUPPLY M17413 *TRADELINE model. Max. No. of M835 Motors per AT72D Transformera ORDER NUMBER Electrical Ratings, Heat Anticipator Setting (A) Heating Only Heating-Cooling *M835A1051 0.18 for thermostat 4 3b a b If more motors are required, use additional AT72D or AT88A Transformers for adequate power. Plus R8225A Relay. 410 Motors and Actuators—Special Purpose M842 Zone Damper Actuator Controls dampers that require low operating force. • Thermally driven motor used to control dampers in forced air systems. • Diecast aluminum housing. • Mounts on duct surface. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-13/16 in. (148 mm) high, 3-7/8 in. (98 mm) wide, 2-1/2 in. (64 mm) deep. Torque ORDER NUMBER lb-in. N•m Electrical Ratings, Power Supply M842A1008 6 0.7 24 Vac Building Controls and Systems M847 Two-Position Draft Damper Actuator M847A1072 dimensions in in. [mm], with arm linkage. 2-3/8 (60) 3-1/2 (89) 2-3/16 (55) 1-3/4 (45) 4-3/4 (120) Use with two-wire 24V room thermostats or other low voltage controllers to operate the draft damper on solid fuel furnaces or boilers and other similar light duty applications. • Low voltage, spring-return damper actuator. • Equipped with mounting bracket for wall, duct or direct appliance mounting to control draft damper through an actuator arm or chain linkage arrangement. • Actuator wheel rotates in a clockwise direction (when facing the wheel) when energized. 3-5/16 (100) 1 (25) 3-3/4 (95) 1/4 (6) 2-3/8 (60) 1-3/4 (45) 3/16 (5) DIAMETER (2) 2-5/8 (66) M9943 M847A1080 dimensions in in. [mm], with chain linkage. 2-3/8 (60) TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: 40 F to 125 F (5 C to 50 C). TORQUE, MAXIMUM AT WHEEL: 30 in oz (212 N•m). 3-1/2 (89) 2-3/16 (55) 2-15/16 (75) 3/8 (10) 3/4 (20) 2 (51) 2-1/16 (52) 2-3/8 (60) 3-11/16 (94) 4-11/16 (120) 3/16 (5) DIAMETER (2) Electrical Ratings ORDER NUMBER Linkage Power Heat Anticipator Power Supply Consumption Setting (A) M847A1072 3.8 in. (95 mm) Arm 24V at 60 Hz M847A1080 38 in. (965 mm) Chain 8 VA 0.32 M17383 Timing Stroke (degrees) Opening (powered) Closing (spring) 45 nominal 20 sec max 20 sec max M6415, M7405, M7415, M8405, M8415 Damper Actuators Spring return, 25 lb.-in. damper actuators provide spdt floating, twoposition, three-position or modulating control of economizer systems, ventilation dampers and combustion air dampers. M6415 suitable for use with direct digital control (DDC) systems. For complete details, see page 307 in the Economizer section of this catalog. 411 Motors and Actuators—Special Purpose DM7600 Commercial Zone Dampers POWER CONSUMPTION: Model Power (W) Current (A) VA ML6161A 2.0 0.085 2.04 ML7161A 4.5 0.20 4.8 DM7600 dimensions. Motorized damper package designed for use with W7600 Commercial Zone System. Up to ten DM7600 Dampers may be controlled from one output from the W7600 (using the appropriate resistor value). W • Damper combined with factory-mounted ML7161 actuator to provide a fully modulating zone damper. • Shell has 1 in. crimp at one end with raised edges, and neoprene foam rubber seal in sleeve. • Damper blade has 1/2 in. aluminum shaft with nylon bearings and 90 degree rotation. • Damper and blade constructed of galvanized steel. • Magnetic coupling requires no limit switches or mechanical stops. D Damper Specifications: LEAKAGE: Less than 1% at 0.1 in. wc (0.25 kPa). L Actuator Specifications: TEMPERATURE RANGE: Ambient: 32 F to 130 F (0 C to 54 C). TORQUE: Running, 35 lb-in. (4.0 N•m); stall (minimum), 45 lb-in. (5.2 N•m). ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Supply: 24 Vac at 50/60 Hz. DAMPER DIAMETER (D) WIDTH (W) LENGTH (L) in. mm in. mm in. mm 6 152 9-1/2 241 12 305 8 10 203 11-1/2 292 12 305 12 254 305 13-1/2 15-1/2 343 394 12 13 305 330 14 16 356 406 17-1/2 19-1/2 445 495 15 17 381 432 M17412 Available only through Honeywell Authorized Distributors Material ORDER NUMBER Dimensions, Approximate, Damper Diameter Shell Blade Includes Signal, Input Timing DM7600A1005 6 (152) 24 ga. steel 16 ga. steel ML7161A1000 90 sec DM7600A1013 8 (203) 2 to 10 Vdc or 4 to 20 mA DM7600A1021 10 (254) DM7600A1039 12 (305) DM7600A1047 14 (356) 16 ga. steel ML6131B2007 Spdt floating DM7600A1054 16 (406) DM7600B1004 6 (152) DM7600B1012 8 (203) DM7600B1020 10 (254) DM7600B1038 12 (305) DM7600B1046 14 (356) DM7600B1053 16 (406) DM7600B1061 6 (152) DM7600B1079 8 (203) DM7600B1087 10 (254) DM7600B1095 12 (305) DM7600B1103 14 (356) DM7600B1111 16 (406) 412 20 ga. steel 24 ga. steel 20 ga. steel 24 ga. steel 20 ga. steel 16 ga. steel Spdt floating 7 min Motors and Actuators—Parts and Accessories Parts and Accessories Description Use With Order Number Adapters Adapters. M7415; M7405 6-9 Vdc Adapter. Q769A M7415; M7405 4-20 mA Adapter. Q769B M7415; M7405 0-10 Vdc or 2-10 Vdc. Q769C M944; M945; M954; M955 Mod IV motors. W859 Ball Joint. For 5/16 in. rod. 27518 Bracket, external damper mount. M9184; M9185. 101662A Coupling. Explosion-proof housing. 7617DM Crank arm (included in Q605 Linkage). Modutrol motors.d Controls Economizer Control. Hardware Crank arm, infinitely adjustable. Dampers used with 300 lb-in. Modutrol motors. Dampers. Building Controls and Systems Crank arm, heavy duty. 7616BR d d 4074ELR 4074ELY Crank arm, infinitely adjustable. Modutrol IV motors (included in Q605E,F,G,H). 221455A Housings, explosion-proof. Dampers, lever-operated valves. DHE94a Modutrol motors. ES-650-117b ES-650-118b Linkages Linkaged. Modutrol IV motors with adapter bracket and V51B Valves. Q100 Modutrol motors and V5011; V5013 Valves. Q601 For use with Modutrol motors and dampers. Q605 M6415; M7405; M7415; M8405; M8415 and dampers. Q298B C7400 Solid State Enthalpy Sensor. W7459 Logic Module Solid State Logic Module. Potentiometers Auxiliary Potentiometers. Modutrol motors. Q181A Manual Potentiometers. Series M91XX and M94XX Modutrol IV motors. S443A M7415; M7405 Q709A 135 ohm control circuits, surface mounting. 112894FA 270 ohm control circuits, surface mounting. 112894FB 135 ohm control circuits, flush mounting. 112894FD 270 ohm control circuits, flush mounting. 112894FE Dual Control Potentiometer. Modutrol and Modutrol IV motors. Q68B Minimum Position Potentiometer. Direct-Coupled Actuators. 205860 Remote Minimum Position Potentiometer. M6415; M7405; M7415; M8405; M8415 with or without Q709A. S963B1136 Up to 6 Modutrol motors in unison. 4074BYK Resistor Kits Resistor Kits.c One motor from a 4-20 mA controller. 4074EDC Up to 3 Modutrol motors from a W973 Singlezone Logic Panel. 4074EAU Up to 6 Modutrol motors from a 4-20 mA controller. 4074EED continued next page 413 Motors and Actuators—Parts and Accessories Parts and Accessories continued Description Use With Order Number Sensors Mixed or Discharge Air Thermistor Sensor M7415A C7150B1004 Solid State Enthalpy Sensor M7415; W7459 C7400A1004 Air Temperature Thermistor Sensor M7415; W7459 C7650A1001 M6415; M7405; M7415; M8405; M8415. 4074EKV Quick-connect to screw terminal Adapter M6415; M7405; M7415; M8405; M8415. 4074EHB Terminal Enclosure M6415; M7405; M7415; M8405; M8415. 7640QF Modutrol IV motors. 4074ERU Switches Auxiliary Switch Terminal Weatherproof Kit Weatherproof Kit, NEMA 3 a Available through Crouse-Hinds Co., Customer Service, P.O. Box 4999, Syracuse, NY 13221; (315) 477-4000. b Contact Nelson Electric, Order Services Dept., P.O. Box 726, Tulsa, OK 74101; (918) 627-5530, for name of local representative. c May also be used with Modutrol IV motors (series 91). d May also be used with Modutrol IV motors. Requires adapter bracket standard on all Modutrol IV motors included in this catalog. 414 Remote Temperature Controllers Remote Temperature Controller Quick Selection Guide This quick selection guide lists model numbers and product specifications for seven major control categories. Choose the model that meets your requirements, then refer to the product description page for complete order number. Electronic Remote Temperature Controllers Setting Range Model Number F C T775A -40 to +220 -40 to +104 Differential Interstage Switching Action F C F C spdt T775B 0.5 to 0.3 to 0 to 35 19 35 Adj. Adj. Adj. 0 to 19 Adj. Application Staged On/Off control with 1 temperature input and 1 to 4 relay output stages. Staged On/Off control with 2 temperature inputs and 2 to 4 relay output stages. T775C Staged On/Off control with 1 temperature input and 1 to 4 relay output stages. NEMA 4X enclosure. T775D Staged On/Off control with 2 temperature inputs and 2 to 4 relay output stages. NEMA 4X enclosure. T775E Modulating control with 1 temperature input and either Electronic Series 90, 4-20 mA, or 0-18 Vdc modulating output with 1 to 3 relay output stages. T775F Modulating control with 2 temperature inputs and either Electronic Series 90, 4-20 mA, or 0-18 Vdc modulating output with 0 to 3 relay output stages. T775G Modulating control with 1 temperature input and either Electronic Series 90, 4-20 mA, or 0-18 Vdc modulating output with 1 to 3 relay output stages. NEMA 4X enclosure. T775J -40 to +220 -40 to +104 T7079A -25 to +105 -32 to +40 T7079B Reset control with 2 temperature inputs and either Electronic Series 90, 4-20 mA, or 0-18 Vdc modulating output with 0- to 1-relay output stages or 2-output stages. 1 to 30 2 spdt 0 to 35 — Staged On/Off control with 1 temperature input and 1 to 4 relay output stages. Staged On/Off control with 2 temperature inputs and 2 to 4 relay output stages. 419 Building Controls and Systems The T775 offers the flexibility of up to four stages on/off, modulating, or reset control with digital display and wide setpoint range. The twostage control has a wide setpoint range and offers remote sensing up to 1000 feet from the controller. T775C,D,G has a NEMA 4X enclosure for extreme environments. Remote Temperature Controllers General Purpose Temperature Controllers The T4031/T6031s have a temperature range from -30 F to +270 F, spst or spdt switch action, and a variety of differentials and sensing elements. Operating Range Model Number F C T4031A -30 to +90 -35 to +32 T4031C 40 to 180 4 to 82 Switching Action C spst Close on rise 3.5; fixed spst Open on rise T4031E T4031F T4031G 1-1/2 in. max. ice thickness T4031H 35 to 45 2 to 13 Differential F Capillary Length ft M Application 1.9; fixed 5 1.5 Refrigeration. 2 or 5; fixed 1.1 or 5.5, 8 2.8; fixed 1.7, 2.4 High-limit, ambient compensated. 1.7 2; fixed 1.1; fixed 5.5 spst Close on rise 5; fixed 2.8; fixed spst 1/8 in. spst Close on rise 1.5; fixed spst 1/8 in. Ice-Trol—milk coolers. 0.8; fixed Milk-Trol, ambient-compensated control of milk or similar liquids in bulb tanks. T4031J Milk-Trol. T4031K 1-1/2 in. max. ice thickness T6031A 15 to 90 -30 to +50 -30 to +90 -9 to +32 spdt -35 to +10 35 to +32 3.5; fixed 3.5 to 16; adj. 1.9; fixed 5, 8, 20 1.9 to 8; adj. 1.5, 2.4, Refrigeration, duct, tank, freezer, 6.1 ambient compensated. T6031C,D 0 to 70 40 to 180 30 to 270 -18 to +21 4 to 82 -1 to +132 2,5,7; fixed 1.1, 2.8, 5.5 std. 3.9; fixed 7.5 Armored 1.7, 2.3 Ambistat, high limit, ambient compensated. T6031E,F 55 to 90 13 to 32 1.5; fixed 1.0; fixed 5.5 1.7 Unit thermostats heating/cooling. Marked warmer/cooler. T6031J 55 to 85 13 to 29 5; fixed 2.8; fixed T6031K 15 to 75 -9 to +24 420 Ice-Trol—milk coolers. Changeover thermostat, ventilation, air conditioning. Refrigeration, display cases and cabinets. Remote Temperature Controllers Limit Controllers The L456/L480/L482 line includes high- and low-limit temperature controllers for HVAC and refrigeration applications. . Operating Range Model Number F C Switching Action M Application 5, 20 1.5,6.1 High-limit temperature control for air or liquid in ducts. spdt 10 20 6.1 spst Manual reset Low-limit temperature control—operates dampers, valves, and compressor or fan motors in refrigeration and HVAC systems. L480B 20 to 60 -7 to +16 L482A 15 to 55 C 5.6 -10 to +15 2 spst; one N.C., one N.O. Commercial Temperature Controllers The T675 controls are ambient compensated; models are available with optional fast-response sensing elements, concealed setpoint and mounting accessories. Operating Range Model Number F C Switching Action F T675A 0 to 100 -18 to +38 spdt Differential C Capillary Length ft 1; fixed 310; adj. 0.6; fixed 1.7 to 5, 20 5.6; adj. 5 fastresponse M Application 1.5, 6.1 Regulates temperature of air or liquid in ducts, pipes, tanks, boilers. Used to control dampers in HVAC; ambient compensated. 1.5 fastresponse 10 to 110 -12 to +43 1; fixed 0.6; fixed 5, Std. or 1.5, Std. or fast-response fast-response 55 to 175 13 to 79 1; fixed 3.6 to 12; adj. 0.6; fixed 2 to 6.7; adj. 5, 20 1.5, 6.1 10, 20 3.1, 6.1 Manual reset limit control. 3.1 Crop-Trol—oil burning crop dryers. 160 to 260 71 to 127 T675B 30 to 50 -20 to +50 -1 to +10 -29 to +10 spdt Open 10; fixed on Fall 3 to 10; adj. 1.7 to 5.6; adj. T675F 80 to 220 27 to 105 spdt 5.6; fixed 5 to 30; adj. 2.8 to 11.0; adj. 10 421 Building Controls and Systems ft 240 to 385 115 to 195 spst F Capillary Length 5 to 21 3 to 12 L456A L480G Differential Remote Temperature Controllers Return Air Controllers The T4054, T6054 and T6064 provide ventilation control, in agricultural and industrial buildings, and return air control in commercial HVAC. The T6064B has two remote bulbs; one for heating control, one for cooling. T6064C,D have a NEMA 4X enclosure for extreme environments. Operating Range Model Number F C T6054A -30 to +110 -34 to +43 T6054B 60 to 80 Switching Action F spdt 16 to 27 T6064A Differential C Material Sensing Element 3.5; fixed 1.9; fixed Tin-plated coil 0.8; fixed 0.4; fixed Ventilation control in agricultural and industrial buildings. Fast-response Return air controller. 2 spdt T6064B 55 to 85 13 to 29 3.0; fixed 1.7; fixed Remote bulb, 5.5 ft (1.7 M) T6064Ca T6064Da 60 to 80 16 to 27 T4054 35 to 100 2 to 38 a spst 0.8; fixed 0.4; fixed 3.5; fixed 1.9; fixed Fast-response Application Override room thermostat. Ventilation and temperature control in agricultural buildings. Independent heating/cooling setpoints. NEMA 4X enclosure. Heavy-duty Industrial/Agricultural Controllers The T631s are heavy-duty controllers especially suited for agricultural, industrial and commercial ventilation applications. The T631F and G models come with a splash- and spray-proof NEMA 4X enclosure for use in extreme environments. See Line Voltage and Proportional Thermostats section for additional information. Operating Range Differential Model Number F C Switching Action F C Material Sensing Element Application T631A 35 to 100 2 to 38 spdt 2; fixed 1.1; fixed Copper coil 70 to 140 21 to 60 0 to 70 -18 to +21 3; fixed 1.7; fixed -10 to +100 -23 to +38 Barns. Brooder houses. Poultry houses. Hog, pump houses. 70 to 140 21 to 60 8; fixed 4.4; fixed Crop storage. T631B 35 to 100 2 to 38 2 spdt switches 2; fixed 1.1; fixed Crop storage. T631C -10 to +60 -23 to +16 spdt 3; fixed 1.7; fixed 20 to 90 -7 to +32 Temperature or ventilation control in farm buildings. 70 to 140 21 to 60 2; fixed 1.1; fixed 14 to 86 -10 to +30 3; fixed 1.7; fixed 35 to 100 2 to 38 2; fixed 1.1; fixed -30 to +110 -34 to +38 5; fixed 2.8; fixed 35 to 100 2 to 38 T631F T631G 422 1 spdt 2 or 3-1/2; fixed 1.1 or 1.9; fixed 2 spdt 3-1/2; fixed 1.9; fixed Tin-plated copper NEMA 4X splash-proof coil enclosure with clear cover and exposed set point. Remote Temperature Controllers Two-stage Controllers The T678s are two-stage refrigeration and crop-drying temperature controllers. Models are available with fast-response sensing elements. Operating Range Model Switching Number F C Action T678A ft M Application 3; fixed per switch 3 to 10; interstage between switches 1.7; fixed per switch 5, 20 std. or 1.7 to 5.6; interstage fastresponse or between switches 10 ft avg. 1.5, 6.1 std. or fastresponse or 3.1 avg. Regulates temperature of air or liquid in ducts, pipes, tanks, boilers. Used to control dampers in HVAC. 0 to 100 -18 to +38 55 to 175 13 to 79 3.5; fixed per switch 1.9; fixed per switch 5, 20 std. or 3.6 to 12; adjustable 2 to 6.7; adjustable fastbetween switches between switches response 1.5, 6.1 std. or fastresponse 160 to 260 71 to 127 3; fixed 3 to 10 interstage between switches 1.7; fixed 1.7 to 5.6; 5 interstage between switches 1.5 55 to 85 13 to 29 2 spdt Operate in unison 5; fixed per switch 3; fixed 1.7 2 spdt Operate in sequence 2; fixed 1.1; fixed Sequenced control of air temperature for two-stage heating or two-stage cooling or one-stage heating/cooling. 3; fixed per switch 1.7; fixed per switch Two-stage control in refrigerated areas. T678F T678G Capillary Length C 15 to 75 -9 to +24 5.5 Changeover control in air conditioning or ventilation. T775 Electronic Remote Temperature Controllers • • • • Adjustable differential and throttling range. Heating and cooling stages independently programmable. Available with NEMA 4X enclosure. Optional No. 203531A Panel Mounting Kit allows mounting in an electrical panel. • Available Application Guide and Cross-Reference, forms 63-1197 through 63-1207, offer answers to common application questions. T775A,B,E,F,J T775C,D,G The T775 family of electronic remote temperature controllers provide on/off, modulating, or reset control in applications where electronic accuracy in addition to remote sensing is desired. • Available with one or two temperature inputs and up to four spdt relay output stages or modulating (electronic Series 90, 4-20 mA or 0-18 Vdc) outputs. • Typical applications include: —on/off control of fans, motors and heaters. —proportional and floating control of damper and valve actuators. —outdoor reset of heating and cooling systems. • Electronic control accuracy. • Linear platinum temperature sensor. • LCD display indicates mode and output status; jumper switch provides field selection of F or C display. • Keypad allows precise temperature selection; easy one-finger programming. • Remote sensing from up to 1000 ft (304 m). • Wide temperature setting range. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX. Canadian Standards Association Listed: File LR95329-1. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Voltage: 24/120/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz. Contacts: 120 Vac 240 Vac 9.8A 4.9A Locked Rotor 58.8A 29.4A Pilot Duty 125 VA Resistive 10.0A at 24 Vac Full Load TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient Range: 1 and 2 stage models: -40 F to +140 F (-40 C to +60 C). 3 and 4 stage models: -40 F to +125 F (-40 C to +52 C). Setting Range: -40 F to 220 F (-40 C to +105 C). Differential, Adjustable: 1 to 35 F (0.6 to 19 C). Accuracy: 1 F (0.5 C) at 77 F (25 C) and nominal supply voltage. Throttling Range: Adjustable from 2 to 30 F (1 to 17 C) (T775E-G). Reset Ratio: Adjustable from 30 to 1 or 1 to 30 (T775J only). continued next page 423 Building Controls and Systems T678C 2 spdt Differential F Remote Temperature Controllers T775 continued DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: T775A,B,E,F,J: 8-1/2 in. (216 mm) high, 4-3/4 in (121 mm) wide, 2-3/8 in. (61 mm) deep. T775C,D,G (including mounting flange): 9 in. (229 mm) high, 6 in. (153 mm) wide, 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) deep. REPLACEMENT PARTS: 193987GA Platinum Sensor 2-5/8 in. (67 mm) long, 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) dia. Lead wires 6 in. (125 mm). 198212CA Water-resistant Sensor; 60 in. (1524 mm) leads, liquidtight fitting. 203401B Water-tight Sensor, 20 in. (508 mm) leads, require 1/2 in. (13 mm) dia. well. ACCESSORIES: A775A1003 Sensor Simulator. C7043A1098 Case and Immersion Well for running conduit to sensor, 1/2 in. NPT, 5-3/8 in. insertion, 4 in. insulation (for use with 193987GA only). C7100C1003 Duct Mounted Averaging Sensora. DSP2520 Counter Display, includes T775A1035. T7047C1090 Wall Mounted Sensor Bulb Housing. 4074ESW Universal Sensor Bulb Mounting Kit, self adhesive (sensor not included). 107324A Bulb Holder, duct insertion. 107408 Heat Conductive Compound, 4 oz (118.4 mL). 121371A Copper immersion well, 1/2 in. NPT, 1-1/2 in. insulation, 3 in. insertion with mounting clip. 121371E Stainless Steel immersion well, 1/2 in. NPT, 1-1/2 in. insulation, 3 in. insertion with mounting clip. 203531A Panel Mounting Kit with optional tamper resistant window. 202026D NEMA IV Cover Kit, replaces cover on T775C,D, or G. a Accuracy decreases to 2 F (-1 C). Sensor Resistance vs. Temperature Characteristics. RESISTANCE (OHMS) 4200 4000 3800 3600 3484 ± 6.5 OHMS AT 77°F (25°C) 3400 3200 20 60 40 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 F 220 C -7 0 10 20 40 50 30 60 70 TEMPERATURE (DEGREES) 80 90 100 M2829 Available only through Honeywell Authorized Commercial Wholesalers and Honeywell Authorized Distributors. *TRADELINE model. ORDER NUMBER Control Mode Temperature Inputs Relay Outputs Includes T775A1001 spdt 1 1 T775A1019 spdt 1 2 T775A1027 spdt 1 3 T775A1035 spdt 1 4 T775B1000 spdt 2 2 T775B1018 spdt 2 3 T775B1026 spdt 2 4 T775C1009 spdt 1 4 T775D1008 pdt 2 4 203401B Sensor (one) and NEMA 4X enclosure. T775E1015 Electronic Series 90 1 1 193987GA Sensor (one). T775E1023 Electronic Series 90 1 2 T775E1056 4-20 mA 1 1 T775E1064 4-20 mA 1 2 T775E1098 0-18 Vdc 1 1 *T775E1114 0-18 Vdc 1 3 T775F1022 Electronic Series 90 2 3 T775F1055 4-20 mA 2 3 T775F1089 0-18 Vdc 2 3 T775G1005 Electronic Series 90 1 3 T775G1013 4-20 mA 1 3 T775G1021 0-18 Vdc 1 3 T775J1001 RESET 2 1 T775J1019 RESET and Electronic Series 90 2 0 T775J1027 RESET and 4-20 mA 2 0 T775J1035 RESET and 0-18 Vdc 2 0 T775J1043 RESET and Electronic Series 90 2 1 T775J1050 RESET and 4-20 mA 2 1 T775J1068 RESET and 0-18 Vdc 2 1 T775J1076 RESET 2 2 424 193987GA Sensor (one). 193987GA (two). 203401B Sensor (one) and NEMA 4X enclosure. 193987GA (two). 203401B Sensor (one) and NEMA 4X enclosure. 193987GA (two). Remote Temperature Controllers New! T7079 Solid State Remote Temperature Controller TEMPERATURE ACCURACY (AT NOMINAL VOLTAGE): In 77 F (25 C) ambient, nominal sensor value: ±2 F. NOTE: Accuracy can vary based on deviation from nominal values of input voltage, operating ambient and sensor ambient. • • • • • • • • • Switch selection of heat or cool mode. Temperature sensing up to 400 feet. Does not require field calibration. 10K NTC temperature sensor. Wide set point temperature range. LED annunciation for both power on and relay state. Dual set point scale (°F and °C). Isolation transformer for 24 Vac input. Single- or Dual-stage output. DIMENSIONS: 7-3/16 in. (183 mm) high, 2-7/16 in. (61 mm) wide, 2-7/16 in. (61 mm) deep. SENSOR: 10K NTC, 400 ft maximum distance between sensor and electronic controller. Order Number Description Stages Switches T7079A1004 24 Vac, Setpoint range: -25 to +105 F (-32 to +40 C). 1 1 SPDT T7079A1012 24 Vac, Setpoint range: 100 to 240 F (38 to 116 C). T7079A1046 120/240 Vac, Setpoint range: -25 to +105 F (-32 to +40 C). T7079A1053 120/240 Vac, Setpoint range: 100 to 240 F (38 to 116 C). T7079B1028 24 Vac, Setpoint range: -25 to +105 F (-32 to +40 C). 2 2 SPDT T7079B1036 24 Vac, Setpoint range: 100 to 240 F (38 to 116 C). T7079B1044 120/240 Vac, Setpoint range: -25 to +105 F (-32 to +40 C). T7079B1051 120/ 240 Vac, Setpoint range: 100 to 240 F (38 to 116 C). Building Controls and Systems The T7079 Electronic Remote Sensor Temperature Controller is capable of providing on-off temperature control for ducts, tanks, heating and refrigeration units, greenhouses, animal confinement buildings and other applications where electronic accuracy in addition to remote sensing is desired. SETPOINT ADJUSTMENT RANGE: -25 to +105 F (-32 to +40 C). or 100 to 240 F (38 to 116 C). ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Voltage Input: 24/120/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz (+10%, -15%). Power Consumption: At 60 Hz: 8 VA maximum. At 50 Hz: 10 VA maximum. Contact Ratings: At 120 Vac: 1/2 hp, 9.8 FLA, 58.8 LRA. At 240 Vac: 1/4 hp, 4.9 FLA, 29.4 LRA. At 120/240 Vac: 125 VA pilot duty. At 24 Vac (resistive): 10A. AMBIENT RATINGS: Operating Temperature: -40 to +140 F [-40 to +60 C]. Storage Temperature: -40 to +180 F (-40 to +82 C). Operating Humidity: 5% to 95% RH, non-condensing. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Canadian Underwriters Laboratories. CE. ACCESSORIES: 107048 Heat Conduction Compound, 4 ounces. 107324A Bulb Holder, duct insertion. 121371A Copper Immersion Well. 121371E Stainless Steel Well. T7047C1090 Wall Mounted Sensor Case (housing only). 425 Remote Temperature Controllers T675; T678 Controllers Fast Response Standard Remote bulb thermostats regulate temperature of air or liquids in ducts, pipes, tanks and boilers. • Suitable for applications requiring temperature control of air or liquids where controller must be placed outside the sensing area. • Typical uses include control of dampers and valves in heating, cooling and heating-cooling systems. • Fast response models (available for use in return air duct) operate approximately four times faster than standard models. • Controller can be mounted in any position. • Ambient temperature compensation provides good temperature control. Refer to T775 Electronic Remote Temperature Controller where more exact control is required and/or remote controller location is preferred. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed. Canadian Standards Association Certified: for T675A, T678A. ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A): T675A adjustable differential models and T678A: 120 Vac 240 Vac 277 Vac Full Load 8.0 5.1 4.2 Locked Rotor 48.0 30.6 25.2 DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-5/8 in. (143 mm) high, 2 in. (51 mm) wide, 2-5/8 in. (67 mm) deep. BULB SIZE: Standard models: 1/2 in. (13 mm) x 4-3/16 in. (106 mm). 55 F to 175 F (13 C to 79 C) models: 1/2 in. (13 mm) x 3-9/16 in. (90 mm). REPLACEMENT PARTS: 131524A Capillary Holder for mounting a fast-response sensing element in an air duct. ACCESSORIES: Immersion Well Assembly. To protect sensing bulb from mechanical or chemical damage when mounting in a boiler or storage tank; copper, 4-3/4 in. (121 mm) insertion length; includes tube clip for clamping capillary tube to immersion well. 112622AA, 1/2-14 NPT external threads on spud, includes 112721 Clip. 112630AA, 3/4-14 NPT external threads on spud, includes 112720 Clip. Capillary Compression Fitting. To provide sealoff when mounting sensing bulb directly in a boiler or storage tank; brass; 5/8 in. (16 mm) thread length. 104484A, 1/2-14 NPT external threads on spud. 104484B, 3/4-14 NPT external threads on spud. 194899 Button which replaces setpoint knob to discourage tampering. 801534, Calibration wrench. For additional accessories, see REPLACEMENT PARTS and ACCESSORIES sections. T675A nonadjustable differential models: 125 VA at 120/208/240/277 Vac. T675B: 125 VA pilot duty up to 277 Vac. T678A: Maximum connected load: 2000 VA. *TRADELINE models. Temperature Ratings, Operating Range Temperature Ratings, Temperature Maximum Temperature Ratings, Differential Capillary Length ORDER NUMBER F C ft M Material F C F C Switching Action T675A1045 0 to 100 -18 to +38 20 6.1 st. steel 125 52 3 to 10, adj. 1.7 to 5.6, adj. 1, fixed 0.6, fixed Spdt switch breaks R-B and makes R-W at set point on temperature rise. T675A1102 160 to 260 71 to 127 20 6.1 copper 280 138 T675A1136 0 to 100 20 6.1 copper 125 52 -18 to +38 T675A1243d 167 to 257 75 to 125 5 1.5 copper 125 52 3 to 10, adj. 1.7 to 5.6 adj. T675A1425 55 to 175 13 to 79 20 6.1 copper 200 93 3.6 to 12, adj. 2 to 6.7, adj. T675A1441 55 to 175 13 to 79 20 6.1 st. steel 200 93 3.6 to 12, adj. 2 to 6.7, adj. T675A1458 55 to 175 13 to 79 5 1.5 copper 200 93 1, fixed 0.6, fixed *T675A1508a 0 to 100 -18 to +38 5 1.5 copper 125 52 3 to 10, adj. 1.7 to 5.6, adj. *T675A1516a 0 to 100 -18 to +38 5 1.5 copper 125 52 1, fixed 0.6, fixed T675A1524 55 to 175 13 to 79 20 6.1 copper 200 93 1, fixed 0.6, fixed *T675A1532 160 to 260 71 to 127 5 1.5 copper 280 138 3 to 10, adj. 1.7 to 5.6, adj. *T675A1540a a 55 to 175 13 to 79 5 1.5 copper 200 93 3.6 to 12, adj. 2 to 6.7, adj. a *T675A1565 0 to 100 -18 to +38 20 6.1 copper 125 52 3 to 10, adj. 1.7 to 5.6, adj. *T675A1706b 0 to 100 -18 to +38 5 1.5 copper 125 52 Spdt switch breaks R-B and makes R-W at set point on temperature rise. continued next page 426 Remote Temperature Controllers T675; T678 continued Temperature Ratings, Operating Range ORDER NUMBER Temperature Ratings, Temperature Maximum Temperature Ratings, Differential Capillary Length F C ft M Material F C F C Switching Action *T675A1722 55 to 175 13 to 79 5 1.5 copper 200 93 3.6 to 12, adj. 2 to 6.7, adj. T675A1771b 55 to 175 13 to 79 5 1.5 copper 200 93 1, fixed 0.6, fixed b T675A1854 10 to 110 -12 to +43 5 1.5 copper 125 52 1, fixed Spdt switch breaks R-B and makes R-W at set point on temperature rise. T675B1002c 30 to 50 -1 to +10 10 3 copper 125 52 T675B1010 30 to 50 -1 to +10 20 6.1 copper 125 52 T675B1028 -20 to +50 -29 to +10 10 3 copper 125 52 T678A1015 0 to 100 -18 to +38 20 6.1 copper 125 52 T678A1080 160 to 260 71 to 127 5 1.5 copper 280 138 b Manual 0.6, fixed Spst switch breaks at set point on a temperature fall. Resetc Each switch fixed at 1.7 C; adj. diff. between switches 1.7 to 5.6 C. T678A1163d 5 to 95 -15 to +35 20 6.1 copper 125 52 T678A1361 55 to 175 13 to 79 20 6.1 copper 200 93 Each switch fixed at 3.6 F; adj. diff. between switches 3.6 to 12 F. Each switch fixed at 2 C; adj. diff. between switches 1.7 to 5.6 C. *T678A1437a 0 to 100 -18 to +38 5 1.5 copper 125 52 Each switch fixed at 3 F; adj. diff. between switches 3 F to 10 F. Each switch fixed at 1.7 C; adj. diff. between switches 1.7 C to 5.6 C. *T678A1445a 55 to 175 13 to 79 5 1.5 copper 200 93 Each switch fixed at 3.6 F; adj. diff. between switches 3.6 F to 12 F. Each switch fixed at 2 C; adj. diff. between switches 2 C to 6.7 C. *T678A1478b 0 to 100 -18 to +38 5 1.5 copper 125 52 Each switch fixed at 3 F; adj. diff. between switches 3 F to 10 F. Each switch fixed at 1.7 C; adj. diff. between switches 1.7 C to 5.6 C. *T678A1494b 55 to 175 13 to 79 5 1.5 copper 200 93 T678A1627c 0 to 100 -18 to +38 12 3.7 Averaging 125 copper 52 Each switch fixed at 3.6 F; adj. diff. between switches 3.6 F to 12 F. Each switch fixed at 2 C; adj. diff. between switches 2 C to 6.7 C. Two spdt switches operating in sequence. Right switch breaks R-B and makes R-W at set point on a temperature rise. Left switch breaks R-B and makes R-W if temperature continues to rise through interstage differential. a Includes 107324A Bulb Holder. Fast response element. Includes 131524A Bulb Holder. c Temperature should rise 10 F (5.6 C) above setpoint before resetting. d Celsius model. b 427 Building Controls and Systems Each switch fixed at 3 F; adj. diff. between switches 3 F to 10 F. Remote Temperature Controllers T675F Crop-Trol Controller APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Maximum, At Bulb: 245 F (118 C). Maximum, At Case: 150 F (66 C). Setting Range: 80 F to 220 F (27 C to 104 C). Differential: Midscale, adjustable, 5 F to 30 F (3 C to 17 C). ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A): Used to control an oil burning, portable crop dryer. • • • • Suitable for line-voltage, low-voltage or millivolt (Powerpile) switching. Mounts directly on dryer with sensing bulb in discharge air duct. Knob extends through case for manual control point adjustment. Differential setting wheel, located under cover, adjusts difference between cut-in and cut-out temperatures. Capillary Length 120 Vac 240 Vac Full Load 8.0 5.1 Locked Rotor 48.0 30.6 Inductive Load 0.25 A at 1/4 to 12 Vdc. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Case: 5-5/8 in. (143 mm) high, 2 in. (51 mm) wide, 2-5/8 in. (67 mm) deep. Temperature Ratings, Differential, Adjustable ORDER NUMBER ft M Switching Action F C T675F1032 10 3.1 spdt 5 to 30 2.8 to 17.0 T678C;T6031J Changeover Temperature Controllers Sense supply water temperature in air conditioning equipment or outdoor temperature in ventilation systems. • Reverse heating-cooling control action when wired to a two-wire spdt thermostat and valve or damper actuator. • Suitable for line-voltage or millivolt (Powerpile) control. • Bulb may be strapped to pipe with T-clamp (furnished), immersed directly or in immersion well. • Enclosed switches resist the effects of dust and moisture. • Set point adjusts with screw on front of thermostat. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating Range: 55 F to 85 F (13 C to 29 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: At Bulb: 3/8 in. (10 mm) x 3 in. (76 mm). At Case:5-5/8 in. (143 mm) high, 2 in. (51 mm) wide, 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) deep. REPLACEMENT PARTS: 23904A-00019 Copper Well Plug and 4 in. (102 mm) Tube. ACCESSORIES: COMPRESSION FITTINGS: 7617DB. Stainless steel. Bulb size: Up to 11/16 in. (18 mm) diameter. 7617DC. Stainless steel. Bulb size: Up to 1/2 in. (13 mm) diameter. 7617M. Brass. Bulb size: Up to 1/2 in. (13 mm) diameter. 7617P. Brass. Bulb size: Up to 11/16 in. (18 mm) diameter. For Immersion Well Assemblies, see Accessories at end of section. T678C Switching. TEMPERATURE FALL APPROVALS: Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR95329-1 for T678C. ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A): 120 Vac 240 Vac Full Load 8.0 5.1 Locked Rotor 48.0 30.6 W R B W R B TEMPERATURE FALL M17384 T678C: 1600 VA max. load. T6031J: 0.25A at 0.25 to 12 Vdc inductive load. Temperature Ratings Differential, Maximum Maximum b Capillary Length Order Number F C F C Switching Action ft m Material Mounting Includes T678C1005 5a 2.8 205 96 2 spdt 5.5 1.7 Copper Surface Case and Cover T6031J1003 5 2.8 205 96 1 spdt 5.5 1.7 Copper Surface Case and Cover a 5 F (-2.8 C) per switch; 10 F (-5.6 C) max. both switches. b At element. 428 Remote Temperature Controllers T4031C,E,F; T6031C,D,F,G Aquastat® Controllers ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Models with nominal 5 F (2.8 C) differential: 120 Vac 240 Vac Full Load 8.0 5.1 Locked Rotor 48.0 30.6 Inductive load: 0.25A at 1/4 to 12 Vdc. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient temperature compensated, high-limit controllers for agricultural and industrial applications. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Component Recognized. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR95329-1 for T4031F, T6031F. Temperature Maximum F C F C 40 to 180 4 to 82 205 96 0 to 70 -18 to +21 170 77 30 to 270 -1 to +132 305 152 DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Bulb Size: T4031C, T6031C: 2-7/8 in. (73 mm) long, 3/8 in. (10 mm) diameter. T4031E,F; T6031E,F: 2-7/8 in. (73 mm) long, 5/16 in. (8 mm) diameter. Case: 5-5/8 in. (143 mm) high, 2 in. (51 mm) wide, 2-1/8 in. (54 mm) deep. MATERIAL: Remote Bulb: Copper. ACCESSORIES: 107324A Bulb Holder. For additional accessories, see REPLACEMENT PARTS and ACCESSORIES sections. *TRADELINE Temperature Ratings Operating Range Differential, Midscale Capillary Length ORDER NUMBER F C F C Switching Action ft T4031C1004 b 40 to 180 4 to 82 5 2.8 Breaks on temp. rise 8 2.4 T4031C1012 40 to 180 4 to 82 5 2.8 5.5 1.7 40 to 180 4 to 82 2 1.1 spdt 5.5 1.7 41 to 176 5 to 80 2 1.1 spdt 5.5 1.7 *T6031C1009 c T6031C1041 a T6031C1058 T6031D1007 b mm 100 to 240 38 to 116 2 1.1 spdt 5 1.5 40 to 180 4 to 82 5 2.8 spdt 7.5 2.3 T6031D1015 40 to 180 4 to 82 5 2.8 spdt 5.5 1.7 T6031D1031 0 to 70 -18 to +21 5 2.8 spdt 5.5 1.7 T6031D1049 30 to 270 -1 to +132 7 3.9 spdt 5.5 1.7 d 5 to 90 -15 to +32 1.5 0.9 spdt 5.5 1.7 T6031G1000 d 0 to 90 -18 to +32 2 1.1 spdt 6 2.0 T6031F1010 a Celsius scale. Includes external adjustment knob. c Includes 107324A Bulb Holder. d Excludes enclosure. b 429 Building Controls and Systems • Suitable for line-voltage, low-voltage or millivolt (Powerpile) control of bulk milk tanks, beverage dispensing machines, ice cube machines, dishwashers, crop drying, tobacco curing and similar applications. • Enclosed snap action switches available with spst or spdt action. • Models available with contacts that make or break on temperature rise. • Screwdriver adjustment for temperature setting; external knob optional. • Immersion well not included. Operating Range Remote Temperature Controllers T6031E Unit Thermostat ELECTRICAL RATINGS: 120 Vac 240 Vac Full Load 3.2 1.6 Locked Rotor 19.2 9.6 • When used with changeover switch or thermostat, these devices can control both heating and cooling. • Sensing bulb installed in return airflow. • One light duty spdt switch. • Enclosed switches resist effects of dust and moisture. • Setpoint adjustment with knob on front of thermostat. • Temperature scale marked Warmer-Cooler. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Operating Range: 55 F to 90 F (15 C to 32 C). Fixed Differential: 1-1/2 F (0.8 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Capillary Length: 5-1/2 ft (1.7 m). Bulb Size: 5/16 in. (8 mm) x 11-11/16 in. (297 mm). Case: 5-5/8 in. (143 mm) high, 2 in. (51 mm) wide, 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: Compression Fittings: 7617DC. Stainless steel. Bulb size: Up to 1/2 in. (13 mm) diameter. 7617M. Brass. Bulb size: Up to 1/2 in. (13 mm) diameter. For additional accessories, see REPLACEMENT PARTS and ACCESSORIES sections. APPROVALS: Canadian Standards Association Component Recognized. T6031E switching. Used for space temperature control of room air conditioning units or radiator valves. TEMPERATURE FALL B R W M17385 Temperature Ratings, Maximum, Element ORDER NUMBER F C Mounting Includes T6031E1004 150 66 Surface Case and Cover and Setpoint Adjustment Knob L456 Temperature Controller • Dust-proof, silent, mercury switch opens on temperature rise. • Mounting lugs on controller case provide easy mounting on wall or panel. • Bulb mounts in compression fitting or immersion well. ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A): 120 Vac Provides high temperature control of air or liquid in ducts, tanks or boilers. • Use in line or low voltage applications. • Scale range marked in both Fahrenheit and Celsius. • Screw at top of case provides manual setpoint adjustment. 240 Vac Full Load 7.4 5.1 Locked Rotor 44.4 30.6 DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Bulb Size: 4 in. (107 mm) x 1/2 in. (13 mm). Case: 6-15/16 in. (176 mm) high, 4-1/4 in. (108 mm) wide, 2-11/16 in. (68 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: SEE PARTS AND ACCESSORIES. Temperature Ratings Operating Range Differential, Adjustable Maximum, Element Capillary Length ORDER NUMBER F C F C F C ft M L456A1008 240 to 385 115 to 195 5 to 21 3 to 12 405 207 5 1.5 430 Remote Temperature Controllers L480 Refrigeration Controllers ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A): Used to limit or control temperature in air conditioning systems or refrigerated enclosures. 240 Vac Full Load 10.2 6.5 Locked Rotor 61.2 39.0 Voltage: Dc: 0.2A at 120 Vdc; 0.1A at 240 Vdc. Pilot Duty: 125 VA at 600 Vac. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Case: 3-5/16 in. (84 mm) high, 3-11/16 in. (94 mm) wide, 2-5/16 in. (59 mm) deep. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient Range: 20 F to 125 F (-7 C to +52 C). Maximum, At Element: 225 F (107 C). Fixed, Differential: 10 F (-5.6 C). ACCESSORIES:See REPLACEMENT PARTS and ACCESSORIES sections. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File SA481, Guide SDFY for L480B, G. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR95329-1. Temperature Ratings, Capillary Range Capillary Length F ft ORDER NUMBER a Application Reset Type L480B1239 Acts as frost alarm in storehouses, orchards, or other locations where frost could damage crops or equipment. Automatic. Spdt switch 20 to 60 can be wired to make an alarm circuit at the setpoint. L480G1044 For temperature or limit control Manual. of air conditioning systems and refrigeration units. a b C 20 to 60 M -7 to +16 20 -7 to +16 20 b b Switching Action 6.1 b 6.1 b Spdt—breaks control circuit and makes another circuit (makes R-B and breaks R-W) on temp. fall. Spst—breaks control circuit on temp. fall. Dual temperature scaleplate. No bulb. L482 Refrigeration Controller ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A): Break Contact Used to limit or control temperature in air conditioning systems or refrigerated enclosures. • Applications include freezer cabinets, display cases, beverage coolers, milk cooling tanks, and air conditioners. • Special applications include use as frost alarm where frost would damage equipment or crops. • Dual Fahrenheit and Celsius scaleplate. • Enclosed dust and moisture resistant snap switch for trouble-free operation. Make Contact Load 120 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac 240 Vac Full Load 16 8 6 3 Locked Rotor 44.4 39.0 36 18 Non-Inductive 16 8 6 6 Pilot Duty: 125 VA at 120/240 Vac. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient Range: 15 F to 140 F (-10 to 55 C). Maximum At Element: 400 F (204 C). Differential: Fixed 10 F (-5.6 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE:3-29/32 in. (100 mm) wide, 4-11/16 in. (119 mm) high, 2-3/32 in. (53 mm) deep. ACCESSORIES: CCT2600 Sensing Element Clip. CCT1802 Grommet (to protect element where it passes through duct) APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed. Canadian Standards Association Certified. . Temperature Ratings, Capillary Capillary Range Length ORDER NUMBER Application Reset Type F C ft m Switching Action L482A1004 For temperature or limit control of air conditioning systems and refrigeration units. Manual 15 to 55 -10 to +15 20 6.1 2 spst; one N.C., one N.O. 431 Building Controls and Systems • Applications include freezer cabinets, display cases, beverage coolers, milk cooling tanks and air conditioners. • Also used as frost alarm operator in storehouses or orchards where frost would damage crops or equipment. • Dual temperature scaleplate provided for both Fahrenheit and Celsius readings. • Enclosed snap switch is dust and moisture proof for trouble-free operation. 120 Vac Remote Temperature Controllers T6054A Utility Line Voltage Thermostat ELECTRICAL RATINGS (A): 120 Vac 240 Vac Full Load 7.4 3.7 Locked Rotor 44.4 22.2 Resistive 10.0 5.0 16.0 8.0 T6054A1005 T6054A1054 Provides spdt heavy-duty, line-voltage temperature control in ventilation, heating or cooling systems. • • • • • Full Load Use in a variety of farm, industrial or commercial applications. Wall or duct mount in any position. Fast response, tin-plated element not affected by adverse environment. Rugged case. Mounts on flat surface with three screws. Locked Rotor 96.0 48.0 Resistive 10.0 10.0 DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 7-1/4 in. (184 mm) high, 2 in. (51 mm) wide, 2-5/8 in. (67 mm) deep. ELEMENT TYPE: Hydraulic. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR95329-1. *TRADELINE model. Temperature Ratings, Dimensions Operating Range Differential Height Control mm Modes in. Width ORDER NUMBER Switching Action F C F C in. mm *T6054A1005 Spdt. Can be used in heating-cooling systems with external changeover switch. -30 to +100 -34 to +38 3.5, fixed 1.9, fixed Heating- 7-1/4 194 cooling 2-5/8 67 2 51 +35 to +110 +2 to +43 3.5, fixed 1.9, fixed Heating- 7-1/4 194 cooling 2-5/8 67 2 51 T6054A1054 a a in. Depth mm Brushed zinc cover. T6064A,B Return Air Controllers • Narrow switch differential. • Setpoints are concealed under cover. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX. Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR95329-1. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: T6064A,B: 5-5/8 in. (143 mm) high, 4 in. (102 mm) wide, 2-1/8 in. (54 mm) deep. T6064A: Sensing element adds 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) to height. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Per Switch (A): Used with a standard room thermostat to limit room temperature control point on heating and cooling. T6064A • T6064A provide fast response with hydraulic temperature sensing elements mounted on the unit. • Sensor elements consist of two capillaries; one for heating, one for cooling. • T6064B sensor design permits mounting of sensors in return air path in packaged air conditioning units. • Mounts in any position. T6064B 24 Vac 120 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac 240 Vac 277 Vac Pilot Duty 1.5 A 125 VA 125 VA — — — Full Load — — — 16 8 6.7 Locked Rotor — — — 80 40 33.5 Resistive — — 18 18 18 — *TRADELINE models. Temperature Ratings Operating Range ORDER NUMBER *T6064A1003 T6064B1001 a Application Heating-cooling F C F C Switching Action a 60 to 80 16 to 27 0.8 0.4 2-spdt 55 to 85 13 to 29 3.0 1.7 2-spdt Switches make R-W on temperature rise; make R-B on temperature fall. 432 Differential Remote Temperature Controllers T6064D Agricultural Dual Element Temperature Controllers • Narrow switch differential. • Mounts in any position. APPROVALS: Canadian Standards Association Certified: File LR95329-1. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Per Switch: T6064D: Voltage (Vac) T6064 agricultural return air controllers provide switching for twostage ventilation and temperature control in agricultural applications where fast response and/or remote sensing is desired. C T6064D1007 2 spdt 16 to 27 0.8 60 to 80 F 240 125 VA 125 VA Dimensions Operating Range Differential Switching Action F 120 1.5A DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Capillary Length: 5-1/2 ft. (1.7 m) long. Sensing Element: T6064D: Two independent capillary coils. Temperature Ratings, ORDER NUMBER 24 Building Controls and Systems • T6064D has two independent, fast response sensing elements with separate through-the-cover temperature adjustment for each switch; includes liquid-tight fittings. • NEMA 4X enclosure resists water, dust, and corrosion. Pilot Duty Height Width C Control Modes in. mm 0.4 Heating-cooling 11-1/2 292 Depth in. mm in. mm 6 153 3-3/4 109 433 Remote Temperature Controllers T915 Proportional Temperature Controllers • Temperature setting scale markings in both Fahrenheit and Celsius. • Steel case has a clear plastic cover to make setting readily visible. • Surface mount using two screws through back of case. Proportional remote bulb controllers for ducts, tanks, boilers, pipes and other heat exchangers. • Provide proportioning control of three-wire, low-voltage valve or damper motors. • Used to regulate temperatures of either air or liquids. • All models ambient compensated. • Ambient temperature compensation provides good temperature control. Refer to T775 Electronic Remote Temperature Controller where more exact control is required and/or remote controller location is preferred. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Low voltage ac only. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-1/2 in. (140 mm) high, 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) wide, 2-3/4 in. (70 mm) deep. MATERIALS: Capillary: Copper. REPLACEMENT PARTS: 23949GCS Capillary, 5 ft copper; 11/16 x 4 in. capsule; 15 to 90 F (-9 to +32 C). ACCESSORIES: For accessories, see REPLACEMENT PARTS and ACCESSORIES sections. Temperature Ratings Throttling Range a Scale Range Maximum, Bulb Capillary Length Bulb Size Potentiometer Resistance (ohms) Control Modes ORDER NUMBER F C F C F C ft M in. mm Fill Type b T915A1177 15 to 90 -10 to +32 3, fixed 1.7, fixed 200 93 5 1.5 1/2 x 4 13 x 102 LTD 135 1 modulating m otor T915B1002 15 to 90 -10 to +32 3, fixed 1.7, fixed 130 54 5 1.5 11/16 x 14-1/2 17 x 368 CA 135 2 modulating m otors in unison or sequence c T915C1407 15 to 90 -10 to +32 7 to 38 3.9 to 21.1 200 93 20 6.1 1/2 x 4 13 x 102 LTD 135 1 modulating m otor T915C1449 15 to 90 -10 to +32 7 to 38 3.9 to 21.1 130 54 5 1.5 11/16 x 14-1/2 17 x 368 CA 280 T915C1928 80 to 210 27 to 99 6 to 32 3.3 to 17.8 230 110 5 1.5 1/2 x 4 13 x 102 HT 135 T915C1936 80 to 210 27 to 99 6 to 32 3.3 to 17.8 230 110 20 6.1 1/2 x 4 13 x 102 HT 135 T915D1083 15 to 90 -10 to +32 7 to 38 3.9 to 21.1 130 54 5 1.5 11/16 x 14-1/2 17 x 368 CA 135 T915D1091 15 to 90 -10 to +32 7 to 38 3.9 to 21.1 130 54 20 6.1 11/16 x 17-1/2 17 x 445 CA 135 T915D1273 105 to 220 40 to 104 9 to 39 5.0 to 21.7 240 116 5 1.5 1/2 x 4 13 x 102 HT 135 T915F1008 15 to 90 -10 to +32 8 to 52 4.4 to 28.9 130 54 5 1.5 11/16 x 14-1/2 17 x 368 CA 135 T915F1016 15 to 90 -10 to +32 8 to 52 4.4 to 28.9 130 54 20 6.1 11/16 x 17-1/2 17 x 445 CA 135 T915M1018 d 15 to 90 -10 to +32 3, fixed 1.7, fixed 130 54 5 1.5 11/16 x 14-1/2 17 x 368 CA 135 T915M1216 d 105 to 220 40 to 104 3, fixed 1.7, fixed 240 116 5 1.5 1/2 x 4 13 x 102 HT 135 15 to 90 -10 to +32 3, fixed 1.7, fixed 130 54 5 1.5 11/16 x 14-1/2 17 x 368 CA 135 T915P1007 a e 2 modulating m otors in unison 2 modulating m otors in sequence 1 modulating motor and 1 series 20 m otor or relay Throttling range adjustable except where noted. LTD: Limited-fill elements require that controller, including all of capillary (except bulb and adjacent 4 in. (102 mm) of capillary), be in an ambient temperature at least 10 F (5.6 C) above bulb temperature. These controllers become inoperative when temperature of controlled air or liquid is above 120 F (49 C). HT: High-temperature-fill elements require that controller and all of capillary (except bulb and adjacent 4 in. (102 mm) of capillary) be in an ambient temperature at least 10 F (5.6 C) below bulb temperature. CA: Cross ambient. c Factory set for unison control. d Spdt contacts operate approx. 1 F (0.6 C) above the throttling range (0.5 F (0.3 C) differential at midscale). e Spdt contacts operate approx. 1 F (0.6 C) below the throttling range (0.5 F (0.3 C) differential at midscale). b 434 Remote Temperature Controllers T991 Proportional Temperature Controllers Fast Response Standard For modulating control of water or air temperature in ducts, tanks and similar applications. *TRADELINE models. Temperature Ratings Order Number F C F C ft M in. mm Potentiometer Resistance (ohms) Includes T991A1004 0 to 100 -18 to +38 3 to 30 1.7 to 16.7 5 copper 1.5 copper 1/2 x 4-3/16 13 x 107 135 T991A1012 0 to 100 -18 to +38 3 to 30 1.7 to 16.7 20 copper 6.1 copper 1/2 x 4-3/16 13 x 107 135 T991A1061 160 to 260 71 to 127 3 to 30 1.7 to 16.7 5 copper 1.5 copper 1/2 x 4-3/16 13 x 107 135 T991A1079 160 to 260 71 to 127 3 to 30 1.7 to 16.7 20 copper 6.1 copper 1/2 x 4-3/16 13 x 107 135 T991A1095a 5 to 95 -15 to +35 3 to 30 1.7 to 17 5 copper 1.5 copper 1/2 x 4-3/16 13 x 107 135 T991A1186 55 to 175 13 to 79 3 to 30 1.7 to 17 5 copper 1.5 copper 1/2 x 4-3/16 13 x 107 135 T991A1194 55 to 175 13 to 79 3.5 to 36 1.9 to 20 20 copper 6.1 copper 1/2 x 3-9/16 13 x 90 135 a T991A1210 59 to 167 15 to 75 3 to 30 1.7 to 17 5 copper 1.5 copper 1/2 x 4-3/16 13 x 107 135 *T991A1244 55 to 175 13 to 79 3.5 to 36 1.9 to 20 5 copper 1.5 copper 1/2 x 3-9/16 13 x 90 135 *T991A1269 55 to 175 13 to 79 3.5 to 36 1.9 to 20 20 copper 6.1 copper 1/2 x 3-9/16 13 x 90 280 — *T991A1343 55 to 175 13 to 79 3.5 to 36 1.9 to 20 5 copper 1.5 copper 1/2 x 3-9/16 13 x 90 280 107324A Duct Bulb Holder *T991A1350 55 to 175 13 to 79 3.5 to 36 1.9 to 20 24 copper 7.3 copper Averaging 135 — *T991A1426 0 to 100 -18 to +38 3 to 30 1.7 to 16.7 5 copper 1.5 copper 1/2 x 4-3/16 13 x 107 135 107324A Duct Bulb Holder *T991A1715 0 to 100 -18 to +38 3 to 30 1.7 to 16.7 5 copper 1.5 copper Fast Response 135 131524A Duct Coil Holder *T991A1731 160 to 260 71 to 127 3 to 30 1.7 to 16.7 5 copper 1.5 copper Fast Response 135 131524A Duct Coil Holder T991A1756 55 to 175 13 to 79 3.5 to 36 1 to 20 5 copper 1.5 copper Fast Response 135 131524A Duct Coil Holder T991A1764 0 to 100 -18 to +38 3 to 30 1.7 to 16.7 24 copper 7.3 copper Averaging 135 — T991A2044 -30 to +70 -34 to +21 3 to 30 1.7 to 16.7 5 copper 1.5 copper 3/8 x 3-1/2 T991A2069 0 to 100 -18 to +38 3 to 30 1.7 to 16.7 20 copper 6.1 copper Fast Response Scale Range a Throttling Range (Adj.) Capillary Length Bulb Size 10 x 89 — 107324A Duct Bulb Holder 135 — 135 131524A Duct Coil Holder Celsius Scale. 435 Building Controls and Systems • Fast response models (for duct mounting) have coiled sensing element giving at least four times faster response than standard models. • Ambient temperature compensated for the case and tubing. • Sensing element capillary tubing allows remote mounting of sensing element. • Setpoint may be read and adjusted through cover. • Throttling dial inside case adjusts proportional throttling range. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Voltage: 24 to 30 Vac. PRESSURE RATINGS: 50 psi. (344.7 kPa). TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Maximum, At Element: 125 F (52 C) for 0 F to 100 F (-18 C to +38 C) range. 200 F (93 C) for 55 F to 175 F (13 C to 79 C) range. 280 F (138 C) for 160 F to 260 F (71 C to 127 C) range. MATERIAL: Sensing Element: Liquid filled. Capillary: Copper. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 5-5/8 in. (143 mm) high, 2 in. (51 mm) wide, 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) deep. REPLACEMENT PARTS: 801737A Potentiometer Wiper and Bracket Assembly, 140 ohms. 801737B Potentiometer Wiper and Bracket Assembly, 280 ohms. See REPLACEMENT PARTS and ACCESSORIES at end of section for additional accessories. Remote Temperature Controllers Replacement Parts Description Use With ORDER NUMBER Adjustment knob (knurled) assembly, with wrench. L456, T915 33312B Assembly kit for mounting controller with averaging element when access into duct is not possible. L480B,G; T991A 7640HX Standoff bracket for mounting the controller to an insulated duct. T4031, T6031, T675A,B: T678, T991A 7640HY Bulb guard sun shield for 3/8 in. diameter bulbs up to 5 in. long. T678C, T6031J, T775 107323A M17284 Bulb holder assembly; for use with copper elements only in 0-70, 15-90, 60-100 T4031, T6031A,K; T675, T678, T915 F ranges. 311266D Capillary holder assembly; for inserting remote bulb into plenum furnace area; T4031, T6031, T675, T678A,B; 8-3/8 in. long. T991A,B; W9076 107324A Capillary holder for duct. T675A,B; T678A 131524A Compression fitting; brass 1/2 in. NPT plug. For bulb sizes up to 4 in. with packing nut. L480, T4031, T6031, T675, T678, T991 7617ABY M17277 M17275 M17276 Compression fitting; brass 1/2 in. NPT plug. Plug opening for bulb up to 1/2 in. For sealing capillary of remote bulb diameter. For 1/8 in. diameter capillary. controllers into controlled medium. 7617M Compression fitting; brass 3/4 in. NPT plug. Plug opening for bulb up to 11/16 in. diameter. For 1/8 in. diameter capillary. 7617P Enclosure, weather resistant. T4031, T6031, T675, T678, T991A Q615 Heat-conductive compound for coating bulb to improve thermal response of bulb immersion well. Remote bulb controllers 107408 Scaleplate, 75 to 125 C; replaces 160 F to 260 F. T4031, T6031, T675 M17400 Scaleplate, 15 C to 75 C; replaces 55 F to 175 F. 194486D 194486F Shield assembly. Used to shield bulb from ambient temperature effects. Maximum temperature: 300 F. Remote bulb controllers 34886A T-strap, copper-plated, for mounting sensing element to pipe. T4031, T6031, T675, T678A,C; T991A 105900 Tamper-resistant button to conceal set point. T4031A, T6031A, T675A,B; T678A 194899 Waste nut; cast iron; 1/2 in. NPT threaded opening. Provides solid mounting for For sealing capillary of remote bulb a compression-fitting base on a duct or plenum. controllers into controlled medium. 7617BE Waste nut; cast iron; 3/4 in. NPT threaded opening. Provides solid mounting for a compression-fitting base on a duct or plenum. 7617BF Well assembly, 1/2 in. NPT, 1/2 x 4 in. bulb, 1 in. insulation. T4031, T6031, T675A,B; T678A, T991A 112622AA Well assembly, 3/4-14 NPT, external threads on spud. T675A,B; T678A, T991A M17401 436 112630AA Remote Temperature Controllers Accessories: 121371M. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. x 3 in. (10 x 76 mm). Well size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 3 in. (76 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. Includes mounting clamp. 121371N. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. 3 in. (10 x 76 mm). Well size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 3 in. (76 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. Includes mounting clamp and plastic sleeve. 121371Q. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. x 3 in. (10 x 76 mm). Well size: 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in (38 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. Includes mounting clamp. 122554A. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT. Includes plastic sleeve. 122555A. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. Includes plastic sleeve. 122555B. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 5 in. (127 mm) insertion, 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. Includes plastic sleeve. 122555C. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 5 in. (127 mm) insertion, 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. 122555D. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in (76 mm). Well size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. 122555E. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. + 5/8 in. (10 + 16 mm). Includes mounting clamp. Well size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. Includes plastic sleeve. 122555F. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 5 in. (127 mm) insertion, 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. Includes plastic sleeve and dual bulb. 123732AA. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT. Includes plastic sleeve and setscrew with spud for armored capillary with plug. 123869A. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. x 3 in. (10 x 76 mm). Well size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT. 123870A. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. x 3 in. (10 x 76 mm). Well size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. 123870D. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 3-1/2 in. (89 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. 123871A. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 3 in. (76 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. 123871D. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 3 in. (76 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. Includes plastic sleeve and setscrew with spud for armored capillary with plug. 123871E. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. + 5/8 in. (10 + 16 mm). Includes mounting clamp. Well size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 3 in. (76 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. 123872A. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 3 in. (76 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT. 124299AA. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 3/4 in NPT. Includes setscrew with spud for armored capillary with plug. 130883-00767 Universal Mounting Bracket. 138134C. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. + 5/8 in. (10 + 16 mm). Includes mounting clamp. Well size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 2-1/4 in. (57 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. Immersion well components. 121371A-S 123869A-123872A WELL SPUD 112620AA-112639AE 1/8-1/2 IN. OF THREADS MAY EXTEND INTO CONTROLLED MEDIUM WELL SPUD WELL SHELL WELL SHELL INSTALLATION DEPTH INSERTION/MAX. BULB LENGTH 1/8-1/2 IN. OF THREADS MAY EXTEND INTO CONTROLLED MEDIUM INSTALLATION DEPTH INSERTION/MAX. BULB LENGTH M16602 437 Building Controls and Systems Immersion Well Assemblies: 112620AA. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 3-3/4 in. (95 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT. Includes spring clip. 112620BA. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 3-3/4 in. (95 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT. Includes spring clip. 112620BB. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 5-1/2 in. (140 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT. Includes spring clip. 112620CB. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 5-1/2 in. (140 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT. Includes spring clip. 112622AA. Copper. Bulb size: 1/2 in. (13 mm). Well size: 4 in. (102 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT. Includes spring clip. 112624AA. Stainless steel. Bulb size: 1/2 in. (13 mm). Well size: 4-3/4 in. (121 mm) insertion, 1 in. (25 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT. Includes spring clip. 112626AA. Copper. Bulb size: 1/2 in. (13 mm). Well size: 4-1/4 in. (108 mm) insertion, 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. Includes plastic sleeve. 112628AA. Stainless steel. Bulb size: 1/2 in. (13 mm). Well size: 4-3/4 in. (121 mm) insertion, 4 in. (102 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT. Includes spring clip. 112630AA. Copper. Bulb size: 1/2 in. (13 mm). Well size: 4-1/4 in. (108 mm) insertion, 1 in. (25 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. Includes spring clip. 112630AB. 1/2 in. (13 mm). Well size: 5-1/2 in. (140 mm) insertion, 1 in. (25 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. Includes spring clip. 112632AA. Stainless steel. Bulb size: 1/2 in. (13 mm). Well size: 4-1/4 in. (108 mm) insertion, 1 in. (25 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. Includes spring clip. 112634AA. Copper. Bulb size: 1/2 in. (13 mm). Well size: 4-1/4 in. (108 mm) insertion, 4 in. (102 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. Includes spring clip. 114509AA. Stainless steel. Bulb size: 3/8 in. (10 mm). Well size: 5-1/2 in. (140 mm) insertion, 1 in. (25 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT. Includes spring clip. 121371A. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 x 3 in. (10 x 76 mm). Well size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 1/2 in NPT. Includes mounting clamp. 121371B. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 x 3 in. (10 x 76 mm). Well size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 3/4 in NPT. Includes mounting clamp. 121371E. Stainless steel. Bulb size: 3/8 x 3 in. (10 x 76 mm). Well size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 1/2 in NPT. Includes mounting clamp. 121371F. Stainless steel. Bulb size: 3/8 x 3 in. (10 x 76 mm). Well size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) insulation, 3/4 in. NPT. Includes mounting clamp. 121371L. Copper. Bulb size: 3/8 in. x 3 in. (10 x 76 mm). Well size: 3 in. (76 mm) insertion, 3 in. (76 mm) insulation, 1/2 in. NPT. Includes mounting clamp. Step Controllers S684; S984 Step Controllers REPLACEMENT PARTS: 128874A Snap Switch, Assembly: S684, S984 models. 128853M Feedback Potentiometer. 128026RDEP Recycle Relay. 24337DB Balance Relay. 126841 Limit Switch Assembly. Used for switching multiple loads in a predetermined sequence. NOTE: Measure the diameter of the shaft on which the cams rotate. Step controllers with 1/8 in. dia. shaft motors must be completely replaced. No replacement motors are available. • Consist of reversible motor-driven cam and step switch assembly with limit switches, feedback potentiometer, recycle relay, multiple tapped transformer, and terminal strips for connecting to the control circuit. • Provide up to 10 adjustable switches. • Mount in any position. Motors: 1/4 in. dia. shaft motors for S684, S984 models. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: File E4436, Guide XAPX. Canadian Standards Association Listed: File LR95329-1. ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Differential, Adjustable: 5 degree angular minimum (each switch). Power Supply: 120, 208, and 240V, 60 Hz; 220V, 50 Hz (multitapped transformer). Voltage: 24 Vac. Power Consumption: S684, 17W; S984, 23W. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient Range: -40 F to +125 F (-40 C to +52 C). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 8-1/8 in. (206 mm) high, 10-9/16 in. (268 mm) wide, 4-9/16 in. (116 mm) deep. Part Number Rotation Time 190090 22 min 190091 13-1/2 min 190092 8 min 190093 5 min 190094 1-1/2 min Switch Ratings (per Switch) Maximum Connected Load (N.O. and N.C. Contacts Combined) Sealed Inrush Resistive 570 VA 5700 VA 1800 VA Maximum Connected Load (All N.C. Contacts) Inrush 120V 208/240V 10,800 VA 800 VA 1000 VA Location of parts on S984 with single potentiometer. RECYCLE RELAY COMMON TERMINAL BALANCE RELAY NORMALLY OPEN TERMINAL NORMALLY CLOSED TERMINAL SNAP SWITCHES (NUMBER DEPENDS ON MODEL) 1 MOTOR SHAFT SETSCREWS DELAY TIMER CONNECTION CAMSHAFT DRIVE MOTOR LOW-VOLTAGE TERMINAL BOARD SWITCHING CAMS FEEDBACK POTENTIOMETER 1 POWER SUPPLY TERMINAL BOARD SNAP SWITCHES ARE NUMBERED AS FOLLOWS: TOP ROW 1,3,5 ETC. FROM RIGHT TO LEFT. BOTTOM ROW 2,4,6 ETC. FROM RIGHT TO LEFT. M13184 continued next page 438 Step Controllers S684; S984 continued ORDER NUMBER Application S684F1035 Floating control used with a series 60 controller. 10 Includes a feedback potentiometer for use with W964F 10 electronic reset panels. S684F1043 S984D1049 Switches Timing, Rotation 1-1/2 min Comments — 5 min S984D1056 With integral proportioning (series 90) motor. Used with 5 series 90 controller. 5 1-1/2 min S984D1064 5 13-1/2 min Rated for 150 F (66 C) maximum ambient temperature; suitable for electric duct heater applications. S984F1070 10 1-1/2 min — S984F1088 10 5 min S984F1096 10 13-1/2 min Rated for 150 F (66 C) maximum ambient temperature; suitable for electric duct heater applications. — 5 min With integral proportioning (series 90) motor and dual feedback potentiometers. Used with series 90 controller. 10 13-1/2 min S984K1017 Special auxiliary potentiometer for control of outdoor air dampers. Used in cold deck sequencing applications. 3 22 min 439 Building Controls and Systems S984J1042 Timers ST7009 Electronic Programmable Timers ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Voltage: ST7009A,B: 24V, 50/60 Hz; ST7009C,D: 120V, 50/60 Hz. Power Consumption: 0.4 VA. Switch Ratings: 16A resistive at 277 Vac, 1000W tungsten at 240 Vac. Contacts: Voltage hp Provide 24-hour or 7-day microprocessor-based switching. Universal 24-hour or 7-day programming accurate to the second. Built in program backup. Multiple on-off daily programs with unlimited flexibility. Program simplicity with a minimal number of keys and program steps. Holiday programming. Daylight Savings Time changeover in the spring and fall. Screw wiring terminals. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Component Recognized: File No. E83486. Canadian Standards Association Component Recognized: File No. E83486. 240V 1/2 1 Full Load (A) 16 12 Locked Rotor (A) 96 72 TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient Range: -20 F to +140 F (-28 C to +60 C). HUMIDITY RATINGS: 0 to 95% RH, non-condensing. SWITCHING ACTION: Spdt. MOUNTING: ST7009A,C: Surface or DIN rail; ST7009B,D: Panel or Surface. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Case: Height Width Building Controls and Systems • • • • • • • 120V Depth in. mm in. mm in. ST7009A,C 3-1/4 83 3 76 2-1/16 mm 52 ST7009B,D 3 76 2-7/8 73 2-1/4 57 ACCESSORIES: 209534 NEMA 1 enclosure. 209535 NEMA 3R enclosure. Timing, ON-OFF ORDER NUMBER Switch Type Minimum Maximum Electrical Ratings, Input Voltage Relay Output Stages Includes ST7009A1003 24-hour, 7-day 1 24V, 50/60 Hz 7-day battery reserve 21 1 spdt ST7009B1002 24-hour, 7-day 1 21 24V, 50/60 Hz 2 spdt 7-day battery reserve ST7009C1001 24-hour, 7-day 1 21 120V, 50/60 Hz 1 spdt 7-day battery reserve ST7009D1000 24-hour, 7-day 1 21 120V, 50/60 Hz 2 spdt 7-day battery reserve 441 Variable Frequency Drives New! CXL; CXS Variable Frequency Drives Variable Frequency Drives (VFD) accept a control input and then output tailored control signal(s) to operate devices (fans, pumps, etc.) with maximum efficiency. The VFD can be field-programmed without any extra devices or computer connections. • • • • • • Seven configurable applications built in. Easy commissioning through software or control panel. Devices can be wall-mounted with wall- or panel-mounted display. Eleven protective functions. Compact Size. Insulated gate bi-polar transistor (IGBT) technology. WIRING: Wire Type and Size is Model and Application Dependent. POWER SUPPLY: 200-240 Vac, 45-66 Hz, +10%, -15%. 440-500 Vac, 45-66 Hz, +10%, -15%. AMBIENT RATINGS: Temperature Ranges: Operating: 14 to 104 F (-10 to +40 C). Storage: -40 to +140 F (-40 to +60 C). Humidity Range: 5 to 95% RH (non-condensing). Control Inputs: Voltage: 0-10 Vdc. Current: 4-20 mA. Digital: up to six. OUTPUT: Voltage: Minimum: 0 Vdc. Maximum: Input Voltage Dependent. Frequency: Range: 0-500 Hz. Resolution: 0.01 Hz. MOUNTING: Mount vertically on a wall or other flat surface using four screws or bolts sized for the particular unit. DIMENSIONS (IN IN. (MM)): Model Frame Width Height Depth CXS M3 4.72 (120) 13.5 (343) 5.91 (150) M4 5.31 (135) 17 (432) 8.07 (205) CXL M5 7.3 (185) 23.4 (594) 8.5 (216) M4 4.72 (120) 16.7 (424) 8.46 (215) M5 6.18 (157) 22.1 (561) 9.37 (238) M6 8.66 (220) 27.6 (701) 11.42 (290) M7 14.72 (374) 41.3 (1049) 12.99 (330) ACCESSORIES: 32003439-001 Du/Dt 6A Filter for 460V models. 32003439-002 Du/Dt 8A Filter for 460V models. 32003439-003 Du/Dt 11A Filter for 460V models. 32003439-004 Du/Dt 15A Filter for 460V models. 32003439-005 Du/Dt 21A Filter for 460V models. 32003439-006 Du/Dt 27A Filter for 460V models. 32003439-007 Du/Dt 34A Filter for 460V models. 32003439-008 Du/Dt 40A Filter for 460V models. 32003439-009 Du/Dt 52A Filter for 460V models. 32003439-010 Du/Dt 65A Filter for 460V models. 32003439-011 Du/Dt 77A Filter for 460V models. 32003439-012 Du/Dt 96A Filter for 460V models. 32003439-013 Du/Dt 125A Filter for 460V models. 32003439-014 Du/Dt 160A Filter for 460V models. 32003439-015 Du/Dt 180A Filter for 460V models. 32003443-001 Demo Case. 32003445-001 Graphic Display. 32003446-001 Modbus Connection Board. 32003448-001 LONWORKS® Connection Board. 32003449-001 Modbus Connection Board shipped with and installed in CXS connection box. 32003451-001 NEMA1 Door Installation Set for panels. 32003452-001 NEMA12 Door Installation Set for graphic panel. INVERTER BYPASS WITH OVERLOAD PROTECTION. Voltage in Vac HP Rating 200/208 240 460 0.5 32003440-010 32003440-010 32003440-012 0.75 32003440-011 32003440-011 1 32003440-001 1.5 32003440-013 32003440-010 32003440-001 2 32003440-002 3 32003440-003 32003440-002 32003440-011 5 32003440-004 32003440-003 32003440-002 7.5 32003440-005 32003440-004 32003440-003 10 32003440-006 32003440-005 15 32003440-007 32003441-006 32003440-004 20 32003440-008 32003441-007 32003440-005 25 32003440-009 32003441-008 32003442-008 30 — — 32003440-001 40 — — 50 to 60 — — 32003442-009 32003442-010 75 — — 32003442-011 100 — — 32003442-012 125 — — 32003442-013 150 — — 32003442-014 APPROVALS: Model dependent: NEMA1. NEMA12. Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc. (UL). Canadian Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc. (CUL). CE. continued next page 442 Variable Frequency Drives CXL; CXS continued Order Number Guide: CXL Brake choppers available. CXS Includes brake choppers. 0007HPa Motor Power 0.75 HP 1.0 HP 0015HPa 1.5 HP 0020HPa 2.0 HP 0030HP 3.0 HP 0040HP 4.0 HP 0050HP 5.0 HP 0075HP 7.5 HP 0100HP 10 HP 0200HP 20 HP 0250HP 25 HP 0300HP 30 HP 0400HPb 40 HP 0500HP b 50 HP 0750HP b 75 HP 100 HP 1000HPb 1250HP Includes AC line choke 125 HP b V Voltage 3 Three-phase circuitry 2 200 to 240 Vac (selectable)c 5 440 to 500 Vac (selectable) G CXS 0100HP Building Controls and Systems 0010HPa No choke V 3 5 G Alpha-numeric display 7 NEMA1 enclosureb 5 NEMA12 enclosureb 2 Enclosure with protected chassisa,d 2 I Standard RFI filter C High-grade RFI filter N No filter C 0 No brakeb 1 Built-in brake 1 a CXS models only. CXL models only. c CXS models up to 20 HP only. d Device shipped with accessories that, when used, provide NEMA 1 rating for enclosure. b 443 Water and Steam Valves V3350; V3351; V3450; V3451 Two-Way Flanged Valves ACCESSORIES: 205699A Stem and Bonnet Adapter. Included with all 2-1/2 and 3 in. valves. Provides compatibility with all Honeywell electric and pneumatic actuators. REPLACEMENT PARTS: Refer to Valve Body Service Kits. DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT: 4, 5, & 6 inch 2-1/2 & 3 inch Two-way, cast-iron, flanged valve used in heating or cooling systems for two-position or modulating control of steam, water, or glycol solutions to 50 percent. Can be used in place of selected models of flanged pattern V5011 Valves for new installations but not for direct replacement of installed valves (face-to-face dimensions and height are different). Refer to V3350/V3351/V3450/ V3451 to V5011 Valve Cross Reference. • Not suitable for combustible gases. • Available in ANSI Class 125 (V3350A-D; V3351A,C) and 250 (V3450A-D; V3451A,C). • Ranges from 2-1/2 to 6 inches in size. • Valve flange face-to-face dimensions meet ISA 75.03. • Direct coupled universal bonnet. • ANSI Leakage Class IV (0.01% of Cv). • Choice of bronze or stainless steel trim; EDPM O-ring or Teflon cartridge type packing. • Uses a Q5001 Linkage and control motor, a ML6421/6425 or ML7421/ 7425 Direct-Coupled Actuator or only an 8 in. or 13 in. DA MP953 Pneumatic Actuator to position valve. • Available in direct or reverse acting for normally open or normally closed applications. • Available with equal percentage flow characteristic for close control of water or with linear flow characteristic for close control of steam. • Stainless steel stem to prevent corrosion. CONTROLLED MEDIUM: Normal Duty Packing (O-Ring): 20 to 250 F (-7 to 120 C). Steam Packing (Teflon): 337F (170C). PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Water: Temperature Pressure psig (kPa) F C ANSI Class 125 -20 to + 130 -30 to 66 175 (1206) 400 (2758) +200 93 165 (1138) 370 (2251) +250 121 150 (1034) 340 (2344) +300 149 140 (965) 310 (2137) +350 177 125 (862) 280 (1931) C B A VALVE ACTION NOMINAL VALVE SIZE IN. (MM) 2-1/2 (65) 3 (80) NORMALLY CLOSED 4 (100) 5 (125) 6 (150) NORMALLY OPEN ANSI CLASS 125 10-7/8 (276) 11-3/4 (299) 13-7/8 (352) 15-3/4 (400) 4-7/8 (125) 5-5/8 (142) 6-5/8 (168) 7-1/2 (185) WEIGHT LB (KG) 10-5/8 60 (269) (27) 11-15/16 76 (303) (35) 13-15/16 119 (54) (354) 15-1/4 146 (66) (388) 17-3/4 (451) 8-3/16 (207) 17-1/16 (433) 2-1/2 (65) 10-7/8 (276) 4-7/8 (123) 3 (80) 11-3/4 (299) 13-7/8 (352) 15-3/4 (400) 17-3/4 (451) 5-5/16 (135) 6-5/16 (160) 7 (177) 11 (281) 12-1/4 (312) 13-9/16 (345) 15-3/16 (385) 7-7/8 (200) 16-3/4 (426) 4 (100) 5 (125) 6 (150) ANSI CLASS 250 DIMENSIONS IN IN. (MM) C A B 196 (89) DIMENSIONS IN IN. (MM) C A B 11-1/2 (292) 12-1/2 (318) 5-3/8 (135) 6 (154) 14-1/2 (358) 15-5/8 (422) 18-5/8 (473) 7 (178) 7-3/4 (196) 5-5/8 (218) WEIGHT LB (KG) 75 11 (34) (279) 99 12-7/16 (45) (315) 158 14-3/8 (72) (364) 201 15-3/4 (91) (399) 17-1/12 (444) 284 (129) 75 (34) 99 (45) 158 (72) 60 (27) 11-1/2 (292) 4-7/8 (123) 11 (281) 76 (35) 12-1/2 (318) 5-5/16 (135) 119 (54) 146 (66) 196 (89) 14-1/2 (368) 16-5/8 (422) 18-5/8 (473) 6-5/16 (160) 7 (177) 7-7/8 (200) 12-1/4 (312) 13-5/8 (345) 15-3/16 (385) 16-3/4 (426) NOTE: REFER TO ELECTRIC OR PNEUMATIC CATALOG PAGES FOR HEIGHT AND WIDTH OF SPECIFIC ACTUATORS. 201 (91) 284 (129) M4909B ANSI Class 250 Steam: 100 psi (690 kPa). Differential (For Modulating Service): Controlled Medium Bronze Trim psig Stainless Steel Trim (kPa) psig (kPa) Liquid 25 (173) Steam 50 (345) 50 (345) Close-Off: Refer to Product Data Form 63-2519 for close-off information. continued next page 444 Water and Steam Valves V3350; V3351; V3450; V3451 continued WATER CAPACITY GRAPH: 400 300 200 90 100 50 60 70 80 40 30 8 9 10 20 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Δp (kPa) 900 800 4000 700 600 500 3000 0 0) C V . (15 2000 = 40 6 IN FLOW RATE (GPM) 00) 16 CV = 200 0 0) . (8 3 IN 2-1/2 300 300 0 . (1 4 IN 400 = 25 10 CV = IN. (65) CV = 100 90 80 70 60 50 63 200 40 FLOW RATE (m3/hr) 5 1000 900 800 700 600 500 400 0 5) CV 2 IN. (1 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Δp (psi) 70 60 50 40 30 20 8 9 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 M4908A VALVE BODY SERVICE KITS: NOTE: Service kits include copper ring, spring, bearing, stem/plug, 208638 O-Ring packing for water, 208639 Teflon packing for steam and gasket (125 or 250 psi) as required. . Valve Size ORDER NUMBER in. mm Valve ANSI Body Class 125 ANSI Body Class 250 Valve Size ORDER NUMBER in. mm Valve ANSI Body Class 125 ANSI Body Class 250 2-Way Valve, Stainless Steel Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, D.A., Linear, O-Ring Packing 2-Way Valve, Stainless Steel Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, D.A., Modified Equal%, O-Ring Packing 208572 2-1/2 65 V3350A2017 V3450A2016 208602 2-1/2 65 V3350A2009 V3450A2008 208573 3 80 V3350A3015 V3450A3006 208603 3 80 V3350A3007 V3450A3014 208574 4 100 V3350A4013 V3450A4012 208604 4 100 V3350A4005 V3450A4004 208575 5 125 V3350A5010 V3450A5019 208605 5 125 V3350A5002 V3450A5001 208576 6 150 V3350A6018 V3450A6017 208606 6 150 V3350A6000 V3450A6009 2-Way Valve, Stainless Steel Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, D.A., Linear, Teflon Packing 2-Way Valve, Bronze Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, D.A., Modified Equal%, O-Ring Packing 208577 2-1/2 65 V3350B2007 V3450B2006 208607 2-1/2 65 V3351A2008 V3451A2007 208578 3 80 V3350B3005 V3450B3004 208608 3 80 V3351A3006 V3451A3005 208579 4 100 V3350B4003 V3450B4002 208609 4 100 V3351A4004 V3451A4003 208580 5 125 V3350B5000 V3450B5009 208610 5 125 V3351A5001 V3451A5000 208581 6 150 V3350B6008 V3450B6007 208611 6 150 V3351A6009 V3451A6008 2-Way Valve, Stainless Steel Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, R.A., Linear, O-Ring Packing 2-Way Valve, Stainless Steel Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, R.A., Modified Equal%, O-Ring Packing 208582 2-1/2 65 V3350C2013 V3450C2012 208612 2-1/2 65 V3350C2005 V3450C2004 208583 3 80 V3350C3011 V3450C3010 208613 3 80 V3350C3003 V3450C3002 208584 4 100 V3350C4019 V3450C4018 208614 4 100 V3350C4001 V3450C4000 208585 5 125 V3350C5016 V3450C5015 208615 5 125 V3350C5008 V3450C5007 208586 6 150 V3350C6014 V3450C6013 208616 6 150 V3350C6006 V3450C6005 2-Way Valve, Stainless Steel Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, R.A., Linear, Teflon Packing 2-Way Valve, Bronze Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, R.A., Modified Equal%, O-Ring Packing 208587 2-1/2 65 V3350D2003 V3450D2002 208617 2-1/2 65 V3351C2004 208588 3 80 V3350D3001 V3450D3000 208618 3 80 V3351C3002 V3451C3001 208589 4 100 V3350D4009 V3450D4008 208619 4 100 V3351C4000 V3451C4009 208590 5 125 V3350D5006 V3450D5005 208620 5 125 V3351C5007 V3451C5006 208591 6 150 V3350D6004 V3450D6003 208626 6 150 V3351C6005 V3451C6004 V3451C2003 continued next page 445 Building Controls and Systems 30 100 90 80 70 60 50 Water and Steam Valves V3350; V3351; V3450; V3451 continued Materials ORDER NUMBER Valve Size Capacity Stem Travel Valve Action a Flow Characteristic Trim b Packing c ANSI Body Class 125 ANSI Body Class 250 In. mm Cv Kv In. mm D.A. R.A. Modified Equal% Linear Stainless Steel Bronze EDPM O-Ring Teflon V3350A2017 V3450A2016 2-1/2 65 63 54 3/4 20 Yes No No Yes Yes No Yes No V3350A3015 V3450A3006 3 80 100 85 3/4 20 Yes No No Yes Yes No Yes No V3350A4013 V3450A4012 4 100 160 137 1-1/2 40 Yes No No Yes Yes No Yes No V3350A5010 V3450A5019 5 125 250 214 1-1/2 40 Yes No No Yes Yes No Yes No V3350A6018 V3450A6017 6 150 400 340 1-1/2 40 Yes No No Yes Yes No Yes No V3350B2007 V3450B2006 2-1/2 65 63 54 3/4 20 Yes No No Yes Yes No No Yes V3350B3005 V3450B3004 3 80 100 85 3/4 20 Yes No No Yes Yes No No Yes V3350B4003 V3450B4002 4 100 160 137 1-1/2 40 Yes No No Yes Yes No No Yes V3350B5000 V3450B5009 5 125 250 214 1-1/2 40 Yes No No Yes Yes No No Yes V3350B6008 V3450B6007 6 150 400 340 1-1/2 40 Yes No No Yes Yes No No Yes V3350C2013 V3450C2012 2-1/2 65 63 54 3/4 20 No Yes No Yes Yes No Yes No V3350C3011 V3450C3010 3 80 100 85 3/4 20 No Yes No Yes Yes No Yes No V3350C4019 V3450C4018 4 100 160 137 1-1/2 40 No Yes No Yes Yes No Yes No V3350C5016 V3450C5015 5 125 250 214 1-1/2 40 No Yes No Yes Yes No Yes No V3350C6014 V3450C6013 6 150 400 340 1-1/2 40 No Yes No Yes Yes No Yes No V3350D2003 V3450D2002 2-1/2 65 63 54 3/4 20 No Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes V3350D3001 V3450D3000 3 80 100 85 3/4 20 No Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes V3350D4009 V3450D4008 4 100 160 137 1-1/2 40 No Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes V3350D5006 V3450D5005 5 125 250 214 1-1/2 40 No Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes V3350D6004 V3450D6003 6 150 400 340 1-1/2 40 No Yes No Yes Yes No No Yes V3350A2009 V3450A2008 2-1/2 65 63 54 3/4 20 Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No V3350A3007 V3450A3014 3 80 100 85 3/4 20 Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No V3350A4005 V3450A4004 4 100 160 137 1-1/2 40 Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No V3350A5002 V3450A5001 5 125 250 214 1-1/2 40 Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No V3350A6000 V3450A6009 6 150 400 340 1-1/2 40 Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No V3351A2008 V3451A2007 2-1/2 65 63 54 3/4 20 Yes No Yes No No Yes Yes No V3351A3006 V3451A3005 3 80 100 85 3/4 20 Yes No Yes No No Yes Yes No V3351A4004 V3451A4003 4 100 160 137 1-1/2 40 Yes No Yes No No Yes Yes No V3351A5001 V3451A5000 5 125 250 214 1-1/2 40 Yes No Yes No No Yes Yes No V3351A6009 V3451A6008 6 150 400 340 1-1/2 40 Yes No Yes No No Yes Yes No V3350C2005 V3450C2004 2-1/2 65 63 54 3/4 20 No Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No V3350C3003 V3450C3002 3 80 100 85 3/4 20 No Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No V3350C4001 V3450C4000 4 100 160 137 1-1/2 40 No Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No V3350C5008 V3450C5007 5 125 250 214 1-1/2 40 No Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No V3350C6006 V3450C6005 6 150 400 340 1-1/2 40 No Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No V3351C2004 V3451C2003 2-1/2 65 63 54 3/4 20 No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No V3351C3002 V3451C3001 3 80 100 85 3/4 20 No Yes Ye No No Yes Yes No V3351C4000 V3451C4009 4 100 160 137 1-1/2 40 No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No V3351C5007 V3451C5006 5 125 250 214 1-1/2 40 No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No V3351C6005 V3451C6004 6 150 400 340 1-1/2 40 No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No a D.A. = Push stem down to close. R.A. = Push stem down to open. b Stainless steel stem and metal-to-metal seats furnished for all bodies. c Select valve with EDPM O-ring packing for water service or glycol solutions to 50 percent; Teflon packing for steam service. 446 Water and Steam Valves V3350; V3351; V3450; V3451 to V5011 Valve Cross Reference IMPORTANT! The following valves can replace selected models of flanged pattern V5011 Valves for new installations but not for direct replacement of installed V5011 valves (face-to-face dimensions and height are different). . Old O.S. Number New O.S. Number Description Comments 2-Way Valve, Bronze Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, ANSI Body Class 125 V3351A2008 2-1/2 in. Valve Body, D.A., O-ring packing, equal percent. V3351A3006 3 in. Valve Body, D.A., O-ring packing, equal percent. V5011A1858 V3351A4004 4 in. Valve Body, D.A., O-ring packing, equal percent. V5011A1882 V3351A5001 5 in. Valve Body, D.A., O-ring packing, equal percent. V5011A1916 V3351A6009 6 in. Valve Body, D.A., O-ring packing, equal percent. None V3351C2004 2-1/2 in. Valve Body, R.A., O-ring packing, equal percent. None V3351C3002 3 in. Valve Body, R.A., O-ring packing, equal percent. V5011B1013 V3351C4000 4 in. Valve Body, R.A., O-ring packing, equal percent. V5011B1047 V3351C5007 5 in. Valve Body, R.A., O-ring packing, equal percent. V5011B1070 V3351C6005 6 in. Valve Body, R.A., O-ring packing, equal percent. Valve Action: Direct Acting; push stem down to close. Reverse Acting; push stem down to open. Packing: Select valve with EDPM O-ring packing for water or glycol solutions to 50 percent; with Teflon packing for steam. 2-Way Valve, Bronze Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, ANSI Body Class 250 V5011D1001 V3451A2007 2-1/2 in. Valve Body, D.A., O-ring packing, equal percent. V5011D1019 V3451A3005 3 in. Valve Body, D.A., O-ring packing, equal percent. V5011D1027 V3451A4003 4 in. Valve Body, D.A., O-ring packing, equal percent. V5011D1035 V3451A5000 5 in. Valve Body, D.A., O-ring packing, equal percent. V5011D1043 V3451A6008 6 in. Valve Body, D.A., O-ring packing, equal percent. None V3451C2003 2-1/2 in. Valve Body, R.A., O-ring packing, equal percent. None V3451C3001 3 in. Valve Body, R.A., O-ring packing, equal percent. V5011E1008 V3451C4009 4 in. Valve Body, R.A., O-ring packing, equal percent. V5011E1016 V3451C5006 5 in. Valve Body, R.A., O-ring packing, equal percent. V5011E1024 V3451C6004 6 in. Valve Body, R.A., O-ring packing, equal percent. V3360; V3361; V3460; V3461 Three-Way Flanged Valves 2-1/2 & 3 inch 4, 5, & 6 inch Three-way, cast-iron, flanged mixing valve used in heating or cooling systems to mix two different temperatures of water supplies or glycol solutions to 50 percent. Can also be used for throttling or bypass coil control applications. A pump is recommended on the coil circuit to improve the heat transfer characteristics of the coil and for freeze protection. Can be used in place of selected models of flanged pattern V5013 Valves for new installations but not for direct replacement of installed valves (faceto-face dimensions and height are different). See V3360/V3361/ V3460/V3461 to V5013 Valve Cross Reference. • Available in ANSI Class 125 (V3360E; V3361E) and 250 (V3460E; V3461E). • Ranges from 2-1/2 to 6 inches in size. • Valve flange face-to-face dimensions meet ISA 75.03. • Direct coupled universal bonnet. • ANSI Leakage Class IV (0.02% of Cv). • EDPM O-ring cartridge type packing. • Choice of bronze or stainless steel trim. • Uses a Q5001 Linkage and control motor, a ML6421/6425 or ML7421/ 7425 Direct-Coupled Actuator or only an 8 in. or 13 in. DA M953 Pneumatic Actuator to position valve (selection based on close-off requirements and valve size). • Modified, equal percentage flow characteristics. • Stainless steel stem to prevent corrosion. CONTROLLED MEDIUM: 20 to 250 F (-7 to +120 C). Pressure-Temperature Ratings: Temperature Pressure psig (kPa) F C ANSI Class 125 -20 to +130 -30 to 66 175 (1206) ANSI Class 250 400 (2758) +200 93 165 (1138) 370 (2251) +250 121 150 (1034) 340 (2344) +300 149 140 (965) 310 (2137) +350 177 125 (862) 280 (1931) Differential (for modulating service): Bronze Trim psig (kPa): 25 (173). Stainless Steel Trim psig (kPa): 50 (345). Close-Off (with electric actuators): Refer to valve Product Data Form 63-2520 for close-off information. REPLACEMENT PARTS: Refer to Valve Body Service Kits. continued next page 447 Building Controls and Systems V5011A1734 V5011A1767 Water and Steam Valves V3360; V3361; V3460; V3461 continued DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT: WATER CAPACITY GRAPH: 400 300 200 90 100 50 60 70 80 40 30 8 9 10 20 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Δp (kPa) 900 800 4000 700 600 500 3000 0 0) CV " (15 2000 = 40 6 400 0 C B = 25 1000 900 800 700 600 500 300 0 00) CV = 16 200 4" (1 0 0) 3" (8 10 CV = 400 ) CV " (65 2-1/2 300 100 90 80 70 60 50 = 63 200 40 FLOW RATE (m3/hr) FLOW RATE (GPM) 25) CV 5" (1 30 100 90 80 70 60 50 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Δp (psi) VALVE ACTION 3-WAY MIXING DIMENSIONS IN INCHES (MM) WEIGHT LB (KG) C A B NOMINAL ANSI ANSI VALVE SIZE CLASS CLASS INCH (MM) 125 125 10-7/8 3-3/4 9-3/8 104 2-1/2 (65) (276) (95) (239) (47) 11-3/4 4-3/8 10-3/4 114 3 (80) (299) (111) (272) (52) 13-7/8 5-1/8 12-1/2 146 4 (100) (352) (132) (318) (66) 15-3/4 5-3/4 13-3/4 170 5 (125) (400) (146) (349) (77) 17-3/4 6-5/8 15-1/2 199 6 (150) (451) (167) (393) (90) NOTE: Refer to electric or pneumatic catalog pages for height and width of specific actuators. M4905A ACCESSORIES: 205699A Stem and Bonnet Adapter. Included with all 2-1/2 and 3 in. valves. Provides compatibility with all Honeywell electric and pneumatic actuators. Service Flange (allows servicing valve without removing from piping): ANSI Class 125: 208628 2-1/2 in., 3-Way Service Flange. 208629 3 in., 3-Way Service Flange. 208630 4 in., 3-Way Service Flange. 208631 5 in., 3-Way Service Flange. 208632 6 in., 3-Way Service Flange. ANSI Class 250: 208633 2-1/2 in., 3-Way Service Flange. 208634 3 in., 3-Way Service Flange. 208635 4 in., 3-Way Service Flange. 208636 5 in., 3-Way Service Flange. 208637 6 in., 3-Way Service Flange. 70 60 50 40 30 20 8 9 10 7 6 5 3 4 2 1 A 20 M4907 VALVE BODY SERVICE KITS: NOTE: Service kits include copper ring, spring, bearing, stem/plug, 208638 O-Ring packing and gasket (125 or 250 psi) as required. Valve Size ORDER NUMBER in. mm Valve ANSI Body Class 125 ANSI Body Class 250 3-Way Valve, Stainless Steel Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, Modified Equal%, O-Ring Packing 208592 2-1/2 65 V3360E2008 V3460E2007 208593 3 80 V3360E3006 V3460E3005 208594 4 100 V3360E4004 V3460E4003 208595 5 125 V3360E5001 V3460E5000 208596 6 150 V3360E6009 V3460E6008 3-Way Valve, Bronze Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, Modified Equal%, O-Ring Packing 208597 2-1/2 65 V3361E2007 V3461E2006 208598 3 80 V3361E3005 V3461E3004 208599 4 100 V3361E4003 V3461E4002 208600 5 125 V3361E5000 V3461E5009 208601 6 150 V3361E6008 V3461E6007 continued next page 448 Water and Steam Valves V3360; V3361; V3460; V3461 continued NOTE: Stainless steel stem and metal-to-metal seats furnished for all bodies. Materials ORDER NUMBER Valve Size Capacity Kv Stem Travel Trim ANSI Body Class 125 ANSI Body Class 250 In. mm Cv In. mm Stainless Steel Bronze V3360E2008 V3460E2007 2-1/2 65 63 54 3/4 20 Yes No V3360E3006 V3460E3005 3 80 100 85 3/4 20 Yes No V3360E4004 V3460E4003 4 100 160 137 1-1/2 40 Yes No V3360E5001 V3460E5000 5 125 250 214 1-1/2 40 Yes No V3360E6009 V3460E6008 6 150 400 340 1-1/2 40 Yes No V3461E2006 2-1/2 65 63 54 3/4 20 No Yes V3361E3005 V3461E3004 3 80 100 85 3/4 20 No Yes V3361E4003 V3461E4002 4 100 160 137 1-1/2 40 No Yes V3361E5000 V3461E5009 5 125 250 214 1-1/2 40 No Yes V3361E6008 V3461E6007 6 150 400 340 1-1/2 40 No Yes V3360; V3361; V3460; V3461 to V5013 Valve Cross Reference The following valves can replace selected models of flanged pattern V5013 valves for new installations but not for direct replacement of installed V5013 valves (face-to-face dimensions and height are different). Old O.S. Number New O.S. Number Description Comments 3-Way Valve, Bronze Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, ANSI Body Class 125 V5013B1003 V3361E2007 2-1/2 in. Valve Body, O-ring packing, modified equal percent. V5013B1011 V3361E3005 3 in. Valve Body, O-ring packing, modified equal percent. V5013B1029 V3361E4003 4 in. Valve Body, O-ring packing, modified equal percent. V5013B1037 V3361E5000 5 in. Valve Body, O-ring packing, modified equal percent. V5013B1045 V3361E6008 6 in. Valve Body, O-ring packing, modified equal percent. For water or glycol solutions to 50 percent. 3-Way Valve, Bronze Trim, Metal-To-Metal Seat, ANSI Body Class 250 V5013D1009 V3461E2006 2-1/2 in. Valve Body, O-ring packing, modified equal percent. V5013D1017 V3461E3004 3 in. Valve Body, O-ring packing, modified equal percent. V5013D1025 V3461E4002 4 in. Valve Body, O-ring packing, modified equal percent. V5013D1033 V3461E5009 5 in. Valve Body, O-ring packing, modified equal percent. V5013D1041 V3461E6007 6 in. Valve Body, O-ring packing, modified equal percent. V4043; V4044 Line Voltage Zone Valves • Manual opener (on all models, except straight-through, normally open valves) for valve operation on power failure; valve returns to automatic position when power is restored. • All models may be installed without disassembling the valve. • Compact construction for easy installation. • Complete actuator may be removed or replaced without breaking line connections or draining the system. • Motor may be replaced without removing the valve body or draining the system. • Suitable for heating and cooling applications. V4044 V4043, V4044 Replacement Actuator ON-OFF and diverting line voltage valves consist of an actuator motor and valve assembly for controlling the flow of hot or chilled water, and some models for steam. NOTE: Use this valve in hydronic systems that do not contain dissolved oxygen in the system water. The dissolved oxygen, which is found in systems that have a frequent source of makeup water, causes the rubber plug inside the valve to deteriorate and eventually fail. APPROVALS: Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed: V4043A,B,E, V4044A,B. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: See dimensions diagram on page 102. continued next page 449 Building Controls and Systems V3361E2007 Water and Steam Valves V4043; V4044 continued FLOW RATINGS: TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Max. Fluid Temp. Min. Fluid Temp. Max. Ambient Temp. Model Number F C F C F C Model Number V4043A,B 240 93 40 5 125 52 V4043A,B V4044A,B 240 93 40 5 125 52 V4043E (steam) 240 116 40 5 125 52 ELECTRICAL RATINGS: V4044A,B Model Number Voltage Current Draw (A) V4043A 120V/60 Hz .08 208V/50 Hz .04 220V/60 Hz .04 240V/60 Hz .04 120V/60 Hz .08 V4043B V4043E V4044A V4044B a 240V/60 Hz .04 120V/60 Hz .08 208V/60 Hz .04 240V/60 Hz .04 120V/60 Hz .08 208V/60 Hz .04 220V/50 Hz .04 240V/60 Hz .04 120V/60 Hz .08 Leadwire Lengtha 18 in. (457 mm) Max. Close-off Pressurea Flow Capacity Rating V4043E (steam) Cv Kv psi kPa 1.0 0.9 50 345 3.5 3.0 20 138 8.0 6.9 8 55 4.0 3.4 20 138 7.0 6.0 10 69 15 103 not applicable a Static Pressure Rating: 125 psi (862 kPa). PILOT DUTY: 50 VA at 24 Vac. Lead length outside of conduit opening. Capacity, Flow Kv Pipe Connections ORDER NUMBER Valve Pattern De-energized Position Cv V4043A1002 Straight-through Normally closed 3.5 3.0 1/2 flare 120V, 60 Hz V4043A1010 3.5 3.0 1/2 sweat 120V, 60 Hz V4043A1028 3.5 3.0 1/2 flare 208V, 60 Hz V4043A1044 3.5 3.0 1/2 flare 240V, 60 Hz V4043A1051 3.5 3.0 1/2 sweat 240V, 60 Hz V4043A1259 8.0 6.9 3/4 sweat 120V, 60 Hz V4043A1317 8.0 6.9 1 sweat 120V, 60 Hz 120V, 60 Hz Electrical Ratings, Voltage V4043A1689 3.5 3.0 1/2 NPT V4043A1697 10 8.6 1 NPT 120V, 60 Hz V4043A1705 3.5 3.0 3/4 NPT 120V, 60 Hz V4043B1000 Normally open 3.5 3.0 1/2 flare 120V, 60 Hz 3.5 3.0 1/2 sweat 120V, 60 Hz 3.5 3.0 1/2 sweat 240V, 60 Hz 3.5 3.0 1/2 sweat 120V, 60 Hz a V4043E1011 3.5 3.0 1/2 sweat 208V, 60 Hz V4043E1029a 3.5 3.0 1/2 sweat 240V, 60 Hz V4043B1018 V4043B1059 V4043E1003a Straight-through Normally closed a Steam only. Bottom inlet. c Includes integral spdt changeover Aquastat® Controller. b continued next page 450 Water and Steam Valves V4043; V4044 continued Capacity, Flow Cv Kv Pipe Connections 4.0 3.4 1/2 flare 120V, 60 Hz V4044A1019 4.0 3.4 1/2 sweat 120V, 60 Hz V4044A1035 4.0 3.4 1/2 sweat 208V, 60 Hz V4044A1043 4.0 3.4 1/2 flare 240V, 60 Hz V4044A1050 4.0 3.4 1/2 sweat 240V, 60 Hz V4044A1092 4.0 3.4 1/2 sweat 220V, 50 Hz V4044A1191 7.0 6.0 3/4 sweat 120V, 60 Hz V4044A1258 4.0 3.4 1/2 sweat 277V, 60 Hz V4044A1274 7.0 6.0 3/4 sweat 220V, 50 Hz V4044A1290 4.0 3.4 1/2 sweat 120V, 60 Hz b,c V4044B1009 4.0 3.4 1/2 flare 120V, 60 Hz V4044B1017b,c 4.0 3.4 1/2 sweat 120V, 60 Hz b,c 7.0 6.0 3/4 sweat 120V, 60 Hz ORDER NUMBER Valve Pattern De-energized Position V4044A1001 2-position diverting Port A normally closed a Steam only. Bottom inlet. c Includes integral spdt changeover Aquastat® Controller. b V4043; V4044 Parts and Accessories Description Order Number Conversion kit for converting old style (series 1-5) valve bodies to accept 40003916 Actuator. Includes metal plate with drive shaft and rubber ball, O-ring and four screws. —Two-way water valve body —Three-way water valve body —Two-way steam valve body 40003918-006 40003918-007 40003918-008 Motor, 120V, 60 Hz, Class F, plated. 802360LA Motor, 208V, 60 Hz, Class F, plated. 802360MA Motor, 220V/50 Hz 240V/60 Hz, Class F, plated. 802360NA Replacement ball plug, large O-ring and four screws for water valve. 272742A Replacement O-rings; package of five. 272756A REPLACEMENT POWERHEADS: Replacement Actuator Part Number Model Number Voltage (Vac) and Frequency (Hz) Current Draw (A) V4043A 120,60 0.08 220/50, 240/60 0.04 240,50 0.04 120, 60 0.08 220/50, 240/60 0.04 V4043B Electrical Connections Motor Electrical Connection On Manual Opener Electrical Connection End Opposite Manual Opener 18 in. (457 mm) leads (conduit opening) 40003916-024 — 40003916-022 — Class F, plated V4043E (steam) 120, 60 0.08 V4044A 120, 60 0.08 96 in. (2438 mm) leads (conduit opening) 240, 50 0.04 18 in. (457 mm) leads (conduit opening) 120, 60 0.08 220/50, 240/60 0.04 18 in. (457 mm) leads (conduit opening) V4044B Class F, plated 40003916-023 — 40003916-031 — 40003916-030 — Class F 40003916-041 — Class F, plated 40003916-047 40003916-036 — 40003916-034 40003916-045 40003916-040 — 40003916-039 Class F, plated 451 Building Controls and Systems V4044B1314 Electrical Ratings, Voltage Water and Steam Valves V5011A,B,F,G Two-Way Globe Valves V5011A,B body dimensions. I A J B H G E F The V5011 valves are two-way globe valves that control steam, water, and glycol solutions (up to 50 percent concentration) in heating or cooling HVAC applications. The valves are used in twoposition and modulating control systems. • Not suitable for combustible gases. • Valves require a Q5001 Linkage and control motor, an ML684 or ML7984 Direct Coupled Actuator, or MP953 Pneumatic valve actuator to position the valve. • Available in threaded or flanged pipe connections. • Direct or reverse acting models. • Spring-loaded, self-adjusting Teflon cone packing. • Stainless steel stem. • Directly coupled electric and pneumatic actuators for easy mounting. • Valve designs provide equal percentage flow characteristic for water and linear flow characteristic for steam. PIPE CONNECTIONS: V5011A,B Flange connections. V5011F,G Internal NPT-threaded connections. SEAT: V5011A,B Bronze replaceable. V5011F,G Brass replaceable. ANSI BODY CLASS: V5011A,B: 125. V5011F,G: 150. STEM: Stainless steel. PLUG: Teflon. STROKE: 2-1/2 and 3 in. pipe sizes: 3/4 in. (20 mm). 4,5 and 6 in. pipe sizes: 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) PATTERN: Two-way, straight-through. BODY MATERIAL: V5011A,B Cast Iron. V5011F,G Bronze. PACKING: Spring-loaded, carbon fiber reinforced PTFE V-rings. PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Water Max. Pressure Temperature Range 250 psi at 100 F (1724 kPa at 38 C) 40 F to 250 F (4 C to 121 C) C D Body Style M9000 Dimensions in in. (mm) Size (in.) F A B C D V5011A 2-1/2 3 4 E 5-3/8 (137) 5-1/4 7-9/16 (133) (192) 4-5/8 (117) 100 psi H 11 7-1/2 (279) (191) 7-1/2 (191) 5 7 (178) 6-1/8 15 10 7/8 8-1/2 (156) (381) (254) (22) (216) 6 8 (203) 7-1/16 16-1/2 11 (179) (419) (279) V5011B 4 I J 3/4 (19) 1-3/8 (35) 6 (152) 5-3/16 13 9 (132) (330) (229) 1-1/2 1-7/8 (38) (48) 9-1/2 (241) 6-3/4 4-11/16 8-1/16 13 9 3/4 7-1/2 (171) (119) (205) (330) (229) (19) (191) 5 5-5/8 (143) 7-1/2 15 10 7/8 8-1/2 (191) (381) (254) (22) (216) 6 6-9/16 (167) 8-1/2 16-1/2 11 (216) (419) (279) 9-1/2 (241) V5011F,G body dimensions. 3-1/2 WITH STEM DOWN A 217 psi at 250 F (1495 kPa at 121 F) Steam G 3-1/2 4-13/16 4 9-1/2 7 3/4 5-1/2 (89) (106) (102) (241) (178) (19) (140) 337 F (169 C) max. Maximum Water Differential for quiet water service: 20 psid. B C Dimensions in in. (mm) Valve Size (in.) A B C 2-1/2 2-3/4 (70) 2-3/8 (60) 7-1/2 (191) 3 3-1/8 (79) 2-5/8 (67) 8-7/8 (225) continued next page 452 Water and Steam Valves V5011A,B,F,G continued Pipe Size ORDER NUMBER in. Materials Kv V5011A1734a 2-1/2 63.0 54.00 3/4 V5011A1767a 3 100.0 85.70 V5011A1858a 4 160.0 137.12 1-1/2 a 5 250.0 214.10 a V5011A1916 6 360.0 308.52 V5011B1013a,b 4 160.0 137.12 a,b 5 250.0 214.10 a,b V5011B1070 6 360.0 308.52 V5011F1105 2-1/2 63.0 54.00 V5011F1113 3 100.0 85.70 V5011G1111 2-1/2 63.0 54.00 V5011G1129 3 100.0 85.70 V5011A1882 V5011B1047 Seat Packing Flanged two-way Stainless globe valve with Steel equal percentage throttling plug for modulating water or two-position steam. Stem Bronze (replaceable) Teflon Cone Teflon Plug 3/4 Direct acting, two- Stainless way threaded globe Steel valve with equal percentage flow for modulating water. Brass (replaceable) Teflon and Rubber VRings 3/4 Direct acting, two- Stainless way threaded globe Steel valve with linear flow for steam. Brass (replaceable) Teflon Cone Teflon Body ANSI Body Class CastIron 125 Bronze 150 a Can be used for two-position steam applications. Reverse-acting valve (stem down to open) normally used with pneumatic actuator. b V5011N Two-Way Globe Valves The V5011N valves are two-way threaded globe valves that control steam, water, and glycol solutions (up to 50 percent concentration) in heating or cooling HVAC applications. The valves are used in two-position and modulating control systems. • • • • • • • • • Not suitable for combustible gas service. Red brass body with NPT-threaded end connections. Low seat leakage rate (±0.05 percent Cv). 50:1 rangeability per VDI/VDE 2173. Spring-loaded, self-adjusting packing. Accurate positioning to ensure state of the art temperature control. Directly coupled electric and pneumatic actuators for easy mounting. Sizes range from 1/2 inch to 2 inches. Valve designs provide equal percentage flow characteristic for water and linear flow characteristic for steam. • Stainless steel stem and metal-to-metal seats. • Repack and rebuild kits for field servicing. PIPE CONNECTIONS: Internal NPT-threaded connections. SEAT: Stainless steel, replaceable (except V5011N3xxx 3/4 in. to 1-1/4 in. which have an integral brass seat). ANSI BODY CLASS: 150 psi. STEM: Stainless steel. PLUG: Brass on V5011N1xxx and V5011N3xxx for water; stainless steel on V5011N2xxx for steam. STROKE: 3/4 in. (20 mm). APPROXIMATE LEAKAGE RATE: 0.05 percent Cv. PATTERN: 2-way, straight-through. BODY MATERIAL: Red brass. PACKING: Spring-loaded, carbon fiber reinforced PTFE V-rings. PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Water: 36 to 248 F (2 to 120 C): 250 psi (17.2 bar). 248 to 340 F (120 to 171 C): 211 psi (14.5 bar). Steam: V5011N1xxx: 15 psi (1.0 bar) at 250 F (121 C). V5011N2xxx: 100 psi (6.9 bar) at 340 F (171 C). Maximum Water Differential Pressure: 230 psid (15.8 bar). MAXIMUM DIFFERENTIAL FOR QUIET WATER SERVICE: 20 psid. VALVE FLOW CHARACTERISTICS: Water: Equal percentage (V5011N1xxx, V5011N3xxx). Steam: Linear (V5011N2xxx). VALVE DESIGN LIFE: 250,000 full cycles at maximum rated temperature. RANGEABILITY: 50:1 per VDI/VDE 2173. NOTE: For high fluid temperatures, insulate the valve and/or piping to prevent ambient temperature from exceeding actuator ratings. continued next page 453 Building Controls and Systems Cv Stroke in. Description Water and Steam Valves V5011N continued V5011N body dimensions. VALVE A B SIZE (IN) in. (mm) in. (mm) 1/2 Y1 Y1,2 Y2 3-1/4 (83) 1-9/16 (40) 3/4 1 1-1/4 4-1/16 (103) 4-3/16 (106) 1-1/2 2 4-3/4 (120) 1-13/16 (47) 5-1/4 (134) VALVE Y1 Y2a in. (mm) in. (mm) 5-1/4 (133) V5011N1XXX 3-1/2 (89) OR V5011N2XXX STEM FULLY DOWN V5011N3XXX 4-3/16 (107) 5-15/16 (151) STEM FULLY UP a Y2 WITH STEM EXTENSION FOR MP953A,C (8 IN. ONLY) M17378 B A Pipe Size ORDER NUMBER in. Cv Kv Stroke in. Description V5011N1008 1/2 0.73 0.63 3/4 V5011N1016 1/2 1.16 0.99 Stainless Stainless Steel Steel (replaceable) V5011N1024 1/2 1.85 1.58 V5011N1032 1/2 2.9 2.49 SpringBrass loaded, Carbon Filter Reinforced PTFE V-rings V5011N1040 1/2 4.7 4.03 Direct acting, two-way threaded globe valve with equal percentage flow for modulating water. V5011N1057 3/4 7.3 6.26 V5011N1065 1 11.7 10.03 V5011N1073 1-1/4 18.7 16.03 V5011N1081 1-1/2 29.3 25.11 V5011N1099 2 46.8 40.11 V5011N2006 1/2 0.73 0.63 3/4 V5011N2014 1/2 1.16 0.99 Stainless Stainless Steel Steel (replaceable) V5011N2022 1/2 1.85 1.58 V5011N2030 1/2 2.9 2.49 Direct acting, two-way threaded globe valve with linear flow for steam. Stainless SpringSteel loaded, Carbon Filter Reinforced PTFE V-rings V5011N2048 1/2 4.7 4.03 V5011N2055 3/4 7.3 6.26 V5011N2063 1 11.7 10.03 V5011N2071 1-1/4 18.7 16.03 V5011N2089 1-1/2 29.3 25.11 V5011N2097 2 46.8 40.11 V5011N3004b 1/2 2.9 2.49 3/4 V5011N3012b 1/2 4.7 4.03 Stainless Stainless Steel Steel (replaceable) V5011N3020 b 3/4 7.3 6.26 SpringBrass loaded, Carbon Filter Reinforced PTFE V-rings V5011N3038 b 1 11.7 10.03 1-1/4 18.7 16.03 Reverse acting, two-way threaded globe valve with equal percentage flow for modulating water. V5011N3046b a b Materials Stem Stainless Brass Steel (integral) Can be used for two-position steam applications. Reverse-acting valve (stem down to open) normally used with pneumatic actuator. 454 Seat Packing Plug Body Red Brass ANSI Body Class 150 Water and Steam Valves V5013C Three-Way Valves PACKING LIMITS: Alternate Hot and Cold Water Hot Water V5013C The V5013C is a diverting valve. Used for 2-position or modulating control of water and glycol solutions (up to 50% concentration) in heating or cooling systems. FLOW CHARACTERISTICS: Constant total flow through full plug travel. VALVE PATTERN: 3-Way. PRESSURE RATINGS: Differential (for normal plug and seat life): Two-position service: 50 psi (345 kPa). Modulating service: 25 psi (172 kPa). Quiet modulating service: 20 psi (138 kPa). Max. Temp. Max. Press. Max. Temp. 100 psi (689.5 kPa) 250 F (121 C) 250 psi (1724 kPa) 250 F (121 C) NOTES: Hot Water: 40 F (4 C) minimum temperature. Alternate hot and cold water maximum temperature differential: 140 F (60 C). NOTE: Valve Pressure-Temperature Ratings: Maximum expected temperature and line (static) pressure must be below and to the left of the line for the indicated valve. . V5013 THREE-WAY VALVE COMPOSITE RATINGS FLUID PRESSURE PSI (kPa) 160 (1103) 140 (965) V5013B 120 (827) 100 (689) 80 (552) 60 (414) 40 (226) 20 Flanged body dimensions for V5013C. (138) 0 50 BONNET (10) 75 (24) 100 (38) 125 (52) 150 (66) 175 (79) 200 (93) 225 (107) 250 (121) FLUID TEMPERATURE F(C) (INCLUDES BODY AND PACKING LIMITATIONS) M16731 E A F D NOTES: 1. For high fluid temperatures, the valve and/or piping should be insulated to prevent ambient temperature from exceeding actuator ratings. 2. Maximum temperature differential in alternate hot and cold water use, 140 F (60 C). B C G VALVE SIZE BONNET SIZE IN MM IN. MM 2-1/2 3 64 76 1-3/8 35 NUMBER OF BOLT HOLES 4 Pipe Size ORDERNUMBER in. Cv Kv Stem Life in in. 53.99 3/4 V5013C1001 2-1/2 63.0 V5013C1019 3 100.0 85.70 V5013C1027 4 160.0 137.12 1-1/2 V5013C1035 5 250.0 214.25 V5013C1043 6 360.0 308.52 Materials Description Stem Seat Packing Disc Flanged body, 1 inlet, 2 outlets— Stainless Bronze Teflon Diverting valve. DIverting valves Steel (replaceable) Cone must be piped so the flow enters ports AB, and exits ports A and B. ANSI Body Body Class Composition Cast- 125 40 F to 250 F Iron (4 C to 121 C) 455 Building Controls and Systems • Not suitable for combustible gases. • Valves require a Q5001 Linkage and control motor or MP953 Pneumatic Valve Actuator or ML684/ML6874/ML7984 Direct Coupled Actuator to position the valve. • Constant total flow through full plug travel. • Spring-loaded, self-adjusting, Teflon cone or Teflon/rubber packing allows a wide range of water temperature and pressure. • Stainless steel stem prevents corrosion. • Class IV (0.01% of Cv) Leakage Rating. Max. Press. Water and Steam Valves V5013N Three-Way Threaded Globe Valves SEAT: 1/2 in.: Replaceable stainless steel (upper), replaceable brass (lower). 3/4 in. to 2 in.: Integral brass (upper), replaceable brass (lower). ANSI BODY CLASS: 150 psi. STEM: Stainless steel. PLUG: Brass. STROKE: 3/4 in. (20 mm). APPROXIMATE LEAKAGE RATE: 0.05 percent Cv. RANGEABILITY: 50:1 per VDI/VDE 2173. BODY MATERIAL: Red brass. PACKING: Spring-loaded, carbon fiber reinforced PTFE V-rings. PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Water: 36 to 248 F (2 to 120 C): 250 psi (17.2 bar). 248 to 340 F (120 to 171 C): 211 psi (14.5 bar). Maximum Water Differential Pressure: 230 psid (15.8 bar). VALVE FLOW CHARACTERISTICS: Port A-AB: Equal percentage. Port B-AB: Linear. The V5013N is a three-way threaded globe valve that controls hot water, cold water, and glycol solutions (up to 50 percent concentration) in heating or cooling HVAC applications. The valve is used for mixing service to direct flow from one of two inlets to a common outlet in two-position or modulating control systems. • • • • • • • • • • Red brass body with NPT-threaded connections. Stainless steel stem and brass plug. Low seat leakage rate (±0.05 percent Cv). Spring-loaded, self-adjusting packing. 50:1 rangeability per VDI/VDE 2173. Constant total flow throughout full stem travel. Accurate positioning to ensure state of the art temperature control. Sizes range from 1/2 inch to 2 inches. Suitable for pneumatic or electric/electronic actuation. Repack and rebuild kits available for field servicing. NOTE: Movement of the valve stem at any point of the flow range does not significantly change the total flow rate at the AB outlet port (constant total flow). MAXIMUM DIFFERENTIAL FOR QUIET WATER SERVICE: 20 psid. VALVE DESIGN LIFE: 250,000 full cycles at maximum rated temperature. PIPE CONNECTIONS: Internally-threaded NPT connections. NOTE: For high fluid temperatures, insulate the valve and/or piping to prevent ambient temperature from exceeding actuator ratings. V5013N body dimensions. Y 1,2 Y1 Y2 VALVE SIZE (in) 1/2 B 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 C 2 A (in) B (in) C (in) Y1 Y2a STEM FULLY UP 3-1/4 (83) 1-9/16 (40) 2-9/16 (65) 4-3/16(107) 5-15/16(151) 4-1/16 (103) 2-5/8 (67) 4-3/16 (106) 2-7/8 (73) 4-3/4 (120) 1-13/16 (46) 3-1/16 (77) 5-1/4 (134) 3-5/16 (84) a Y2 WITH STEM EXTENSION FOR MP953A,C (8 IN. ONLY) M18270 A Materials Pipe Size ORDERNUMBER in. Cv Kv Stroke in. Description V5013N1030 1/2 2.9 2.48 3/4 V5013N1048 1/2 4.7 4.02 V5013N1055 3/4 7.3 6.26 V5013N1063 1 11.7 10.03 V5013N1071 1-1/4 18.7 16.03 V5013N1089 1-1/2 29.3 25.11 V5013N1097 2 46.8 40.11 456 Stem Seat Internally Stainless Replaceable Stainless threaded NPT Steel Steel (upper), Replaceable connections, 2 Brass (lower) inlets, 1 outlet— Integral Brass (upper), Mixing valve. Replaceable Brass (lower) Mixing valves must be piped so the flow enters ports A and B, and exits port AB. Packing Plug ANSI Body Body Class Spring-loaded, Brass Red 150 Carbon Fiber Brass Reinforced PTFE V-Rings Water and Steam Valves V5011; V5013 Repack and Rebuild Kits V5011, V5013 Repack kits include packing, spacer, follower and spring for V5011 and V5013 Valves. They are used to repack leaking V5011 Valves with metal discs and all V5013 Three-Way Valves. They also can be used to repack V5011 Valves with rubber or Teflon discs if the disc and stem assembly are known to be in good repair. Otherwise, use the appropriate rebuild kit for complete repair of V5011 Valves with rubber or Teflon discs and threaded ends. Repack kits are listed in the table below. CAUTION: For proper installation, use instructions packed with kits. Valve Threaded 1/2 NOTE: Rebuild kit Cv must match valve Cv. If the Cv is different, the kit will not work, even if the pipe size shown is the same. Some obsolete V5011A,C Valves were available with a smaller Cv than listed below. When ordering a rebuild kit for these valves, use Cv, not pipe size. Repack Kit Part Number Rebuild Kit Number Cv Stroke Stem Diameter Water and/or Modulating (in.) (in.) 2-position steam steam for Water service for Steam service for Water service for Steam service Comments 0.4 3/4 14002694-006 14002694-008 1/4 0.63 — V5011C,G 14003294-004 a 14003294-002 b, c V5011A,F 1 1.6 2.5 4 Threaded Threaded 3/4 6.3 1 10 3/4 1/4 14002695-006 14002695-008 1-1/4 16 3/4 1/4 14003109-006 14003109-008 1-1/2 25 3/4 3/8 14003110-006 14003110-008 b, c 2 40 14003111-006 14003111-008 a b, c, d 2-1/2 63 3 100 1/2 2.5 b, e V5011A,F V5011C,G 14003295-004 14003295-002 3/4 1/4 V5011H V5011J 14003294-004 a 14003294-002 not available not available 3/4 1/4 V5013A,F — 14003294-004 a — not available — 4 Threaded 3/4 6.3 1 10 1-1/4 16 1/2 2.5 4 a b c d e f 3/4 6.3 1 10 1-1/4 16 TRADELINE Kit. The 1400xxxx-002, -004 Repack and -006, -008 Rebuild Kits contain the same parts as the -001, -003 Repack and -005, and -007 Rebuild Kits available from Honeywell Direct. V5011G1137 through V5011G1228 Valves have metal-to-metal seats; rebuild kits are not available for metal-to-metal seat valves. To rebuild a 2-1/2 or 3 in. threaded valve, order the rebuild kit for the 2 in. valve and the replacement disc for the 2-1/2 or 3 in. valve. See Valve Accessories and Replacement Parts section. Rebuild kits are not available for reverse acting valves. Repack kits with Teflon packing rings (14003296-002) are used with 4 through 6 in. valves (both water and steam service). Kits with rubber packing are not available for 4 through 6 in. valves. continued next page 457 Building Controls and Systems Size Connection (in.) V5011, V5013 Rebuild Kits include all the parts in the repack kits, plus a stem assembly and disc. Rebuild kits are available only for threaded V5011 Valves. They cannot be used with valves that have a metal-tometal seat. Metal-to-metal seats are found on V5011C and V5011G valves with OS numbers of V5011C2282 or higher and V5011G1137 and higher. Water and Steam Valves V5011; V5013 Repack and Rebuild Kits continued Valve Size Connection (in.) Threaded Flange Flange Flange Flange a b c d e f Repack Kit Part Number Rebuild Kit Number Cv Stroke Stem Diameter Water and/or Modulating (in.) (in.) 2-position steam steam for Water service for Steam service for Water service for Steam service Comments 3/4 3/8 V5013A,F — 14003295-004 — — — 14003295-004 14003295-002 1-1/2 25 2 40 2-1/2 63 3/4 3/8 V5011A1734 3 100 3/4 3/8 V5011A1767 1-1/2 1/2 V5011A,B — 14003296-002 14003296-002 3/4 3/8 V5013B,C — 14003295-004 — 1-1/2 1/2 V5013B,C — 14003296-002 4 160 5 250 6 360 2-1/2 63 3 100 4 160 5 250 6 360 not available not available b b, f — TRADELINE Kit. The 1400xxxx-002, -004 Repack and -006, -008 Rebuild Kits contain the same parts as the -001, -003 Repack and -005, and -007 Rebuild Kits available from Honeywell Direct. V5011G1137 through V5011G1228 Valves have metal-to-metal seats; rebuild kits are not available for metal-to-metal seat valves. To rebuild a 2-1/2 or 3 in. threaded valve, order the rebuild kit for the 2 in. valve and the replacement disc for the 2-1/2 or 3 in. valve. See Valve Accessories and Replacement Parts section. Rebuild kits are not available for reverse acting valves. Repack kits with Teflon packing rings (14003296-002) are used with 4 through 6 in. valves (both water and steam service). Kits with rubber packing are not available for 4 through 6 in. valves. 14003294-002 1/2 to 1-1/4 in. valve size, for steam service. 14003294-004 1/2 to 1-1/4 in. valve size, for water service. BUTTON BUTTON PACKING NUT OR GLAND PACKING NUT OR GLAND RUBBER "V" RING PACKING * TEFLON CONE PACKING * SPACER * FOLLOWER * FOLLOWER SPRING * FOLLOWER SPRING * BONNET BONNET STEM AND DISC HOLDER ASSEMBLY STEM AND DISC HOLDER ASSEMBLY PACKING LUBRICANT * PACKING LUBRICANT * * INCLUDED IN KIT. M8289A * INCLUDED IN KIT. M8290A continued next page 458 Water and Steam Valves V5011; V5013 Repack and Rebuild Kits continued 14003295-004 1-1/2 to 3 in. valve size, for water service. 14003296-002 4 to 6 in. pipe size, for steam service. BUTTON BUTTON PACKING NUT OR GLAND PACKING NUT OR GLAND FEMALE ADAPTER * PACKING * PACKING (WHITE) * PACKING (BLACK) * PACKING (WHITE) * FOLLOWER * MALE ADAPTER * FOLLOWER SPRING * Building Controls and Systems FOLLOWER SPRING * RETAINER * BONNET O RING * BONNET STEM STEM AND DISC HOLDER ASSEMBLY PACKING LUBRICANT * PACKING LUBRICANT * * INCLUDED IN KIT. M4902 FLANGED VALVES * INCLUDED IN KIT. M13115 continued next page 459 Water and Steam Valves V5011; V5013 Repack and Rebuild Kits continued 14003295-002 1-1/2 to 3 in. valve size, for steam service. Rebuild Kits for: 14002694-006, 14002695-006, 14003109-006, 1/2 to 1-1/4 in. valve size for water service; 14002694-008, 14002695-008, 14003109-008, 1/2 to 1-1/4 in. valve size for steam service. BUTTON BUTTON PACKING NUT OR GLAND PACKING GLAND 2 1 PACKING * PACKING * FOLLOWER * FOLLOWER * FOLLOWER SPRING * FOLLOWER SPRING * BONNET BONNET STEM AND DISC HOLDER ASSEMBLY * STEM AND DISC HOLDER ASSEMBLY DISC * PACKING LUBRICANT * DISC SPRING PLUG FLANGED VALVES SCREWED VALVES * INCLUDED IN KIT. M4903A SEAT PACKING LUBRICANT * * INCLUDED IN KIT. 1 PACKING FOR WATER SERVICE. 2 PACKING FOR STEAM SERVICE. M13083 continued next page 460 Water and Steam Valves V5011; V5013 Repack and Rebuild Kits continued Rebuild Kits for: 14003110-006, 140031111-006, 1-1/2 to 3 in. valve size for water service; 14003110-008, 14003111-008, 1-1/2 to 3 in. valve size for steam service. BUTTON PACKING GLAND 1 2 PACKING * FOLLOWER * FOLLOWER SPRING * Building Controls and Systems BONNET STEM RETAINER NUT STEM ASSEMBLY * STEM RETAINER SPRINGS * DISC HOLDER DISC * DISC SPRING PLUG PLUG NUT SEAT PACKING LUBRICANT * * INCLUDED IN KIT. 1 PACKING FOR WATER SERVICE. 2 PACKING FOR STEAM SERVICE. M13085 continued next page 461 Water and Steam Valves V5011; V5013 Repack and Rebuild Kits continued V5011N VALVE REBUILD AND REPACK KITS V5011N DIRECT ACTING TWO-WAY GLOBE VALVES . V5011N REVERSE ACTING TWO-WAY GLOBE VALVES STEM BUTTON ASSEMBLY 2 STEM BUTTON ASSEMBLY 2 PACKING NUT PACKING NUT 1 2 PACKING WAFERS 1 WASHER SPRING PACKING WAFERS 2 1 WASHER 1 2 SPRING 1 1 2 2 PACKING CARTRIDGE 2 PACKING CARTRIDGE 2 O RING 1 2 O RING 1 Rebuild Kit Stem Button V5011N1008 1/4 0901746A 0901116Aa 0901747A V5011N1024 0901748A V5011N1032 0901749A V5011N1040 0901750A V5011N1057 0901751A V5011N1065 0901752A V5011N1073 V5011N1081 B A A AB 2 V5011N2006 PLUG ASSEMBLY 2 PLUG ASSEMBLY 2 O RING 2 2 BOTTOM NUT 0901753A 3/8 0901787A V5011N1099 B SEAT RING SEAT RING 0901786A V5011N1016 2 VALVE BODY VALVE BODY 2 Valve OS No. Stem Diameter (in.) Repack Kit O RING 2 0901755A 1/4 0901786A 0903423A V5011N2022 0903424A V5011N2030 0903425A V5011N2048 0903426A V5011N2055 0903427A V5011N2063 0903428A LOWER SEAT V5011N2089 BOTTOM NUT INCLUDED IN REBUILD KIT. 3 INCLUDED ONLY WITH V5011N REVERSE ACTING TWO-WAY GLOBE VALVES. 0903429A 3/8 0901787A 0903430A 1/4 0901786A 0901759A 3 V5011N2097 PART INCLUDED IN REPACK KIT. 0901787A REPACK KIT (FOR VALVES WITH 3/8 INCH STEM) SHOWN. 0901786A REPACK KIT (FOR VALVES WITH 1/4 INCH STEM) CONTAINS THREE PACKING WAFERS INSTEAD OF FOUR. 2 0903422A V5011N2014 V5011N2071 1 0901754A V5011N3004 0903431A V5011N3012 0901760A V5011N3020 0901761A V5011N3038 0901762A V5011N3046 0901763A M12872A a Each 0901116A contains 10 stem buttons. Note: Seat removal tools are required to rebuild valves: 32003941-001 for 1/2 in. through 1-1/4 in. sizes. 32003941-002 for 1-1/2 in. through 2 in. sizes. continued next page 462 Water and Steam Valves V5011; V5013 Repack and Rebuild Kits continued V5013N Three-way Globe Valves V5013N REPLACEMENT PARTS. STEM BUTTON ASSEMBLY 2 PACKING NUT PACKING WAFERS WASHER 1 SPRING 1 1 2 2 Valve OS No. Stem Diameter (in.) Stem Repack Kit Rebuild Kit Button (Part No.) (Part No.) (Part No.) V5013N1030 1/4 0901786A V5013N1048 0901760A V5013N1055 0901761A V5013N1063 0901762A V5013N1071 V5013N1089 2 0901787A 1 0901764A 0901765A Each 0901116A contains 10 stem buttons. NOTE: 32003941-001 Seat Removal Tool required to rebuild 1/2 in. valves. Other sizes do not require this tool. 2 Building Controls and Systems O RING 0901116Aa 0901763A 3/8 V5013N1097 a PACKING CARTRIDGE 2 0901759A VALVE BODY A AB B SEAT RING 2 PLUG ASSEMBLY 2 O RING 2 LOWER SEAT 1 PART INCLUDED IN REPACK KIT. 0901787A REPACK KIT (FOR VALVES WITH 3/8 INCH STEM) SHOWN. 0901786A REPACK KIT (FOR VALVES WITH 1/4 INCH STEM) CONTAINS THREE PACKING WAFERS INSTEAD OF FOUR. 2 INCLUDED IN REBUILD KIT. M12871A 463 Water and Steam Valves V5011; V5013 Valve Accessories and Replacement Parts V5011/V5013 ACCESSORIES: 14000501-001 Valve bonnet Extension kit. Use with 3/4 in. lift valves and MP953B, MP953D, MP953E, MP953F, Q5001, ML684, ML784, ML984, and ML7984. 309535 Amoco H-100 (2 oz. tube) use with teflon packing. 311057 Plastilube No. 2 (2 oz. tube) use with rubber packing. V5011 REPLACEMENT SEATS: Pipe Size Valve V5011A,C,F,G in. 1/2 Cv Part Number (Old 150 psi) 0.4 to 2.5 — 4.0 3/4 2.5 6.3 1 4.0 6.3 1-1/4 1/2 — 310537 — 310890 — 310538 311077 — — 311078 310541 — V5011C,G 63 3 100 — — — 311734 V5011 PLUG AND SEAT: MATCHED METAL TO METAL SEAT Pipe Size Valve V5011C,G in. 1/2 312349 14000519-001 1.6 14000518-001 2.5 14000520-001 4 14000508-001 3/4 6.3 311087 1 10 311088 1-1/4 16 311091 1-1/2 25 311089 2-1/2 63 311860 3 100 311861 1/2 311624 311731 Cv Part Number 0.4 311936E 0.63 311936A 1.0 311936B 1.6 311936C 2.5 311936D V5011H Part Number 0.63 310542 — Cv 1 311291 40 2-1/2 310536 — 2 V5011A,F 311055 — 25 in. 310535 6.3 1-1/2 Pipe Size Valve All 10 16 V5011 REPLACEMENT PLUGS: 0.4 314706 0.63 14000521-001 1.0 14000522-001 1.6 14000523-001 2.5 14000524-001 4.0 14000525-001 3/4 6.3 314533 1 10 314534 1-1/4 16 314535 1-1/2 25 314536 2 40 314537 2-1/2 63 314538 3 100 314539 1/2, 3/4 2.5, 4.0, 6.3 311437 V5011J V5011 REPLACEMENT DISCS FOR THREADED VALVES: Pipe Size Part Number V5011A,F (35 to 250 F) V5011C,G (200 to 337 F) 4.0 311951A Valve in. Cv 3/4 6.3 311952A 0.4 to 4.0 14004625-001 14004625-011 10 311953A V5011A,C,F,G Threaded 1/2 1 3/4, 1 6.3, 10 14004625-002 14004625-012 1-1/4 16 311954A 1-1/4 16 14004625-003 14004625-013 1-1/2 25 312055A 1-1/2 25 14004625-004 14004625-014 2 40 14004625-005 14004625-015 2-1/2 63 14004625-006 14004625-016 3 100 14004625-007 14004625-017 V5011 REPLACEMENT DISCS FOR FLANGED VALVES: Pipe Size Cv Part Number (35 to 250 F) Valve in. V5011A Flanged 2-1/2 63 30041049-835 3 100 30041050-835 continued next page 464 Water and Steam Valves V5011; V5013 Valve Accessories and Replacement Parts continued V5011 REPLACEMENT PARTS: Pipe Size Cv Valve in. V5011H,J 1/2 to 1-1/4 — Description 310135 Spring for V5011H 310137 Spacer (2) for V5011H 310143 Packing V (3) for V5011H 310498 Spring for V5011J 310506 Follower V5011J 310623 Packing Cone (3) V5011J 311440 Support, Upper 311441 Support, Lower 313338 Stem Spring Packing Nut; Old V5011 150 PSI series and V5011C,G 16 311098 Disc Spring 0.4 to 4.0 311099 — 1-1/2 to 3 311100 Stem Retainer Spring (2) 3/4 in. travel, (1) 1-1/2 in. Travel 14004552-001 Packing Nut, V5011A&C Interim & V5011F,G 1/2 to 3 14004623-001 Stem Button 1/2 to 1-1/4 0.4 to 4.0 311093A Stem & Disc Holder Assembly 1-1/2 to 3 6.3, 10 311094A 10-100 311619A V5013 REPLACEMENT PLUGS: Stem Assembly, 3/4 in. Travel V5013 REPLACEMENT PARTS: Pipe Size Pipe Size Valve in. Cv V5013A,F 1/2 2.5 311444 4.0 311445 6.3 311446 3/4 Building Controls and Systems 313941 310509 V5011A,C,F,G 1/2 to 3 Part Number Valve V5013A 1/2 to 1-1/4 2.5 to 16 (Threaded) 311631 O-Ring V5013A (Flanged) 312495 Stem Button, Anti-Spin 1 10 311447 1-1/4 16 311448 in. Cv Part Number 2-1/2, 3 4 to 6 — Part Number Description 312496 312497 Packing Nut Packing (5) 1-1/2 25 311449 312498 2 40 311450 312499 Follower 312500 Spring 2-1/2, 3 311430 Follower 311432 Packing (4) 311565 Spring continued next page 465 Water and Steam Valves V5011; V5013 Valve Accessories and Replacement Parts continued V5011 TWO-WAY GLOBE VALVE/ACTUATOR COMPATIBILITY AND CLOSE-OFF RATINGS Branch Pressure (psi) Flange 2-1/2 63 13 13 17 17 0.5 0.5 0.5 17 V5011A1734 33 33 33 100 100 8 25 100 V5011A1767 23 23 23 70 70 5 15 4 160 V5011A,B 40 40 5 250 26 26 6 360 19 19 0.4 V5011G 80 80 80 0.63 V5011F 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 250 250 250 250 250 250 8-13 8-13 MP953F1119 MP953F1093 18 MP953E1443 17 MP953E1418 13 14 13 3 Threaded 1/2 0.5 0.5 0.5 250 250 250 V5011G 80 80 80 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 1 80 80 80 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 1.6 80 80 80 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 2.5 80 80 80 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 4 40 40 40 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 3/4 6.3 1 V5011F V5011G 18 18 18 250 250 250 90 135 250 120 120 120 250 250 250 250 250 250 10 16 16 16 250 250 250 63 100 250 95 250 250 250 250 250 250 1-1/4 16 12 12 12 180 180 180 34 55 140 50 50 50 250 250 250 140 140 140 1-1/2 25 122 122 122 250 250 20 33 90 30 30 30 122 122 122 250 250 250 90 90 90 2 40 55 55 55 170 170 10 18 50 15 15 15 55 55 55 170 170 170 50 50 50 2-1/2 63 45 45 45 135 135 5 10 30 45 45 45 135 135 135 30 30 30 3 25 25 25 75 75 2 5 20 25 25 25 75 20 20 20 2 6 9 13 14 2 2 2 14 14 14 100 Branch Pressure (psi) Threaded 1/2 a 9 MP953E1301 Size Cv Modulating Steam MP953D1172 Body Type Twoposition and/or Modulating Water MP953E1400 RA MP953E1384 DA MP953E1376 DA MP953E1368 DA MP953E1327 RA MP953E1319 DA MP953D1107 DA Actuator Action MP953D1131 DA VALVES MP953C1562 Yes MP953C1489 7-1/8 Yes MP953C1554 13 Yes MP953C1471 8 Yes MP953C1075 5 No MP953C1083 7-1/8 No MP953C1067 13 No MP953C1018 8 No MP953C1026 5 Positioner MP953C1000 Diaphragm Diameter MP953F1101 8-13 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 8-13 4-11 3-7 4-11 4-11 2-7 2-7 8-12 4-11 2-7 Spring Range (psi) 8-12 Two-way Valves and Close-off Ratings (psi) for Pneumatic Actuators. Closeoff rating is at Branch pressure noted in the Branch Pressure (noted below).a 4-11 PNEUMATIC 2-7 Actuators 2.5 1 V5011H V5011J 5 1 95 1 95 1 75 75 44 44 70 70 50 50 50 44 44 44 70 70 70 50 50 50 4 44 44 70 70 50 50 50 44 44 44 70 70 70 50 50 50 3/4 6.3 25 25 45 45 30 30 30 25 25 25 45 45 45 30 30 30 1 10 25 25 45 45 30 30 30 25 25 25 45 45 45 30 30 30 1-1/4 16 15 15 27 27 17 17 17 15 15 15 27 27 27 17 17 17 Refer to the close off curves in V5011A,B,D-H,J Single Seated Valves, form no. 77-5315, for more complete close off data. continued next page 466 Water and Steam Valves V5011; V5013 Valve Accessories and Replacement Parts continued none Q5001D1000 Q5001D1000 Q5001D1000 Q5001D1000 none none none Q5001D1018 a Q5001D1018 a Q5001D1000 Q5001D1000 Q5001D1000 a Q5001D1000 Q5001D1000 a ML7425 M9186 M9185 M7285 M7185 ML7421B DA/ RA ML7421A ML7984 M9194 M7294 M6285 ML6421B ML6421A ML684 M6194 M8185 M4185 b DA c DA/RA 26 26 26 77 26 28 10 26 10 10 26 78 78 77 26 26 26 10 28 20 20 20 53 20 16 7 20 7 7 20 37 37 53 20 20 20 7 16 10 19 29 10 10 19 19 29 6 11 18 6 6 11 11 18 4 5 12 4 4 5 5 12 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 122 150 122 122 150 200 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 106 150 106 106 150 200 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 141 141 141 145 150 141 145 60 141 60 60 141 200 200 145 150 141 141 141 141 145 91 91 91 91 150 91 86 39 91 39 39 91 170 170 91 150 91 91 91 91 86 55 55 55 47 150 55 49 22 55 22 22 55 91 91 47 150 55 55 55 55 49 32 32 32 32 100 32 28 12 32 12 32 32 67 67 32 100 32 32 32 32 28 20 20 20 19 61 20 16 8 20 8 20 20 38 38 19 61 20 20 20 20 16 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 122 150 122 122 150 200 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 106 150 106 106 150 200 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 141 141 141 145 150 141 145 60 141 60 60 141 200 200 145 150 141 141 141 141 145 a When a linkage is required, all 4 in. and larger flange valves require a Q5001D1026. The ML6425A and ML7425A Actuators extend the stem on power failure. The B models retract the stem on power failure. c Some of the ML7421A,B models (with 0-10 Vdc signal inputs) can be switched from DA to RA. b continued next page 467 Building Controls and Systems Actuator Model Number n/a Yes M9184 DA/ RA No b M9164 Yes DA/ RA M7364 No M7284 Yes Actuator Action DA/ RA Proportional M7164 Floating ML6425 2-position SpringReturn M6184 Control none Q5001D1000 none none none Q5001D1026 Q5001D1000 a Linkage a Q5001D1000 Q5001D1000 ELECTRONIC / ELECTRIC Water and Steam Valves V5011; V5013 Valve Accessories and Replacement Parts continued THREE-WAY GLOBE VALVE/ACTUATOR COMPATIBILITY AND CLOSEOFF RATINGS Flange 16 9 13 14 1 1 1 15 15 15 13 13 13 1 1 1 62 62 70 70 70 55 70 70 62 62 62 70 70 70 70 70 70 4 62 62 62 70 70 70 55 70 70 62 62 62 70 70 70 70 70 70 6.3 62 62 62 70 70 70 55 70 70 62 62 62 70 70 70 70 70 70 1 10 36 36 36 43 43 43 30 55 70 36 36 36 43 43 43 70 70 70 1-1/4 16 23 23 23 28 28 28 18 32 70 23 23 23 28 28 28 70 70 70 1-1/2 25 16 16 16 20 20 20 12 22 62 16 16 16 20 20 20 62 62 62 2 40 9 9 9 11 11 11 7 12 35 9 9 9 11 11 11 35 35 35 2-1/2 63 3 100 4 5 6 V5013B,C 17 17 8-13 15 62 3/4 16 MP953F1119 11 1/2 12 MP953F1101 V5013F Threaded MP953F1093 2.5 Branch Pressure (psi) MP953E1418 Cv Size MP953E1301 Body Type Two-position and/or Modulating Water MP953E1400 RA MP953E1384 DA MP953E1376 DA MP953E1368 DA MP953E1327 RA MP953E1319 DA MP953D1107 DA Actuator Action MP953D1131 Yes DA VALVES MP953D1172 7-1/8 Yes MP953C1489 13 Yes MP953C1471 8 Yes MP953C1075 5 No MP953C1083 7-1/8 No MP953C1067 13 No MP953C1018 8 No MP953C1026 5 Positioner MP953C1000 Diaphragm Diameter 8-13 8-13 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 4-11 8-13 4-11 3-7 4-11 2-7 8-12 4-11 2-7 Spring Range (psi) 8-12 PNEUMATIC 4-11 ACTUATORS 2-7 Three-way Valve lower seat close-off (psi). Pneumatic close-off at branch pressure (noted below)a 8 8 8 82 82 6 11 31 8 8 8 105 105 31 31 31 6 6 6 57 57 3 5 15 6 6 6 74 74 15 15 160 35 35 40 40 250 23 23 27 27 360 15 15 18 18 15 a Refer to the close off curves in V5013B-F Three-Way Mixing and Diverting Valves, form no. 77-5316, for more complete close off data. THREE-WAY GLOBE VALVE/ACTUATOR COMPATIBILITY AND CLOSEOFF RATINGS Flange Q5001D1018 a none M9194 ML7984 Q5001D1018 a Q5001D1000 a M7294 M9184 M9164 M7364 M7164 M7284 DA/ RA ML7421B ML7421A DA c ML7425 DA/ RA 150 150 150 150 150 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 4 150 150 150 150 150 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 130 150 130 130 150 200 200 150 3/4 6.3 150 150 150 150 150 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 120 150 120 120 150 200 200 150 1 10 150 150 150 150 150 200 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 70 150 70 70 150 200 200 150 1-1/4 16 146 146 146 126 146 200 145 150 146 146 146 146 126 150 50 146 50 50 146 200 200 145 1-1/2 25 98 98 98 77 98 185 91 150 98 35 98 35 98 2 40 67 67 67 49 67 150 47 150 67 67 67 67 49 150 20 67 20 20 67 150 150 47 2-1/2 63 V5013B,C 32 32 32 21 32 64 77 32 32 32 32 21 77 13 32 12 13 32 64 64 3 100 22 22 22 14 22 44 53 22 22 22 22 14 53 9 22 9 9 22 44 44 4 160 10 20 29 29 10 10 20 20 5 250 6 13 18 18 6 6 13 13 6 360 8 12 12 8 8 98 98 98 77 a 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 150 150 35 When a linkage is required, all 4 in. and larger flange valves require a Q5001D1026. The ML6425A and ML7425A Actuators extend the stem on power failure. The B models retract the stem on power failure. c Some of the ML7421A,B models (with 0-10 Vdc signal inputs) can be switched from DA to RA. b NOTE: Close-off ratings for the V5013B,C diverting valves are for the upper seat (not the lower seat). 468 Q5001D1000 Q5001D1000 Q5001D1000 a Q5001D1000 none none none Q5001D1000 Q5001D1000 Q5001D1000 none none none Q5001D1018 a Q5001D1000 No b M9186 V5013F ML6421B 2.5 ML6421A 1/2 DA/ RA ML684 Threaded DA/ RA M6194 Model Number Yes M6184 Cv b ML6425 Size M6285 Body Type No DA/RA M8185 Actuator Action DA/ RA M4185 VALVES Proportional Yes M9185 Yes M7285 2-position Floating Spring-Return M7185 Control Q5001D1000 a none Q5001D1000 Linkage a Q5001D1000 Q5001D1000 ELECTRONIC / ELECTRIC 185 185 91 Water and Steam Valves Valve Cross Reference for Threaded Globe Valves The charts provide Valve Size and Cv rating to detail the main differences of the valves. Consider all differences between the original valve and the selected replacement valve when making your selection. NOTE: There are often several approaches to replacing a valve because not all cross-referenced valves match exactly. However, the final replacement valve choice is the purchaser’s decision. Verify all valve specifications of each cross-reference to ensure the correct valve choice for the application. Johnson Controls to Honeywell Three-way Mixing Valves Original Valve Size (NPT) Cv 1/2 Johnson Model Two-way Valves—Push Down To Close (Direct Acting) Original Valve Replacement Valve Cv Honeywell Model Size (NPT) Cv 1/2 Replacement Valve Johnson Model Cv Honeywell Model V5011N1008 VG7842CT – no direct repl. 0.73 VG7241CT 0.73 VG7842ET 2.9 V5013N1030 1.8 VG7241ET 1.9 V5011N1024 4.6 VG7842GT 4.7 V5013N1048 4.6 VG7241GT 4.7 V5011N1040 3/4 7.3 VG7842LT 7.3 V5013N1055 3/4 7.3 VG7241LT 7.3 V5011N1057 1 11.6 VG7842NT 11.7 V5013N1063 1 11.6 VG7241NT 11.7 V5011N1065 1-1/4 18.5 VG7842PT 18.7 V5013N1071 1-1/4 18.5 VG7241PT 18.7 V5011N1073 1-1/2 28.9 VG7842RT 29.3 V5013N1089 1-1/2 28.9 VG7241RT 29.3 V5011N1081 2 46.2 VG7842ST 46.8 V5013N1097 2 46.2 VG7241ST 46.8 V5011N1099 1/2 0.73 VG7844CT – no direct repl. 1/2 0.73 VG7243CT 0.73 V5011N1008 1.8 VG7844ET 2.9 V5013N1030 1.8 VG7243ET 1.9 V5011N1024 4.6 VG7844GT 4.7 V5013N1048 4.6 VG7243GT 4.7 V5011N1040 3/4 7.3 VG7844LT 7.3 V5013N1055 3/4 7.3 VG7243LT 7.3 V5011N1057 1 11.6 VG7844NT 11.7 V5013N1063 1 11.6 VG7243NT 11.7 V5011N1065 1-1/4 18.5 VG7844PT 18.7 V5013N1071 1-1/4 18.5 VG7243PT 18.7 V5011N1073 1-1/2 28.9 VG7844RT 29.3 V5013N1089 1-1/2 28.9 VG7243RT 29.3 V5011N1081 2 46.2 VG7844ST 46.8 V5013N1097 2 46.2 VG7243ST 46.8 V5011N1099 Two-way Valves—Push Down To Open (Reverse Acting) Original Valve Size (NPT) Cv 1/2 Replacement Valve Johnson Model Cv Honeywell Model 0.73 VG7441CT – no direct repl. 1.8 VG7441ET 2.9 V5011N3004 V5011N3012 4.6 VG7441GT 4.7 3/4 7.3 VG7441LT 7.3 V5011N3020 1 11.6 VG7441NT 11.7 V5011N3038 1-1/4 18.5 VG7441PT 18.7 V5011N3046 1-1/2 28.9 VG7441RT – no direct repl. 2 46.2 VG7441ST – no direct repl. no direct repl. 1/2 0.73 VG7443CT – 1.8 VG7443ET 2.9 V5011N3004 4.6 VG7443GT 4.7 V5011N3012 3/4 7.3 VG7443LT 7.3 V5011N3020 1 11.6 VG7443NT 11.7 V5011N3038 1-1/4 18.5 VG7443PT 18.7 V5011N3046 1-1/2 28.9 VG7443RT – no direct repl. 2 46.2 VG7443ST – no direct repl. continued next page 469 Building Controls and Systems 0.73 1.8 Water and Steam Valves Valve Cross Reference for Threaded Globe Valves continued SIEBE / BARBER-COLMAN TO HONEYWELL Three-way Mixing Valves Original Valve Two-way Valves—Stem Down to Close (Direct Acting) Replacement Valve Original Valve Replacement Valve Siebe Model Cv Honeywell Model 2.2 VB-7313-0-4-2 2.9 V5013N1030 0.4 VB-7213-0-4-01 0.73 V5011N1008 4.4 VB-7313-0-4-4 4.7 V5013N1048 1.3 VB-7213-0-4-02 1.2 V5011N1016 3/4 8 VB-7313-0-4-6 7.3 V5013N1055 2.2 VB-7213-0-4-03 1.9 V5011N1024 1 14 VB-7313-0-4-8 11.7 V5013N1063 4.4 VB-7213-0-4-04 4.7 V5011N1040 1-1/4 20 VB-7313-0-4-9 18.7 V5013N1071 5.5 VB-7213-0-4-05 – no direct repl. 1-1/2 33 VB-7313-0-4-10 29.3 V5013N1089 7.5 VB-7213-0-4-06 7.3 V5011N1057 2 50 VB-7313-0-4-11 46.8 V5013N1097 10 VB-7213-0-4-07 – no direct repl. 1/2 2 VB-9313-0-4-2 2.9 V5013N1030 14 VB-7213-0-4-08 11.7 V5011N1065 4 VB-9313-0-4-4 4.7 V5013N1048 1-1/4 20 VB-7213-0-4-09 18.7 V5011N1073 3/4 6.8 VB-9313-0-4-6 7.3 V5013N1055 1-1/2 30 VB-7213-0-4-10 29.3 V5011N1081 1 12 VB-9313-0-4-8 11.7 V5013N1063 2 40 VB-7213-0-4-11 46.8 V5011N1099 1-1/4 16 VB-9313-0-4-9 18.7 V5013N1071 1/2 0.4 VB-7253-0-4-01 0.73 V5011N2006 1-1/2 33 VB-9313-0-4-10 29.3 V5013N1089 1.3 VB-7253-0-4-02 1.2 V5011N2014 2 55 VB-9313-0-4-11 46.8 V5013N1097 2.2 VB-7253-0-4-03 1.9 V5011N2022 Size (NPT) Cv 1/2 Size (NPT) Cv 1/2 3/4 1 Replacement Valve Cv Honeywell Model 4.4 VB-7253-0-4-04 4.7 V5011N2048 3/4 5.5 VB-7253-0-4-05 – no direct repl. 7.5 VB-7253-0-4-06 7.3 V5011N2055 1 10 VB-7253-0-4-07 – no direct repl. 14 VB-7253-0-4-08 11.7 V5011N2063 20 VB-7253-0-4-09 18.7 V5011N2071 Two-way Valves—Stem Up to Close (Reverse Acting) Original Valve Siebe Model Size (NPT) Cv Siebe Model Cv Honeywell Model 1/2 0.4 VB-7263-0-4-01 – no direct repl. 1.3 VB-7263-0-4-02 – no direct repl. 1-1/4 2.2 VB-7263-0-4-03 2.9 V5011N3004 1-1/2 30 VB-7253-0-4-10 29.3 V5011N2089 4.4 VB-7263-0-4-04 4.7 V5011N3012 2 40 VB-7253-0-4-11 46.8 V5011N2097 5.5 VB-7263-0-4-05 – no direct repl. 1/2 0.4 VB-9213-0-4-1 0.73 V5011N1008 7.5 VB-7263-0-4-06 7.3 V5011N3020 1.3 VB-9213-0-4-2 1.2 V5011N1016 10 VB-7263-0-4-07 – no direct repl. 2.2 VB-9213-0-4-3 1.9 V5011N1024 14 VB-7263-0-4-08 11.7 V5011N3038 3.6 VB-9213-0-4-4 4.7 V5011N1040 1-1/4 20 VB-7263-0-4-09 18.7 V5011N3046 5 VB-9213-0-4-5 – no direct repl. 1-1/2 30 VB-7263-0-4-10 – no direct repl. 6.3 VB-9213-0-4-6 7.3 V5011N1057 2 40 VB-7263-0-4-11 – no direct repl. 8.2 VB-9213-0-4-7 – no direct repl. 1/2 0.4 VB-9223-0-4-1 – no direct repl. 11 VB-9213-0-4-8 11.7 V5011N1065 1.3 VB-9223-0-4-2 – no direct repl. 1-1/4 16 VB-9213-0-4-9 18.7 V5011N1073 2.2 VB-9223-0-4-3 2.9 V5011N3004 1-1/2 25 VB-9213-0-4-10 29.3 V5011N1081 3.6 VB-9223-0-4-4 4.7 V5011N3012 2 40 VB-9213-0-4-11 46.8 V5011N1099 5 VB-9223-0-4-5 – no direct repl. 1/2 0.4 VB-9253-0-4-1 0.73 V5011N2006 6.3 VB-9223-0-4-6 7.3 V5011N3020 1.3 VB-9253-0-4-2 1.2 V5011N2014 V5011N2022 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 8.2 VB-9223-0-4-7 – no direct repl. 2.2 VB-9253-0-4-3 1.9 11 VB-9223-0-4-8 11.7 V5011N3038 3.6 VB-9253-0-4-4 4.7 V5011N2048 1-1/4 16 VB-9223-0-4-9 18.7 V5011N3046 5 VB-9253-0-4-5 – no direct repl. 1-1/2 25 VB-9223-0-4-10 – no direct repl. 6.3 VB-9253-0-4-6 7.3 V5011N2055 2 40 VB-9223-0-4-11 – no direct repl. 8.2 VB-9253-0-4-7 – no direct repl. 11 VB-9253-0-4-8 11.7 V5011N2063 1-1/4 16 VB-9253-0-4-9 18.7 V5011N2071 1-1/2 25 VB-9253-0-4-10 29.3 V5011N2089 2 40 VB-9253-0-4-11 46.8 V5011N2097 3/4 1 continued next page 470 Water and Steam Valves Valve Cross Reference for Threaded Globe Valves continued OLD HONEYWELL TO NEW HONEYWELL Three-way Mixing Valves Original Valve Two-way Valves—Direct Acting Original Valve Replacement Valve Replacement Valve Size (NPT) Cv Model Number Cv Model Number Size (NPT) Cv Model Number Cv Model Number 1/2 V5013F1004 V5013N1030 1/2 V5011F1006 V5011N1008 3/4 2.5 2.9 0.63 0.73 4 V5013F1012 4.7 V5013N1048 1 V5011F1014 1.16 V5011N1016 6.3 V5013F1020 7.3 V5013N1055 1.6 V5011F1022 1.85 V5011N1024 V5011N1032 10 V5013F1038 11.7 V5013N1063 2.5 V5011F1030 2.9 1-1/4 16 V5013F1046 18.7 V5013N1071 4 V5011F1048 4.7 V5011N1040 1-1/2 25 V5013F1053 29.3 V5013N1089 3/4 6.3 V5011F1055 7.3 V5011N1057 2 40 V5013F1061 46.8 V5013N1097 1 10 V5011F1063 11.7 V5011N1065 1/2 4 V5013F1079 4.7 V5013N1048 1-1/4 16 V5011F1071 18.7 V5011N1073 3/4 6.3 V5013F1087 7.3 V5013N1055 1-1/2 25 V5011F1089 29.3 V5011N1081 1 10 V5013F1095 11.7 V5013N1063 2 40 V5011F1097 46.8 V5011N1099 1-1/4 16 V5013F1103 18.7 V5013N1071 1/2 2.5 V5011F1121 2.9 V5011N1032 1-1/2 25 V5013F1111 29.3 V5013N1089 4 V5011F1139 4.7 V5011N1040 2 40 V5013F1129 46.8 V5013N1097 3/4 6.3 V5011F1147 7.3 V5011N1057 1 10 V5011F1154 11.7 V5011N1065 1-1/4 16 V5011F1162 18.7 V5011N1073 Model Number 1-1/2 25 V5011F1170 29.3 V5011N1081 40 V5011F1188 46.8 V5011N1099 0.4 V5011G1004 – no direct repl V5011G1012 0.73 V5011N2006 Two-way Valves—Reverse Acting Original Valve Size (NPT) Cv 1/2 Replacement Valve Model Number Cv 2.5 V5011H1002 2.9 V5011N3004 2 4 V5011H1010 4.7 V5011N3012 1/2 3/4 6.3 V5011H1028 7.3 V5011N3020 0.63 1 10 V5011H1036 11.7 V5011N3038 1 V5011G1020 1.16 V5011N2014 1-1/4 16 V5011H1044 18.7 V5011N3046 1.6 V5011G1038 1.85 V5011N2022 1/2 2.5 V5011J1007 – no direct repl. 2.5 V5011G1046 2.9 V5011N2030 4 V5011G1053 4.7 V5011N2048 6.3 V5011G1061 7.3 V5011N2055 4 V5011J1015 3/4 6.3 V5011J1023 3/4 1 10 V5011J1031 1 10 V5011G1079 11.7 V5011N2063 V5011J1049 1-1/4 16 V5011G1087 18.7 V5011N2071 1-1/4 16 1-1/2 25 V5011G1095 29.3 V5011N2089 2 40 V5011G1103 46.8 V5011N2097 1/2 0.4 V5011G1137a 0.63 – no direct repl. V5011G1145 a 0.73 V5011N2006 1 V5011G1152 a 1.16 V5011N2014 1.6 V5011G1160a 1.85 V5011N2022 2.5 V5011G1178 a 2.9 V5011N2030 4 V5011G1186a 4.7 V5011N2048 3/4 6.3 V5011G1194a 7.3 V5011N2055 1 10 V5011G1202a 11.7 V5011N2063 1-1/4 16 V5011G1210 a 18.7 V5011N2071 1-1/2 25 V5011G1228a 29.3 V5011N2089 a Metal-to-metal seat for high pressure steam. continued next page 471 Building Controls and Systems 1 Water and Steam Valves Valve Cross Reference for Threaded Globe Valves continued DELTA TO HONEYWELL Three-way Mixing Valves Two-way Valves Original Valve Original Valve Replacement Valve Replacement Valve Size (NPT) Cv Delta Model Cv Honeywell Model Size (NPT) Cv Delta Model Cv Honeywell Model 1/2 2.5 DG3-3 2.9 V5013N1030 1/2 2.5 DG2-3 2.9 V5011N1032 3/4 6.3 DG3-7 7.3 V5013N1055 3/4 6.3 DG2-7 7.3 V5011N1057 1 10 DG3-10 11.7 V5013N1063 1 10 DG2-10 11.7 V5011N1065 1-1/4 16 DG3-16 18.7 V5013N1071 1-1/4 16 DG2-16 18.7 V5011N1073 1-1/2 24 DG3-24 29.3 V5013N1089 1-1/2 20 DG2-20 29.3 V5011N1081 2 38 DG3-38 46.8 V5013N1097 2 38 DG2-38 46.8 V5011N1099 1/2 2.5 DG2S-3 1.85 V5011N2030 3/4 6.3 DG2S-7 7.3 V5011N2055 1 10 DG2S-10 11.7 V5011N2063 1-1/4 16 DG2S-16 18.7 V5011N2071 1-1/2 20 DG2S-20 29.3 V5011N2089 2 38 DG2S-38 46.8 V5011N2097 V5047A Double-Seated Globe Valves • • • • Plug provides equal percentage characteristic of flow. V-port for either throttling or on-off service. Replaceable seat rings screw into body. Nonlubricated Teflon asbestos, or spring-loaded Teflon cone packing for minimum friction. PACKING LIMITS: 100 psi (689.5 kPa), 337 F (169 C), steam; 150 psig (1034.2 kPa), 240 F (116 C), water. VALVE PATTERN: Straight-through, screwed. PRESSURE RATINGS: Close-Off: 125 psig (861.9 kPa). DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: Control high pressure steam, liquids, air or noncombustible gases where positive final shutoff is not required. • Q5001D Valve Linkage and Modutrol motor required for operation. • Suitable for two-position, floating, or proportioning control, depending on the motor and controller used. • Provide high capacity with minimum pressure drop. • Pipe sizes include 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, and 2 inches. • Straight-through construction and threaded end connections. • Cast iron body with stainless steel trim. • Nominal body rating is 125 psig ANSI. V5047 VALVE CLOSE-OFF RATINGS WITH ELECTRIC ACTUATORS: Body Valve Size in. mm 1 4-3/8 111 1-1/4 4-5/8 117 1-1/2 5-1/2 140 2 6-1/2 165 Linkages Close-off Rating Psi Seal-off Spring 80 lb. 160 lb. 320 lb. Minimum Required Mod IV Actuator Torque 25 lb-in. Pipe Model Number Size Cv V5047A1005 1 13.0 V5047A1013 1-1/4 V5047A1021 1-1/2 V5047A1039 2 50 lb-in. 300 lb-in. Q5001D1000 Q5001D1000, Q5001D1018 Q5001D1026 Q5001D1018 Q5001D1026 Comments 125 125 — 125 — 20.0 125 125 Requires 9/16 in. 220858A Cam. 30.0 125 125 50.0 125 125 Q5001D1026 Requires 3/4 in. 220861 Cam. 125 125 125 — NOTES: Close-off rating represents maximum pressure difference between the outlet and the inlet. For minimum required Mod IV Actuator Torque, refer to Valve Actuator Table. continued next page 472 Water and Steam Valves V5047A continued ORDER NUMBER Pipe Size Cv Kv Stem Lift in. Stem V5047A1005 1 13.0 11.1 9/16 V5047A1013 1-1/4 20.0 17.1 V5047A1021 1-1/2 30.0 25.7 V5047A1039 2 50.0 42.9 Materials Seat Packing Disc Body ANSI Body Class Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Spring-loaded NonStainless Steel Cast-Iron 125 adjustable Teflon V-ring 3/4 V5051A Cage Valves Liquids Maximum Pressure Control steam, air, liquids, or non-combustible gases in twoposition, proportional, or floating control systems. Steam Maximum Temperature Maximum Pressure Maximum Temperature psig kPa F C psig kPa F C 140 960 300 149 55 379 300 149 150 1034 100 38 DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: • Require Q5001D Valve Linkage and Modutrol motor for operation. • Pressure balanced cage type construction. • Sizes range from 2-1/2 to 6 in. (63.5 to 152.4 mm). • Spring-loaded Teflon V-ring packing. VALVE PATTERN: Straight-through, non-offset, flanged end. FLOW CHARACTERISTICS (OF CAGE OPENING): Modified linear. LEAKAGE: 0.01% of rated Cv, 0.03% in 5- and 6-inch valves. VALVE TRAVEL: 1-1/2 in. (38 mm). VALVE BODY: 125 lb. ASA. Valve Size Body in. mm in. 2-1/2 63.5 9-1/2 mm 241 3 76.2 11 279 4 101.6 13 330 5 127.0 15 381 6 152.4 16-1/2 419 V5051 VALVE CLOSE-OFF RATINGS PSI WITH ELECTRIC ACTUATORS: Minimum Required Mod IV Actuator Torque 60 lb-in. Seal-off Spring 80 lb. Pipe Size 150 lb-in. 160 lb. Model Number in. Cv Q5001D1000 Q5001D1000, Q5001D1018 V5051A1008 2-1/2 25.0 50 50 V5051A1016 3 116.0 50 50 V5051A1024 4 178.0 50 50 V5051A1032 5 318.0 50 50 V5051A1040 6 390.0 50 50 Linkages Comments Q5001D1000 and Q5001D1018 require 1-1/2 in. 220867A Cam. NOTE: Close-off rating represents maximum pressure difference between the outlet and the inlet. ORDER NUMBER Pipe Size Materials Cv Kv Stem Packing Trim Body ANSI Body Class V5051A1008 2-1/2 75.0 64.3 Stainless Steel Spring-loaded Non-adjustable Teflon V-ring Bronze Cast-Iron 125 V5051A1016 3 116.0 99.4 V5051A1024 4 178.0 152.6 V5051A1032 5 318.0 272.6 V5051A1040 6 390.0 334.2 473 Building Controls and Systems TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Maximum: 300 F (149 C). PRESSURE RATINGS: Water and Steam Valves V5086; T5086; Y5086 Thermostatic Radiator Valves • Actuator responds to small changes in room temperature. • Valve cartridge can be changed without system shutdown or drain down. • No electric power required. V5086 Specifications: MATERIALS: Valve Body: Bronze. PIPE CONNECTIONS: (except V5086B, 1/8 in. NPT male). Inlet–NPT internal thread; outlet–NPT (all) or sweat (straight through only). PRESSURE RATINGS: Static, water: 150 psig (1035 kPa) max. Close-Off: Water–17 psi (117 kPa) max. Steam–15 psi (103 kPa) max. Differential, (maximum): 17 psi (117 kPa). TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Fluid: 248 F (120 C) max. T5086 Y5086 V5086 Control room temperature by modulating the flow of hot water or steam through free-standing radiators, convectors or baseboard units. • V5086 valve body mounts on radiator or convector. • T5086 nonelectric thermostatic actuator mounts directly on V5086 valve body and modulates hot water or steam flow through valve in response to room temperature changes. • Actuator available with integral or remote sensor, and integral or remote setpoint adjustment. • Valves provide modulating temperature control to reduce energy consumption, eliminate overheating. T5086 Specifications: TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Control Range: T5086A,C: 43 F to 79 F (6 C to 26 C), T5086B: 48 F to 79 F (9 C to 26 C). Ambient: 40 F to 125 F (4 C to 52 C). Scale Marking: T5086A,C: 1 through 6. (Minimum setting 43 F (6 C) at * mark. T5086B: 56 F (13 C) at * mark. REPLACEMENT PARTS: 197965 Valve Cartridge. (197966 Cartridge Changer and 197967 Service Socket required). ACCESSORIES: 197960 Bulb Guard for remote sensors. 197966 Valve Cartridge Changer. 197967 Service Socket for removing cartridges. 197970 Steam/Air Vent. V5086A dimensions in in. (mm in brackets). V5086A Straight Through V5086A Angle C MAX. B A C MAX. A SIZE (INCHES) SIZE (INCHES) a A C MAX. 1/2 2-1/4 a C MAX. B A (57) 1 (25) 5-1/8 (130) 1/2 3-3/4 (95) 4-3/4 (121) 3/4 2-9/16 (65) 1-1/8 (29) 5-1/4 (133) 3/4 4-1/8 (105) 4-3/4 (121) 1 2-15/16 (75) 1-3/16 (30) 5-1/4 (133) 4-15/16 (125) 4-3/4 (121) (89) 2-3/16 (56) 5-1/4 (133) 1 1-1/4 5-7/8 (149) 5 1-1/4 3-1/2 a C MAX. DIMENSION IS WITH CONTROL INSTALLED. (127) a C MAX. DIMENSION IS WITH CONTROL INSTALLED. M3218 M3216 continued next page 474 Water and Steam Valves V5086; T5086; Y5086 continued T5086A dimensions in in. (mm in brackets). T5086B dimensions in in. (mm in brackets). CAPILLARY TUBE LENGTH 6 FT. 6 IN. (2 m) 3 5/16 (84) MAX. TOP 2-1/8 (54) 2-1/8 (54) 2 1/8 (54) 1-13/16 (46) 2-5/32 (55) 1 (25) M18200 2 (50) 2-31/32 (75) M13117 T5086C dimensions in in. (mm in brackets). 3-13/16 (97) 3-5/16 (84) MAX. SENSOR 15/16 (24) CAPILLARY 6 ft 6 in. (2m) 3-1/8 (79) BRACKET M16702 *TRADELINE models. V5086A,B VALVES: Pipe Size ORDER NUMBER Body Style Body Tapping in. Cv Comments Fittings: Inlet—NPT female; Outlet—union with female sweat adapter or male NPT as indicated. V5086B1013 has valve body for use with one-pipe steam radiators—use with T5086A1033, and 197970 steam vent. V5086A1007 Straight through Sweat 1/2 4.6 V5086A1015 Straight through NPT 1/2 4.6 V5086A1023 Angle NPT 1/2 4.6 V5086A1031 Straight through Sweat 3/4 5.8 V5086A1049 Straight through NPT 3/4 5.8 V5086A1056 Angle NPT 3/4 5.8 V5086A1064 Straight through NPT 1 7.0 7.0 V5086A1072 Angle NPT 1 V5086A1080 Straight through NPT 1-1/4 7.0 V5086A1098 Angle NPT 1-1/4 7.0 V5086B1013 Angle-one pipe NPT 1/8 — T5086 THERMOSTATIC ACTUATORS: ORDER NUMBER Description *T5086A1009 Integral sensor, integral set point. 43 F to 79 F (6 C to 26 C) T5086A1033 Integral sensor, integral set point. For 1-pipe steam only. 43 F to 79 F (6 C to 26 C) *T5086B1007 Remote sensor, remote set point. Includes 6 ft, 6 in. (2 m) capillary 48 F to 79 F (9 C to 26 C) *T5086C1005 Remote sensor, integral set point. Includes 6 ft, 6 in. (2 m) capillary. 43 F to 79 F (6 C to 26 C) Y5086A Thermostatic Valve • Designed only for one-pipe steam applications. • Includes T5086A1033 Actuator, V5086B1013 Valve (angle body) and 197970 Steam Vent. Y5086 Specifications: PIPE CONNECTIONS: 1/8 in. NPT male. Control Range MATERIALS: Valve Body: Nickel-plated brass. PRESSURE RATINGS: Close-Off: 6 psi (steam). Actuator Specifications: Same as T5086A. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Fluid: 248 F (120 C). continued next page 475 Building Controls and Systems COVER 11/16 (17) Water and Steam Valves V5086; T5086; Y5086 continued Y5086 thermostatic valve. 3-3/16 (98) 1-11/16 (43) 5 1-3/16 (31) 6 0 M18056 ORDER NUMBER Description Y5086A1012 1/8 in. NPT one-pipe steam valve, including V5086B1013, operator T8056A1033 and 197970 steam vent. V5852; V5853; V5862; V5863 Small Linear Valves • Easily installed in areas where space is limited. T E M P E R AT U R E R AT IN G S : C o ntrol R an g e: 36 F to 2 30 F (2 C to 110 C ). FLOW CHARACTERISTICS: V5853 and V5863: Equal Percentage: A ≥ AB. Linear: B ≥ AB. V5852 and V5862:Equal percentage: A ≥ B. CONTROLLED MEDIUM: Water with maximum 50% glycol. RANGEABILITY: Two-way Valve: 50:1. Three-way Valve: 50:1 for controlled port (A ≥ AB). LEAKAGE: <0.02% of Cv. ACCESSORIES: WV108 Insert Replacement Tool, for replacing cartridge insert without draining system. WV108B Brush Tool for valve seat cleaning (used with WV108 tool). REPLACEMENT PARTS: Valve Inserts. Control hot and/or chilled water for VAV terminal units, fan coil units, small reheaters and recoolers in electric/electronic temperature control systems. Used with the M6410 Small Individual Room Controller (IRC) 3-position floating Electronic Linear Valve Actuator, M7410 selectable 0 to 10 Vdc or 2 to 10 Vdc Electronic Actuator, or MP958 Pneumatic Valve Actuator. • Long stroke allows wider range of control. • Soft valve seat provides low leakage rate. • Valve inserts are changeable without draining valve when used with the insert replacement tool. • Brass body and stainless steel stem. • Threaded plastic cover/manual handle allows manual operation. DIMENSIONS, APPROXIMATE: 1/4 STROKE (6.5) V5852/V5862 FLOW DIAGRAM VALVE SIZE 1-3/16 (30) B A 3/4 (19) 1-5/16 (34) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 3 (77) 23/32 (18) INLET OUTLET D (NPT) D (SWEAT) C 3/4 (19) 3-1/2 (88) 1 (25) 1-1/4 (32) 3/4 (19) 5/8 (16) 7/8 (22) C B B D A FLOW DIAGRAM 1/4 (6.5) STROKE V5853/V5863 1-3/16 (30) 23/32 (18) VALVE SIZE A 1/2 (13) 3 (77) B C E (NPT) E (SWEAT) 3/4 (19) 1-5/16 (34) 1-5/16 (34) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) PORT AB PORT A D 3/4 (19) 3-1/2 (88) 1 (25) 1-1/2 (38) 1-1/4 (32) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) D E B PORT B B C NOTE: SOLDER ENDS CONFORM TO ANSI B16-18. B M7559 A continued next page 476 Water and Steam Valves V5852; V5853; V5862; V5863 continued NOTE: All inserts are used with either pneumatic or electronic actuators unless otherwise noted. Diameter Part Number in. Cv For Valve Replacement and Interchangeable With 0902812 1/2 0.19 V5852A/V5862A 0991510, 511, 512, 513 0902811 1/2 0.29 V5852A/V5862A 0991510, 511, 512, 513 0902810 1/2 0.47 V5852A/V5862A 0991510, 511, 512, 513 0902809 1/2 0.74 V5852A/V5862A 0901511, 512, 513, 516 0902808 1/2 1.20 V5852A/V5862A 0901508, 509 0902807 1/2 1.90 V5852A/V5862A 0901508, 509 0902814 3/4 2.90 V5852A/V5862A 0901560, 561 0902815 3/4 4.90 V5852A/V5862A 0901560, 561 0902821 1/2 0.29 V5853A/V5863A 0901619, 620, 618 0902822 1/2 0.47 V5853A/V5863A 0901618, 620, 619 0902823 1/2 0.74 V5853A/V5863A 0901618, 619,620 0902824 1/2 1.20 V5853A/V5863A None, 0901621 0902825 1/2 1.90 V5853A/V5863A None, 0901622 M17529 Building Controls and Systems M17530 ORDER NUMBER Two-Way Female Sweat Female NPT Three-Way Female Sweat Pipe Size Close-Off (psi) Female NPT in. Cv V5852A V5862A V5853A V5863A V5852A2007 V5862A2005 — — 1/2 0.19 65 — V5852A2015 V5862A2013 V5853A2006 V5863A2004 1/2 0.29 65 55 V5852A2023 V5862A2021 V5853A2014 V5863A2012 1/2 0.47 65 55 V5852A2031 V5862A2039 V5853A2022 V5863A2020 1/2 0.74 65 55 V5852A2049 V5862A2047 V5853A2030 V5863A2038 1/2 1.2 65 22 V5852A2056 V5862A2054 V5853A2048 V5863A2046 1/2 1.9 65 22 V5852A2064 V5862A2062 V5853A2055 V5863A2053 3/4 2.9 45 7.25 V5852A2072 V5862A2070 V5853A2063 V5863A2061 3/4 4.9 45 7.25 — — V5853A1008a V5863A1006a 3/4 2.9 — 26 — — V5853A1016a V5863A1014a 3/4 4.9 — 26 a For use with M6410 and M7410 electronic actuators only. M6410; M7410 Valve Actuators For product description, see Motors and Actuators—Direct Coupled section, page 381. 477 Water and Steam Valves VB30A Two-Way Ball Valve Assemblies NOTE: VB30A Ball Valves must be field-assembled to a Honeywell Direct-Coupled Actuator (ordered separately). Some combinations are available factory-assembled; see VB34 and VB35 Valve/Actuator Assemblies. The VB30A Two-way Ball Valve Assemblies are used in heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems for two-position or modulating control of low pressure steam, water, or glycol solutions (to 50 percent concentration). • • • • • • • • • • Tight shutoff (0.01 percent of Cv). Equal percentage flow characteristic. Valve bodies 100% tested air under water per MSS SP-72. Exclusive stem and packing design eliminates packing adjustment for the life of the valve. Designed for use with building automation systems. Valve rated for 200,000 full cycles, 750,000 repositions. High quality bracket designs minimize heat transfer from controlled media to actuator. Field-configurable for normally open or normally closed fail-safe position. Manual lever can be attached, or removed, without affecting valve operation. Integral position indicator. MATERIALS: Body: Bronze. Seat: Carbon-filled Teflon. Stem: Stainless Steel. Packing: Carbon-filled Teflon and EPDM O-ring. PIPE CONNECTIONS: NPT. CONTROLLED MEDIUM: Saturated, low pressure Steam, Water, Glycol solutions (to 50 percent). Not suitable for combustible gases. PRESSURE RATINGS: Body Rating: 600 psi. Water and Glycol: 250 psi (1724 kPa). Steam: up to 15 psi (103 kPa). Differential: Water and Glycol: 150 psi (1034 kPa) maximum. Steam: 15 psi (103 kPa) maximum. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Water, Glycol, Steam: 35 F to 250 F (2 C to 121 C). ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: NEMA 1. Plenum rated. : Use With Non-Spring Return Actuators Spring Return Actuators Order Number Flow Size (NPT) Capacity Cv (Kv)b (in.)a ML6161, ML7161 ML6174, ML7174 VB30A1005 1/2 RP 1 (.86) Xc Xd VB30A1013 1/2 RP 2 (1.73) Xc Xd VB30A1021 1/2 RP 4 (3.46) Xc Xd VB30A1039 1/2 FP 15 (13) Xc Xd VB30A1047 3/4 RP 30 (26) Xd VB30A1054 3/4 FP 51 (44) Xc VB30A1062 1 RP 43 (37) Xd VB30A1070 1 FP 68 (59) X c VB30A1088 1-1/4 RP 48 (42) Xc VB30A1096 1-1/4 FP 125 (108) Xc VB30A1112 1-1/2 FP 177 (153) Xc VB30A1120 2 RP 108 (93) Xc VB30A1161 1/2 RP 1 (.86) Xd VB30A1179 1/2 RP 2 (1.73) Xd VB30A1187 1/2 RP 4 (3.46) Xd VB30A1195 1/2 FP 15 (13) Xd a b ML6184, ML7284, ML6194, ML7294, ML6185, ML7285, ML4195, ML6195, ML9184 ML9194 ML8185, ML9185 ML7295, ML8195 Xd Xc RP = reduced port, FP = full port. Cv(Kv) for valve body alone; if pipe reducers are used, the rating will be decreased. c Valid combination for frequent use (more than one cycle per month). May require manual operation at start-up or after long periods of inactivity. High torque valid combination. Recommended for applications that may require higher than normal breakaway torque due to infrequent valve operation (less than one cycle per month), such as seasonal changeover. Also valid for frequent use. e The bracket on this valve accommodates tandem-mounted actuators. d continued next page 478 Water and Steam Valves VB30A continued Use With Non-Spring Return Actuators Spring Return Actuators Order Number Flow Size (NPT) Capacity Cv (Kv)b (in.)a VB30A1203 3/4 RP 30 (26) VB30A1211 3/4 FP 51 (44) VB30A1260 1 FP 68 (59) Xd VB30A1278 1-1/4 RP 48 (42) Xd VB30A1286 1-1/2 RP 84 (73) Xd VB30A1294 1 FP 68 (59) Xe VB30A1302 1-1/2 RP 84 (73) Xe b ML6174, ML7174 ML6184, ML7284, ML6194, ML7294, ML6185, ML7285, ML4195, ML6195, ML9184 ML9194 ML8185, ML9185 ML7295, ML8195 Xc Xd Xd RP = reduced port, FP = full port. Cv(Kv) for valve body alone; if pipe reducers are used, the rating will be decreased. c Valid combination for frequent use (more than one cycle per month). May require manual operation at start-up or after long periods of inactivity. High torque valid combination. Recommended for applications that may require higher than normal breakaway torque due to infrequent valve operation (less than one cycle per month), such as seasonal changeover. Also valid for frequent use. e The bracket on this valve accommodates tandem-mounted actuators. d VB30B Three-Way Ball Valve Assemblies • Manual lever can be attached, or removed, without affecting valve operation. • Integral position indicator. NOTE: VB30B Ball Valves must be field-assembled to a Honeywell Direct-Coupled Actuator (ordered separately). Some combinations are available factory-assembled; see VB34 and VB35 Valve/Actuator Assemblies. The VB30B Three-way Ball Valve Assemblies are used in heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems for two-position or modulating control of water or glycol solutions (to 50 percent concentration). • Sizes from 1/2 to 2 in. female NPT. • Valve bodies 100% tested air under water per MSS SP-72. • Exclusive stem and packing design eliminates packing adjustment for the life of the valve. • Designed for use with building automation systems. • Valve rated for 200,000 full cycles, 750,000 repositions. • High quality bracket designs minimize heat transfer from controlled media to actuator. MATERIALS: Body: Bronze. Seat: Carbon-filled Teflon. Stem: Stainless Steel. Packing: Carbon-filled Teflon and EPDM O-ring. PIPE CONNECTIONS: NPT. CONTROLLED MEDIUM: Water and Glycol solutions (to 50 percent). PRESSURE RATINGS: Body Rating: 400 psi. Water and Glycol: up to 250 psi (1724 kPa). Differential: Diverting Application: 150 psid (1034 kPa) maximum. Mixing Application: 60 psid (414 kPa) maximum. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Water, Glycol: 35 F to 250 F (2 C to 121 C). continued next page 479 Building Controls and Systems a ML6161, ML7161 Water and Steam Valves VB30B continued Use With Non-Spring Return Actuators Order Number Size (NPT) (in.)a Flow Capacity Cv (Kv)b ML6161, ML7161 ML6174, ML7174 Xc Xd ML6184, ML7284, ML9184 Spring Return Actuators ML6194, ML6294, ML7294, ML9194 VB30B1004 1/2 RP 5.4 (4.7) VB30B1012 3/4 RP 12 (10.4) VB30B1020 1 RP 14 (12) Xd VB30B1038 1-1/4 RP 21 (18) Xc VB30B1053 2 RP 47 (41) VB30B1061 1/2 RP 5.4 (4.7) VB30B1079 3/4 RP 12 (10.4) VB30B1095 1-1/4 RP 21 (18) Xd VB30B1103 1-1/2 RP 34 (29) Xd VB30B1111 1-1/2 RP 34 (29) a b ML6185, ML7285, ML8185, ML9185 ML4195, ML6195, ML7295, ML8195 Xd Xd Xc c X Xd Xc Xe RP = reduced port, FP = full port. Cv (Kv) for valve body alone; if pipe reducers are used, the rating will be decreased. c Valid combination for frequent use (more than one cycle per month). May require manual operation at start-up or after long periods of inactivity. High torque valid combination. Recommended for applications that may require higher than normal breakaway torque due to infrequent valve operation (less than one cycle per month), such as seasonal changeover. Also valid for frequent use. e The bracket on this valve accommodates tandem-mounted actuators. d VB34A Two-Way Valve/Actuator Assemblies VB34B Three-Way Valve/Actuator Assemblies Factory Assembled Ball Valves And Non-Spring Return Actuators 2. Using the appropriate chart (two-way, three-way), select the specific valve from the Valve OS Number column. 3. Select an actuator from the top row that meets the application requirements. 4. The corresponding four-digit number determines the appropriate OS number for the Valve/Actuator assembly. The VB34A,B Valve/Actuator Assemblies are shipped preassembled and are used in heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems for two-position or modulating control of low pressure steam, water, or glycol solutions (to 50 percent concentration). INSTRUCTIONS 1. Determine the Cv for the application (see the Valve Selection Guide, form 63-8038, for detailed information on valve sizing). IMPORTANT Mounting a valve between pipe reducers decreases the effective valve capacity. See the Valve Selection Guide, form 63-8038, or Ball Valve Product Data Sheets, forms 63-2535 and 63-2536 for details. Example: The application requires a two-way valve with a Cv of 13 and a 24 Vac, 4-20 mA control non-spring-return. 1. The appropriate Cv is 15. 2. The valve from the VB30 Ball Valve and Non-Spring Return Actuator table is then the VB30A1039. 3. The actuator that meets the requirements is the ML7161A2008. 4. The corresponding four-digit number is 1197. 5. Therefore, the assembly to order would be the VB34A1197. continued next page 480 Water and Steam Valves 24 Vac Power n n ML9194A1009 n ML7294A1009 n ML6294A1000 n ML6194A1002 n ML9184A1000 n ML7284A1018 n ML6184C1001 n ML6184A1003 n ML7174A2001 n ML6174A2002 n ML6174D2009 n ML6174B2019 n ML7161A2008 n ML6161A2009 Actuator OS Number ML6161D2006 Non-Spring Return Actuator Features ML6161B2024 VB34A; VB34B continued n 115 Vac Power 2-position Control Floating Control n n n n n n n na n 4-20 mA Control n n n n n n n n n n na n n n n n n n n n n n n 0-135 ohm Control De-clutch Auxiliary feedback drive Adjustable minimum position n n Auxiliary switches n Conduit Connection/Cover n n n n n n n na n n n n n n n 2062 2187 2302 2427 n n n n Valve Size Valve Cv Valve OS Number 1/2 RP 1 VB30A1005 1049 1122 1007 1163 1262 1387 1205 1445 2 VB30A1013 1056 1130 1015 1171 1270 1395 1213 1452 4 VB30A1021 1064 1148 1023 1189 1288 1403 1221 1460 1/2 FP 15 VB30A1039 1072 1155 1031 1197 1296 1411 1239 1478 3/4 RP 30 VB30A1047 1304 1429 1247 1486 3/4 FP 51 VB30A1054 1312 1437 1254 1494 VB30A1211 1510 1585 1791 1932 1 RP 43 VB30A1062 1528 1593 1809 1940 1 FP 68 VB30A1070 1536 1601 1817 1957 1544 1619 1825 1965 n n n Two-way Valve/Actuator Assembly OS Number: VB34A_ _ _ _ VB30A1260 1-1/4 RP 48 VB30A1088 VB30A1278 2070 2195 2310 2435 1-1/4 FP 125 VB30A1096 2088 2203 2328 2443 1-1/2 RP 84 VB30A1286 2096 2211 2336 2450 1-1/2 FP 177 VB30A1112 2104 2229 2344 2468 2 RP 108 VB30A1120 2112 2237 2351 2476 Valve Size Valve Cv Valve OS Number 1/2 RP 5.4 VB30B1004 3/4 RP 12 VB30B1012 1 RP 14 VB30B1020 1162 1204 1329 1402 1-1/4 RP 21 VB30B1038 1170 1212 1337 1410 1030 1006 1048 1071 1113 1055 1139 1089 1121 1063 1147 1477 1535 1592 1659 1-1/2 RP 34 VB30B1103 1485 1543 1600 1667 2 RP 47 VB30B1053 1493 1550 1618 1675 a VB30B1095 Three-way Valve/Actuator Assembly OS Number: VB34B_ _ _ _ 1014 Actuator has output feedback capability. 481 Building Controls and Systems n 2-10 Vdc Control Water and Steam Valves VB35A Two-Way Valve/Actuator Assemblies VB35B Three-Way Valve/Actuator Assemblies Factory Assembled Ball Valves And Spring Return Actuators 2. Using the appropriate chart (two-way, three-way), select the specific valve from the Valve OS Number column. 3. Select an actuator from the top row that meets the application requirements. 4. The corresponding four-digit number determines the appropriate OS number for the Valve/Actuator assembly. The VB35A,B Valve/Actuator Assemblies are shipped preassembled and are used in heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems for two-position or modulating control of low pressure steam, water, or glycol solutions (to 50 percent concentration). INSTRUCTIONS 1. Determine the Cv for the application (see the Valve Selection Guide, form 63-8038, for detailed information on valve sizing). 24 Vac Power n 2-position Control n Floating Control n n n n n n n n 0-10 Vdc Control n 2-10 Vdc Control 4-20 mA Control n 0-135 ohm Control Auxiliary feedback drive n n n n Auxiliary switches Conduit Connection/Cover n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n ML7295A1014 n ML7295A1006 n ML6195A1009 n ML8195C1005 n ML8195A1007 n ML4195C1009 n 115 Vac Power ML4195A1001 n ML9185A1007 n ML7285D1012 n ML7285A1007 Actuator OS Number 1. The appropriate Cv is 15. 2. The valve from the VB30 Ball Valve and Spring Return Actuator table is then the VB30A1195. 3. The actuator that meets the requirements is the ML7285D1012. 4. The corresponding four-digit number is 1335. 5. Therefore, the assembly to order would be the VB35A1335. 142 lb-in. ML6185A1000 50 lb-in. ML8185C1006 Spring Return Actuator Features Torque ML8185A1008 IMPORTANT Mounting a valve between pipe reducers decreases the effective valve capacity. See the Valve Selection Guide, form 63-8038, or Ball Valve Product Data Sheets, forms 63-2535 and 65-2536 for details. Example: The application requires a two-way valve with a Cv of 13 and a 24 Vac, 4-20 mA control spring-return actuator with a feedback signal. n n n n n 2200 Valve Size Valve Cv Valve OS Number 1/2 RP 1 VB30A1161 1400 1459 1004 1202 1301 1624 2 VB30A1179 1418 1467 1012 1210 1319 1632 4 VB30A1187 1426 1475 1020 1228 1327 1640 1/2 FP 15 VB30A1195 1434 1483 1038 1236 1335 1657 3/4 RP 30 VB30A1203 1442 1491 1046 1244 1343 1665 2127 2135 2143 2150 2168 2184 3/4 FP 51 VB30A1211 2044 2085 1962 2002 1723 1806 1848 1 RP 43 VB30A1062 2051 2093 1970 2010 1731 1814 1855 1 FP 68 VB30A1294a 2309 2317 2283 2291 2226 2242 2259 1-1/4 RP 48 VB30A1088 2069 2101 1988 2028 1749 1822 1863 1-1/2 RP 84 VB30A1302a 2408 2416 2382 2390 2325 2341 2358 a Two-way Valve/Actuator Assembly OS Number: VB35A_ _ _ _ Bracket accommodates tandem-mounted actuators. continued next page 482 Water and Steam Valves 24 Vac Power n 2-position Control n Floating Control n n n n n n n n n 0-10 Vdc Control n 2-10 Vdc Control 4-20 mA Control n Auxiliary feedback drive n n n n Auxiliary switches Conduit Connection/Cover n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n Valve Size Valve Cv Valve OS Number 1-1/2 RP 5.4 VB30B1061 1086 1094 1003 1045 1060 1284 3/4 RP 12 VB30B1079 1185 1193 1102 1144 1169 1292 1623 1631 1649 1656 1664 1680 1706 1 RP 14 VB30B1020 1565 1599 1508 1532 1326 1383 1417 1-1/4 RP 21 VB30B1038 1573 1607 1516 1540 1334 1391 1425 1-1/2 RP 34 VB30B1111a 1805 1813 1789 1797 1722 1748 1755 a Three-way Valve/Actuator Assembly OS Number: VB35B_ _ _ _ Bracket accommodates tandem-mounted actuators. VC Series Balanced Hydronic Valves and Actuators Control central heating and/or cooling systems, fan coil systems, radiators and convectors. Depending on the model selected, it can be controlled by either a low or line voltage spst or spdt or floating controller such as a room thermostat, Aquastat control, or flow switch. • • • • • • • • • Two-way or three-way valves. Minimal actuator power consumption. Double insulated actuator. One-meter cable electrical connections. Safe for use with fresh water. Quick and easy replacement of moving parts. Actuator head installation does not require draining the system. On/Off models with six second nominal timing. Floating/modulating models available with 120 second timing. VC Valve Specifications MATERIALS: Body: Bronze. Stem: Stainless Steel. Packing: O-ring seal, EPDM rubber. Cartridge: Ryton™, Noryl™ engineering plastic. STEM TRAVEL: 0.4 in. (10 mm). APPROVALS: ANSI Body Class: 300. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed. CSA approved. CONTROLLED MEDIUM: Water. PRESSURE RATINGS: Static: 300 psi (20 bar or 2068 kPa) Burst: 1500 psi (100 bar or 10342 kPa) Close-off: 60 psi (4 bar or 414 kPa) maximum. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Fluid: 34 F to 203 F (1 C to 95 C). Ambient: 32 F to 150 F (0 C to 65 C). VC Actuator Specifications: ELECTRICAL RATINGS: Power Consumption: On/Off Models: 6W maximum at nominal voltages when driving. Floating Models: 4W maximum at nominal voltages when driving. Provide 6 VA for transformer and connection wire sizing. TEMPERATURE RATINGS: Ambient: 32 F to 150 F (0 C to 65 C). Shipping and Storage: -40 F to +150 F (-40 C to +65 C). REPLACEMENT PARTS: VCZZ1000 Replacement Cartridge for Two-way on/off Valves only. VCZZ1100 Universal Replacement Cartridge with linear flow characteristics for Two-way Valves used with On/off, Floating and Modulating Actuators. VCZZ6000 Replacement Cartridge for Three-way on/off Valves only. VCZZ6100 Universal Replacement Cartridge with linear flow characteristics for Three-way Valves used with On/off, Floating and Modulating Actuators. ACCESSORIES: 40007029-002 Wrench for removing VC cartridge. continued next page 483 Building Controls and Systems 0-135 ohm Control n ML7295A1014 n ML7295A1006 ML6195A1009 n ML8195C1005 n ML8195A1007 n ML4195C1009 n 115 Vac Power ML4195A1001 n ML9185A1007 n ML7285D1012 n ML7285A1007 Actuator OS Number 142 lb-in. ML6185A1000 50 lb-in. ML8185C1006 Spring Return Actuator Features Torque ML8185A1008 VB35A; VB35B continued Water and Steam Valves VC Series continued VC VALVES (TWO-WAY): Dimensions, Approximate Pipe Size ORDER NUMBER Pipe Connections in. Cv Comments VCZAA1100 Sweat 1/2 3.2 With linear flow cartridge for use with on/off, floating and modulating actuators. VCZAL1100 Female NPT 3/4 4.7 VCZAM1100 Sweat 3/4 4.6 VCZAR1100 Female NPT 1 6.6 VCZAS1100 Sweat 1 6.6 VCZBB1100 Female NPT 1/2 3.2 VC VALVES (THREE-WAY): Dimensions, Approximate Pipe Size ORDER NUMBER Pipe Connections in. Cv Comments VCZNB6100 Female NPT 1/2 3.7 With linear flow cartridge for use with on/off, floating and modulating actuators. VCZMA6100 Sweat 1/2 3.8 VCZMK6100 Female NPT 3/4 6.6 VCZML6100 Sweat 3/4 5.9 VCZMR6100 Female NPT 1 8.6 VCZMS6100 Sweat 1 6.6 VC ACTUATORS: Control Signal ORDER NUMBER Electrical Ratings, Power Supply Electrical Connections Timing VC2114ZZ11 24 Vac (60 Hz) 5 ft cable 6 second spdt Three wire Two + Com VC2714ZZ11 VC6834ZZ11 Comments No Plenum rated. 3/8 in. flex conduit. Yes 24 Vac (50-60 Hz) 2 minute spdt, floating Yes VC6934ZZ11 No VC7934ZZ11 VC8114ZZ11 Auxiliary Switch 0-10 Vdc, modulating 24 Vac (60 Hz) 6 second No spst VC8714ZZ11 No Yes VC8715ZZ11 1m cable No Use with T6400 series thermostat. New! VF52; VF53; VH52; VH53 Butterfly Valves tower water, thermal storage systems, and steam. VF, VH Valve Assembly Common Features • 2 in. through 20 in. sizes. • 2-way and 3-way assemblies - all sizes. • Electric and pneumatic actuation - all sizes. • 2-position and modulating control - all sizes. • Lug body (standard) or wafer body. • Each valve assembly fully tested before shipping. • All products manufactured in compliance with ISO 9001. Figure 222 Figure AR1 K-Lok® Resilient seat (VF) and high performance (VH) valve assemblies, in 2-way (52 Series) and 3-way (53 Series), provide control for HVAC system applications including chilled water, hot water, cooling 484 VF52, VF53 Resilient Seat Butterfly Valves (Water Service) • Assemblies incorporate Figure 222 and AR2 resilient seat butterfly valves. • Bubble tight shutoff up to 250 psid (Fig. 222), 150 psid (Fig. AR2). • Each valve factory tested to 110% of specified pressure rating. • Cast iron body, EPDM seat. • Aluminum bronze disc, 316 SS stem. • System temperature rating: 32 F to 212 F. • System pressure rating: 125 psi to 250 psi max. continued next page Water and Steam Valves VF52; VF53; VH52; VH53 continued VH52, VH53 High Performance Butterfly Valves (Water or Steam Service) • Assemblies incorporate K-Lok® Figure 360/362 and 370/372. • ANSI Class 150 (Figure 360/362) and 300 (Figure 370/372). • Metal seat ANSI Class VI shutoff (0.01% leakage). • Lug body (standard) or wafer body. • Carbon steel body, RTFE seat. • Stainless steel disc, 17-4 PH stem. • System temperature rating: 32 F to 450 F. • System pressure rating: —- ANSI 150: 285 psig at 100 F. —- ANSI 300: 740 psig at 100 F. STANDARD CLOSE OFF RATINGS: VF, VH Specifications CONTROLLED MEDIUM VF Family: Water, 32 F to 212 F (-17 C to +100 C). VH Family: Water, Saturated Steam 32 F to 450 F (-17 C to +232 C). PRESSURE - TEMPERATURE RATINGS: VF Family: Sizes 2-12 inch, rated 250 psi. Sizes 14-20 inch, rated 150 psi. VH Family: See Pressure-Temperature Graph. Compatible in in. Actuators Full Cut Under Cut 2 to 6 Electric DCA 222 — 100 20 psi 222 200 — 2 to 8 20 psi 222 — 100 2 to 12 60 psi and electric 222 200 100 10 to 12 20 psi AR2 — 50 14 to 20 60 psi and electric AR2 150 50 ANSI 150 ANSI 300 2 to 20 All K-Lok® Valveb 285 740 Valvea a Honeywell VF52 and VF53 Valves consist of an actuator and a Keystone Figure 222 or Figure AR2 Valve. Honeywell VH52 and VH53 Valves consist of an actuator and a Keystone K-Lok® Valve. b K-Lok is a registered trademark of Tyco International. 800 700 CARBON STEEL ANSI 300 500 316 S.S. ANSI 300 400 CARBON STEEL ANSI 150 300 PTFE 100 RTFE 316 S.S. ANSI 150 200 UHMWPE PRESSURE (PSIG) 600 0 -40 100 200 300 400 500 TEMPERATURE (°F) M18275 continued next page 485 Building Controls and Systems VH Family Pressure-Temperature Ratings Close-off Pressure in psi Valve Size Water and Steam Valves VF52; VF53; VH52; VH53 continued VF52, VF53 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT: 150 psi (Figure AR2) 250 psi (Figure 222) E G H F H KEYSTONE D C 45˚ A Q E B B D M18315 Figure 222* (250 psi) Dimensions in in. (mm) Tap Lug Data Valve Size A B C D Tap Size Bolt Circle No. Bolts Q E F G H 2 2.06 (52) 4.13 (105) 5.31 (135) 1.69 (43) .625-11 UNC-2B 3.25 (83) 4 1.38 (35) 4 (102) 1.25 (32) .56 (14) .38 (10) 2.5 2.56 (64) 4.63 (118) 5.94 (150) 1.81 (46) .625-11 UNC-2B 3.25 (83) 4 2.00 (51) 4 (102) 1.25 (32) .56 (14) .38 (10) 3 3.06 (77) 5.19 (132) 6.31 (160) 1.81 (46) .625-11 UNC-2B 3.25 (83) 4 2.63 (67) 4 (102) 1.25 (32) .56 (14) .38 (10) 4 4.06 (103) 6.38 (162) 7.13 (181) 2.06 (52) .625-11 UNC-2B 3.25 (83) 8 3.69 (93) 4 (102) 1.25 (32) .63 (16) .44 (11) 5 5.06 (128) 7.38 (188) 7.69 (195) 2.25 (56) .750-10 UNC-2B 3.25 (83) 8 4.75 (120) 4 (102) 1.25 (32) .75 (19) .50 (13) 6 5.81 (147) 8.50 (216) 8.31 (210) 2.25 (56) .750-10 UNC-2B 3.25 (83) 8 5.56 (141) 4 (102) 1.25 (32) .75 (19) .50 (13) 8 7.81 (198) 10.69 (272) 9.50 (241) 2.38 (60) .750-10 UNC-2B 5.00(127) 8 7.75 (196) 6 (152) 1.25 (32) .88 (22) .63 (16) 10 9.81 (249) 13.00 (330) 10.88 (275) 2.69 (68) .875-9 UNC-2B 5.00(127) 12 9.75 (247) 6 (152) 2.00 (51) 1.13 (29) N/A 12 11.81 (300) 14.81 (376) 12.25 (311) 3.13 (78) .875-9 UNC-2B 5.00(127) 12 11.75 (298) 6 (152) 2.00 (51) 1.13 (29) N/A * Figure 222 valves are rated for 250 psi bi-directional service. Standard actuator sizing is based on 150 psi line pressure. Figure AR2 (150 psi) Dimensions in in. (mm) Tap Lug Data Valve Size A B C D Tap Size Bolt Circle No. Bolts Q E F G H 4 4.00 (102) 6.38 (162) 7.00 (178) 2.00 (51) .625-11 UNC-2B 7.50 (191) 8 3.44 (87) 4 (102) 1.25 (32) .63 (16) .44 (11) 5 5.00 (127) 7.38 (187) 7.50 (191) 2.13 (54) .750-10 UNC-2B 8.50 (216) 8 4.54 (115) 4 (102) 1.25 (32) .75 (19) .50 (13) 6 5.75 (146) 8.50 (216) 8.00 (203) 2.13 (54) .750-10 UNC-2B 9.50 (241) 8 5.35 (136) 4 (102) 1.25 (32) .75 (19) .50 (13) 8 7.75 (197) 10.69 (272) 9.50 (241) 2.50 (64) .750-10 UNC-2B 11.75 (298) 8 7.36 (187) 6 (152) 1.25 (32) .88 (22) .63 (16) 10 9.75 (248) 13.00 (330) 10.75 (273) 2.50 (64) .875-9 UNC-2B 14.25 (362) 12 9.46 (240) 6 (152) 2.00 (51) 1.13 (29) N/A 12 11.75 (298) 14.81 (376) 12.25 (311) 3.00 (76) .875-9 UNC-2B 17.00 (432) 12 11.40 (290) 6 (152) 2.00 (51) 1.13 (29) N/A 14 13.25 (337) 16.88 (429) 12.00 (305) 3.00 (76) 1.000-8 NC 18.75 (476) 12 12.95 (329) 6 (152) 3.00 (76) 1.38 (35) N/A 16 15.25 (387) 19.25 (489) 12.94 (329) 4.00 (102) 1.000-8 NC 21.25 (540) 16 14.78 (375) 6 (152) 3.02 (77) 1.63 (41) N/A 18 17.25 (438) 21.50 (546) 14.50 (368) 4.25 (108) 1.125-7 NC 22.75 (578) 16 16.79 (426) 8 (203) 4.25 (108) 1.88 (48) N/A 20 19.25 (489) 23.75 (603) 15.88 (403) 5.00 (127) 1.125-7 NC 25.00 (645) 20 18.64 (473) 8 (203) 4.25 (108) 1.88 (48) N/A NOTES:Dimensions and weights do not include mounting bracket and actuator. AR2 valves are utilized for all assemblies 14-inch – 20-inch (150 psi) and undercut assemblies (50 psi) size 8-inch – 20-inch. 222 valves are utilized for all assemblies 2-inch—12-inch at 200 psi and undercut assemblies 2-inch—6-inch at 100 psi. continued next page 486 Water and Steam Valves VF52; VF53; VH52; VH53 continued VH52, VH53 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT: ANSI 150, 300 K-Lok VALVES DD H E F B D Q H G C A ANSI Class 150 Figure 360/362 Dimensions (in in.) Top Plate Drilling Size A 2 B C D E F G Tapped Lug Data H Q DD or Keyway Bolt No. Circle Holes Hole Dia. No. Holes Bolt Circle Tap Wt (lb) Actuator Code BAB 4-1/8 6 4-1/16 4 2-3/8 1-1/4 9/16 9/16 1-7/8 3/8 3-1/4 4 7/16 4 5-1/2 5/8-11UNC 13 2-1/2 4-1/8 6 4-1/16 4 1-7/8 1-1/4 9/16 9/16 2-3/8 3/8 3-1/4 4 7/16 4 5-1/2 5/8-11UNC 14 BAB 3 5 6-5/8 4-5/8 4 1-7/8 1-1/4 5/8 5/8 2-15/16 7/16* 3-1/4 4 7/16 4 6 5/8-11UNC 15 BAC 4 6-3/16 7-1/2 5-1/2 4 2-1/8 1-1/4 3/4 3/4 3-7/8 1/2 3-1/4 4 7/16 8 7-1/2 5/8-11UNC 26 BAD 5 7-1/4 7-9/16 5-9/16 4 2-1/4 1-1/4 3/4 3/4 4-13/16 1/2 3-1/4 4 7/16 8 8-1/2 3/4-10UNC 31 BAD 6 8-19/32 8-3/4 6-11/16 6 2-1/4 1-1/4 3/4 7/8 5-13/16 1/2 5 4 9/16 8 9 1/2 3/4-10UNC 40 CAD 6* 8-19/32 8-3/4 6-11/16 6 2-1/4 1-1/4 7/8 7/8 5-13/16 5/8 5 4 9/16 8 9 1/2 3/4-10UNC 41 CAE CAF 8 10-5/8 10-1/8 8-1/16 6 2-1/2 2 1-1/8 1-1/8 7-5/8 1/4 x 1/4 x 1-5/8 5 4 9/16 8 11-3/4 3/4-10UNC 63 10 12-3/4 11-3/8 9 3/8 6 2-13/16 2 1-1/8 1- 3/8 9 9/16 1/4 x 1/4 x 1-5/8 5 4 9/16 12 14-1/4 7/8-9UNC 106 CAF 10* 12-3/4 11-3/8 9 3/8 6 2-13/16 3 1-3/8 1-3/8 9 9/16 5/16 x 5/16 x 2-5/8 5 4 9/16 12 14-1/4 7/8-9UNC 107 CAG 12 14-3/4 13 10-9/16 8 3-3/16 3 1-3/8 1- 1/2 11-3/8 5/16 x 5/16 x 2-5/8 6-1/2 4 13/16 12 17 7/8-9UNC 160 DAG 14 16-1/4 13-1/4 11-9/16 8 3-5/8 3 1-5/8 1-5/8 12-1/2 3/8 x 3/8 x 2-5/8 4 13/16 12 18-3/4 1-8UN 265 DAH 6-1/2 16 18-1/2 14-1/2 12-9/16 8 4 3 1-5/8 1-3/4 14-5/16 3/8 x 3/8 x 2-5/8 6-1/2 4 13/16 16 2 1-3/4 1-8UN 305 DAH 18 21 16 13-3/16 8 4-1/2 4-1/4 1-7/8 1-7/8 16-1/8 1/2 x 3/8 x 3-7/8 6-1/2 4 13/16 16 22-3/4 1-1/8-8UN 415 DAJ 20 23 17-7/16 15-1/16 8 5 4-1/4 2-1/4 2-1/4 17-15/16 1/2 x 3/8 x 3-7/8 6-1/2 4 13/16 20 25 1-1/8-8UN 500 DAK Wt (lb) Actuator Code ANSI Class 300 Figure 370/372 Dimensions (in in.) Tapped Lug Data Top Plate Drilling Size A B C D E F G H Q DD or Keyway Bolt Circle 2 4-1/8 6 4-1/16 4 2-3/8 1-1/4 9/16 9/16 1-7/8 3/8 3-1/4 4 7/16 8 5-7/8 3/4-10UNC 17 BAB 2-1/2 4-1/8 6 4-1/16 4 1-7/8 1-1/4 9/16 9/16 2-3/8 3/8 3-1/4 4 7/16 8 5-7/8 3/4-10UNC 18 BAB 3 5 6-5/8 4-5/8 4 1-7/8 1-1/4 5/8 5/8 2-15/16 7/16 3-1/4 4 7/16 8 6-5/8 3/4-10UNC 20 BAC 4 6-3/16 7-1/2 5-1/2 4 2-1/8 1-1/4 3/4 3/4 3-7/8 1/2 3-1/4 4 7/16 8 7-7/8 3/4-10UNC 26 BAD 5 7-1/4 7-9/16 5-9/16 4 2-5/16 1-1/4 3/4 3/4 4-13/16 1/2 3-1/4 4 7/16 8 9 1/4 3/4-10UNC 31 BAD 6 8-19/32 8-3/4 6-11/16 6 2-5/16 1-1/4 7/8 7/8 5-13/16 5/8 5 4 9/16 12 10-5/8 3/4-10UNC 55 CAE 8 10-5/8 10-1/8 8-1/16 6 2-7/8 2 1-1/8 1-1/8 7-5/8 1/4 x 1/4 x 1-5/8 5 4 9/16 12 13 7/8-9UNC 80 CAF 10 12-3/4 11-3/8 9 3/8 6 3-1/4 3 1-3/8 1-3/8 9 9/16 5/16 x 5/16 x 2-5/8 5 4 9/16 16 15-1/4 1-8UN 137 CAG 12 14-3/4 13 10-9/16 8 3-5/8 3 1-3/8 1-1/2 11-3/8 5/16 x 5/16 x 2-5/8 6-1/2 4 13/16 16 17-3/4 1-1/8-8UN 185 DAG 14 16-1/4 14-3/8 12-1/4 4-5/8 4-1/4 1-7/8 1-7/8 12-1/2 1/2 x 3/8 x 4 6-1/2 4 13/16 20 20-1/4 1-1/8-8UN 340 DAJ 16 18-1/2 16 13-3/8 8 5-1/4 4-1/4 2-1/4 2-1/4 14-5/16 1/2 x 3/8 x 4 6-1/2 4 13/16 20 22-1/2 1-1/4-8UN 432 DAK 18 21 17 14-3/4 8 5-7/8 4-1/4 2-1/2 2-1/2 16-1/8 5/8 x 5/8 x 4 6-1/2 4 13/16 24 24-3/4 1-1/4-8UN 550 DBA 20 23 20-3/16 16-5/16 7-1/ 6-1/4 2 6-1/2 2-3/4 2-3/4 17-15/16 5/8 x 5/8 x 5-3/4 8 4 13/16 24 27 1-1/4-8UN 850 LAX 8 NOTE: Dimensions and weights do not include mounting bracket and actuator. No. Holes Hole Dia. No. Bolt Holes Circle Tap continued next page 487 Building Controls and Systems M18314 Water and Steam Valves VF52; VF53; VH52; VH53 continued Order Number Guide: VF5 Resilient seat butterfly valve VH5 High performance K-Lok® butterfly valve 2 2-way 3 3-way Valve Type Valve Assembly Type 02 2 in. 25 20 2-1/2 to 20 in. 20 in. Valve Size Full cut disc - VF5 valve type only (see notes) F U Under cut disc - VF5 valve type only (see notes) 1 3 ANSI 150 - VH5 valve type only (see notes) ANSI 300 - VH5 valve type only (see notes) Disc/Close Off Pressure S2 S6 Pneumatic spring return, 20 psi air (available valve sizes 2-12 inches) D6 Pneumatic double acting non-spring return, 60 psi air (all valve sizes) E2 Electric non-spring return, floating. 120 Vac power (all valve sizes) EM EP Electric non-spring return, modulating 0-10 Vdc control, 120 Vac power (all valve sizes) Electric non-spring return, modulating, 4-20 mA control, 120 Vac (all valve sizes) EK H1 Electric non-spring return, modulating, resistance control, 120 Vac power (all valve sizes) DCA - Electric non-spring return, floating control, 24 Vac power (available valve sizes 2-6 inches) (ML6194A1002) DCA - Electric non-spring return, modulating (2-10 Vdc/4-20 mA) control, 24 Vac power, (available valve sizes 2-6 inches) (ML7294A1009) H2 Actuator Type Pneumatic spring return, 60 psi air (all valve sizes) H3 DCA - Electric non-spring return, modulating (135 ohm) control, 24 Vac power, (available valve sizes 2-6 inches) (ML 9194A1009) H4 DCA - Electric spring return, floating control, 24 Vac power, (available valve sizes 2-4 inches) (ML6195A1009) H5 DCA - Electric spring return, modulating (2-10 Vdc/4-20 mA) control, 24 Vac power, (available valve sizes 24 inches) (ML 7295A1014) DCA - Electric spring return, 2-position control, 120 VAc power, (available valve sizes 2-4 inches) (ML4195A1001) DCA - Electric spring return, 2-position control, 24 Vac power, (available valve sizes 2-4 inches) (ML8195A1007) Lug - Cast iron (standard) L Valve Body Style H6 H7 W Wafer - Cast iron (optional - nonstock item, non-standard delivery) Spring return 2-way assembly - normally open O C N Fail Position/ Assembly Configuration Spring return 2-way assembly - normally closed Electric non-spring return 2-way assembly - fail in place A,B,C,D,E,F Spring return 3-way assembly - see 3-way diagram Non-spring return 3-way assembly - see 3-way diagram A,C,E P Q Pneumatic positioner, 20 psi spring return actuator Pneumatic positioner, 60 psi spring return actuator R F Pneumatic positioner, 60 psi double acting actuator H Integral auxiliary switches on DCA actuator (“C” model of DCA) EP Valve 120 Vac, 20 psi spring return actuator T U V W Y Z X Electro-pneumatic positioner, 60 psi spring return or double acting actuator EP Valve 24 Vac, 20 psi spring return actuator EP Valve 120 vac, 60 psi spring return actuator EP Valve 24 Vac, 60 psi spring return actuator EP Valve 120 Vac, 60 psi double acting actuator EP Valve 24 Vac, 60 psi double acting actuator No accessories S X Limit switch for pneumatic actuators No optional limit switch (limit switches are standard on EM, EP, E2 electric actuators) Heater (required for all electric modulating “EM” and “EP” H actuators, optional for floating “E2” X No optional heater (heaters are not applicable for pneumatic actuators, or DCA’s) H X VF5 2 02 F S2 L O P Actuator Accessories/ Options S H H Handle for non-spring return DCA assemblies No optional handle (Manual handle is standard on “EM”, “E2”, “EK”, and “EP” actuators) Example continued next page 488 Water and Steam Valves VF52; VF53; VH52; VH53 continued 3-Way Butterfly Valve Configurations B A C D F.C. F.C. F.O. F.O. F.C. ACT ACT F.C. F.O. NOTES: F.C. F.O. ACT ACT F.O. F E F.O. ACT ACT F.C. M18316 5. Standard close-off ratings as follows: CLOSE-OFF PRESSURES VALVE SIZE ACTUATOR TYPE 2-6 inches Elect DCA 222 N/A 100 psi 2-6 inches 20 psi 222 200 psi 100 psi 2-6 inches 20 psi 222 N/A 100 psi 8-12 inches 20 psi Ar2 N/A 50 psi 2-12 inches 60 psi & Elec 222 200 psi 100 psi 14-20 inches 60 psi & Elec AR2 150 psi 50 psi ANSI 150 ANSI 300 285 psi 740 psi 2-20 inches All VALVE TYPE K-Lok® FULL CUT DISC UNDER CUT DISC 6. When required, 2-12 inch valves with full cut disc can be provided with a 250 psi close-off rating (except with 20 psi actuator) as a “special”. See note 4. New! VU53; VU54; VU443; VU444; VU843; VU844 Fan Coil Valves and Actuators VU53 VU54 VALVE • VU53 provides 2-way, straight-through control of water. Available in normally closed or normally open configurations. • VU54 provides 3-way diverting control of water. • 300 psi (2,000 kPa, PN20) operating pressure rating. • Patented ball seal provides long service life, soft close off. • Triple O-ring seal provides three lines of defence against corrosion and water leakage around drive shaft. • Quick opening flow curve. • Choice of sweat or inverted flare brass end connections. • Choice of NPT end connections for iron or steel piping. The VU443, VU444 and VU843, VU844 Fan Coil Valve Actuators are used in conjunction with the VU53 and VU54 valves for controlling the flow of hot or chilled water in commercial HVAC equipment such as fan coil units, terminal reheat coils and convectors. These valves are humidity resistant and are suitable for use in condensing, non-corrosive environments. IMPORTANT These valves are not for use in systems containing dissolved oxygen. • Compact construction for easy installation. • Fits under the cover of most baseboard convectors with actuator fitted. Model ACTUATOR • One-button, quick release. Secure 3-point, metal latch to valve body. • Spring return operation. • Stainless steel case and aluminum cover. • Line or low voltage, rust-resistant motors. • Manual opener for valve operation on power failure. Valve returns to automatic position when power is restored. • Actuator may be reinstalled or serviced without draining the system or disassembling the valve. • Connecting leads available up to 8 feet (2.4m) long. • Slotted conduit hole for faster wiring. Actuator Specifications ACTUATOR ELECTRICAL RATING AND CONNECTION: 10 VA Maximum. Control Circuit VU443A, 120V, 60Hz VU444A Current Connection/ Draw (A) Leads 0.07 VU843A, 24V, 50-60 Hz 0.32 VU844A Type 6 in. motor leads standard. 2-way, Normally Closed; or Open (VU443A, VU843A) 18 in., 36 in. or 96 in. Leadwires optional. 3-way, Diverting; or Mixing (VU444A, VU844A) Note: Motors for all the above models are Class A, Plated. continued next page 489 Building Controls and Systems 1. For 3-way valve assemblies with pneumatic spring return actuators 1 Port fail closed (F.C.), 1 port fail open (F.O.) 2. 3-way assemblies with electric/pneumatic modulating actuators will fail to low signal upon loss of signal and last position upon power failure. 3. Actuator location indicated by “act” in above diagrams. 4. Options and accessories not shown in above part number sequence are “specials” and not available through Honeywell. “Specials” may be ordered directly from Tyco, via a toll free number. Consult Honeywell H&BC Products Marketing in Golden Valley, MN, to get set up to go direct to Tyco. Water and Steam Valves VU53; VU54; VU443; VU444; VU843; VU844 continued MAXIMUM AMBIENT AT FLUID TEMPERATURE RATING: Standard models (with class A motor): 130 F(54 C) ambient at 210 F(99 C) fluid. 170 F(77 C) ambient at 180 F(82 C) fluid. SHIPPING AND STORAGE TEMPERATURE: -40 F to +150 F(-40 C to +65 C). ATMOSPHERE: Non-corrosive, non explosive, condensing. NOISE RATING: Low Noise - non obtrusive. MATERIALS: Case: stainless steel. Cover: aluminum. Sector gear: reinforced with KEVLAR® brand fiber. Valve Specification VALVE STYLES, SIZES, FLOW CAPACITY RATING (Cv)& MAXIMUM CLOSE-OFF PRESSURE RATING (PSI): MAXIMUM FLUID TEMPERATURE: Standard models (with Class A motor): 210 F(99 C) fluid at 130 F(54 C) ambient. 170 F(77 C) fluid at 180 F(82 C) ambient. MINIMUM FLUID TEMPERATURE: 34 F for all models. MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE RATING: 300 psi (2000 kPa), PN20. FLOW CHARACTERISTICS:Quick opening for on-off application MATERIAL: Valve body: forged brass. Drive shaft stem: brass. Ball plug: Buna-N rubber. O-ring seals: EPDM rubber. SERVICE MEDIUM: Suitable for hot and chilled water with up to 50% glycol. Not for use with potable water. APPROVALS:CSA C/US Certified. Flow Maxi. Capacity Close-off Pipe Connections Rating Pressure Model Type VU53S 2-Way Cv Kv psi kPa 2.5 2.1 30 207 3.5 3.0 20 138 3.5 3.0 20 138 8.0 6.9 8 55 Normally 1/2 in. Open 2.5 2.1 30 207 3.5 3.0 20 138 3/4 in. 3.5 3.0 20 138 8.0 6.9 8 55 1 in. 8.0 6.9 8 55 3.5 3.0 20 138 55 Action Size End Fitting Normally 1/2 in. Sweat Closed 3/4 in. VU52S 2-Way VU53N 2-Way VU54S 3-Way Normally 1/2 in. NPT Closed 3/4 in. 8.0 6.9 8 1 in. 8.0 6.9 8 55 Diverting 1/2 in. Sweat 4.0 3.4 20 138 VU54N 7.0 6.0 10 69 1/2 in. NPT 4.0 3.4 20 138 3/4 in. 7.0 6.0 10 69 NOTE: Most models available. Balance to ship by 4th quarter 2000. Dimensions in in. (mm): 1-3/4 (44) 7/8 DIA. (22) 1-3/4 (44) 2-3/8 (60) 1-3/4 (44) 1 2 1-1/2 (38) 3-3/4 (133) 1-3/4 (44) 3/8 (10) 3/8 (10) A B 7 VU53 VALVE WITH VU448 ACTUATOR B 3-WAY AB A 15/32 (12) 7/8 (23) 2-WAY A VU5 ACTUATOR 2-1/8 (54) (INVERTED FLARE) VU53 AND VU54 VALVE WITH ACTUATOR 1 2 HEIGHT NEEDED TO REMOVE ACTUATOR OR COVER OPENING FOR 1/2 IN. CONDUIT ON OPPOSITE SITE OF MANUAL LEVER FOR ALL MODELS. VALVE BODY SIZE 1/2 IN. SWEAT 3/4 IN. SWEAT 1 IN. SWEAT 1/2 IN. NPT 3/4 IN. NPT A 1-5/6 (33) 1-3/8 (35) 1-11/16 (43) 1-3/8 (35) 1-11/16 (43) B 1-5/6 (33) 1-11/16 (43) 1-11/16 (43) 1-5/16 (33) 1-7/16 (37) M18261 continued next page 490 Water and Steam Valves VU53; VU54; VU443; VU444; VU843; VU844 continued Pipe Connections Size ORDER NUMBER Description Type Action VU53S1051 Valve body assembly for use with VU443, VU843 actuators (3-point actuator lock, 300 psi static pressure rating). 2-way Normally Closed 1/2 in. VU53S1002 VU53S1028 End Fitting Sweat 3/4 in. VU53S1010 VU52S1012 2-way Normally Open 1/2 in. VU52S1020 VU52S1038 a 3-way Diverting 2.5 30 3.5 20 3.5 20 8.0 8 2.5 30 20 3/4 in. 3.5 20 8.0 8 1/2 in. 4.0 20 3/4 in. 7.0 10 Maximum close-off rating reduced by 25% when used with VU444 and VU884 actuators. NOTE: Most models available. Balance to ship by 4th quarter 2000. ORDER NUMBER Description Control Circuit Type Connection VU443A1008 Actuator for use with VU52, VU53 2-way valves 120 Vac, 60 Hz 2-way 6 in. leadwires VU843A1004 VU444A1007 VU844A1003 VU443A1032 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz Actuator for use with VU54 3-way valves. (Maximum close-off rating reduced by 25% when used with VU52, VU53 bodies) 120 Vac, 60 Hz Actuator for use with VU52, VU53 2-way valves 120 Vac, 60 Hz VU843A1012 VU444A1064 VU844A1037 3-way Diverting 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz 2-way 18 in. leadwires 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz Actuator for use with VU54 3-way valves. (Maximum close-off rating reduced by 25% when used with VU52, VU53 bodies.) 120 Vac, 60 Hz 3-way Diverting 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz NOTES:All actuators come with stainless steel case, aluminum cover, class A plated motor for chilled and hot water applications. Most models available. Balance to ship by 4th quarter 2000. KEVLAR® is a Dupont registered trademark. 491 Building Controls and Systems VU54S1018 Valve body assembly for use with VU444, VU844 actuators (3-point actuator lock, 300 psi static pressure). Maximum Close-offa Pressure (psi) 3.5 VU52S1053 VU54S1000 Flow Capacity Rating (Cv)
